Full text of "ICC IBC (2012): International Building Code"

See other formats

mm-

wmm * * * * * ;

NOTICE OF INCORPORATION

United States Legal Document

J^" All citizens and residents are hereby advised that
this is a legally binding document duly incorporated by
reference and that failure to comply with such
requirements as hereby detailed within may subject you
to criminal or civil penalties under the law. Ignorance of
the law shall not excuse noncompliance and it is the
responsibility of the citizens to inform themselves as to
the laws that are enacted in the United States of America
and in the states and cities contained therein. "^&

* *

ICC IBC (2012), the International Building Code,
as mandated and incorporated by the States and
Municipalities including Maryland in the
Code of Maryland Administrative Regulations (COMAR)
Section 05.02.01.02.

w i§**-* * * * i&KMmmxm

INTERNATIONAL
CODE COUNCIL*

INTERNATIONAL

BUILDING

CODE @

A Member of the international Code Family*

mite;* '&>■• -H

HHH 111111111

■111 HP

Hi
111

■SB

liilllillll

IBlllll

HHHH

95H8W-,

;g^

Become a Building Safety Professional Member
and Learn Mora about She Code Council

GO TO WWW.ICCSAFE.ORG for All Your Technical and
Professional Needs Including:

> Codes, Standards and Gi sidelines

> Membership Benefits

> Education and Certification

> Communications on Industry News

2012 International Building Code

First Printing: May 201 1
Second Printing: June 201 1

ISBN:978- 1-60983-040-3 (soft-cover edition)
ISBN: 978-1-60983-039-7 (loose-leaf edition)

INTERNATIONAL CODE COUNCIL, INC.

ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. This 2012 International Building Code is a copyrighted work owned by the International Code
Council, Inc. Without advance written permission from the copyright owner, no part of this book may be reproduced, distributed
or transmitted in any form or by any means, including, without limitation, electronic, optical or mechanical means (by way of
example, and not limitation, photocopying, or recording by or in an information storage retrieval system). For information on
permission to copy material exceeding fair use, please contact: Publications, 4051 West Flossmoor Road, Country Club Hills, IL
60478-5795. Phone 1-888-ICC-SAFE (422-7233).

Trademarks: "International Code Council," the "International Code Council" logo and the "International Building Code" are
trademarks of the International Code Council, Inc.

PRINTED IN THE U.S.A.

Ir Irf fe I" #%C* E

aIIIiI W*S« &9 vabBvJ'H B

Development

Adoption

Internationally, code officials recognize the need for a modern, up-to-date building code addressing
the design and installation of building systems through requirements emphasizing performance.
The International Building Code®, in this 2012 edition, is designed to meet these needs through
model code regulations that safeguard the public health and safety in all communities, large and
small.

This comprehensive building code establishes minimum regulations for building systems using
prescriptive and performance-related provisions. It is founded on broad-based principles that make
possible the use of new materials and new building designs. This 2012 edition is fully compatible
with all of the International Codes® (l-Codes®) published by the International Code Council (ICC)®,
including the International Energy Conservation Code 9 , International Existing Building Code 9 , Inter-
national Fire Code 9 , International Fuel Gas Code®, International Green Construction Code™ (to be
available March 2012), International Mechanical Code 9 , ICC Performance Code 9 , International
Plumbing Code®, International Private Sewage Disposal Code®, International Property Maintenance
Code®, International Residential Code®, International Swimming Pool and Spa Code™ (to be avail-
able March 2012), International Wildland-Urban Interface Code® and International Zoning Code®.

The International Building Code provisions provide many benefits, among which is the model
code development process that offers an international forum for building professionals to discuss
performance and prescriptive code requirements. This forum provides an excellent arena to debate
proposed revisions. This model code also encourages international consistency in the application of
provisions.

The first edition of the International Building Code (2000) was the culmination of an effort initiated
in 1997 by the ICC. This included five drafting subcommittees appointed by ICC and consisting of
representatives of the three statutory members of the International Code Council at that time,
including: Building Officials and Code Administrators International, Inc. (BOCA), International Con-
ference of Building Officials (ICBO) and Southern Building Code Congress International (SBCCI). The
intent was to draft a comprehensive set of regulations for building systems consistent with and
inclusive of the scope of the existing model codes. Technical content of the latest model codes pro-
mulgated by BOCA, ICBO and SBCCI was utilized as the basis for the development, followed by pub-
lic hearings in 1997, 1998 and 1999 to consider proposed changes. This 2012 edition presents the
code as originally issued, with changes reflected in the 2003, 2006 and 2009 editions and further
changes approved by the ICC Code Development Process through 2010. A new edition such as this is
promulgated every 3 years.

This code is founded on principles intended to establish provisions consistent with the scope of a
building code that adequately protects public health, safety and welfare; provisions that do not
unnecessarily increase construction costs; provisions that do not restrict the use of new materials,
products or methods of construction; and provisions that do not give preferential treatment to par-
ticular types or classes of materials, products or methods of construction.

The International Building Code is available for adoption and use by jurisdictions internationally. Its
use within a governmental jurisdiction is intended to be accomplished through adoption by refer-
ence in accordance with proceedings establishing the jurisdiction's laws. At the time of adoption,
jurisdictions should insert the appropriate information in provisions requiring specific local informa-
tion, such as the name of the adopting jurisdiction. These locations are shown in bracketed words in
small capital letters in the code and in the sample legislation. The sample adoption ordinance on
page xix addresses several key elements of a code adoption ordinance, including the information
required for insertion into the code text.

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

Maintenance

The International Building Code is kept up to date through the review of proposed changes submit-
ted by code enforcing officials, industry representatives, design professionals and other interested
parties. Proposed changes are carefully considered through an open code development process in
which all interested and affected parties may participate.

The contents of this work are subject to change both through the Code Development Cycles and
the governmental body that enacts the code into law. For more information regarding the code
development process, contact the Codes and Standards Development Department of the Interna-
tional Code Council.

While the development procedure of the International Building Code assures the highest degree
of care, ICC, its members and those participating in the development of this code do not accept any
liability resulting from compliance or noncompliance with the provisions because ICC does not have
the power or authority to police or enforce compliance with the contents of this code. Only the gov-
ernmental body that enacts the code into law has such authority.

Code Development Committee Responsibilities
(Letter Designations in Front of Section Numbers)

In each code development cycle, proposed changes to the code are considered at the Code Devel-
opment Hearings by the applicable International Building Code Development Committee (IBC-Fire
Safety, General, Means of Egress or Structural). Proposed changes to a code section that has a num-
ber beginning with a letter in brackets are considered by a different code development committee.
For example, proposed changes to code sections that have [F] in front of them (e.g., [F] 903.1.1.1)
are considered by the International Fire Code Development Committee during the portion of the
code development hearings when the International Fire Code Development Committee meets.

The content of sections in this code that begin with a letter designation is maintained by another
code development committee in accordance with the following:

[A] = Administrative Code Development Committee;

[E] = International Energy Conservation Code Development Committee (Commercial Energy

Committee or Residential Energy Committee, as applicable);

[EB] = International Existing Building Code Development Committee;

[F] = International Fire Code Development Committee;
[FG] = International Fuel Gas Code Development Committee;

[M] = International Mechanical Code Development Committee; and
[P] = International Plumbing Code Development Committee.

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

Note that, for the development of the 2015 edition of the l-Codes, there will be two groups of
code development committees and they will meet in separate years. The groupings are as follows:

Group A Codes

(Heard in 2012, Code Change Proposals

Deadline: January 3, 2012)

Group B Codes

(Heard in 2013, Code Change Proposals

Deadline: January 3, 2013)

International Building Code

Administrative Provisions (Chapter 1 all codes except
IRC and ICCPC, administrative updates to currently ref-
erenced standards, and designated definitions)

International Fuel Gas Code

International Energy Conservation Code

International Mechanical Code

International Existing Building Code

International Plumbing Code

International Fire Code

International Private Sewage
Disposal Code

International Green Construction Code

ICC Performance Code

International Property Maintenance Code

International Residential Code

International Swimming Pool and Spa Code

International Wildland-Urban Interface Code

International Zoning Code

Code change proposals submitted for code sections that have a letter designation in front of
them will be heard by the respective committee responsible for such code sections. Because differ-
ent committees will meet in different years, it is possible that some proposals for this code will be
heard by a committee in a different year than the year in which the primary committee for this code
meets.

For instance, every section of Chapter 1 of this code is designated as the responsibility of the
Administrative Code Development Committee, and that committee is part of the Group B code
hearings. This committee will conduct its code development hearings in 2013 to consider all code
change proposals for Chapter 1 of this code and proposals for Chapter 1 of all l-Codes. Therefore,
any proposals received for Chapter 1 of this code will be deferred for consideration in 2013 by the
Administrative Code Development Committee.

Another example is Section 903.1 which is designated as the responsibility of the International
Fire Code Development Committee, along with most of the provisions in Chapter 9. This committee
will conduct its code development hearings in 2013 to consider all code change proposals to the
International Fire Code and any portions of other codes that it is responsible for, including Section
903.1 and most of the provisions of Chapter 9 (designated with [F] in front of those sections).
Therefore, any proposals received for Section 903.1 in Chapter 9 will be deferred for consideration
in 2013 by the International Fire Code Development Committee.

In some cases, another committee in Group A will be responsible for a section of this code. For
example, Section 1210.3 has a [P] in front of the numbered section, indicating that this section of
the code is the responsibility of the International Plumbing Code Development Committee. The
International Plumbing Code is in Group A; therefore, any code change proposals to this section will
be due before the Group A deadline of January 3, 2012, and these code change proposals will be
assigned to the International Plumbing Code Development Committee for consideration.

It is very important that anyone submitting code change proposals understand which code devel-
opment committee is responsible for the section of the code that is the subject of the code change
proposal. For further information on the code development committee responsibilities, please visit
the ICC web site at www.iccsafe.org/scoping.

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE

Marginal Markings

Solid vertical lines in the margins within the body of the code indicate a technical change from the
requirements of the 2009 edition. Deletion indicators in the form of an arrow (^) are provided in
the margin where an entire section, paragraph, exception or table has been deleted or an item in a
list of items or a table has been deleted.

A single asterisk [*] placed in the margin indicates that text or a table has been relocated within
the code. A double asterisk [**] placed in the margin indicates that the text or table immediately
following it has been relocated there from elsewhere in the code. The following table indicates
such relocations in the 2012 edition of the International Building Code.

2012 LOCATION

2009 LOCATION

407.4

1014.2

410.6

1015.6

424

402.6.3

712.1

708.1

712.1.2

708.2, Exception 1

712.1.3

708.2, Exception 2

712.1.3.1

708.2, Exception 2.1

712.1.3.2

708.2, Exception 2.2

712.1.4

708.2, Exception 3

712.1.5

708.2, Exception 4

712.1.6

708.2, Exception 5

712.1.7

708.2, Exception 6

712.1.8

708.2, Exception 7

712.1.9

708.2, Exception 8

712.1.10

r 708.2, Exception 9

712.1.11

708.2, Exception 10

712.1.12

708.2, Exception 11

712.1.13

708.2, Exception 12

712.1.14

708.2, Exception 13

712.1.15

708.2, Exception 14

712.1.16

708.2, Exception 15

712.1.18

708.2, Exception 16

713.3 through 713.14.1.1

708.3 through 708.14.1.1

909.21 through 909.21.11

708.14.2 through 708.14.2.11

1004.1.1.2

1004.6

1008.1.9.8

1008.1.4.4

1013.8

1405.13.2

1028.10.1

1017.4

1028.10.1.1

1017.4.1

1028.10.1.1

1017.4.2

1028.10.1.2

1017.4.3

1210.3.1

2903.1

1210.3.2

2903.2

1406.2.1

1406.2.1.1

1406.2.2

1406.2.1

1607.6

1605.4

1704.3

1705.1

1704.4

1709.1

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

2012 LOCATION

2009 LOCATION

1704.5

1710.1

1705.1.1

1704.15

1705.4.2

1704.11

1705.10

1706.1

1705.11

1707.1

1705.12

1708.1

3313.1

3311.4

C®©rfination between the International Building and Fire Codes

Italicized Terms

Because the coordination of technical provisions is one of the benefits of adopting the ICC family of
model codes, users will find the ICC codes to be a very flexible set of model documents. To accom-
plish this flexibility some technical provisions are duplicated in some of the model code documents.
While the International Codes are provided as a comprehensive set of model codes for the built
environment, documents are occasionally adopted as a stand-alone regulation. When one of the
model documents is adopted as the basis of a stand-alone code, that code should provide a com-
plete package of requirements with enforcement assigned to the entity for which the adoption is
being made.

The model codes can also be adopted as a family of complimentary codes. When adopted
together there should be no conflict of any of the technical provisions. When multiple model codes
are adopted in a jurisdiction it is important for the adopting authority to evaluate the provisions in
each code document and determine how and by which agency(ies) they will be enforced. It is
important, therefore, to understand that where technical provisions are duplicated in multiple
model documents, the enforcement duties must be clearly assigned by the local adopting jurisdic-
tion. ICC remains committed to providing state-of-the-art model code documents that, when
adopted locally, will reduce the cost to government of code adoption and enforcement and protect
the public health, safety and welfare.

Selected terms set forth in Chapter 2, Definitions, are italicized where they appear in code text
(except those in Sections 1903 through 1908 where italics indicate provisions that differ from ACI
318). Such terms are not italicized where the definition set forth in Chapter 2 does not impart the
intended meaning in the use of the term. The terms selected have definitions which the user should
read carefully to facilitate better understanding of the code.

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE 8

viii 2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

Effectiwe Use of the Internal ional Build ing Code

The International Building Code® (IBC®) is a model code that provides minimum requirements to
safeguard the public health, safety and general welfare of the occupants of new and existing build-
ings and structures. The IBC is fully compatible with the ICC family of codes, including: International
Energy Conservation Code® (IECC®), International Existing Building Code® (IEBC®), International Fire
Code® (IFC®), International Fuel Gas Code® (IFGC®), International Green Construction Code™
(IGCC™) (to be available March 2012), International Mechanical Code® (IMC®), ICC Performance
Code® (ICCPC®), International Plumbing Code® (IPC®), International Private Sewage Disposal Code m
(IPSDC 8 ), International Property Maintenance Code® (IPMC®), International Residential Code®
(IRC®), International Swimming Pool and Spa Code™ (ISPSC™) (to be available March 2012), Interna-
tional Wildland-Urban Interface Code® (IWUIC®) and International Zoning Code® (IZC®).

The IBC addresses structural strength, means of egress, sanitation, adequate lighting and ventila-
tion, accessibility, energy conservation and life safety in regards to new and existing buildings, facil-
ities and systems. The codes are promulgated on a 3-year cycle to allow for new construction
methods and technologies to be incorporated into the codes. Alternative materials, designs and
methods not specifically addressed in the code can be approved by the code official where the pro-
posed materials, designs or methods comply with the intent of the provisions of the code (see Sec-
tion 104.11).

The IBC applies to all occupancies, including one- and two-family dwellings and townhouses that
are not within the scope of the IRC. The IRC is referenced for coverage of detached one- and two-
family dwellings and townhouses as defined in the Exception to Section 101.2 and the definition for
"townhouse" in Chapter 2. The IBC applies to all types of buildings and structures unless exempted.
Work exempted from permits is listed in Section 105.2.

Arrangement and Format ©f the 2012 IBC

Before applying the requirements of the IBC, it is beneficial to understand its arrangement and for-
mat. The IBC, like other codes published by ICC, is arranged and organized to follow sequential steps
that generally occur during a plan review or inspection.

Chapters

Subjects

1-2

Administration and definitions

Use and occupancy classifications

4,31

Special requirements for specific occupancies or elements

5-6

Height and area limitations based on type of construction

7-9

Fire resistance and protection requirements

Requirements for evacuation

Specific requirements to allow use and access to a building for persons with
disabilities

12-13, 27-30

Building systems, such as lighting, HVAC, plumbing fixtures, elevators

14-26

Structural components— performance and stability

Encroachment outside of property lines

Safeguards during construction

Existing building allowances

Referenced standards

Appendices A-M

Appendices

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

The IBC requirements for high-hazard, fire-resistance-rated construction, interior finish, fire pro-
tection systems, means of egress, emergency and standby power, and temporary structures are
directly correlated with the requirements of the IFC. The following chapters/sections of the IBC are
correlated to the IFC:

IBC
Chapter/Section

IFC
Chapter/Section

Subject

Sections 307, 414, 415

Chapters 50-60; 62-67

High-hazard requirements

Chapter 7

Fire-resistance-rated construction

Chapter 8

Interior finish, decorative materials and
furnishings

Chapter 9

Fire protection systems

Chapter 10

Means of egress

Chapter 27

Section 604

Standby and emergency power

Section 3103

Chapter 24

Temporary structures

The IBC requirements for smoke control systems, and smoke and fire dampers are directly corre-
lated to the requirements of the IMC. IBC Chapter 28 is a reference to the IMC and the IFGC for
chimney, fireplaces and barbeques, and all aspects of mechanical systems. The following chapters/
sections of the IBC are correlated with the IMC:

IBC
Chapter/Section

IMC
Chapter/Section

Subject

Section 716

Section 607

Smoke and fire dampers

Section 909

Section 513

Smoke control

The IBC requirements for plumbing fixtures and toilet rooms are directly correlated to the
requirements of the IPC. The following chapters/sections of the IBC are correlated with the IPC:

IBC

Chapter/Section

IPC
Chapter/Section

Subject

Chapter 29

Chapters 3&4

Plumbing fixtures and facilities

The following is a chapter-by-chapter synopsis of the scope and intent of the provisions of the
International Building Code.

Chapter 1 Scope and Administration. Chapter 1 establishes the limits of applicability of the
code and describes how the code is to be applied and enforced. Chapter 1 is in two parts, Part 1—
Scope and Application (Sections 101-102) and Part 2— Administration and Enforcement (Sections
103-116). Section 101 identifies which buildings and structures come under its purview and refer-
ences other ICC codes as applicable. Standards and codes are scoped to the extent referenced (see
Section 102.4).

The building code is intended to be adopted as a legally enforceable document and it cannot be
effective without adequate provisions for its administration and enforcement. The provisions of
Chapter 1 establish the authority and duties of the code official appointed by the jurisdiction having
authority and also establish the rights and privileges of the design professional, contractor and
property owner.

Chapter 2 Definitions. All terms that are defined in the code are listed alphabetically in Chapter
2. Terms are defined in Chapter 2. Defined terms that are pertinent to a specific chapter are also
listed in that chapter. While a defined term may be listed in one chapter or another, the meaning is
applicable throughout the code.

Codes are technical documents and every word, term and punctuation mark can impact the
meaning of the code text and the intended results. The code often uses terms that have a unique
meaning in the code and the code meaning can differ substantially from the ordinarily understood

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

meaning of the term as used outside of the code. Where understanding of a term's definition is
especially key to or necessary for understanding a particular code provision, the term is shown in
italics wherever it appears in the code.

This is true only for those terms that have a meaning that is unique to the code. In other words,
the generally understood meaning of a term or phrase might not be sufficient or consistent with the
meaning prescribed by the code; therefore, it is essential that the code-defined meaning be known.

Definitions are deemed to be of prime importance in establishing the meaning and intent of the
code text that uses the terms. The user of the code should be familiar with and consult this chapter
because the definitions are essential to the correct interpretation of the code and because the user
may not be aware that a term is defined.

Chapter 3 Use and Occupancy Classification. Chapter 3 provides for the classification of
buildings, structures and parts thereof based on the purpose or purposes for which they are used.
Section 302 identifies the groups into which all buildings, structures and parts thereof must be clas-
sified. Sections 303 through 312 identify the occupancy characteristics of each group classification.
In some sections, specific group classifications having requirements in common are collectively
organized such that one term applies to all. For example, Groups A-l, A-2, A-3, A-4 and A-5 are indi-
vidual groups for assembly-type buildings. The general term "Group A," however, includes each of
these individual groups. Other groups include Business (B), Educational (E), Factory (F-l, F-2), High
Hazard (H-l, H-2, H-3, H-4, H-5), Institutional (1-1, 1-2, 1-3, 1-4), Mercantile (M), Residential (R-l, R-2,
R-3, R-4), Storage (S-l, S-2) and Utility (U). In some occupancies, the smaller number means a higher
hazard, but that is not always the case.

Defining the use of the buildings is very important as it sets the tone for the remaining chapters
of the code. Occupancy works with the height, area and construction type requirements in Chapters
5 and 6, as well as the special provisions in Chapter 4, to determine "equivalent risk," or providing a
reasonable level of protection or life safety for building occupants. The determination of equivalent
risk involves three interdependent considerations: (1) the level of fire hazard associated with the
specific occupancy of the facility; (2) the reduction of fire hazard by limiting the floor area(s) and the
height of the building based on the fuel load (combustible contents and burnable building compo-
nents); and (3) the level of overall fire resistance provided by the type of construction used for the
building. The greater the potential fire hazards indicated as a function of the group, the lesser the
height and area allowances for a particular construction type.

Occupancy classification also plays a key part in organizing and prescribing the appropriate pro-
tection measures. As such, threshold requirements for fire protection and means of egress systems
are based on occupancy classification (see Chapters 9 and 10). Other sections of the code also con-
tain requirements respective to the classification of building groups. For example, Section 706 deals
with requirements for fire wall fire-resistance ratings that are tied to the occupancy classification of
a building and Section 803.9 contains interior finish requirements that are dependent upon the
occupancy classification. The use of the space, rather than the occupancy of the building is utilized
for determining occupant loading (Section 1004) and live loading (Section 1607).

Chapter 4 Special Detailed Requirements Based On Use and Occupancy. Chapter 4 con-
tains the requirements for protecting special uses and occupancies, which are supplemental to the
remainder of the code. Chapter 4 contains provisions that may alter requirements found elsewhere
in the code; however, the general requirements of the code still apply unless modified within the
chapter. For example, the height and area limitations established in Chapter 5 apply to all special
occupancies unless Chapter 4 contains height and area limitations. In this case, the limitations in
Chapter 4 supersede those in other sections. An example of this is the height and area limitations
for open parking garages given in Section 406.3.5, which supersede the limitations given in Section
503.

In some instances, it may not be necessary to apply the provisions of Chapter 4. For example, if a
covered mall building complies with the provisions of the code for Group M, Section 402 does not
apply; however, other sections that deal with a use, process or operation must be applied to that
specific occupancy, such as stages and platforms, special amusement buildings and hazardous
materials (Sections 410, 411 and 414).

The chapter includes requirements for buildings and conditions that apply to one or more
groups, such as high-rise buildings, underground buildings or atriums. Special uses may also imply
specific occupancies and operations, such as for Group H, hazardous materials, application of flam-
mable finishes, drying rooms, organic coatings and combustible storage or hydrogen cutoff rooms,

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

all of which are coordinated with the IFC. Unique consideration is taken for special use areas, such
as covered mall buildings, motor-vehicle-related occupancies, special amusement buildings and air-
craft-related occupancies. Special facilities within other occupancies are considered, such as stages
and platforms, motion picture projection rooms and storm shelters. Finally, in order that the overall
package of protection features can be easily understood, unique considerations for specific occu-
pancies are addressed: Groups 1-1, 1-2, 1-3, R-l, R-2, R-3 (by definition R-4), ambulatory care facilities
and live/work units.

Chapter 5 General Building Heights and Areas. Chapter 5 contains the provisions that regu-
late the minimum type of construction for area limits and height limits based on the occupancy of
the building. Height and area increases (including allowances for basements, mezzanines and equip-
ment platforms) are permitted based on open frontage for fire department access, and the type of
sprinkler protection provided and separation (Sections 503-506, 509). These thresholds are reduced
for buildings over three stories in height in accordance with Section 506.4.1. Provisions include the
protection and/or separation of incidental accessory occupancies (Table 508.2.5), accessory occu-
pancies (Sections 508.2) and mixed uses in the same building (Sections 506.5, 508.3, 508.4 and 509).
Unlimited area buildings are permitted in certain occupancies when they meet special provisions
(Section 507).

Table 503 is the keystone in setting thresholds for building size based on the building's use and
the materials with which it is constructed. If one then looks at Table 503, the relationship among
group classification, allowable heights and areas and types of construction becomes apparent.
Respective to each group classification, the greater the fire-resistance rating of structural elements,
as represented by the type of construction, the greater the floor area and height allowances. The
greater the potential fire hazards indicated as a function of the group, the lesser the height and area
allowances for a particular construction type.

Chapter 6 Types of Construction. The interdependence of these fire safety considerations can
be seen by first looking at Tables 601 and 602, which show the fire-resistance ratings of the principal
structural elements comprising a building in relation to the five classifications for types of construc-
tion. Type I construction is the classification that generally requires the highest fire-resistance rat-
ings for structural elements, whereas Type V construction, which is designated as a combustible
type of construction, generally requires the least amount of fire-resistance-rated structural ele-
ments. The greater the potential fire hazards indicated as a function of the group, the lesser the
height and area allowances for a particular construction type. Section 603 includes a list of combus-
tible elements that can be part of a noncombustible building (Types I and II construction).

Chapter 7 Fire and Smoke Protection Features. The provisions of Chapter 7 present the fun-
damental concepts of fire performance that all buildings are expected to achieve in some form. This
chapter identifies the acceptable materials, techniques and methods by which proposed construc-
tion can be designed and evaluated against to determine a building's ability to limit the impact of
fire. The fire-resistance-rated construction requirements within Chapter 7 provide passive resis-
tance to the spread and effects of fire. Types of separations addressed include fire walls, fire barri-
ers, fire partitions, horizontal assemblies, smoke barriers and smoke partitions. A fire produces heat
that can weaken structural components and smoke products that cause property damage and place
occupants at risk. The requirements of Chapter 7 work in unison with height and area requirements
(Chapter 5), active fire detection and suppression systems (Chapter 9) and occupant egress require-
ments (Chapter 10) to contain a fire should it occur while helping ensure occupants are able to
safely exit.

Chapter S Interior Finishes. This chapter contains the performance requirements for control-
ling fire growth within buildings by restricting interior finish and decorative materials. Past fire
experience has shown that interior finish and decorative materials are key elements in the develop-
ment and spread of fire. The provisions of Chapter 8 require materials used as interior finishes and
decorations to meet certain flame-spread index or flame-propagation criteria based on the relative
fire hazard associated with the occupancy. As smoke is also a hazard associated with fire, this chap-
ter contains limits on the smoke development characteristics of interior finishes. The performance
of the material is evaluated based on test standards.

Chapter 9 Fire Protection Systems. Chapter 9 prescribes the minimum requirements for active
systems of fire protection equipment to perform the following functions: detect a fire; alert the
occupants or fire department of a fire emergency; and control smoke and control or extinguish the

xii 201 2 INTERN ATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

fire. Generally, the requirements are based on the occupancy, the height and the area of the build-
ing, because these are the factors that most affect fire-fighting capabilities and the relative hazard
of a specific building or portion thereof. This chapter parallels and is substantially duplicated in
Chapter 9 of the International Fire Code (IFC); however, the IFC Chapter 9 also contains periodic
testing criteria that are not contained in the IBC. In addition, the special fire protection system
requirements based on use and occupancy found in IBC Chapter 4 are duplicated in IFC Chapter 9 as
a user convenience.

Chapter 10 Means of Egress. The general criteria set forth in Chapter 10 regulating the design
of the means of egress are established as the primary method for protection of people in buildings
by allowing timely relocation or evacuation of building occupants. Both prescriptive and perfor-
mance language is utilized in this chapter to provide for a basic approach in the determination of a
safe exiting system for all occupancies. It addresses all portions of the egress system (i.e., exit
access, exits and exit discharge) and includes design requirements as well as provisions regulating
individual components. The requirements detail the size, arrangement, number and protection of
means of egress components. Functional and operational characteristics also are specified for the
components that will permit their safe use without special knowledge or effort. The means of
egress protection requirements work in coordination with other sections of the code, such as pro-
tection of vertical openings (see Chapter 7), interior finish (see Chapter 8), fire suppression and
detection systems (see Chapter 9) and numerous others, all having an impact on life safety. Chapter
10 of the IBC is duplicated in Chapter 10 of the IFC; however, the IFC contains two additional sec-
tions on the means of egress system in existing buildings.

Chapter 11 Accessibility. Chapter 11 contains provisions that set forth requirements for accessi-
bility of buildings and their associated sites and facilities for people with physical disabilities. The
fundamental philosophy of the code on the subject of accessibility is that everything is required to
be accessible. This is reflected in the basic applicability requirement (see Section 1103.1). The
code's scoping requirements then address the conditions under which accessibility is not required
in terms of exceptions to this general mandate. While the IBC contains scoping provisions for acces-
sibility (e.g., what, where and how many), ICC/ANSI A117.1, Accessible and Usable Buildings and
Facilities, is the referenced standard for the technical provisions (i.e., how).

There are many accessibility issues that not only benefit people with disabilities, but also provide
a tangible benefit to people without disabilities. This type of requirement can be set forth in the
code as generally applicable without necessarily identifying it specifically as an accessibility-related
issue. Such a requirement would then be considered as having been "mainstreamed." For example,
visible alarms are located in Chapter 9 and ramp requirements are addressed in Chapter 10.

Accessibility criteria for existing buildings are addressed in Section 3411. Appendix E is supple-
mental information included in the code to address accessibility for items in the new Americans
with Disabilities Act/Architectural Barriers Act Accessibility Guidelines (ADA/ABA) that were not typ-
ically enforceable through the standard traditional building code enforcement approach system
(e.g., beds, room signage). The International Residential Code (IRC) references Chapter 11 for acces-
sibility provisions; therefore, this chapter may be applicable to housing covered under the IRC.

Chapter 12 Interior Environment. Chapter 12 provides minimum standards for the interior
environment of a building. The standards address the minimum sizes of spaces, minimum tempera-
ture levels, and minimum light and ventilation levels. The collection of requirements addresses lim-
iting sound transmission through walls, ventilation of attic spaces and under floor spaces (crawl
spaces). Finally, the chapter provides minimum standards for toilet and bathroom construction,
including privacy shielding and standards for walls, partitions and floors to resist water intrusion
and damage.

Chapter IB Energy Efficiency. The purpose of Chapter 13 is to provide minimum design
requirements that will promote efficient utilization of energy in buildings. The requirements are
directed toward the design of building envelopes with adequate thermal resistance and low air
leakage, and toward the design and selection of mechanical, water heating, electrical and illumina-
tion systems that promote effective use of depletable energy resources. For the specifics of these
criteria, Chapter 13 requires design and construction in compliance with the International Energy
Conservation Code (IECC).

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

Chapter 14 Exterior Wails. This chapter addresses requirements for exterior walls of buildings.
Minimum standards for wall covering materials, installation of wall coverings and the ability of the
wall to provide weather protection are provided. This chapter also requires exterior walls that are
close to lot lines, or that are bearing walls for certain types of construction, to comply with the min-
imum fire-resistance ratings specified in Chapters 6 and 7. The installation of each type of wall cov-
ering, be it wood, masonry, vinyl, metal composite material or an exterior insulation and finish
system, is critical to its long-term performance in protecting the interior of the building from the
elements and the spread of fire. Special attention to the use of combustible materials on the exte-
rior of the building such as balconies, eaves, decks and architectural trim is the focus of Section
1406.

Chapter 15 Roof Assemblies and Rooftop Structures. Chapter 15 provides standards for
both roof assemblies as well as structures which sit on top of the roof of buildings. The criteria
address roof construction and covering which includes the weather-protective barrier at the roof
and, in most circumstances, a fire-resistant barrier. The chapter is prescriptive in nature and is
based on decades of experience with various traditional materials. These prescriptive rules are very
important for satisfying performance of one type of roof covering or another. Section 1509
addresses rooftop structures including penthouses, tanks, towers and spires. Rooftop penthouses
larger than prescribed in this chapter must be treated as a story under Chapter 5.

Chapter 16 Structural Design. Chapter 16 prescribes minimum structural loading requirements
for use in the design and construction of buildings and structural components. It includes minimum
design loads, as well as permitted design methodologies. Standards are provided for minimum
design loads (live, dead, snow, wind, rain, flood and earthquake as well as load combinations). The
application of these loads and adherence to the serviceability criteria will enhance the protection of
life and property. The chapter references and relies on many nationally recognized design stan-
dards. A key standard is the American Society of Civil Engineer's Minimum Design Loads for Build-
ings and Other Structures (ASCE 7). Structural design needs to address the conditions of the site and
location. Therefore maps of rainfall, seismic, snow and wind criteria in different regions are pro-
vided.

Chapter 17 Structural Tests and Special Inspections. Chapter 17 provides a variety of pro-
cedures and criteria for testing materials and assemblies, for labeling materials and assemblies, and
for special inspection of structural assemblies. This chapter expands on the requirements of Chapter
1 regarding the roles and responsibilities of the building official regarding approval of building com-
ponents. It also provides additional duties and responsibilities for the owner, contractor, design
professionals and special inspectors. Proper assembly of structural components, proper quality of
materials used, and proper application of materials are essential to ensuring that a building, once
constructed, complies with the structural and fire-resistance minimums of the code and the
approved design. To determine this compliance often requires continuous or frequent inspection
and testing. Chapter 17 establishes these special inspection and testing standards as well as report-
ing of the work to the building official.

Chapter 18 Soils and Foundations. Chapter 18 contains minimum requirements for design,
construction and resistance to water intrusion of foundation systems for buildings and other struc-
tures. It provides criteria for the geotechnical and structural considerations in the selection and
installation of adequate support for the loads transferred from the structure above. The uncertain-
ties of foundation construction make it extremely difficult to address every potential failure within
the text of the code. The chapter includes requirements for soils investigation and site preparation
for receiving a foundation including the allowed load-bearing values for soils and for protecting the
foundation from water intrusion. Section 1808 addresses the basic requirements for all foundation
types. Later sections address foundation requirements that are specific to shallow foundations and
deep foundations. Due care must be exercised in the planning and design of foundation systems
based on obtaining sufficient soils information, the use of accepted engineering procedures, experi-
ence and good technical judgment.

Chapter 19 Concrete. This chapter provides minimum accepted practices to the design and con-
struction of buildings and structural components using concrete-both plain and reinforced. Chapter
19 is formatted to parallel American Concrete Institute (ACI) 318, Building Code Requirements for
Structural Concrete. The chapter also includes references to additional standards. Structural con-
crete must be designed and constructed to comply with this code and all listed standards. There are
specific sections of the chapter addressing concrete slabs, anchorage to concrete, shotcrete, rein-
forced gypsum concrete and concrete-filled pipe columns. Because of the variable properties of

xiv 2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

material and numerous design and construction options available in the uses of concrete, due care
and control throughout the construction process is necessary.

Chapter 20 Aluminum. Chapter 20 contains standards for the use of aluminum in building con-
struction. Only the structural applications of aluminum are addressed. The chapter does not
address the use of aluminum in specialty products such as storefront or window framing or archi-
tectural hardware. The use of aluminum in heating, ventilating or air-conditioning systems is
addressed in the International Mechanical Code (IMC). The chapter references national standards
from the Aluminum Association for use of aluminum in building construction, AA ASM 35, Alumi-
num Sheet Metal Work in Building Construction, and AA ADM 1, Aluminum Design Manual. By utiliz-
ing the standards set forth, a proper application of this material can be obtained.

Chapter 21 Masonry. This chapter provides comprehensive and practical requirements for
masonry construction. The provisions of Chapter 21 require minimum accepted practices and the
use of standards for the design and construction of masonry structures. The provisions address:
material specifications and test methods; types of wall construction; criteria for engineered and
empirical designs; required details of construction including the execution of construction. Masonry
design methodologies including allowable stress design, strength design and empirical design are
covered by provisions of the chapter. Also addressed are masonry fireplaces and chimneys,
masonry heaters and glass unit masonry. Fire-resistant construction using masonry is also required
to comply with Chapter 7. Masonry foundations are also subject to the requirements of Chapter 18.

Chapter 22 Steel. Chapter 22 provides the requirements necessary for the design and construc-
tion of structural steel (including composite construction), cold-formed steel, steel joists, steel cable
structures and steel storage racks. The chapter specifies appropriate design and construction stan-
dards for these types of structures. It also provides a road map of the applicable technical require-
ments for steel structures. Steel is a noncombustible building material commonly associated with
Types I and II construction; however, it is permitted to be used in all types of construction. The code
requires that materials used in the design of structural steel members conform to designated
national standards. Chapter 22 is involved with the design and use of steel materials using the spec-
ifications and standards of the American Institute for Steel Construction, the American Iron and
Steel Institute, the Steel Joist Institute and the American Society of Civil Engineers.

Chapter 23 Wood. This chapter provides minimum guidance for the design of buildings and
structures that use wood and wood-based products in their framing and fabrication. The chapter is
organized around three design methodologies: allowable stress design (ASD), load and resistance-
factor design (LRFD) and conventional light-frame construction. Included in the chapter are refer-
ences to design and manufacturing standards for various wood and wood-based products; general
construction requirements; design criteria for lateral force-resisting systems and specific require-
ments for the application of the three design methods. In general, only Type III, IV or V buildings
may be constructed of wood. Accordingly Chapter 23 is referenced when the combination of the
occupancy (determined in Chapter 3) and the height and area of the building (determined in Chap-
ter 5) indicate that construction can be Type III, IV or V.

Chapter 24 Glass and Glaiing. This chapter establishes regulations for glass and glazing used in
buildings and structures that, when installed, are subjected to wind, snow and dead loads. Engi-
neering and design requirements are included in the chapter. Additional structural requirements
are found in Chapter 16. A second concern of this chapter is glass and glazing used in areas where it
is likely to have an impact on the occupants. Section 2406 identifies hazardous locations where glaz-
ing installed must either be safety glazing or blocked to prevent human impact. Safety glazing must
meet stringent standards and be appropriately marked or identified. Additional standards for glass
and glazing in guards, handrails, elevator hoistways and elevator cars, and in athletic facilities are
provided.

Chapter 25 Gypsum Board and Plaster. Chapter 25 contains the provisions and referenced
standards that regulate the design, construction and quality of gypsum board and plaster. These
represent the most common interior and exterior finish materials in the building industry. This
chapter primarily addresses quality-control-related issues with regard to material specifications and
installation requirements. Most products are manufactured under the control of industry stan-
dards. The building official or inspector primarily needs to verify that the appropriate product is
used and properly installed for the intended use and location. While often simply used as wall and

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

ceiling coverings, proper design and application are necessary to provide weather resistance and
required fire protection for both structural and nonstructural building components.

Chapter 26 Plastic. The use of plastics in building construction and components is addressed in
Chapter 26. This chapter provides standards addressing foam plastic insulation, foam plastics used
as interior finish and trim, and other plastic veneers used on the inside or outside of a building. Plas-
tic siding is regulated by Chapter 14. Sections 2606 through 2611 address the use of light-transmit-
ting plastics in various configurations such as walls, roof panels, skylights, signs and as glazing.
Requirements for the use of fiber-reinforced polymers, fiberglass reinforced polymers and reflective
plastic core insulation are also contained in this chapter. Some plastics exhibit rapid flame spread
and heavy smoke density characteristics when exposed to fire. Additionally, exposure to the heat
generated by a fire can cause some plastics to deform, which can affect their performance. The
requirements and limitations of this chapter are necessary to control the use of plastic and foam
plastic products such that they do not compromise the safety of building occupants.

Chapter 27 Electrical. Since electrical systems and components are an integral part of almost all
structures, it is necessary for the code to address the installation of such systems. For this purpose,
Chapter 27 references the National Electrical Code (NEC). In addition, Section 2702 addresses emer-
gency and standby power requirements. Such systems must comply with the International Fire Code
(IFC) and referenced standards. This section also provides references to the various code sections
requiring emergency and standby power, such as high-rise buildings and buildings containing haz-
ardous materials.

Chapter 28 Mechanical Systems. Nearly all buildings will include mechanical systems. This
chapter provides references to the International Mechanical Code (IMC) and the International Fuel
Gas Code (IFGC) for the design and installation of mechanical systems. In addition, the chapter ref-
erences Chapter 21 of the IBC for masonry chimneys, fireplaces and barbecues.

Chapter 29 Plumbing Systems. Chapter 29 regulates the minimum number of plumbing fix-
tures that must be provided for every type of building. This chapter also regulates the location of
the required fixtures in various types of buildings. This section requires separate facilities for males
and females except for certain types of small occupancies. The regulations in this chapter come
directly from Chapters 3 and 4 of the International Plumbing Code (IPC).

Chapter 30 Elevators and Conveying Systems. Chapter 30 provides standards for the instal-
lation of elevators into buildings. Referenced standards provide the requirements for the elevator
system and mechanisms. Detailed standards are provided in the chapter for hoistway enclosures,
hoistway venting and machine rooms. New provisions are added in the 2009 IBC for Fire Service
Access Elevators required in high-rise buildings and for the optional choice of Occupant Evacuation
Elevators (see Section 403).

Chapter 31 Special Construction. Chapter 31 contains a collection of regulations for a variety
of unique structures and architectural features. Pedestrian walkways and tunnels connecting two
buildings are addressed in Section 3104. Membrane and air-supported structures are addressed by
Section 3102. Safeguards for swimming pool safety are found in Section 3109. Standards for tempo-
rary structures, including permit requirements are provided in Section 3103. Structures as varied as
awnings, marquees, signs, telecommunication and broadcast towers and automatic vehicular gates
are also addressed (see Sections 3105 through 3108 and 3110).

Chapter 32 Encroachments into the Public Right-of-way. Buildings and structures from
time to time are designed to extend over a property line and into the public right-of-way. Local reg-
ulations outside of the building code usually set limits to such encroachments, and such regulations
take precedence over the provisions of this chapter. Standards are provided for encroachments
below grade for structural support, vaults and areaways. Encroachments above grade are divided
into below 8 feet, 8 feet to 15 feet, and above 15 feet, because of headroom and vehicular height
issues. This includes steps, columns, awnings, canopies, marquees, signs, windows, balconies. Simi-
lar architectural features above grade are also addressed. Pedestrian walkways must also comply
with Chapter 31.

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

Chapter 33 Safeguards During Construction. Chapter 33 provides safety requirements dur-
ing construction and demolition of buildings and structures. These requirements are intended to
protect the public from injury and adjoining property from damage. In addition the chapter pro-
vides for the progressive installation and operation of exit stairways and standpipe systems during
construction.

Chapter 34 Existing Structures. The provisions in Chapter 34 deal with alternative methods or
reduced compliance requirements when dealing with existing building constraints. This chapter
allows for a controlled departure from full compliance with the technical codes, without compro-
mising the minimum standards for fire prevention and life safety features of the rehabilitated build-
ing. Provisions are divided by addition, alterations, repairs, change of occupancy and moved
structures. There are further allowances for registered historic buildings. There are also special
allowances for replacement of existing stairways, replacement of glass and accessibility require-
ments. The fire escape requirements in Section 3406 are consistent with the fire escape require-
ments in Section 1030 of the International Fire Code (IFC).

Section 3412, Compliance Alternatives, allows for existing buildings to be evaluated so as to
show that alterations, while not meeting new construction requirements, will improve the current
existing situation. Provisions are based on a numerical scoring system involving 18 various safety
parameters and the degree of code compliance for each issue.

Chapter 34 is repeated in the International Existing Building Code (IEBC). Sections 3402 through
3409 are repeated as IEBC Chapter 3 and Section 3410 as Chapter 13.

Chapter 35 Referenced Standards. The code contains numerous references to standards that
are used to regulate materials and methods of construction. Chapter 35 contains a comprehensive
list of all standards that are referenced in the code, including the appendices. The standards are
part of the code to the extent of the reference to the standard (see Section 102.4). Compliance with
the referenced standard is necessary for compliance with this code. By providing specifically
adopted standards, the construction and installation requirements necessary for compliance with
the code can be readily determined. The basis for code compliance is, therefore, established and
available on an equal basis to the building code official, contractor, designer and owner.

Chapter 35 is organized in a manner that makes it easy to locate specific standards. It lists all of
the referenced standards, alphabetically, by acronym of the promulgating agency of the standard.
Each agency's standards are then listed in either alphabetical or numeric order based upon the stan-
dard identification. The list also contains the title of the standard; the edition (date) of the standard
referenced; any addenda included as part of the ICC adoption; and the section or sections of this
code that reference the standard.

Appendices. Appendices are provided in the IBC to offer optional or supplemental criteria to the
provisions in the main chapters of the code. Appendices provide additional information for adminis-
tration of the Department of Building Safety as well as standards not typically administered by all
building departments. Appendices have the same force and effect as the first 35 chapters of the IBC
only when explicitly adopted by the jurisdiction.

Appendix A Employee Qualifications. Effective administration and enforcement of the family
of International Codes depends on the training and expertise of the personnel employed by the
jurisdiction and his or her knowledge of the codes. Section 103 of the code establishes the Depart-
ment of Building Safety and calls for the appointment of a building official and deputies such as
plans examiners and inspectors. Appendix A provides standards for experience, training and certifi-
cation for the building official and the other staff mentioned in Chapter 1.

Appendix B Board of Appeals. Section 112 of Chapter 1 requires the establishment of a board
of appeals to hear appeals regarding determinations made by the building official. Appendix B pro-
vides qualification standards for members of the board as well as operational procedures of such
board.

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

Appendix C Group U — Agricultural Buildings. Appendix C provides a more liberal set of
standards for the construction of agricultural buildings, rather than strictly following the Utility
building provision, reflective of their specific usage and limited occupant load. The provisions of the
appendix, when adopted, allow reasonable heights and areas commensurate with the risk of agri-
cultural buildings.

Appendix D Fire Districts. Fire districts have been a tool used to limit conflagration hazards in
areas of a city with intense and concentrated development. More frequently used under the model
codes which preceded the International Building Code (IBC), the appendix is provided to allow juris-
dictions to continue the designation and use of fire districts. Fire District standards restrict certain
occupancies within the district, as well as setting higher minimum construction standards.

Appendix E Supplemental Accessibility Requirements. The Architectural and Transporta-
tion Barriers Compliance Board (U.S. Access Board) has revised and updated its accessibility guide-
lines for buildings and facilities covered by the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) and the
Architectural Barriers Act (ABA). Appendix E includes scoping requirements contained in the new
ADA/ABA Accessibility Guidelines that are not in Chapter 11 and not otherwise mentioned or main-
streamed throughout the code. Items in the appendix deal with subjects not typically addressed in
building codes (e.g., beds, room signage, transportation facilities).

Appendix FRodentproofing. The provisions of this appendix are minimum mechanical methods
to prevent the entry of rodents into a building. These standards, when used in conjunction with
cleanliness and maintenance programs, can significantly reduce the potential of rodents invading a
building.

Appendix G Flood-resistant Construction. Appendix G is intended to fulfill the flood-plain
management and administrative requirements of the National Flood Insurance Program (NFIP) that
are not included in the code. Communities that adopt the International Building Code (IBC) and
Appendix G will meet the minimum requirements of NFIP as set forth in Title 44 of the Code of Fed-
eral Regulations.

Appendix H Signs. Appendix H gathers in one place the various code standards that regulate the
construction and protection of outdoor signs. Whenever possible, the appendix provides standards
in performance language, thus allowing the widest possible application.

Appendix I Patio Covers. Appendix I provides standards applicable to the construction and use
of patio covers. It is limited in application to patio covers accessory to dwelling units. Covers of
patios and other outdoor areas associated with restaurants, mercantile buildings, offices, nursing
homes or other nondwelling occupancies would be subject to standards in the main code and not
this appendix.

Appendix J Grading. Appendix J provides standards for the grading of properties. The appendix
also provides standards for administration and enforcement of a grading program including permit
and inspection requirements. Appendix J was originally developed in the 1960s and used for many
years in jurisdictions throughout the western states. It is intended to provide consistent and uni-
form code requirements anywhere grading is considered an issue.

Appendix K Administrative Provisions. Appendix K primarily provides administrative provi-
sions for jurisdictions adopting and enforcing NFPA 70— the National Electrical Code (NEC). The pro-
visions contained in this appendix are compatible with administrative and enforcement provisions
contained in Chapter 1 of the IBC and the other International Codes. Annex H of NFPA 70 also con-
tains administrative provisions for the NEC; however, some of its provisions are not compatible with
IBC Chapter 1. Section K110 also contains technical provisions that are unique to this appendix and
are in addition to technical standards of NFPA 70.

Appendix L Earthquake Recording Instrumentation. The purpose of this appendix is to fos-
ter the collection of ground motion data, particularly from strong-motion earthquakes. When this
ground motion data is synthesized, it may be useful in developing future improvements to the
earthquake provisions of the code.

xviii 2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

Appendix M Tsunami-Generated Flood Hazard. Addressing a tsunami risk for all types of
construction in a tsunami hazard zone through building code requirements would typically not be
cost effective, making tsunami resistant construction impractical at an individual building level.
However, this appendix does allow the adoption and enforcement of requirements for tsunami haz-
ard zones that regulate the presence of high risk or high hazard structures.

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

The International Codes are designed and promulgated to be adopted by reference by legislative action. Jurisdictions wishing to
adopt the 2012 International Building Code as an enforceable regulation governing structures and premises should ensure that
certain factual information is included in the adopting legislation at the time adoption is being considered by the appropriate
governmental body. The following sample adoption legislation addresses several key elements, including the information
required for insertion into the code text.

SAMPLE LEGISLATION FOR ADOPTIOW OF

THE INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE

ORDINANCE NO.

A[N] [ORDINANCE/STATUTE/REGULATiON] of the [JURISDICTION] adopting the 2012 edition of the International Building Code,
regulating and governing the conditions and maintenance of all property, buildings and structures; by providing the standards for
supplied utilities and facilities and other physical things and conditions essential to ensure that structures are safe, sanitary and
fit for occupation and use; and the condemnation of buildings and structures unfit for human occupancy and use and the demoli-
tion of such structures in the [JURISDICTION]; providing for the issuance of permits and collection of fees therefor; repealing

[ORDINANCE/STATUTE/REGULATION] No. of the [JURISDICTION] and all other ordinances or parts of laws in conflict

therewith.

The [GOVERNING BODY] of the [JURISDICTION] does ordain as follows:

Section 1. That a certain document, three (3) copies of which are on file in the office of the [TITLE OF JURISDICTION'S KEEPER
OF RECORDS] of [NAME OF JURISDICTION], being marked and designated as the International Building Code 2012 edition
including Appendix Chapters [FILL IN THE APPENDIX CHAPTERS BEING ADOPTED] (see International Building Code Section
101.2.1, 2012 edition), as published by the International Code Council, be and is hereby adopted as the Building Code of the
[JURISDICTION], in the State of [STATE NAME] for regulating and governing the conditions and maintenance of all property,
buildings and structures; by providing the standards for supplied utilities and facilities and other physical things and conditions
essential to ensure that structures are safe, sanitary and fit for occupation and use; and the condemnation of buildings and struc-
tures unfit for human occupancy and use and the demolition of such structures as herein provided; providing for the issuance of
permits and collection of fees therefor; and each and all of the regulations, provisions, penalties, conditions and terms of said
Building Code on file m the office of the [JURISDICTION] are hereby referred to, adopted, and made a part hereof, as if fully set
out in this legislation, with the additions, insertions, deletions and changes, if any, prescribed in Section 2 of this ordinance.
Section 2. The following sections are hereby revised:

Section 101.1. Insert: [NAME OF JURISDICTION]

Section 1612.3. Insert: [NAME OF JURISDICTION]

Section 1612.3. Insert: [DATE OF ISSUANCE]

Section 3412.2. Insert: [DATE IN ONE LOCATION]

Section 3. That [ORDINANCE/STATUTE/REGULATION] No. of [JURISDICTION] entitled [FILL IN HERE THE COMPLETE

TITLE OF THE LEGISLATION OR LAWS IN EFFECT AT THE PRESENT TIME SO THAT THEY WILL BE REPEALED BY DEFINITE MEN-
TION] and all other ordinances or parts of laws in conflict herewith are hereby repealed.

Section 4. That if any section, subsection, sentence, clause or phrase of this legislation is, for any reason, held to be unconstitu-
tional, such decision shall not affect the validity of the remaining portions of this ordinance. The [GOVERNING BODY] hereby
declares that it would have passed this law, and each section, subsection, clause or phrase thereof, irrespective of the fact that
any one or more sections, subsections, sentences, clauses and phrases be declared unconstitutional.

Section 5. That nothing in this legislation or in the Building Code hereby adopted shall be construed to affect any suit or pro-
ceeding impending in any court, or any rights acquired, or liability incurred, or any cause or causes of action acquired or exist-
ing, under any act or ordinance hereby repealed as cited in Section 3 of this law; nor shall any just or legal right or remedy of any
character be lost, impaired or affected by this legislation.

Section 6. That the [JURISDICTION'S KEEPER OF RECORDS] is hereby ordered and directed to cause this legislation to be pub-
lished. (An additional provision may be required to direct the number of times the legislation is to be published and to specify
that it is to be in a newspaper in general circulation. Posting may also be required.)

Section 7. That this law and the rules, regulations, provisions, requirements, orders and matters established and adopted hereby
shall take effect and be in full force and effect [TIME PERIOD] from and after the date of its final passage and adoption.

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE*" „„,

xxj . 201 2 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CHAPTER 1 SCOPE AND ADMINISTRATION. ... 1 312 Utility and Miscellaneous Group U 50

PART 1— SCOPE AND APPLICATION 1

Section

101 General 1

102 Applicability 1

PART 2— ADMINISTRATION AND

ENFORCEMENT 2

103 Department of Building Safety 2

104 Duties and Powers of Building Official 2

105 Permits 3

106 Floor and Roof Design Loads 5

107 Submittal Documents 5

108 Temporary Structures and Uses 7

109 Fees 7

1 10 Inspections 7

111 Certificate of Occupancy 8

112 Service Utilities 9

113 Board of Appeals 9

1 14 Violations 9

115 Stop Work Order 9

116 Unsafe Structures and Equipment 10

CHAPTER 2 DEFINITIONS 11

Section

201 General , 11

202 Definitions 11

CHAPTER 3 USE AND OCCUPANCY

CLASSIFICATION 41

Section

301 General 41

302 Classification 41

303 Assembly Group A 41

304 Business Group B 42

305 Educational Group E 42

306 Factory Group F 42

307 High-hazard Group H 43

308 Institutional Group 1 48

309 Mercantile Group M 49

310 Residential Group R 49

311 Storage Group S 50

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

CHAPTER 4 SPECIAL DETAILED

REQUIREMENTS BASED ON

USE AND OCCUPANCY 53

Section

401 Scope 53

402 Covered Mall and Open Mall Buildings 53

403 High-rise Buildings 57

404 Atriums 59

405 Underground Buildings 60

406 Motor- vehicle-related Occupancies 61

407 Group 1-2 65

408 Group 1-3 67

409 Motion Picture Projection Rooms 69

410 Stages, Platforms and Technical

Production Areas 70

41 1 Special Amusement Buildings 72

412 Aircraft-related Occupancies 73

413 Combustible Storage 75

414 Hazardous Materials 75

415 Groups HI, H-2, H-3, H-4 and H-5 80

416 Application of Flammable Finishes 89

417 Drying Rooms 89

418 Organic Coatings 90

419 Live/work Units 90

420 Groups 1-1, R-l, R-2, R-3 91

421 Hydrogen Cutoff Rooms 91

422 Ambulatory Care Facilities 92

423 Storm Shelters 92

424 Children's Play Structures 92

CHAPTER 5 GENERAL BUILDING

HEIGHTS AND AREAS 95

Section

501 General 95

502 Definitions 95

503 General Building Height and Area Limitations . . 95

504 Building Height 95

505 Mezzanines and Equipment Platforms 97

506 Building Area Modifications 98

507 Unlimited Area Buildings 99

508 Mixed Use and Occupancy 101

xxiii

TABLE OF CONTENTS

509 Incidental Uses 102

510 Special Provisions 103

CHAPTER 6 TYPES OF CONSTRUCTION ..... 107
Section

601 General 107

602 Construction Classification 107

603 Combustible Material in

Type I and II Construction 109

CHAPTER 7 FIRE AND SMOKE

PROTECTION FEATURES Ill

Section

701 General Ill

702 Definitions Ill

703 Fire-resistance Ratings and Fire Tests Ill

704 Fire-resistance Rating of

Structural Members 112

705 Exterior Walls 114

706 Fire Walls 118

707 Fire Barriers 120

708 Fire Partitions 122

709 Smoke Barriers 123

710 Smoke Partitions 123

711 Horizontal Assemblies 124

712 Vertical Openings 125

713 Shaft Enclosures 126

714 Penetrations 128

715 Fire-resistant Joint Systems 130

716 Opening Protectives 131

717 Ducts and Air Transfer Openings 138

718 Concealed Spaces 142

719 Fire-resistance Requirements for Plaster 144

720 Thermal- and Sound-insulating Materials 144

721 Prescriptive Fire Resistance 145

722 Calculated Fire Resistance 168

CHAPTER 8 INTERIOR FINISHES 197

Section

801 General 197

802 Definitions 197

803 Wall and Ceiling Finishes 197

804 Interior Floor Finish 200

805 Combustible Materials in Types I

and II Construction 200

806 Decorative Materials and Trim 200

807 Insulation 201

808 Acoustical Ceiling Systems 201

CHAPTER 9 FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS ... 203
Section

901 General 203

902 Definitions 203

903 Automatic Sprinkler Systems 204

904 Alternative Automatic

Fire-extinguishing Systems 210

905 Standpipe Systems 211

906 Portable Fire Extinguishers 214

907 Fire Alarm and Detection Systems 215

908 Emergency Alarm Systems 225

909 Smoke Control Systems 226

910 Smoke and Heat Vents 234

911 Fire Command Center 235

912 Fire Department Connections 236

913 Fire Pumps 237

914 Emergency Responder Safety Features 238

915 Emergency Responder Radio Coverage 238

CHAPTER 10 MEANS OF EGRESS 239

Section

1001 Administration 239

1002 Definitions 239

1003 General Means of Egress 239

1004 Occupant Load 240

1005 Means of Egress Sizing 242

1006 Means of Egress Illumination 243

1007 Accessible Means of Egress 243

1008 Doors, Gates and Turnstiles 246

1009 Stairways 252

1010 Ramps 256

101 1 Exit Signs 257

1012 Handrails 258

1013 Guards 259

1014 Exit Access 261

1015 Exit and Exit Access Doorways 262

1016 Exit Access Travel Distance 263

1017 Aisles 264

101 8 Corridors 264

1019 Egress Balconies 265

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

TABLE OF CONTENTS

1020 Exits 266

1021 Number of Exits and Exit Configuration 266

1022 Interior Exit Stairways and Ramps 267

1023 Exit Passageways 269

1024 Luminous Egress Path Markings 270

1025 Horizontal Exits 271

1026 Exterior Exit Stairways and Ramps 272

1027 Exit Discharge 273

1028 Assembly 274

1029 Emergency Escape and Rescue 278

CHAPTER 11 ACCESSIBILITY 281

Section

1101 General 281

1102 Definitions 281

1103 Scoping Requirements 281

1 104 Accessible Route 282

1105 Accessible Entrances 283

1106 Parking and Passenger Loading Facilities 283

1 107 Dwelling Units and Sleeping Units 284

1108 Special Occupancies 288

1109 Other Features and Facilities 290

1110 Signage 293

CHAPTER 12 INTERIOR ENVIRONMENT 295

Section

1201 General 295

1202 Definitions 295

1203 Ventilation 295

1204 Temperature Control 296

1205 Lighting 296

1206 Yards or Courts 297

1207 Sound Transmission 297

1208 Interior Space Dimensions 297

1209 Access to Unoccupied Spaces 298

1210 Toilet and Bathroom Requirements 298

CHAPTER 13 ENERGY EFFICIENCY 301

Section

1301 General 301

CHAPTER 14 EXTERIOR WALLS 303

Section

1401 Genera] 303

1402 Definitions 303

1403 Performance Requirements 303

1404 Materials 304

1405 Installation of Wall Coverings 304

1406 Combustible Materials on the

Exterior Side of Exterior Walls 309

1407 Metal Composite Materials (MCM) 310

1408 Exterior Insulation and

Finish Systems (EIFS) 313

1409 High-pressure Decorative Exterior-grade

Compact Laminates (HPL) 313

CHAPTER 15 ROOF ASSEMBLIES AND

ROOFTOP STRUCTURES 315

Section

1501 General 315

1502 Definitions 315

1503 Weather Protection 315

1504 Performance Requirements 316

1505 Fire Classification 316

1506 Materials 317

1507 Requirements for Roof Coverings 317

1508 Roof Insulation 329

1509 Rooftop Structures 329

1510 Reroofing 331

1511 Solar Photovoltaic Panels/modules 332

CHAPTER 16 STRUCTURAL DESIGN 333

Section

1601 General 333

1602 Definitions and Notations 333

1603 Construction Documents 333

1604 General Design Requirements 334

1605 Load Combinations 337

1606 Dead Loads 339

1607 Live Loads 339

1608 Snow Loads 345

1609 Wind Loads 348

1610 Soil Lateral Loads 358

1611 Rain Loads 359

1612 Flood Loads 365

1613 Earthquake Loads 366

1614 Atmospheric Ice Loads 376

1615 Structural Integrity 376

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CHAPTER 17 STRUCTURAL TESTS AND

SPECIAL INSPECTIONS 379

Section

1701 General 379

1702 Definitions 379

1703 Approvals 379

1 704 Special Inspections, Contractor Responsibility

and Structural Observations 380

1705 Required Verification and Inspection 382

1706 Design Strengths of Materials 389

1707 Alternative Test Procedure 390

1708 Test Safe Load 390

1709 In-situ Load Tests 390

1710 Preconstruction Load Tests 390

1711 Material and Test Standards 391

CHAPTER 18 SOILS AND FOUNDATIONS 393

Section

1801 General 393

1802 Definitions 393

1803 Geotechnical Investigations 393

1 804 Excavation, Grading and Fill 395

1805 Dampproofing and Waterproofing 396

1806 Presumptive Load-bearing Values of Soils .... 397

1 807 Foundation Walls, Retaining Walls and

Embedded Posts and Poles 398

1808 Foundations 404

1809 Shallow Foundations 407

1810 Deep Foundations 408

CHAPTER 19 CONCRETE 42!

Section

1901 General 421

1902 Definitions 421

1903 Specifications for Tests and Materials 421

1904 Durability Requirements 421

1905 Modifications to ACI 318 423

1906 Structural Plain Concrete 426

1907 Minimum Slab Provisions 426

1 908 Anchorage to Concrete — Allowable

Stress Design 426

1909 Anchorage to Concrete — Strength Design 426

1910 Shotcrete 427

1911 Reinforced Gypsum Concrete 428

1912 Concrete-filled Pipe Columns 428

CHAPTER 20 ALUMINUM 431

Section

2001 General 431

2002 Materials 431

CHAPTER 21 MASONRY 433

Section

2101 General 433

2102 Definitions and Notations 433

2103 Masonry Construction Materials 435

2104 Construction 436

2105 Quality Assurance 436

2106 Seismic Design 438

2107 Allowable Stress Design 438

2108 Strength Design of Masonry 438

2109 Empirical Design of Masonry 438

21 10 Glass Unit Masonry 440

2111 Masonry Fireplaces 441

2112 Masonry Heaters 443

2113 Masonry Chimneys 443

CHAPTER 22 STEEL 449

Section

2201 General 449

2202 Definitions 449

2203 Identification and Protection of Steel

for Structural Purposes 449

2204 Connections 449

2205 Structural Steel 449

2206 Composite Structural Steel and

Concrete Structures 449

2207 Steel Joists 450

2208 Steel Cable Structures 450

2209 Steel Storage Racks 451

2210 Cold-formed Steel 451

221 1 Cold-formed Steel Light-frame Construction . . 45 1

CHAPTER 23 WOOD 453

Section

2301 General 453

2302 Definitions 453

2303 Minimum Standards and Quality 453

2304 General Construction Requirements 457

2305 General Design Requirements for

Lateral Force-resisting Systems 467

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

TABLE OF CONTENTS

2306 Allowable Stress Design 468

2307 Load and Resistance Factor Design 470

2308 Conventional Light-frame Construction 470

CHAPTER 24 GLASS AND GLAZING 519

Section

2401 General 519

2402 Definitions 519

2403 General Requirements for Glass 519

2404 Wind, Snow, Seismic and

Dead Loads on Glass 519

2405 Sloped Glazing and Skylights 520

2406 Safety Glazing 522

2407 Glass in Handrails and Guards 524

2408 Glazing in Athletic Facilities 524

2409 Glass in Elevator Hoistways and

Elevator Cars 525

CHAPTER 25 GYPSUM BOARD

AND PLASTER 527

Section

2501 General 527

2502 Definitions 527

2503 Inspection 527

2504 Vertical and Horizontal Assemblies 527

2505 Shear Wall Construction 527

2506 Gypsum Board Materials 527

2507 Lathing and Plastering 528

2508 Gypsum Construction 528

2509 Gypsum Board in Showers and

Water Closets 529

25 1 Lathing and Furring for Cement

Plaster (Stucco) 529

251 1 Interior Plaster 530

2512 Exterior Plaster 530

2513 Exposed Aggregate Plaster 531

CHAPTER 26 PLASTIC 533

Section

2601 General 533

2602 Definitions 533

2603 Foam Plastic Insulation 533

2604 Interior Finish and Trim 536

2605 Plastic Veneer 537

2606 Light-transmitting Plastics 537

2607 Light-transmitting Plastic Wall Panels 538

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

2608 Light-transmitting Plastic Glazing 539

2609 Light-transmitting Plastic Roof Panels 539

2610 Light-transmitting Plastic Skylight Glazing ...540

261 1 Light-transmitting Plastic Interior Signs 541

2612 Fiber-reinforced Polymer 541

2613 Reflective Plastic Core Insulation 542

CHAPTER 27 ELECTRICAL 543

Section

2701 General 543

2702 Emergency and Standby Power Systems 543

CHAPTER 28 MECHANICAL SYSTEMS 545

Section

2801 General 545

CHAPTER 29 PLUMBING SYSTEMS 547

Section

2901 General 547

2902 Minimum Plumbing Facilities 547

CHAPTER 30 ELEVATORS AND

CONVEYING SYSTEMS 551

Section

3001 General 551

3002 Hoistway Enclosures 55 1

3003 Emergency Operations 551

3004 Hoistway Venting 552

3005 Conveying Systems 552

3006 Machine Rooms 553

3007 Fire Service Access Elevator 553

3008 Occupant Evacuation Elevators 555

CHAPTER 31 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION 557

Section

3101 General 557

3 1 02 Membrane Structures 557

3103 Temporary Structures 558

3104 Pedestrian Walkways and Tunnels 558

3105 Awnings and Canopies 559

3106 Marquees 559

3107 Signs 560

3108 Telecommunication and Broadcast Towers. . . . 560

3109 Swimming Pool Enclosures and

Safety Devices 560

3110 Automatic Vehicular Gates 56 1

TABLE OF CONTENTS

3111 Solar Photovoltaic Panels/modules 561

CHAPTER 32 ENCROACHMENTS INTO THE

PUBLIC RIGHT-OF-WAY 563

Section

3201 General 563

3202 Encroachments 563

CHAPTER 33 SAFEGUARDS DURING

CONSTRUCTION 565

Section

3301 General 565

3302 Construction Safeguards 565

3303 Demolition 565

3304 Site Work 565

3305 Sanitary 566

3306 Protection of Pedestrians 566

3307 Protection of Adjoining Property 567

3308 Temporary Use of Streets, Alleys and

Public Property 567

3309 Fire Extinguishers 567

3310 Means of Egress 567

331 1 Standpipes 567

3312 Automatic Sprinkler System 568

3313 Water Supply for Fire Protection 568

CHAPTER 34 EXISTING STRUCTURES 569

Section

3401 General 569

3402 Definitions 569

3403 Additions 569

3404 Alterations 570

3405 Repairs 571

3406 Fire Escapes 572

3407 Glass Replacement 572

3408 Change of Occupancy 572

3409 Historic Buildings 573

3410 Moved Structures 573

3411 Accessibility for Existing Buildings 573

3412 Compliance Alternatives 575

CHAPTER 35 REFERENCED STANDARDS 587

APPENDIX A EMPLOYEE

QUALIFICATIONS 611

Section

A101 Building Official Qualifications 611

A102 Referenced Standards 611

APPENDIX B BOARD OF APPEALS 613

Section

B101 General 613

APPENDIX C GROUP U— AGRICULTURAL

BUILDINGS 615

Section

C101 General 615

C102 Allowable Height and Area 615

C103 Mixed Occupancies 615

C104 Exits 615

APPENDIX D FIRE DISTRICTS 617

Section

D101 General 617

D102 Building Restrictions 617

D103 Changes to Buildings 618

D 1 04 Buildings Located Partially in the

Fire District 618

D105 Exceptions to Restrictions in Fire District 618

D106 Referenced Standards 619

APPENDIX E SUPPLEMENTARY ACCESSIBILITY
REQUIREMENTS 621

Section

E101 General 621

E102 Definitions 621

El 03 Accessible Route 621

E104 Special Occupancies 621

El 05 Other Features and Facilities 622

E106 Telephones 622

E107 Signage 623

E108 Bus Stops 623

El 09 Transportation Facilities and Stations 624

El 10 Airports 625

El 11 Referenced Standards 625

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

TABLE OF CONTENTS

APPENDIX F RODENTPROOFING 627

Section

F101 General 627

APPENDIX G FLOOD-RESISTANT

CONSTRUCTION 629

Section

G101 Administration 629

G102 Applicability 629

G103 Powers and Duties 629

G104 Permits 630

G105 Variances 630

G201 Definitions 631

G301 Subdivisions 632

G401 Site Improvement 632

G501 Manufactured Homes 632

G601 Recreational Vehicles 633

G701 Tanks 633

G801 Other Building Work 633

G901 Temporary Structures and

Temporary Storage 633

G1001 Utility and Miscellaneous Group U 633

Gl 101 Referenced Standards 634

APPENDIX H SIGNS 635

Section

H101 General 635

H102 Definitions 635

H103 Location 635

H104 Identification 635

H105 Design and Construction 636

H106 Electrical 636

H107 Combustible Materials 636

H108 Animated Devices 636

H109 Ground Signs 636

HI 10 Roof Signs 637

Hill Wall Signs 637

HI 12 Projecting Signs 637

HI 13 Marquee Signs 638

H114 Portable Signs 638

HI 15 Referenced Standards 638

APPENDIX 1 PATIO COVERS 639

Section

1101 General 639

1102 Definitions 639

1103 Exterior Walls and Openings 639

1104 Height 639

1105 Structural Provisions 639

APPENDIX J GRADING 641

Section

J101 General 641

J102 Definitions 641

J103 Permits Required 641

J 104 Permit Application and Submittals 641

J105 Inspections 642

J106 Excavations 642

J107 Fills 642

J108 Setbacks 642

J109 Drainage and Terracing 644

J110 Erosion Control 644

Jill Referenced Standards 644

APPENDIX K ADMINISTRATIVE

PROVISIONS 645

Section

K101 General 645

K102 Applicability 645

K103 Permits 645

K104 Construction Documents 646

K105 Alternative Engineered Design 646

K106 Required Inspections 646

K107 Prefabricated Construction 646

K108 Testing 647

K109 Reconnection 647

Kl 10 Condemning Electrical Systems 647

Kl 1 1 Electrical Provisions 647

APPENDIX L EARTHQUAKE RECORDING

INSTRUMENTATION 649

L101 General 649

APPENDIX M TSUMANI-GENERATED FLOOD

HAZARD 651

Ml 01 Tsunami-generated Flood Hazard 651

M102 Referenced Standards 651

INDEX 653

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUiLDING CODE 8

CHAPTER 1

SCOPE AND ADMINISTRATION

PART 1— SCOPE AND APPLICATION

SECTION 101
GENERAL

[A] 101.1 Title. These regulations shall be known as the
Building Code of [NAME OF JURISDICTION], hereinafter
referred to as "this code."

[A] 101.2 Scope. The provisions of this code shall apply to
| the construction, alteration, relocation, enlargement, replace-
ment, repair, equipment, use and occupancy, location, main-
tenance, removal and demolition of every building or
structure or any appurtenances connected or attached to such
buildings or structures.

Exception: Detached one- and two-family dwellings and
multiple single-family dwellings (townhouses) not more
than three stories above grade plane in height with a sepa-
rate means of egress and their accessory structures shall
comply with the International Residential Code.

[A] 101.2.1 Appendices. Provisions in the appendices
shall not apply unless specifically adopted.

[A] 101.3 Intent. The purpose of this code is to establish the
minimum requirements to safeguard the public health, safety
and general welfare through structural strength, means of
egress facilities, stability, sanitation, adequate light and venti-
lation, energy conservation, and safety to life and property
from fire and other hazards attributed to the built environ-
ment and to provide safety to fire fighters and emergency
responders during emergency operations.

[A] 101.4 Referenced codes. The other codes listed in Sec-
tions 101.4.1 through 101.4.6 and referenced elsewhere in
this code shall be considered part of the requirements of this
code to the prescribed extent of each such reference.

[A] 101.4.1 Gas. The provisions of the International Fuel
Gas Code shall apply to the installation of gas piping from
the point of delivery, gas appliances and related accesso-
ries as covered in this code. These requirements apply to
gas piping systems extending from the point of delivery to
the inlet connections of appliances and the installation and
operation of residential and commercial gas appliances
and related accessories.

[A] 101.4.2 Mechanical. The provisions of the Interna-
tional Mechanical Code shall apply to the installation,
alterations, repairs and replacement of mechanical sys-
tems, including equipment, appliances, fixtures, fittings
and/or appurtenances, including ventilating, heating, cool-
ing, air-conditioning and refrigeration systems, incinera-
tors and other energy-related systems.

[A] 101.4.3 Plumbing. The provisions of the Interna-
tional Plumbing Code shall apply to the installation, alter-
ation, repair and replacement of plumbing systems,

including equipment, appliances, fixtures, fittings and
appurtenances, and where connected to a water or sewage
system and all aspects of a medical gas system. The provi-
sions of the International Private Sewage Disposal Code
shall apply to private sewage disposal systems.

[A] 101.4.4 Property maintenance. The provisions of the
International Property Maintenance Code shall apply to
existing structures and premises; equipment and facilities;
light, ventilation, space heating, sanitation, life and fire
safety hazards; responsibilities of owners, operators and
occupants; and occupancy of existing premises and struc-
tures.

[A] 101.4.5 Fire prevention. The provisions of the Inter-
national Fire Code shall apply to matters affecting or
relating to structures, processes and premises from the
hazard of fire and explosion arising from the storage, han-
dling or use of structures, materials or devices; from con-
ditions hazardous to life, property or public welfare in the
occupancy of structures or premises; and from the con-
struction, extension, repair, alteration or removal of fire
suppression, automatic sprinkler systems and alarm sys-
tems or fire hazards in the structure or on the premises
from occupancy or operation.

[A] 101.4.6 Energy. The provisions of the International
Energy Conservation Code shall apply to all matters gov-
erning the design and construction of buildings for energy
efficiency.

SECTION 102
APPLICABILITY

[A] 102.1 General. Where there is a conflict between a gen-
eral requirement and a specific requirement, the specific
requirement shall be applicable. Where, in any specific case,
different sections of this code specify different materials,
methods of construction or other requirements, the most
restrictive shall govern.

[A] 102.2 Other laws. The provisions of this code shall not
be deemed to nullify any provisions of local, state or federal
law.

[A] 102.3 Application of references. References to chapter
or section numbers, or to provisions not specifically identi-
fied by number, shall be construed to refer to such chapter,
section or provision of this code.

[A] 102.4 Referenced codes and standards. The codes and
standards referenced in this code shall be considered part of
the requirements of this code to the prescribed extent of each
such reference and as further regulated in Sections 102.4.1
and 102.4.2.

[A] 102.4.1 Conflicts. Where conflicts occur between pro-
visions of this code and referenced codes and standards,
the provisions of this code shall apply.

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

SCOPE AND ADMINISTRATION

[A] 102.4.2 Provisions in referenced codes and stan-
dards. Where the extent of the reference to a referenced
code or standard includes subject matter that is within the
scope of this code or the International Codes listed in Sec-
tion 101.4, the provisions of this code or the International
Codes listed in Section 101.4, as applicable, shall take pre-
cedence over the provisions in the referenced code or stan-
dard.

[A] 102.5 Partial invalidity. In the event that any part or pro-
vision of this code is held to be illegal or void, this shall not
have the effect of making void or illegal any of the other parts
or provisions.

[A] 102.6 Existing structures. The legal occupancy of any
structure existing on the date of adoption of this code shall be
permitted to continue without change, except as is specifi-
cally covered in this code, the International Property Mainte-
nance Code or the International Fire Code, or as is deemed
necessary by the building official for the general safety and
welfare of the occupants and the public.

PART 2— ADMINISTRATION AND ENFORCEMENT

SECTION 103
DEPARTMENT OF BUILDING SAFETY

[A] 103.1 Creation of enforcement agency. The Depart-
ment of Building Safety is hereby created and the official in
charge thereof shall be known as the building official.

[A] 103.2 Appointment. The building official shall be
appointed by the chief appointing authority of the jurisdic-
tion.

[A] 103.3 Deputies. In accordance with the prescribed proce-
dures of this jurisdiction and with the concurrence of the
appointing authority, the building official shall have the
authority to appoint a deputy building official, the related
technical officers, inspectors, plan examiners and other
employees. Such employees shall have powers as delegated
by the building official. For the maintenance of existing prop-
erties, see the International Property Maintenance Code.

SECTION 104
DUTIES AND POWERS OF BUILDING OFFICIAL

[A] 104.1 General. The building official is hereby authorized
and directed to enforce the provisions of this code. The build-
ing official shall have the authority to render interpretations
of this code and to adopt policies and procedures in order to
clarify the application of its provisions. Such interpretations,
policies and procedures shall be in compliance with the intent
and purpose of this code. Such policies and procedures shall
not have the effect of waiving requirements specifically pro-
vided for in this code.

[A] 104.2 Applications and permits. The building official
shall receive applications, review construction documents
and issue permits for the erection, and alteration, demolition
and moving of buildings and structures, inspect the premises

for which such permits have been issued and enforce compli-
ance with the provisions of this code.

[A] 104.3 Notices and orders. The building official shall
issue all necessary notices or orders to ensure compliance
with this code.

[A] 104.4 Inspections. The building official shall make all of
the required inspections, or the building official shall have the
authority to accept reports of inspection by approved agen-
cies or individuals. Reports of such inspections shall be in
writing and be certified by a responsible officer of such
approved agency or by the responsible individual. The build-
ing official is authorized to engage such expert opinion as
deemed necessary to report upon unusual technical issues that
arise, subject to the approval of the appointing authority.

[A] 104.5 Identification. The building official shall carry
proper identification when inspecting structures or premises
in the performance of duties under this code.

[A] 104.6 Right of entry. Where it is necessary to make an
inspection to enforce the provisions of this code, or where the
building official has reasonable cause to believe that there
exists in a structure or upon a premises a condition which is
contrary to or in violation of this code which makes the struc-
ture or premises unsafe, dangerous or hazardous, the building
official is authorized to enter the structure or premises at rea-
sonable times to inspect or to perform the duties imposed by
this code, provided that if such structure or premises be occu-
pied that credentials be presented to the occupant and entry
requested. If such structure or premises is unoccupied, the
building official shall first make a reasonable effort to locate
the owner or other person having charge or control of the
structure or premises and request entry. If entry is refused, the
building official shall have recourse to the remedies provided
by law to secure entry.

[A] 104.7 Department records. The building official shall
keep official records of applications received, permits and
certificates issued, fees collected, reports of inspections, and
notices and orders issued. Such records shall be retained in
the official records for the period required for retention of
public records.

[A] 104.8 Liability. The building official, member of the
board of appeals or employee charged with the enforcement
of this code, while acting for the jurisdiction in good faith and
without malice in the discharge of the duties required by this
code or other pertinent law or ordinance, shall not thereby be
rendered liable personally and is hereby relieved from per-
sonal liability for any damage accruing to persons or property
as a result of any act or by reason of an act or omission in the
discharge of official duties. Any suit instituted against an
officer or employee because of an act performed by that offi-
cer or employee in the lawful discharge of duties and under
the provisions of this code shall be defended by legal repre-
sentative of the jurisdiction until the final termination of the
proceedings. The building official or any subordinate shall
not be liable for cost in any action, suit or proceeding that is
instituted in pursuance of the provisions of this code.

[A] 104.9 Approved materials and equipment. Materials,
equipment and devices approved by the building official shall

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

SCOPE AND ADMINISTRATION

be constructed and installed in accordance with such
approval.

[A] 104.9.1 Used materials and equipment. The use of
used materials which meet the requirements of this code
for new materials is permitted. Used equipment and
devices shall not be reused unless approved by the build-
ing official.

[A] 104.10 Modifications. Wherever there are practical diffi-
culties involved in carrying out the provisions of this code,
the building official shall have the authority to grant modifi-
cations for individual cases, upon application of the owner or
owner's representative, provided the building official shall
first find that special individual reason makes the strict letter
of this code impractical and the modification is in compliance
with the intent and purpose of this code and that such modifi-
cation does not lessen health, accessibility, life and fire
safety, or structural requirements. The details of action grant-
ing modifications shall be recorded and entered in the files of
the department of building safety.

[A] 104.10.1 Flood hazard areas. The building official
shall not grant modifications to any provision required in
flood hazard areas as established by Section 1 612.3 unless
a determination has been made that:

1. A showing of good and sufficient cause that the
unique characteristics of the size, configuration or
topography of the site render the elevation standards
of Section 1612 inappropriate.

2. A determination that failure to grant the variance
would result in exceptional hardship by rendering
the lot undevelopable.

3. A determination that the granting of a variance will
not result in increased flood heights, additional
threats to public safety, extraordinary public
expense, cause fraud on or victimization of the pub-
lic, or conflict with existing laws or ordinances.

4. A determination that the variance is the minimum
necessary to afford relief, considering the flood haz-
ard.

5. Submission to the applicant of written notice speci-
fying the difference between the design flood eleva-
tion and the elevation to which the building is to be
built, stating that the cost of flood insurance will be
commensurate with the increased risk resulting from
the reduced floor elevation, and stating that con-
struction below the design flood elevation increases
risks to life and property.

[A] 104.11 Alternative materials, design and methods of
construction and equipment. The provisions of this code
are not intended to prevent the installation of any material or
to prohibit any design or method of construction not specifi-
cally prescribed by this code, provided that any such alterna-
tive has been approved. An alternative material, design or
method of construction shall be approved where the building
official finds that the proposed design is satisfactory and
complies with the intent of the provisions of this code, and
that the material, method or work offered is, for the purpose
intended, at least the equivalent of that prescribed in this code

in quality, strength, effectiveness, fire resistance, durability
and safety.

[A] 104.11.1 Research reports. Supporting data, where
necessary to assist in the approval of materials or assem-
blies not specifically provided for in this code, shall con-
sist of valid research reports from approved sources.

[A] 104.11.2 Tests. Whenever there is insufficient evi-
dence of compliance with the provisions of this code, or
evidence that a material or method does not conform to the
requirements of this code, or in order to substantiate
claims for alternative materials or methods, the building
official shall have the authority to require tests as evidence
of compliance to be made at no expense to the jurisdiction.
Test methods shall be as specified in this code or by other
recognized test standards. In the absence of recognized
and accepted test methods, the building official shall
approve the testing procedures. Tests shall be performed
by an approved agency. Reports of such tests shall be
retained by the building official for the period required for
retention of public records.

SECTION 105
PERMITS

[A] 105.1 Required. Any owner or authorized agent who
intends to construct, enlarge, alter, repair, move, demolish, or
change the occupancy of a building or structure, or to erect,
install, enlarge, alter, repair, remove, convert or replace any
electrical, gas, mechanical or plumbing system, the installa-
tion of which is regulated by this code, or to cause any such
work to be done, shall first make application to the building
official and obtain the required permit.

[A] 105.1.1 Annual permit. In lieu of an individual per-
mit for each alteration to an already approved electrical,
gas, mechanical or plumbing installation, the building offi-
cial is authorized to issue an annual permit upon applica-
tion therefor to any person, firm or corporation regularly
employing one or more qualified tradepersons in the build-
ing, structure or on the premises owned or operated by the
applicant for the permit.

[A] 105.1.2 Annual permit records. The person to whom
an annual permit is issued shall keep a detailed record of
alterations made under such annual permit. The building
official shall have access to such records at all times or
such records shall be filed with the building official as des-
ignated.

[A] 105.2 Work exempt from permit. Exemptions from
permit requirements of this code shall not be deemed to grant
authorization for any work to be done in any manner in viola-
tion of the provisions of this code or any other laws or ordi-
nances of this jurisdiction. Permits shall not be required for
the following:

Building:

1. One- story detached accessory structures used as
tool and storage sheds, playhouses and similar
uses, provided the floor area is not greater than 120
square feet (11 m 2 ).

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

SCOPE AND ADMINISTRATION

2. Fences not over 7 feet (2134 mm) high.

3. Oil derricks.

4. Retaining walls that are not over 4 feet (1219 mm)
in height measured from the bottom of the footing
to the top of the wall, unless supporting a sur-
charge or impounding Class I, II or IIIA liquids.

5. Water tanks supported directly on grade if the
capacity is not greater than 5,000 gallons (18 925
L) and the ratio of height to diameter or width is
not greater than 2:1.

6. Sidewalks and driveways not more than 30 inches
(762 mm) above adjacent grade, and not over any
basement or story below and are not part of an
accessible route.

7. Painting, papering, tiling, carpeting, cabinets,
counter tops and similar finish work.

8. Temporary motion picture, television and theater
stage sets and scenery.

9. Prefabricated swimming pools accessory to a
Group R-3 occupancy that are less than 24 inches
(610 mm) deep, are not greater than 5,000 gallons
(18 925 L) and are installed entirely above ground.

10. Shade cloth structures constructed for nursery or
agricultural purposes, not including service sys-
tems.

11. Swings and other playground equipment accessory
to detached one- and two-family dwellings.

12. Window awnings in Group R-3 and U occupan-
cies, supported by an exterior wall that do not proj-
ect more than 54 inches (1372 mm) from the
exterior wall and do not require additional support.

13. Nonfixed and movable fixtures, cases, racks, coun-
ters and partitions not over 5 feet 9 inches (1753
mm) in height.

Electrical:

Repairs and maintenance: Minor repair work, includ-
ing the replacement of lamps or the connection of
approved portable electrical equipment to approved
permanently installed receptacles.

Radio and television transmitting stations: The pro-
visions of this code shall not apply to electrical equip-
ment used for radio and television transmissions, but do
apply to equipment and wiring for a power supply and
the installations of towers and antennas.

Temporary testing systems: A permit shall not be
required for the installation of any temporary system
required for the testing or servicing of electrical equip-
ment or apparatus.

Gas:

1. Portable heating appliance.

2. Replacement of any minor part that does not alter
approval of equipment or make such equipment
unsafe.

Mechanical:

1. Portable heating appliance.

2. Portable ventilation equipment.

3. Portable cooling unit.

4. Steam, hot or chilled water piping within any heat-
ing or cooling equipment regulated by this code.

5. Replacement of any part that does not alter its
approval or make it unsafe.

6. Portable evaporative cooler.

7. Self-contained refrigeration system containing 10
pounds (5 kg) or less of refrigerant and actuated by
motors of 1 horsepower (746 W) or less.

Plumbing:

1 . The stopping of leaks in drains, water, soil, waste or
vent pipe, provided, however, that if any concealed
trap, drain pipe, water, soil, waste or vent pipe
becomes defective and it becomes necessary to
remove and replace the same with new material,
such work shall be considered as new work and a
permit shall be obtained and inspection made as pro-
vided in this code.

2. The clearing of stoppages or the repairing of leaks in
pipes, valves or fixtures and the removal and rein-
stallation of water closets, provided such repairs do
not involve or require the replacement or rearrange-
ment of valves, pipes or fixtures.

[A] 105.2.1 Emergency repairs. Where equipment
replacements and repairs must be performed in an emer-
gency situation, the permit application shall be submitted
within the next working business day to the building offi-
cial.

[A] 105.2.2 Repairs. Application or notice to the building
official is not required for ordinary repairs to structures,
replacement of lamps or the connection of approved porta-
ble electrical equipment to approved permanently installed
receptacles. Such repairs shall not include the cutting
away of any wall, partition or portion thereof, the removal
or cutting of any structural beam or load-bearing support,
or the removal or change of any required means of egress,
or rearrangement of parts of a structure affecting the
egress requirements; nor shall ordinary repairs include
addition to, alteration of, replacement or relocation of any
standpipe, water supply, sewer, drainage, drain leader, gas,
soil, waste, vent or similar piping, electric wiring or
mechanical or other work affecting public health or gen-
eral safety.

[A J 105.2.3 Public service agencies. A permit shall not be
required for the installation, alteration or repair of genera-
tion, transmission, distribution or metering or other related
equipment that is under the ownership and control of pub-
lic service agencies by established right.

[A] 105.3 Application for permit. To obtain a permit, the
applicant shall first file an application therefor in writing on a

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

SCOPE AND ADMINISTRATION

form furnished by the department of building safety for that
purpose. Such application shall:

1. Identify and describe the work to be covered by the
permit for which application is made.

2. Describe the land on which the proposed work is to be
done by legal description, street address or similar
description that will readily identify and definitely
locate the proposed building or work.

3. Indicate the use and occupancy for which the proposed
work is intended.

4. Be accompanied by construction documents and other
information as required in Section 107.

5. State the valuation of the proposed work.

6. Be signed by the applicant, or the applicant's autho-
rized agent.

7. Give such other data and information as required by the
building official.

[A] 105.3.1 Action on application. The building official
shall examine or cause to be examined applications for
permits and amendments thereto within a reasonable time
after filing. If the application or the construction docu-
ments do not conform to the requirements of pertinent
laws, the building official shall reject such application in
writing, stating the reasons therefor. If the building official
is satisfied that the proposed work conforms to the require-
ments of this code and laws and ordinances applicable
thereto, the building official shall issue a permit therefor as
soon as practicable.

[A] 105.3.2 Time limitation of application. An applica-
tion for a permit for any proposed work shall be deemed to
have been abandoned 180 days after the date of filing,
unless such application has been pursued in good faith or a
permit has been issued; except that the building official is
authorized to grant one or more extensions of time for
additional periods not exceeding 90 days each. The exten-
sion shall be requested in writing and justifiable cause
demonstrated.

[A] 105.4 Validity of permit. The issuance or granting of a
permit shall not be construed to be a permit for, or an
approval of, any violation of any of the provisions of this
code or of any other ordinance of the jurisdiction. Permits
presuming to give authority to violate or cancel the provi-
sions of this code or other ordinances of the jurisdiction shall
not be valid. The issuance of a permit based on construction
documents and other data shall not prevent the building offi-
cial from requiring the correction of errors in the construction
documents and other data. The building official is also autho-
rized to prevent occupancy or use of a structure where in vio-
lation of this code or of any other ordinances of this
jurisdiction.

[A] 105.5 Expiration. Every permit issued shall become
invalid unless the work on the site authorized by such permit
is commenced within 180 days after its issuance, or if the
work authorized on the site by such permit is suspended or
abandoned for a period of 180 days after the time the work is
commenced. The building official is authorized to grant, in

writing, one or more extensions of time, for periods not more
than 1 80 days each. The extension shall be requested in writ-
ing and justifiable cause demonstrated.

[A] 105.6 Suspension or revocation. The building official is
authorized to suspend or revoke a permit issued under the
provisions of this code wherever the permit is issued in error
or on the basis of incorrect, inaccurate or incomplete informa-
tion, or in violation of any ordinance or regulation or any of
the provisions of this code.

[A] 105.7 Placement of permit. The building permit or copy
shall be kept on the site of the work until the completion of
the project.

SECTION 106
FLOOR AND ROOF DESIGN LOADS

[A] 106.1 Live loads posted. Where the live loads for which
each floor or portion thereof of a commercial or industrial
building is or has been designed to exceed 50 psf (2.40 kN/
m 2 ), such design live loads shall be conspicuously posted by
the owner in that part of each story in which they apply, using
durable signs. It shall be unlawful to remove or deface such
notices

[A] 106.2 Issuance of certificate of occupancy. A certificate
of occupancy required by Section 111 shall not be issued
until the floor load signs, required by Section 106.1, have
been installed.

[A] 106.3 Restrictions on loading. It shall be unlawful to
place, or cause or permit to be placed, on any floor or roof of
a building, structure or portion thereof, a load greater than is
permitted by this code.

SECTION 107

SUBMITTAL DOCUMENTS

[A] 107.1 General. Submittal documents consisting of con-
struction documents, statement of special inspections, geo-
technical report and other data shall be submitted in two or
more sets with each permit application. The construction doc-
uments shall be prepared by a registered design professional
where required by the statutes of the jurisdiction in which the
project is to be constructed. Where special conditions exist,
the building official is authorized to require additional con-
struction documents to be prepared by a registered design
professional.

Exception: The building official is authorized to waive the
submission of construction documents and other data not
required to be prepared by a registered design professional
if it is found that the nature of the work applied for is such
that review of construction documents is not necessary to
obtain compliance with this code.

[A] 107.2 Construction documents. Construction docu-
ments shall be in accordance with Sections 107.2.1 through
107.2.5.

[A] 107.2.1 Information on construction documents.

Construction documents shall be dimensioned and drawn
upon suitable material. Electronic media documents are

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE 8

SCOPE AND ADMINISTRATION

permitted to be submitted when approved by the building
official. Construction documents shall be of sufficient
clarity to indicate the location, nature and extent of the
work proposed and show in detail that it will conform to
the provisions of this code and relevant laws, ordinances,
rules and regulations, as determined by the building offi-
cial.

[A] 107.2.2 Fire protection system shop drawings. Shop
drawings for the fire protection system(s) shall be submit-
ted to indicate conformance to this code and the construc-
tion documents and shall be approved prior to the start of
system installation. Shop drawings shall contain all infor-
mation as required by the referenced installation standards
in Chapter 9.

[A] 107.2.3 Means of egress. The construction documents
shall show in sufficient detail the location, construction,
size and character of all portions of the means of egress
including the path of the exit discharge to the public way
in compliance with the provisions of this code. In other
than occupancies in Groups R-2, R-3, and 1-1, the con-
struction documents shall designate the number of occu-
pants to be accommodated on every floor, and in all rooms
and spaces.

[A] 107.2.4 Exterior wall envelope. Construction docu-
ments for all buildings shall describe the exterior wall
envelope in sufficient detail to determine compliance with
this code. The construction documents shall provide
details of the exterior wall envelope as required, including
flashing, intersections with dissimilar materials, corners,
end details, control joints, intersections at roof, eaves or
parapets, means of drainage, water-resistive membrane
and details around openings.

The construction documents shall include manufac-
turer's installation instructions that provide supporting
documentation that the proposed penetration and opening
details described in the construction documents maintain
the weather resistance of the exterior wall envelope. The
supporting documentation shall fully describe the exterior
wall system which was tested, where applicable, as well as
the test procedure used.

[A] 107.2.5 Site plan. The construction documents sub-
mitted with the application for permit shall be accompa-
nied by a site plan showing to scale the size and location
of new construction and existing structures on the site, dis-
tances from lot lines, the established street grades and the
proposed finished grades and, as applicable, flood hazard
areas, floodways, and design flood elevations; and it shall
be drawn in accordance with an accurate boundary line
survey. In the case of demolition, the site plan shall show
construction to be demolished and the location and size of
existing structures and construction that are to remain on
the site or plot. The building official is authorized to waive
or modify the requirement for a site plan when the applica-
tion for permit is for alteration or repair or when other-
wise warranted.

[A] 107.2.5.1 Design flood elevations. Where design
flood elevations are not specified, they shall be estab-
lished in accordance with Section 1612.3.1.

[A] 107.3 Examination of documents. The building official
shall examine or cause to be examined the accompanying
submittal documents and shall ascertain by such examina-
tions whether the construction indicated and described is in
accordance with the requirements of this code and other perti-
nent laws or ordinances.

[A] 107.3.1 Approval of construction documents. When
the building official issues a permit, the construction docu-
ments shall be approved, in writing or by stamp, as
"Reviewed for Code Compliance." One set of construc-
tion documents so reviewed shall be retained by the build-
ing official. The other set shall be returned to the
applicant, shall be kept at the site of work and shall be
open to inspection by the building official or a duly autho-
rized representative.

[A] 107.3.2 Previous approvals. This code shall not
require changes in the construction documents, construc-
tion or designated occupancy of a structure for which a
lawful permit has been heretofore issued or otherwise law-
fully authorized, and the construction of which has been
pursued in good faith within 180 days after the effective
date of this code and has not been abandoned.

[A] 107.3.3 Phased approval. The building official is
authorized to issue a permit for the construction of founda-
tions or any other part of a building or structure before the
construction documents for the whole building or structure
have been submitted, provided that adequate information
and detailed statements have been filed complying with
pertinent requirements of this code. The holder of such
permit for the foundation or other parts of a building or
structure shall proceed at the holder's own risk with the
building operation and without assurance that a permit for
the entire structure will be granted.

[A] 107.3.4 Design professional in responsible charge.
When it is required that documents be prepared by a regis-
tered design professional, the building official shall be
authorized to require the owner to engage and designate on
the building permit application a registered design profes-
sional who shall act as the registered design professional
in responsible charge. If the circumstances require, the
owner shall designate a substitute registered design pro-
fessional in responsible charge who shall perform the
duties required of the original registered design profes-
sional in responsible charge. The building official shall be
notified in writing by the owner if the registered design
professional in responsible charge is changed or is unable
to continue to perform the duties.

The registered design professional in responsible
charge shall be responsible for reviewing and coordinating
submittal documents prepared by others, including phased
and deferred submittal items, for compatibility with the
design of the building.

[A] 107.3.4.1 Deferred submittals. For the purposes
of this section, deferred submittals are defined as those
portions of the design that are not submitted at the time
of the application and that are to be submitted to the
building official within a specified period.

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE 8

SCOPE AND ADMINISTRATION

Deferral of any submittal items shall have the prior
approval of the building official. The registered design
professional in responsible charge shall list the
deferred submittals on the construction documents for
review by the building official.

Documents for deferred submittal items shall be
submitted to the registered design professional in
responsible charge who shall review them and forward
them to the building official with a notation indicating
that the deferred submittal documents have been
reviewed and found to be in general conformance to the
design of the building. The deferred submittal items
shall not be installed until the deferred submittal docu-
ments have been approved by the building official.
[A] 107.4 Amended construction documents. Work shall
be installed in accordance with the approved construction
documents, and any changes made during construction that
are not in compliance with the approved construction docu-
ments shall be resubmitted for approval as an amended set of
construction documents.

[A] 107.5 Retention of construction documents. One set of
approved construction documents shall be retained by the
building official for a period of not less than 180 days from
date of completion of the permitted work, or as required by
state or local laws.

SECTION 108
TEMPORARY STRUCTURES AND USES
[A] 108.1 General. The building official is authorized to
issue a permit for temporary structures and temporary uses.
Such permits shall be limited as to time of service, but shall
not be permitted for more than 180 days. The building official
is authorized to grant extensions for demonstrated cause.

[A] 108.2 Conformance. Temporary structures and uses
shall conform to the structural strength, fire safety, means of
egress, accessibility, light, ventilation and sanitary require-
ments of this code as necessary to ensure public health, safety
and general welfare.

[A] 108.3 Temporary power. The building official is autho-
rized to give permission to temporarily supply and use power
in part of an electric installation before such installation has
been fully completed and the final certificate of completion
has been issued. The part covered by the temporary certificate
shall comply with the requirements specified for temporary
lighting, heat or power in NFPA 70.

[A] 108.4 Termination of approval. The building official is
authorized to terminate such permit for a temporary structure
or use and to order the temporary structure or use to be dis-
continued.

SECTION 109

FEES

[A] 109.1 Payment of fees. A permit shall not be valid until
the fees prescribed by law have been paid, nor shall an
amendment to a permit be released until the additional fee, if
any, has been paid.

[A] 109.2 Schedule of permit fees. On buildings, structures,
electrical, gas, mechanical, and plumbing systems or altera-
tions requiring a. permit, a fee for each permit shall be paid as
required, in accordance with the schedule as established by
the applicable governing authority.

[A] 109.3 Building permit valuations. The applicant for a
permit shall provide an estimated permit value at time of
application. Permit valuations shall include total value of
work, including materials and labor, for which the permit is
being issued, such as electrical, gas, mechanical, plumbing
equipment and permanent systems. If, in the opinion of the
building official, the valuation is underestimated on the appli-
cation, the permit shall be denied, unless the applicant can
show detailed estimates to meet the approval of the building
official. Final building permit valuation shall be set by the
building official.

[A] 109.4 Work commencing before permit issuance. Any
person who commences any work on a building, structure,
electrical, gas, mechanical or plumbing system before obtain-
ing the necessary permits shall be subject to a fee established
by the building official that shall be in addition to the required
permit fees.

[A] 109.5 Related fees. The payment of the fee for the con-
struction, alteration, removal or demolition for work done in
connection to or concurrently with the work authorized by a
building permit shall not relieve the applicant or holder of the
permit from the payment of other fees that are prescribed by
law.

[A] 109.6 Refunds. The building official is authorized to
establish a refund policy.

SECTION 110
INSPECTIONS

[A] 110.1 General. Construction or work for which & permit
is required shall be subject to inspection by the building offi-
cial and such construction or work shall remain accessible
and exposed for inspection purposes until approved.
Approval as a result of an inspection shall not be construed to
be an approval of a violation of the provisions of this code or
of other ordinances of the jurisdiction. Inspections presuming
to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of this
code or of other ordinances of the jurisdiction shall not be
valid. It shall be the duty of the permit applicant to cause the
work to remain accessible and exposed for inspection pur-
poses. Neither the building official nor the jurisdiction shall
be liable for expense entailed in the removal or replacement
of any material required to allow inspection.

[A] 110.2 Preliminary inspection. Before issuing a. permit,
the building official is authorized to examine or cause to be
examined buildings, structures and sites for which an applica-
tion has been filed.

[A] 110.3 Required inspections. The building official, upon
notification, shall make the inspections set forth in Sections
110.3.1 through 110.3.10.

[A] 110.3.1 Footing and foundation inspection. Footing
and foundation inspections shall be made after excavations
for footings are complete and any required reinforcing

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

SCOPE AND ADMINISTRATION

steel is in place. For concrete foundations, any required
forms shall be in place prior to inspection. Materials for
the foundation shall be on the job, except where concrete
is ready mixed in accordance with ASTM C 94, the con-
crete need not be on the job.

[A] 110.3.2 Concrete slab and under-floor inspection.
Concrete slab and under-floor inspections shall be made
after in-slab or under-floor reinforcing steel and building
service equipment, conduit, piping accessories and other
ancillary equipment items are in place, but before any con-
crete is placed or floor sheathing installed, including the
subfloor.

[A] 110.3.3 Lowest floor elevation. In flood hazard areas,
upon placement of the lowest floor, including the base-
ment, and prior to further vertical construction, the eleva-
tion certification required in Section 1612.5 shall be
submitted to the building official.

[A] 110.3.4 Frame inspection. Framing inspections shall
be made after the roof deck or sheathing, all framing, fire-
blocking and bracing are in place and pipes, chimneys and
vents to be concealed are complete and the rough electri-
cal, plumbing, heating wires, pipes and ducts are
approved.

[A] 110.3.5 Lath and gypsum board inspection. Lath
and gypsum board inspections shall be made after lathing
and gypsum board, interior and exterior, is in place, but
before any plastering is applied or gypsum board joints
and fasteners are taped and finished.

Exception: Gypsum board that is not part of a fire-
resistance-rated assembly or a shear assembly.
[A] 110.3.6 Fire- and smoke-resistant penetrations.
Protection of joints and penetrations in fire-resistance-
rated assemblies, smoke barriers and smoke partitions
shall not be concealed from view until inspected and
approved.

[A] 110.3.7 Energy efficiency inspections. Inspections
shall be made to determine compliance with Chapter 1 3
and shall include, but not be limited to, inspections for:
envelope insulation R- and U- values, fenestration [/-value,
duct system tf- value, and HVAC and water-heating equip-
ment efficiency.

[A] 110.3.8 Other inspections. In addition to the inspec-
tions specified in Sections 110.3.1 through 110.3.7, the
building official is authorized to make or require other
inspections of any construction work to ascertain compli-
ance with the provisions of this code and other laws that
are enforced by the department of building safety.

[A] 110.3.9 Special inspections. For special inspections,
see Chapter 17.

[A] 110.3.10 Final inspection. The final inspection shall
be made after all work required by the building permit is
completed.

[A] 110.3.10.1 Flood hazard documentation. If

located in a flood hazard area, documentation of the
elevation of the lowest floor as required in Section

1612.5 shall be submitted to the building official prior 1
to the final inspection. 1

[A] 110.4 Inspection agencies. The building official is
authorized to accept reports of approved inspection agencies,
provided such agencies satisfy the requirements as to qualifi-
cations and reliability.

[A] 110.5 Inspection requests. It shall be the duty of the
holder of the building permit or their duly authorized agent to
notify the building official when work is ready for inspection.
It shall be the duty of the permit holder to provide access to
and means for inspections of such work that are required by
this code.

[A] 110.6 Approval required. Work shall not be done
beyond the point indicated in each successive inspection
without first obtaining the approval of the building official.
The building official, upon notification, shall make the
requested inspections and shall either indicate the portion of
the construction that is satisfactory as completed, or notify
the permit holder or his or her agent wherein the same fails to
comply with this code. Any portions that do not comply shall
be corrected and such portion shall not be covered or con-
cealed until authorized by the building official.

SECTION 111
CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY

[A] 111.1 Use and occupancy. No building or structure shall
be used or occupied, and no change in the existing occupancy
classification of a building or structure or portion thereof
shall be made, until the building official has issued a certifi-
cate of occupancy therefor as provided herein. Issuance of a
certificate of occupancy shall not be construed as an approval
of a violation of the provisions of this code or of other ordi-
nances of the jurisdiction.

Exception: Certificates of occupancy are not required for
work exempt from permits under Section 105.2.

[A] 111.2 Certificate issued. After the building official
inspects the building or structure and finds no violations of
the provisions of this code or other laws that are enforced by
the department of building safety, the building official shall
issue a certificate of occupancy that contains the following:

1. The building permit number.

2. The address of the structure.

3. The name and address of the owner.

4. A description of that portion of the structure for which
the certificate is issued.

5. A statement that the described portion of the structure
has been inspected for compliance with the require-
ments of this code for the occupancy and division of
occupancy and the use for which the proposed occu-
pancy is classified.

6. The name of the building official.

1. The edition of the code under which the permit was
issued.

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE 8

SCOPE AND ADMINISTRATION

8. The use and occupancy, in accordance with the provi-
sions of Chapter 3.

9. The type of construction as defined in Chapter 6.

10. The design occupant load.

11. If an automatic sprinkler system is provided, whether
the sprinkler system is required.

12. Any special stipulations and conditions of the build-
ing permit.

[A] 111.3 Temporary occupancy. The building official is
authorized to issue a temporary certificate of occupancy
before the completion of the entire work covered by the per-
mit, provided that such portion or portions shall be occupied
safely. The building official shall set a time period during
which the temporary certificate of occupancy is valid.

[A] 111.4 Revocation. The building official is authorized to,
in writing, suspend or revoke a certificate of occupancy or
completion issued under the provisions of this code wherever
the certificate is issued in error, or on the basis of incorrect
information supplied, or where it is determined that the build-
ing or structure or portion thereof is in violation of any ordi-
nance or regulation or any of the provisions of this code.

SECTION 112
SERVICE UTILITIES

[A] 112.1 Connection of service utilities. No person shall
make connections from a utility, source of energy, fuel or
power to any building or system that is regulated by this code
for which a permit is required, until released by the building
official.

[A] 112.2 Temporary connection. The building official shall
have the authority to authorize the temporary connection of
the building or system to the utility source of energy, fuel or
power.

[A] 112.3 Authority to disconnect service utilities. The

building official shall have the authority to authorize discon-
nection of utility service to the building, structure or system
regulated by this code and the referenced codes and standards
set forth in Section 101.4 in case of emergency where neces-
sary to eliminate an immediate hazard to life or property or
when such utility connection has been made without the
approval required by Section 112.1 or 112.2. The building
official shall notify the serving utility, and wherever possible
the owner and occupant of the building, structure or service
system of the decision to disconnect prior to taking such
action. If not notified prior to disconnecting, the owner or
occupant of the building, structure or service system shall be
notified in writing, as soon as practical thereafter.

SECTION 113
BOARD OF APPEALS

[A] 113.1 General. In order to hear and decide appeals of
orders, decisions or determinations made by the building offi-
cial relative to the application and interpretation of this code,
there shall be and is hereby created a board of appeals. The
board of appeals shall be appointed by the applicable govern-

ing authority and shall hold office at its pleasure. The board
shall adopt rules of procedure for conducting its business.

[A] 113.2 Limitations on authority. An application for
appeal shall be based on a claim that the true intent of this
code or the rules legally adopted thereunder have been incor-
rectly interpreted, the provisions of this code do not fully
apply or an equally good or better form of construction is pro-
posed. The board shall have no authority to waive require-
ments of this code.

[A] 113.3 Qualifications. The board of appeals shall consist
of members who are qualified by experience and training to
pass on matters pertaining to building construction and are
not employees of the jurisdiction.

SECTION 114
VIOLATIONS

[A] 114.1 Unlawful acts. It shall be unlawful for any person,
firm or corporation to erect, construct, alter, extend, repair,
move, remove, demolish or occupy any building, structure or
equipment regulated by this code, or cause same to be done,
in conflict with or in violation of any of the provisions of this
code.

[A] 114.2 Notice of violation. The building official is autho-
rized to serve a notice of violation or order on the person
responsible for the erection, construction, alteration, exten-
sion, repair, moving, removal, demolition or occupancy of a
building or structure in violation of the provisions of this
code, or in violation of a permit or certificate issued under the
provisions of this code. Such order shall direct the discontinu-
ance of the illegal action or condition and the abatement of
the violation.

[A] 114.3 Prosecution of violation. If the notice of violation
is not complied with promptly, the building official is autho-
rized to request the legal counsel of the jurisdiction to insti-
tute the appropriate proceeding at law or in equity to restrain,
correct or abate such violation, or to require the removal or
termination of the unlawful occupancy of the building or
structure in violation of the provisions of this code or of the
order or direction made pursuant thereto.

[A] 114.4 Violation penalties. Any person who violates a
provision of this code or fails to comply with any of the
requirements thereof or who erects, constructs, alters or
repairs a building or structure in violation of the approved
construction documents or directive of the building official,
or of a permit or certificate issued under the provisions of this
code, shall be subject to penalties as prescribed by law.

SECTION 115
STOP WORK ORDER

[A] 115.1 Authority. Whenever the building official finds
any work regulated by this code being performed in a manner
either contrary to the provisions of this code or dangerous or
unsafe, the building official is authorized to issue a stop work
order.

[A] 115.2 Issuance. The stop work order shall be in writing
and shall be given to the owner of the property involved, or to

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

SCOPE AND ADMINISTRATION

the owner's agent, or to the person doing the work. Upon issu-
ance of a stop work order, the cited work shall immediately
cease. The stop work order shall state the reason for the order,
and the conditions under which the cited work will be permit-
ted to resume.

[A] 115.3 Unlawful continuance. Any person who shall con-
tinue any work after having been served with a stop work
order, except such work as that person is directed to perform
to remove a violation or unsafe condition, shall be subject to
penalties as prescribed by law.

SECTION 116
UNSAFE STRUCTURES AND EQUIPMENT

[A] 116.1 Conditions. Structures or existing equipment that
are or hereafter become unsafe, insanitary or deficient
because of inadequate means of egress facilities, inadequate
light and ventilation, or which constitute a fire hazard, or are
otherwise dangerous to human life or the public welfare, or
that involve illegal or improper occupancy or inadequate
maintenance, shall be deemed an unsafe condition. Unsafe
structures shall be taken down and removed or made safe, as
the building official deems necessary and as provided for in
this section. A vacant structure that is not secured against
entry shall be deemed unsafe.

[A] 116.2 Record. The building official shall cause a report
to be filed on an unsafe condition. The report shall state the
occupancy of the structure and the nature of the unsafe condi-
tion.

[A] 116.3 Notice. If an unsafe condition is found, the build-
ing official shall serve on the owner, agent or person in con-
trol of the structure, a written notice that describes the
condition deemed unsafe and specifies the required repairs or
improvements to be made to abate the unsafe condition, or
that requires the unsafe structure to be demolished within a
stipulated time. Such notice shall require the person thus noti-
fied to declare immediately to the building official acceptance
or rejection of the terms of the order.

[A] 116.4 Method of service. Such notice shall be deemed
properly served if a copy thereof is (a) delivered to the owner
personally; (b) sent by certified or registered mail addressed
to the owner at the last known address with the return receipt
requested; or (c) delivered in any other manner as prescribed
by local law. If the certified or registered letter is returned
showing that the letter was not delivered, a copy thereof shall
be posted in a conspicuous place in or about the structure
affected by such notice. Service of such notice in the forego-
ing manner upon the owner's agent or upon the person
responsible for the structure shall constitute service of notice
upon the owner.

[A] 116.5 Restoration. The structure or equipment deter-
mined to be unsafe by the building official is permitted to be
restored to a safe condition. To the extent that repairs, altera-
tions or additions are made or a change of occupancy occurs
during the restoration of the structure, such repairs, altera-
tions, additions or change of occupancy shall comply with the
requirements of Section 105.2.2 and Chapter 34.

2012 INTERNATIONAL BWLDING CODE®

CHAPTER 2

DEFINITIONS

SECTION 201
GENERAL

201.1 Scope. Unless otherwise expressly stated, the follow-
ing words and terms shall, for the purposes of this code, have
the meanings shown in this chapter.

201.2 Interchangeability. Words used in the present tense
include the future; words stated in the masculine gender
include the feminine and neuter; the singular number includes
the plural and the plural, the singular.

201.3 Terms defined in other codes. Where terms are not
defined in this code and are defined in the International
Energy Conservation Code, International Fuel Gas Code,
International Fire Code, International Mechanical Code or
International Plumbing Code, such terms shall have the
meanings ascribed to them as in those codes.

201.4 Terms not defined. Where terms are not defined
through the methods authorized by this section, such terms
shall have ordinarily accepted meanings such as the context
implies.

SECTION 202
DEFINITIONS

24-HOUR CARE. The actual time that a person is an occu-
pant within a facility for the purpose of receiving care. It
shall not include a facility that is open for 24 hours and is
capable of providing care to someone visiting the facility dur-
ing any segment of the 24 hours.

AAC MASONRY. Masonry made of autoclaved aerated
concrete (AAC) units, manufactured without internal rein-
forcement and bonded together using thin- or thick-bed mor-
tar.

ACCESSIBLE. A site, building, facility or portion thereof
that complies with Chapter 11.

ACCESSIBLE MEANS OF EGRESS. A continuous and
unobstructed way of egress travel from any accessible point
in a building ox facility to a public way.

ACCESSIBLE ROUTE. A continuous, unobstructed path
that complies with Chapter 1 1 .

ACCESSIBLE UNIT. A dwelling unit or sleeping unit that
complies with this code and the provisions for Accessible
units in ICC Al 17.1.

ACCREDITATION BODY. An approved, third-party orga-
nization that is independent of the grading and inspection
agencies, and the lumber mills, and that initially accredits and
subsequently monitors, on a continuing basis, the compe-
tency and performance of a grading or inspection agency
related to carrying out specific tasks.

[A] ADDITION. An extension or increase in floor area or
height of a building or structure.

ADHERED MASONRY VENEER. Veneer secured and
supported through the adhesion of an approved bonding
material applied to an approved backing.

ADOBE CONSTRUCTION. Construction in which the
exterior load-bearing and nonload-bearing walls and parti-
tions are of unfired clay masonry units, and floors, roofs and
interior framing are wholly or partly of wood or other
approved materials.

Adobe, stabilized. Unfired clay masonry units to which
admixtures, such as emulsified asphalt, are added during
the manufacturing process to limit the units' water absorp-
tion so as to increase their durability.

Adobe, unstabilized. Unfired clay masonry units that do
not meet the definition of "Adobe, stabilized."

[F] AEROSOL. A product that is dispensed from an aerosol
container by a propellant. Aerosol products shall be classified
by means of the calculation of their chemical heats of com-
bustion and shall be designated Level 1, Level 2 or Level 3.

Level 1 aerosol products. Those with a total chemical
heat of combustion that is less than or equal to 8,600 Brit-
ish thermal units per pound (Btu/lb) (20 kJ/g).

Level 2 aerosol products. Those with a total chemical
heat of combustion that is greater than 8,600 Btu/lb (20 kJ/
g), but less than or equal to 13,000 Btu/lb (30 kJ/g).

Level 3 aerosol products. Those with a total chemical
heat of combustion that is greater than 13,000 Btu/lb (30

kJ/g).

[F] AEROSOL CONTAINER. A metal can or a glass or
plastic bottle designed to dispense an aerosol. Metal cans
shall be limited to a maximum size of 33.8 fluid ounces (1000
ml). Glass or plastic bottles shall be limited to a maximum
size of 4 fluid ounces (118 ml).

AGGREGATE. In roofing, crushed stone, crushed slag or
water-worn gravel used for surfacing for roof coverings.

AGRICULTURAL BUILDING. A structure designed and
constructed to house farm implements, hay, grain, poultry,
livestock or other horticultural products. This structure shall
not be a place of human habitation or a place of employment
where agricultural products are processed, treated or pack-
aged, nor shall it be a place used by the public.

AIR-INFLATED STRUCTURE. A structure that uses air-
pressurized membrane beams, arches or other elements to
enclose space. Occupants of such a structure do not occupy
the pressurized area used to support the structure.

AIR-SUPPORTED STRUCTURE. A structure wherein the
shape of the structure is attained by air pressure and occu-
pants of the structure are within the elevated pressure area.
Air-supported structures are of two basic types:

Double skin. Similar to a single skin, but with an attached
liner that is separated from the outer skin and provides an

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

DEFINITIONS

airspace which serves for insulation, acoustic, aesthetic or
similar purposes.

Single skin. Where there is only the single outer skin and
the air pressure is directly against that skin.

AISLE. An unenclosed exit access component that defines
and provides a path of egress travel.

AISLE ACCESSWAY. That portion of an exit access that
leads to an aisle.

[F] ALARM NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE. Afire alarm
system component such as a bell, horn, speaker, light or text
display that provides audible, tactile or visible outputs, or any
combination thereof.

[F] ALARM SIGNAL. A signal indicating an emergency
requiring immediate action, such as a signal indicative of fire.

[F] ALARM VERIFICATION FEATURE. A feature of
automatic fire detection and alarm systems to reduce
unwanted alarms wherein smoke detectors report alarm con-
ditions for a minimum period of time, or confirm alarm con-
ditions within a given time period, after being automatically
reset, in order to be accepted as a valid alarm-initiation sig-
nal.

ALLOWABLE STRESS DESIGN. A method of propor-
tioning structural members, such that elastically computed
stresses produced in the members by nominal loads do not
exceed specified allowable stresses (also called "working
stress design").

[A] ALTERATION. Any construction or renovation to an
existing structure other than repair or addition.

ALTERNATING TREAD DEVICE. A device that has a
series of steps between 50 and 70 degrees (0.87 and 1.22 rad)
from horizontal, usually attached to a center support rail in an
alternating manner so that the user does not have both feet on
the same level at the same time.

AMBULATORY CARE FACILITY. Buildings or portions
thereof used to provide medical, surgical, psychiatric, nursing
or similar care on a less than 24-hour basis to individuals who
are rendered incapable of self-preservation by the services
provided.

ANCHOR. Metal rod, wire or strap that secures masonry to
its structural support.

ANCHOR BUILDING. An exterior perimeter building of a
group other than H having direct access to a covered or open
mall building but having required means of egress indepen-
dent of the mall.

ANCHORED MASONRY VENEER. Veneer secured with
approved mechanical fasteners to an approved backing

ANNULAR SPACE. The opening around the penetrating
item.

[F] ANNUNCIATOR. A unit containing one or more indica-
tor lamps, alphanumeric displays or other equivalent means
in which each indication provides status information about a
circuit, condition or location.

[A] APPROVED. Acceptable to the building official or
authority having jurisdiction.

[A] APPROVED AGENCY. An established and recognized
agency regularly engaged in conducting tests or furnishing
inspection services, when such agency has been approved.

APPROVED FABRICATOR. An established and qualified
person, firm or corporation approved by the building official
pursuant to Chapter 17 of this code.

APPROVED SOURCE. An independent person, firm or
corporation, approved by the building official, who is compe-
tent and experienced in the application of engineering princi-
ples to materials, methods or systems analyses.

ARCHITECTURAL TERRA COTTA. Plain or ornamen-
tal hard-burned modified clay units, larger in size than brick,
with glazed or unglazed ceramic finish.

AREA (for masonry).

Gross cross-sectional. The area delineated by the out-to-
out specified dimensions of masonry in the plane under
consideration.

Net cross-sectional. The area of masonry units, grout and
mortar crossed by the plane under consideration based on
out-to-out specified dimensions.

AREA, BUILDING. The area included within surrounding
exterior walls (or exterior walls and fire walls) exclusive of
vent shafts and courts. Areas of the building not provided
with surrounding walls shall be included in the building area
if such areas are included within the horizontal projection of
the roof or floor above.

AREA OF REFUGE. An area where persons unable to use
stairways can remain temporarily to await instructions or
assistance during emergency evacuation.

AREAWAY. A subsurface space adjacent to a building open
at the top or protected at the top by a grating or guard.

ASSEMBLY SEATING, MULTILEVEL. See "Multilevel
assembly seating."

ATRIUM. An opening connecting two or more stories other
than enclosed stairways, elevators, hoistways, escalators,
plumbing, electrical, air-conditioning or other equipment,
which is closed at the top and not defined as a mall. Stories,
as used in this definition, do not include balconies within
assembly groups or mezzanines that comply with Section
505.

ATTIC. The space between the ceiling beams of the top story
and the roof rafters.

[F] AUDIBLE ALARM NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE.
A notification appliance that alerts by the sense of hearing.

AUTOCLAVED AERATED CONCRETE (AAC). Low
density cementitious product of calcium silicate hydrates,
whose material specifications are defined in ASTM C 1386.

[Fj AUTOMATIC. As applied to fire protection devices, a
device or system providing an emergency function without
the necessity for human intervention and activated as a result
of a predetermined temperature rise, rate of temperature rise
or combustion products.

[F] AUTOMATIC FIRE-EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM.
An approved system of devices and equipment which auto-

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

DEFINITIONS

matically detects a fire and discharges an approved fire-extin-
guishing agent onto or in the area of a fire.

[F] AUTOMATIC SMOKE DETECTION SYSTEM. A
fire alarm system that has initiation devices that utilize smoke
detectors for protection of an area such as a room or space
with detectors to provide early warning of fire.

[F] AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM. An automatic
sprinkler system, for fire protection purposes, is an integrated
system of underground and overhead piping designed in
accordance with fire protection engineering standards. The
system includes a suitable water supply. The portion of the
system above the ground is a network of specially sized or
hydraulically designed piping installed in a structure or area,
generally overhead, and to which automatic sprinklers are
connected in a systematic pattern. The system is usually acti-
vated by heat from a fire and discharges water over the fire
area.

[F] AVERAGE AMBIENT SOUND LEVEL. The root
mean square, A-weighted sound pressure level measured over
a 24-hour period, or the time any person is present, whichever
time period is less.

AWNING. An architectural projection that provides weather
protection, identity or decoration and is partially or wholly
supported by the building to which it is attached. An awning
is comprised of a lightweight frame structure over which a
covering is attached.

BACKING. The wall or surface to which the veneer is
secured.

[F] BALED COTTON. A natural seed fiber wrapped in and
secured with industry accepted materials, usually consisting
of burlap, woven polypropylene, polyethylene or cotton or
sheet polyethylene, and secured with steel, synthetic or wire
bands or wire; also includes linters (lint removed from the
cottonseed) and motes (residual materials from the ginning
process).

[F] BALED COTTON, DENSELY PACKED. Cotton
made into banded bales with a packing density of at least 22
pounds per cubic foot (360 kg/m 3 ), and dimensions comply-
ing with the following: a length of 55 inches (1397 mm), a
width of 21 inches (533.4 mm) and a height of 27.6 to 35.4
inches (701 to 899 mm).

BALLAST. In roofing, ballast comes in the form of large
stones or paver systems or light-weight interlocking paver
systems and is used to provide uplift resistance for roofing
systems that are not adhered or mechanically attached to the
roof deck.

[F] BARRICADE. A structure that consists of a combination
of walls, floor and roof, which is designed to withstand the
rapid release of energy in an explosion and which is fully
confined, partially vented or fully vented; or other effective
method of shielding from explosive materials by a natural or
artificial barrier.

Artificial barricade. An artificial mound or revetment a
minimum thickness of 3 feet (914 mm).

Natural barricade. Natural features of the ground, such
as hills, or timber of sufficient density that the surrounding
exposures that require protection cannot be seen from the
magazine or building containing explosives when the trees
are bare of leaves.

BASE FLOOD. The flood having a 1-percent chance of
being equaled or exceeded in any given year.

BASE FLOOD ELEVATION. The elevation of the base
flood, including wave height, relative to the National Geo-
detic Vertical Datum (NGVD), North American Vertical
Datum (NAVD) or other datum specified on the Flood Insur-
ance Rate Map (FIRM).

BASEMENT (for flood loads). The portion of a building
having its floor subgrade (below ground level) on all sides.
This definition of "Basement" is limited in application to the
provisions of Section 1612.

BASEMENT. A story that is not a story above grade plane
(see "Story above grade plane"). This definition of "Base-
ment" does not apply to the provisions of Section 1612 for
flood loads.

BEARING WALL STRUCTURE. A building or other
structure in which vertical loads from floors and roofs are pri-
marily supported by walls.

BED JOINT. The horizontal layer of mortar on which a
masonry unit is laid.

BLEACHERS. Tiered seating supported on a dedicated
structural system and two or more rows high and is not a
building element (see "Grandstands").

BOARDING HOUSE. A building arranged or used for lodg-
ing for compensation, with or without meals, and not occu-
pied as a single-family unit.

[F] BOILING POINT. The temperature at which the vapor
pressure of a liquid equals the atmospheric pressure of 14.7
pounds per square inch (psia) (101 kPa) or 760 mm of mer-
cury. Where an accurate boiling point is unavailable for the
material in question, or for mixtures which do not have a con-
stant boiling point, for the purposes of this classification, the
20-percent evaporated point of a distillation performed in
accordance with ASTM D 86 shall be used as the boiling
point of the liquid.

BOND BEAM. A horizontal grouted element within
masonry in which reinforcement is embedded.

BRACED WALL LINE. A series of braced wall panels in a
single story that meets the requirements of Section 2308.3 or
2308.12.4.

BRACED WALL PANEL. A section of wall braced in
accordance with Section 2308.9.3 or 2308.12.4.

BRICK.

Calcium silicate (sand lime brick). A pressed and subse-
quently autoclaved unit that consists of sand and lime,
with or without the inclusion of other materials.

Clay or shale. A solid or hollow masonry unit of clay or
shale, usually formed into a rectangular prism, then burned
or fired in a kiln; brick is a ceramic product.

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

DEFINITIONS

Concrete. A concrete masonry unit made from Portland
cement, water, and suitable aggregates, with or without the
inclusion of other materials.

[A] BUILDING. Any structure used or intended for support-
ing or sheltering any use or occupancy.

BUILDING AREA. See "Area, building."

BUILDING ELEMENT. A fundamental component of
building construction, listed in Table 601, which may or may
not be of fire-resistance-rated construction and is constructed
of materials based on the building type of construction.

BUILDING HEIGHT. See "Height, building."

BUILDING LINE. The line established by law, beyond
which a building shall not extend, except as specifically pro-
vided by law.

[A] BUILDING OFFICIAL. The officer or other designated
authority charged with the administration and enforcement of
this code, or a duly authorized representative.

BUILT-UP ROOF COVERING. Two or more layers of felt
cemented together and surfaced with a cap sheet, mineral
aggregate, smooth coating or similar surfacing material.

CABLE-RESTRAINED, AIR-SUPPORTED STRUC-
TURE. A structure in which the uplift is resisted by cables or
webbings which are anchored to either foundations or dead
men. Reinforcing cable or webbing is attached by various
methods to the membrane or is an integral part of the mem-
brane. This is not a cable-supported structure.

CANOPY. A permanent structure or architectural projection
of rigid construction over which a covering is attached that
provides weather protection, identity or decoration. A can-
opy is permitted to be structurally independent or supported
by attachment to a building on one or more sides.

[F] CARBON DIOXIDE EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS.
A system supplying carbon dioxide (C0 2 ) from a pressurized
vessel through fixed pipes and nozzles. The system includes a
manual- or automatic-actuating mechanism.

CARE SUITE. A group of treatment rooms, care recipient
sleeping rooms and their associated support rooms or spaces
and circulation space within Group 1-2 occupancies where
staff are in attendance for supervision of all care recipients
within the suite, and the suite is in compliance with the
requirements of Section 407.4.3.

CAST STONE. A building stone manufactured from Port-
land cement concrete precast and used as a trim, veneer or
facing on or in buildings or structures.

[F] CEILING LIMIT. The maximum concentration of an
air-borne contaminant to which one may be exposed. The
ceiling limits utilized are those published in DOL 29 CFR
Part 1910.1000. The ceiling Recommended Exposure Limit
(REL-C) concentrations published by the U.S. National Insti-
tute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH), Threshold
Limit Value— Ceiling (TLV-C) concentrations published by
the American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygen-
ists (ACGIH), Ceiling Work place Environmental Exposure
Level (WEEL-Ceiling) Guides published by the American
Industrial Hygiene Association (AIHA), and other approved,

consistent measures are allowed as surrogates for hazardous
substances not listed in DOL 29 CFR Part 1910.1000.

CEILING RADIATION DAMPER. A listed device
installed in a ceiling membrane of a fire-resistance-rated
floor/ceiling or roof/ceiling assembly to limit automatically
the radiative heat transfer through an air inlet/outlet opening.

CELL (Group 1-3 occupancy). A room within a housing
unit in a detention or correctional facility used to confine
inmates or prisoners.

CELL (masonry). A void space having a gross cross-sec-
tional area greater than l'/ 2 square inches (967 mm 2 ).

CELL TIER. Levels of cells vertically stacked above one
another within a housing unit.

CEMENT PLASTER. A mixture of portland or blended
cement, Portland cement or blended cement and hydrated
lime, masonry cement or plastic cement and aggregate and
other approved materials as specified in this code.

CERAMIC FIBER BLANKET. A mineral wool insulation
material made of alumina-silica fibers and weighing 4 to 10
pounds per cubic foot (pcf) (64 to 160 kg/m 3 ).

CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE. A certificate stating
that materials and products meet specified standards or that
work was done in compliance with approved construction
documents.

[M] CHIMNEY. A primarily vertical enclosure containing
one or more passageways for conveying flue gases to the out-
side atmosphere.

CHIMNEY TYPES.

High-heat appliance type. An approved chimney for
removing the products of combustion from fuel-burning,
high-heat appliances producing combustion gases in
excess of 2000°F (1093°C) measured at the appliance flue
outlet (see Section 2113.11.3).

Low-heat appliance type. An approved chimney for
removing the products of combustion from fuel-burning,
low-heat appliances producing combustion gases not in
excess of 1000°F (538°C) under normal operating condi-
tions, but capable of producing combustion gases of
HOOT (760°C) during intermittent forces firing for peri-
ods up to 1 hour. Temperatures shall be measured at the
appliance flue outlet.

Masonry type. A field-constructed chimney of solid
masonry units or stones.

Medium-heat appliance type. An approved chimney for
removing the products of combustion from fuel-burning,
medium-heat appliances producing combustion gases not
exceeding 2000°F (1093°C) measured at the appliance
flue outlet (see Section 21 13. 1 1.2).

CIRCULATION PATH. An exterior or interior way of pas-
sage from one place to another for pedestrians.

[F] CLEAN AGENT. Electrically nonconducting, volatile or
gaseous fire extinguishant that does not leave a residue upon
vaporation.

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

DEFINITIONS

CLEANOUT. An opening to the bottom of a grout space of
sufficient size and spacing to allow the removal of debris.

CLINIC, OUTPATIENT. Buildings or portions thereof
used to provide medical care on less than a 24-hour basis to
persons who are not rendered incapable of self-preservation
by the services provided.

[F] CLOSED SYSTEM. The use of a solid or liquid hazard-
ous material involving a closed vessel or system that remains
closed during normal operations where vapors emitted by the
product are not liberated outside of the vessel or system and
the product is not exposed to the atmosphere during normal
operations; and all uses of compressed gases. Examples of
closed systems for solids and liquids include product con-
veyed through a piping system into a closed vessel, system or
piece of equipment.

COLLAR JOINT. Vertical longitudinal space between
wythes of masonry or between masonry wythe and backup
construction that is permitted to be filled with mortar or
grout.

COLLECTOR. A horizontal diaphragm element parallel
and in line with the applied force that collects and transfers
diaphragm shear forces to the vertical elements of the lateral-
force-resisting system and/or distributes forces within the
diaphragm.

COMBINATION FIRE/SMOKE DAMPER. A listed
device installed in ducts and air transfer openings designed to
close automatically upon the detection of heat and resist the
passage of flame and smoke. The device is installed to oper-
ate automatically, controlled by a smoke detection system,
and where required, is capable of being positioned from afire
command center

[F] COMBUSTIBLE DUST. Finely divided solid material
that is 420 microns or less in diameter and which, when dis-
persed in air in the proper proportions, could be ignited by a
flame, spark or other source of ignition. Combustible dust
will pass through a U.S. No. 40 standard sieve.

[F] COMBUSTIBLE FIBERS. Readily ignitable and free-
burning materials in a fibrous or shredded form, such as
cocoa fiber, cloth, cotton, excelsior, hay, hemp, henequen,
istle, jute, kapok, oakum, rags, sisal, Spanish moss, straw,
tow, wastepaper, certain synthetic fibers or other like materi-
als. This definition does not include densely packed baled
cotton.

[F] COMBUSTIBLE LIQUID. A liquid having a closed
cup flash point at or above 100°F (38°C). Combustible liq-
uids shall be subdivided as follows:

Class II. Liquids having a closed cup flash point at or
above 100°F (38°C) and below U0°F (60°C).

Class IIIA. Liquids having a closed cup flask point at or
above MOT (60°C) and below 200°F (93°C).

Class IIIB. Liquids having a closed cap flash point at or
above 200°F (93 °C).

The category of combustible liquids does not include com-
pressed gases or cryogenic fluids.

COMMON PATH OF EGRESS TRAVEL. That portion of
exit access which the occupants are required to traverse
before two separate and distinct paths of egress travel to two
exits are available. Paths that merge are common paths of
travel. Common paths of egress travel shall be included
within the permitted travel distance.

COMMON USE. Interior or exterior circulation paths,
rooms, spaces or elements that are not for public use and are
made available for the shared use of two or more people.

[F] COMPRESSED GAS. A material, or mixture of materi-
als, that:

1. Is a gas at 68°F (20°C) or less at 14.7 pounds per square
inch atmosphere (psia) (101 kPa) of pressure; and

2. Has a boiling point of 68°F (20°C) or less at 14.7 psia
(101 kPa) which is either liquefied, nonliquefied or in
solution, except those gases which have no other
health- or physical-hazard properties are not considered
to be compressed until the pressure in the packaging
exceeds 41 psia (282 kPa) at 68°F (20°C).

The states of a compressed gas are categorized as follows:

1. Nonliquefied compressed gases are gases, other than
those in solution, which are in a packaging under the
charged pressure and are entirely gaseous at a tempera-
ture of 68°F (20°C).

2. Liquefied compressed gases are gases that, in a packag-
ing under the charged pressure, are partially liquid at a
temperature of 68°F (20°C).

3. Compressed gases in solution are nonliquefied gases
that are dissolved in a solvent.

4. Compressed gas mixtures consist of a mixture of two or
more compressed gases contained in a packaging, the
hazard properties of which are represented by the prop-
erties of the mixture as a whole.

COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF MASONRY. Maxi-
mum compressive force resisted per unit of net cross-sec-
tional area of masonry, determined by the testing of masonry
prisms

CONCRETE

Carbonate aggregate. Concrete made with aggregates
consisting mainly of calcium or magnesium carbonate,
such as limestone or dolomite, and containing 40 percent
or less quartz, chert or flint.

Cellular. A lightweight insulating concrete made by mix-
ing a preformed foam with Portland cement slurry and
having a dry unit weight of approximately 30 pcf (480 kg/
m 3 ).

Lightweight aggregate. Concrete made with aggregates
of expanded clay, shale, slag or slate or sintered fly ash or
any natural lightweight aggregate meeting ASTM C 330
and possessing equivalent fire-resistance properties and
weighing 85 to 1 15 pcf (1360 to 1840 kg/m 3 ).

Perlite. A lightweight insulating concrete having a dry
unit weight of approximately 30 pcf (480 kg/m 3 ) made
with perlite concrete aggregate. Perlite aggregate is pro-

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

DEFINITIONS

duced from a volcanic rock which, when heated, expands
to form a glass-like material of cellular structure.

Sand-lightweight. Concrete made with a combination of
expanded clay, shale, slag, slate, sintered fly ash, or any
natural lightweight aggregate meeting ASTM C 330 and
possessing equivalent fire-resistance properties and natu-
ral sand. Its unit weight is generally between 105 and 120
pcf (1680 and 1920 kg/m 3 ).

Siliceous aggregate. Concrete made with normal-weight
aggregates consisting mainly of silica or compounds other
than calcium or magnesium carbonate, which contains
more than 40-percent quartz, chert or flint.

Vermiculite. A light weight insulating concrete made
with vermiculite concrete aggregate which is laminated
micaceous material produced by expanding the ore at high
temperatures. When added to a Portland cement slurry the
resulting concrete has a dry unit weight of approximately
30 pcf (480 kg/m 3 ).

CONGREGATE LIVING FACILITIES. A building or
part thereof that contains sleeping units where residents share
bathroom and/or kitchen facilities.

[F] CONSTANTLY ATTENDED LOCATION. A desig-
nated location at a facility staffed by trained personnel on a
continuous basis where alarm or supervisory signals are mon-
itored and facilities are provided for notification of the fire
department or other emergency services.

[A] CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. Written, graphic
and pictorial documents prepared or assembled for describing
the design, location and physical characteristics of the ele-
ments of a project necessary for obtaining a building permit.

CONSTRUCTION TYPES. See Section 602.

Type I. See Section 602.2.

Type II. See Section 602.2.

Type III. See Section 602.3.

Type IV. See Section 602.4.

Type V. See Section 602.5.

[F] CONTINUOUS GAS DETECTION SYSTEM. A gas
detection system where the analytical instrument is main-
tained in continuous operation and sampling is performed
without interruption. Analysis is allowed to be performed on
a cyclical basis at intervals not to exceed 30 minutes.

[F] CONTROL AREA. Spaces within a building where
quantities of hazardous materials not exceeding the maxi-
mum allowable quantities per control area are stored, dis-
pensed, used or handled. See also the definition of "Outdoor
control area" in the International Fire Code.

CONTROLLED LOW-STRENGTH MATERIAL. A self-
compacted, cementitious material used primarily as a backfill
in place of compacted fill.

CONVENTIONAL LIGHT-FRAME CONSTRUC-
TION. A type of construction whose primary structural ele-
ments are formed by a system of repetitive wood-framing
members. See Section 2308 for conventional light-frame con-
struction provisions.

CORNICE. A projecting horizontal molded element located
at or near the top of an architectural feature.

CORRIDOR. An enclosed exit access component that
defines and provides a path of egress travel.

CORROSION RESISTANCE. The ability of a material to
withstand deterioration of its surface or its properties when
exposed to its environment.

[F] CORROSIVE. A chemical that causes visible destruc-
tion of, or irreversible alterations in, living tissue by chemical
action at the point of contact. A chemical shall be considered
corrosive if, when tested on the intact skin of albino rabbits
by the method described in DOTn 49 CFR, Part 173.137,
such chemical destroys or changes irreversibly the structure
of the tissue at the point of contact following an exposure
period of 4 hours. This term does not refer to action on inani-
mate surfaces.

COURT. An open, uncovered space, unobstructed to the sky,
bounded on three or more sides by exterior building walls or
other enclosing devices.

COVERED MALL BUILDING. A single building enclos-
ing a number of tenants and occupants, such as retail stores,
drinking and dining establishments, entertainment and
amusement facilities, passenger transportation terminals,
offices and other similar uses wherein two or more tenants
have a main entrance into one or more malls. Anchor build-
ings shall not be considered as a part of the covered mall
building. The term "covered mall building" shall include
open mall buildings as defined below.

Mall. A roofed or covered common pedestrian area within
a covered mall building that serves as access for two or
more tenants and not to exceed three levels that are open
to each other. The term "mall" shall include open malls as
defined below.

Open mall. An unroofed common pedestrian way serving
a number of tenants not exceeding three levels. Circulation
at levels above grade shall be permitted to include open
exterior balconies leading to exits discharging at grade.

Open mall building. Several structures housing a number
of tenants, such as retail stores, drinking and dining estab-
lishments, entertainment and amusement facilities, offices,
and other similar uses, wherein two or more tenants have a
main entrance into one or more open malls. Anchor build-
ings are not considered as a part of the open mall building.

CRIPPLE WALL. A framed stud wall extending from the
top of the foundation to the underside of floor framing for the
lowest occupied floor level.

[F] CRYOGENIC FLUID. A liquid having a boiling point
lower than -150°F (-101°C) at 14.7 pounds per square inch
atmosphere (psia) (an absolute pressure of 101 kPa).

CUSTODIAL CARE. Assistance with day-to-day living
tasks; such as assistance with cooking, taking medication,
bathing, using toilet facilities and other tasks of daily living.
Custodial care include occupants who evacuate at a slower
rate and/or who have mental and psychiatric complications.

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

DEFINITIONS

DALLE GLASS. A decorative composite glazing material
made of individual pieces of glass that are embedded in a cast
matrix of concrete or epoxy.

DAMPER. See "Ceiling radiation damper," "Combination
fire/smoke damper," "Fire damper" and "Smoke damper."

DANGEROUS. Any building, structure or portion thereof
that meets any of the conditions described below shall be
deemed dangerous:

1. The building or structure has collapsed, has partially
collapsed, has moved off its foundation or lacks the
necessary support of the ground.

2. There exists a significant risk of collapse, detachment
or dislodgment of any portion, member, appurtenance
or ornamentation of the building or structure under ser-
vice loads.

[F] DAY BOX. A portable magazine designed to hold explo-
sive materials constructed in accordance with the require-
ments for a Type 3 magazine as defined and classified in
Chapter 56 of the International Fire Code.

DEAD LOAD. The weight of materials of construction
incorporated into the building, including but not limited to
walls, floors, roofs, ceilings, stairways, built-in partitions,
finishes, cladding and other similarly incorporated architec-
tural and structural items, and the weight of fixed service
equipment, such as cranes, plumbing stacks and risers, elec-
trical feeders, heating, ventilating and air-conditioning sys-
tems and automatic sprinkler systems.

DECORATIVE GLASS. A carved, leaded or Dalle glass or
glazing material whose purpose is decorative or artistic, not
functional; whose coloring, texture or other design qualities
or components cannot be removed without destroying the
glazing material and whose surface, or assembly into which it
is incorporated, is divided into segments.

[F] DECORATIVE MATERIALS. All materials applied
over the building interior finish for decorative, acoustical or
other effect (such as curtains, draperies, fabrics, streamers
and surface coverings), and all other materials utilized for
decorative effect (such as batting, cloth, cotton, hay, stalks,
straw, vines, leaves, trees, moss and similar items), including
foam plastics and materials containing foam plastics. Decora-
tive materials do not include floor coverings, ordinary win-
dow shades, interior finish and materials 0.025 inch (0.64
mm) or less in thickness applied directly to and adhering
tightly to a substrate.

DEEP FOUNDATION. A deep foundation is a foundation
element that does not satisfy the definition of a shallow foun-
dation.

[F] DEFLAGRATION. An exothermic reaction, such as the
extremely rapid oxidation of a flammable dust or vapor in air,
in which the reaction progresses through the unburned mate-
rial at a rate less than the velocity of sound. A deflagration
can have an explosive effect.

[F] DELUGE SYSTEM. A sprinkler system employing
open sprinklers attached to a piping system connected to a
water supply through a valve that is opened by the operation
of a detection system installed in the same areas as the sprin-

klers. When this valve opens, water flows into the piping sys-
tem and discharges from all sprinklers attached thereto.

DESIGN DISPLACEMENT. See Section 1905.1.1.

DESIGN EARTHQUAKE GROUND MOTION. The
earthquake ground motion that buildings and structures are
specifically proportioned to resist in Section 1613.

DESIGN FLOOD. The flood associated with the greater of
the following two areas:

1. Area with a flood plain subject to a 1 -percent or greater
chance of flooding in any year; or

2. Area designated as a flood hazard area on a commu-
nity' s flood hazard map, or otherwise legally desig-
nated.

DESIGN FLOOD ELEVATION. The elevation of the
"design flood," including wave height, relative to the datum
specified on the community's legally designated flood hazard
map. In areas designated as Zone AO, the design flood eleva-
tion shall be the elevation of the highest existing grade of the
building 's perimeter plus the depth number (in feet) specified
on the flood hazard map. In areas designated as Zone AO
where a depth number is not specified on the map, the depth
number shall be taken as being equal to 2 feet (610 mm).

DESIGN PROFESSIONAL, REGISTERED. See "Regis-
tered design professional."

DESIGN PROFESSIONAL IN RESPONSIBLE
CHARGE, REGISTERED. See "Registered design profes-
sional in responsible charge."

DESIGN STRENGTH. The product of the nominal strength
and a resistance factor (or strength reduction factor).

DESIGNATED SEISMIC SYSTEM. Those nonstructural
components that require design in accordance with Chapter
13 of ASCE 7 and for which the component importance fac-
tor, I P , is greater than 1 in accordance with Section 13.1.3 of
ASCE 7.

[F] DETACHED BUILDING. A separate single-story
building, without a basement or crawl space, used for the
storage or use of hazardous materials and located an
approved distance from all structures.

DETAILED PLAIN CONCRETE STRUCTURAL
WALL. See Section 1905.1.1

DETECTABLE WARNING. A standardized surface fea-
ture built in or applied to walking surfaces or other elements
to warn visually impaired persons of hazards on a circulation
path.

[F] DETECTOR, HEAT. A fire detector that senses heat-
either abnormally high temperature or rate of rise, or both.

[F] DETONATION. An exothermic reaction characterized
by the presence of a shock wave in the material which estab-
lishes and maintains the reaction. The reaction zone pro-
gresses through the material at a rate greater than the velocity
of sound. The principal heating mechanism is one of shock
compression. Detonations have an explosive effect.

DETOXIFICATION FACILITIES. Facilities that provide
treatment for substance abuse, serving care recipients who are

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

DEFINITIONS

incapable of self-preservation or who are harmful to them-
selves or others.

DIAPHRAGM. A horizontal or sloped system acting to
transmit lateral forces to the vertical-resisting elements.
When the term "diaphragm" is used, it shall include horizon-
tal bracing systems.

Diaphragm, blocked. In light-frame construction, a dia-
phragm in which all sheathing edges not occurring on a
framing member are supported on and fastened to block-
ing.

Diaphragm boundary. In light-frame construction, a
location where shear is transferred into or out of the dia-
phragm sheathing. Transfer is either to a boundary ele-
ment or to another force-resisting element.

Diaphragm chord. A diaphragm boundary element per-
pendicular to the applied load that is assumed to take axial
stresses due to the diaphragm moment.

Diaphragm flexible. A diaphragm is flexible for the pur-
pose of distribution of story shear and torsional moment
where so indicated in Section 12.3.1 of ASCE 7.

Diaphragm, rigid. A diaphragm is rigid for the purpose
of distribution of story shear and torsional moment when
the lateral deformation of the diaphragm is less than or
equal to two times the average story drift.

Diaphram, unblocked. A diaphragm that has edge nailing
at supporting members only. Blocking between supporting
structural members at panel edges is not included. Dia-
phragm panels are field nailed to supporting members.

DIMENSIONS.

Nominal. The specified dimension plus an allowance for
the joints with which the units are to be laid. Nominal
dimensions are usually stated in whole numbers. Thick-
ness is given first, followed by height and then length.

Specified. Dimensions specified for the manufacture or
construction of a unit, joint element.

[F] DISPENSING. The pouring or transferring of any mate-
rial from a container, tank or similar vessel, whereby vapors,
dusts, fumes, mists or gases are liberated to the atmosphere.

DOOR, BALANCED. A door equipped with double-pivoted
hardware so designed as to cause a semicounter balanced
swing action when opening.

DORMITORY. A space in a building where group sleeping
accommodations are provided in one room, or in a series of
closely associated rooms, for persons not members of the
same family group, under joint occupancy and single man-
agement, as in college dormitories or fraternity houses.

DRAFTSTOP. A material, device or construction installed
to restrict the movement of air within open spaces of con-
cealed areas of building components such as crawl spaces,
floor/ceiling assemblies, roof/ceiling assemblies and attics.

DRAG STRUT. See "Collector."

DRILLED SHAFT. A drilled shaft is a cast-in-place deep
foundation element constructed by drilling a hole (with or

without permanent casing) into soil or rock and filling it with
fluid concrete.

Socketed drilled shaft. A socketed drilled shaft is a
drilled shaft with a permanent pipe or tube casing that
extends down to bedrock and an uncased socket drilled
into the bedrock.

[F] DRY-CHEMICAL EXTINGUISHING AGENT. A
powder composed of small particles, usually of sodium bicar-
bonate, potassium bicarbonate, urea-potassium-based bicar-
bonate, potassium chloride or monoammonium phosphate,
with added particulate material supplemented by special
treatment to provide resistance to packing, resistance to mois-
ture absorption (caking) and the proper flow capabilities.

DRY FLOODPROOFING. A combination of design modi-
fications that results in a building or structure, including the
attendant utility and sanitary facilities, being water tight with
walls substantially impermeable to the passage of water and
with structural components having the capacity to resist loads
as identified in ASCE 7.

DURATION OF LOAD. The period of continuous applica-
tion of a given load, or the aggregate of periods of intermit-
tent applications of the same load.

DWELLING. A building that contains one or two dwelling
units used, intended or designed to be used, rented, leased, let
or hired out to be occupied for living purposes.

DWELLING UNIT. A single unit providing complete, inde-
pendent living facilities for one or more persons, including
permanent provisions for living, sleeping, eating, cooking
and sanitation.

DWELLING UNIT OR SLEEPING UNIT, MULTI-
STORY. See definition for "Multistory unit."

EGRESS COURT. A court or yard which provides access to
a public way for one or more exits.

[F] ELEVATOR GROUP. A grouping of elevators in a
building located adjacent or directly across from one another
that responds to common hall call buttons.

[F] EMERGENCY ALARM SYSTEM. A system to pro-
vide indication and warning of emergency situations involv-
ing hazardous materials.

[F] EMERGENCY CONTROL STATION. An approved
location on the premises where signals from emergency
equipment are received and which is staffed by trained per-
sonnel.

EMERGENCY ESCAPE AND RESCUE OPENING. An
operable window, door or other similar device that provides
for a means of escape and access for rescue in the event of an
emergency.

[F] EMERGENCY VOICE/ALARM COMMUNICA-
TIONS. Dedicated manual or automatic facilities for origi-
nating and distributing voice instructions, as well as alert and
evacuation signals pertaining to a fire emergency, to the
occupants of a building.

EMPLOYEE WORK AREA. All or any portion of a space
used only by employees and only for work. Corridors, toilet

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

DEFINITIONS

rooms, kitchenettes and break rooms are not employee work
areas.

ENTRANCE, PUBLIC. See "Public entrance."

ENTRANCE, RESTRICTED. See "Restricted entrance."

ENTRANCE, SERVICE. See "Service entrance."

EQUIPMENT PLATFORM. An unoccupied, elevated plat-
form used exclusively for mechanical systems or industrial
process equipment, including the associated elevated walk-
ways, stairs, alternating tread devices and ladders necessary
to access the platform (see Section 505.3).

ESSENTIAL FACILITIES. Buildings and other structures
that are intended to remain operational in the event of
extreme environmental loading from flood, wind, snow or
earthquakes

[F] EXHAUSTED ENCLOSURE. An appliance or piece of
equipment that consists of a top, a back and two sides provid-
ing a means of local exhaust for capturing gases, fumes,
vapors and mists. Such enclosures include laboratory hoods,
exhaust fume hoods and similar appliances and equipment
used to locally retain and exhaust the gases, fumes, vapors
and mists that could be released. Rooms or areas provided
with general ventilation, in themselves, are not exhausted
enclosures.

EXISTING CONSTRUCTION. Any buildings and struc-
tures for which the start of construction commenced before
the effective date of the community's first flood plain man-
agement code, ordinance or standard. "Existing construction"
is also referred to as "existing structures."

EXISTING STRUCTURE (For Section 1612.2). See

"Existing construction".

EXISTING STRUCTURE (For Chapter 34). A structure
erected prior to the date of adoption of the appropriate code,
or one for which a legal building permit has been issued.

EXIT. That portion of a means of egress system between the
exit access and the exit discharge ox public way. Exit compo-
nents include exterior exit doors at the level of exit discharge,
interior exit stairways, interior exit ramps, exit passageways,
exterior exit stairways and exterior exit ramps and horizontal
exits.

EXIT ACCESS. That portion of a means of egress system
that leads from any occupied portion of a building or struc-
ture to an exit.

EXIT ACCESS DOORWAY. A door or access point along
the path of egress travel from an occupied room, area or space
where the path of egress enters an intervening room, corri-
dor, exit access stair or exit access ramp.

EXIT ACCESS RAMP. An interior ramp that is not a
required interior exit ramp.

EXIT ACCESS STAIRWAY. An interior stairway that is
not a required interior exit stairway.

EXIT DISCHARGE. That portion of a means of egress sys-
tem between the termination of an exit and a public way.

EXIT DISCHARGE, LEVEL OF. The story at the point at
which an exit terminates and an exit discharge begins.

EXIT HARDWARE, FIRE. See "Fire exit hardware."

EXIT, HORIZONTAL. A path of egress travel from one
building to an area in another building on approximately the
same level, or a path of egress travel through or around a wall
or partition to an area on approximately the same level in the
same building, which affords safety from fire and smoke
from the area of incidence and areas communicating there-
with.

EXIT PASSAGEWAY. An exit component that is separated
from other interior spaces of a building or structure by fire-
resistance-rated construction and opening protectives, and
provides for a protected path of egress travel in a horizontal
direction to an exit or to the exit discharge.

EXPANDED VINYL WALL COVERING. Wall covering
consisting of a woven textile backing, an expanded vinyl base
coat layer and a nonexpanded vinyl skin coat. The expanded
base coat layer is a homogeneous vinyl layer that contains a
blowing agent. During processing, the blowing agent decom-
poses, causing this layer to expand by forming closed cells.
The total thickness of the wall covering is approximately
0.055 inch to 0.070 inch (1 .4 mm to 1.78 mm).

[F] EXPLOSION. An effect produced by the sudden violent
expansion of gases, which may be accompanied by a shock
wave or disruption, or both, of enclosing materials or struc-
tures. An explosion could result from any of the following:

1 . Chemical changes such as rapid oxidation, deflagration
or detonation, decomposition of molecules and run-
away polymerization (usually detonations).

2. Physical changes such as pressure tank ruptures.

3. Atomic changes (nuclear fission or fusion).

[F] EXPLOSIVE. A chemical compound, mixture or device,
the primary or common purpose of which is to function by
explosion. The term includes, but is not limited to, dynamite,
black powder, pellet powder, initiating explosives, detona-
tors, safety fuses, squibs, detonating cord, igniter cord, ignit-
ers and display fireworks, 1.3G.

The term "explosive" includes any material determined to
be within the scope of USC Title 18: Chapter 40 and also
includes any material classified as an explosive other than
consumer fireworks, 1 .4G by the hazardous materials regula-
tions of DOTn 49 CFR Parts 100-185.

High explosive. Explosive material, such as dynamite,
which can be caused to detonate by means of a No. 8 test
blasting cap when unconfined.

Low explosive. Explosive material that will burn or defla-
grate when ignited. It is characterized by a rate of reaction
that is less than the speed of sound. Examples of low
explosives include, but are not limited to, black powder;
safety fuse; igniters; igniter cord; fuse lighters; fireworks,
1 .3G and propellants, 1 .3C.

Mass-detonating explosives. Division 1.1, 1.2 and 1.5
explosives alone or in combination, or loaded into various
types of ammunition or containers, most of which can be
expected to explode virtually instantaneously when a
small portion is subjected to fire, severe concussion,
impact, the impulse of an initiating agent or the effect of a

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

DEFINITIONS

considerable discharge of energy from without. Materials
that react in this manner represent a mass explosion haz-
ard. Such an explosive will normally cause severe struc-
tural damage to adjacent objects. Explosive propagation
could occur immediately to other items of ammunition and
explosives stored sufficiently close to and not adequately
protected from the initially exploding pile with a time
interval short enough so that two or more quantities must
be considered as one for quantity-distance purposes.

UN/DOTn Class 1 explosives. The former classification
system used by DOTn included the terms "high" and
"low" explosives as defined herein. The following terms
further define explosives under the current system applied
by DOTn for all explosive materials defined as hazard
Class 1 materials. Compatibility group letters are used in
concert with the division to specify further limitations on
each division noted (i.e., the letter G identifies the material
as a pyrotechnic substance or article containing a pyro-
technic substance and similar materials).

Division 1.1. Explosives that have a mass explosion
hazard. A mass explosion is one which affects almost
the entire load instantaneously.

Division 1.2. Explosives that have a projection hazard
but not a mass explosion hazard.

Division 1.3. Explosives that have a fire hazard and
either a minor blast hazard or a minor projection hazard
or both, but not a mass explosion hazard.

Division 1.4. Explosives that pose a minor explosion
hazard. The explosive effects are largely confined to
the package and no projection of fragments of apprecia-
ble size or range is to be expected. An external fire
must not cause virtually instantaneous explosion of
almost the entire contents of the package.

Division 1.5. Very insensitive explosives. This division
is comprised of substances that have a mass explosion
hazard, but that are so insensitive there is very little
probability of initiation or of transition from burning to
detonation under normal conditions of transport.

Division 1.6. Extremely insensitive articles which do
not have a mass explosion hazard. This division is com-
prised of articles that contain only extremely insensi-
tive detonating substances and which demonstrate a
negligible probability of accidental initiation or propa-
gation.

EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEMS
(EIFS). EIFS are nonstructural, nonload-bearing, exterior
wall cladding systems that consist of an insulation board
attached either adhesively or mechanically, or both, to the
substrate; an integrally reinforced base coat and a textured
protective finish coat.

EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEMS
(EIFS) WITH DRAINAGE. An EIFS that incorporates a
means of drainage applied over a water-resistive barrier.

EXTERIOR SURFACES. Weather-exposed surfaces.

EXTERIOR WALL. A wall, bearing or nonbearing, that is
used as an enclosing wall for a building, other than a fire

wall, and that has a slope of 60 degrees (1.05 rad) or greater
with the horizontal plane.

EXTERIOR WALL COVERING. A material or assembly
of materials applied on the exterior side of exterior walls for
the purpose of providing a weather-resisting barrier, insula-
tion or for aesthetics, including but not limited to, veneers,
siding, exterior insulation and finish systems, architectural
trim and embellishments such as cornices, soffits, facias, gut-
ters and leaders.

EXTERIOR WALL ENVELOPE. A system or assembly of
exterior wall components, including exterior wall finish
materials, that provides protection of the building structural
members, including framing and sheathing materials, and
conditioned interior space, from the detrimental effects of the
exterior environment.

F RATING. The time period that the through-penetration
firestop system limits the spread of fire through the penetra-
tion when tested in accordance with ASTM E 814 or UL
1479.

FABRIC PARTITION. A partition consisting of a finished
surface made of fabric, without a continuous rigid backing,
that is directly attached to a framing system in which the ver-
tical framing members are spaced greater than 4 feet (1219
mm) on center.

FABRICATED ITEM. Structural, load-bearing or lateral
load-resisting assemblies consisting of materials assembled
prior to installation in a building or structure, or subjected to
operations such as heat treatment, thermal cutting, cold work-
ing or reforming after manufacture and prior to installation in
a building or structure. Materials produced in accordance
with standard specifications referenced by this code, such as
rolled structural steel shapes, steel reinforcing bars, masonry
units and wood structural panels, or in accordance with a ref-
erenced standard which provides requirements for quality
control done under the supervisions of a third-party quality
control agency, shall not be considered "fabricated items." |

[F] FABRICATION AREA. An area within a semiconduc-
tor fabrication facility and related research and development
areas in which there are processes using hazardous produc-
tion materials. Such areas are allowed to include ancillary
rooms or areas such as dressing rooms and offices that are
directly related to the fabrication area processes.

FACILITY. All or any portion of buildings, structures, site
improvements, elements and pedestrian or vehicular routes
located on a site.

FACTORED LOAD. The product of a nominal load and a
loadfactor.

FIBER-CEMENT SIDING. A manufactured, fiber-rein-
forcing product made with an inorganic hydraulic or calcium
silicate binder formed by chemical reaction and reinforced
with discrete organic or inorganic nonasbestos fibers, or both.
Additives that enhance manufacturing or product perfor-
mance are permitted. Fiber-cement siding products have
either smooth or textured faces and are intended for exterior
wall and related applications.

FIBER-REINFORCED POLYMER. A polymeric compos- I
ite material consisting of reinforcement fibers, such as glass, |

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

DEFINITIONS

impregnated with a fiber-binding polymer which is then
molded and hardened. Fiber-reinforced polymers are permit-
ted to contain cores laminated between fiber-reinforced poly-
mer facings.

FIBERBOARD. A fibrous, homogeneous panel made from
lignocellulosic fibers (usually wood or cane) and having a
density of less than 3 1 pounds per cubic foot (pcf) (497 kg/
m 3 ) but more than 10 pcf (160 kg/m 3 ).

FIELD NAILING. See "Nailing, field."

[F] FIRE ALARM BOX, MANUAL. See "Manual fire
alarm box."

[F] FIRE ALARM CONTROL UNIT. A system compo-
nent that receives inputs from automatic and manual fire
alarm devices and may be capable of supplying power to
detection devices and transponders or off-premises transmit-
ters. The control unit may be capable of providing a transfer
of power to the notification appliances and transfer of condi-
tion to relays or devices.

[F] FIRE ALARM SIGNAL. A signal initiated by a fire
alarm-initiating device such as a manual fire alarm box,
automatic fire detector, waterflow switch or other device
whose activation is indicative of the presence of a fire or fire
signature.

[F] FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. A system or portion of a com-
bination system consisting of components and circuits
arranged to monitor and annunciate the status of fire alarm or
supervisory signal-initiating devices, and to initiate the appro-
priate response to those signals.

FIRE AREA. The aggregate floor area enclosed and
bounded by fire walls, fire barriers, exterior walls or hori-
zontal assemblies of a building. Areas of the building not pro-
vided with surrounding walls shall be included in the fire area
if such areas are included within the horizontal projection of
the roof or floor next above.

FIRE BARRIER. A fire-resistance-rated wall assembly of
materials designed to restrict the spread of fire in which con-
tinuity is maintained.

[F] FIRE COMMAND CENTER. The principal attended or
unattended location where the status of detection, alarm com-
munications and control systems is displayed, and from
which the systems can be manually controlled.

FIRE DAMPER. A listed device installed in ducts and air
transfer openings designed to close automatically upon detec-
tion of heat and resist the passage of flame. Fire dampers are
classified for use in either static systems that will automati-
cally shut down in the event of a fire, or in dynamic systems
that continue to operate during a fire. A dynamic fire damper
is tested and rated for closure under elevated temperature air-
flow.

[F] FIRE DETECTOR, AUTOMATIC. A device designed
to detect the presence of a fire signature and to initiate action.

FIRE DOOR. The door component of afire door assembly.

FIRE DOOR ASSEMBLY. Any combination of a fire door,
frame, hardware and other accessories that together provide a
specific degree of fire protection to the opening.

FIRE DOOR ASSEMBLY, FLOOR. See "Floor fire door
assembly."

FIRE EXIT HARDWARE. Panic hardware that is listed
for use on fire door assemblies.

[F] FIRE LANE. A road or other passageway developed to
allow the passage of fire apparatus. A fire lane is not neces-
sarily intended for vehicular traffic other than fire apparatus.

FIRE PARTITION. A vertical assembly of materials
designed to restrict the spread of fire in which openings are
protected.

FIRE PROTECTION RATING. The period of time that an
opening protective will maintain the ability to confine a fire
as determined by tests prescribed in Section 715. Ratings are
stated in hours or minutes.

[F] FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM. Approved devices,
equipment and systems or combinations of systems used to
detect a fire, activate an alarm, extinguish or control a fire,
control or manage smoke and products of a fire or any combi-
nation thereof.

FIRE-RATED GLAZING. Glazing with either a fire pro-
tection rating or afire-resistance rating.

FIRE RESISTANCE. That property of materials or their
assemblies that prevents or retards the passage of excessive
heat, hot gases or flames under conditions of use.

FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING. The period of time a build-
ing element, component or assembly maintains the ability to
confine a fire, continues to perform a given structural func-
tion, or both, as determined by the tests, or the methods based
on tests, prescribed in Section 703.

FIRE-RESISTANT JOINT SYSTEM. An assemblage of
specific materials or products that are designed, tested and
fire-resistance rated in accordance with either ASTM E 1966
or UL 2079 to resist for a prescribed period of time the pas-
sage of fire through joints made in or between fire-resistance-
rated assemblies.

[F] FIRE SAFETY FUNCTIONS. Building and fire control
functions that are intended to increase the level of life safety
for occupants or to control the spread of harmful effects of

fire.

FIRE SEPARATION DISTANCE. The distance measured
from the building face to one of the following:

1 . The closest interior lot line;

2. To the centerline of a street, an alley or public way; or

3. To an imaginary line between two buildings on the
property.

The distance shall be measured at right angles from the
face of the wall.

FIRE WALL. A fire-resistance-rated wall having protected
openings, which restricts the spread of fire and extends con-
tinuously from the foundation to or through the roof, with
sufficient structural stability under fire conditions to allow
collapse of construction on either side without collapse of the
wall.

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

DEFINITIONS

FIRE WINDOW ASSEMBLY. A window constructed and
glazed to give protection against the passage of fire.

FIREBLOCKING. Building materials, or materials
approved for use as fireblocking, installed to resist the free
passage of flame to other areas of the building through con-
cealed spaces.

FIREPLACE. A hearth and fire chamber or similar prepared
place in which a fire may be made and which is built in con-
junction with a chimney.

FIREPLACE THROAT. The opening between the top of
the firebox and the smoke chamber.

FIRESTOP, MEMBRANE PENETRATION. See "Mem-
brane penetration firestop."

FIRESTOP, PENETRATION. See "Penetration firestop."

FIRESTOP SYSTEM, THROUGH PENETRATION.
See "Through penetration firestop system."

[F] FIREWORKS. Any composition or device for the pur-
pose of producing a visible or audible effect for entertainment
purposes by combustion, deflagration or detonation that
meets the definition of 1.4G fireworks or 1.3G fireworks as
set forth herein.

Fireworks, 1.3G. Large fireworks devices, which are
explosive materials, intended for use in fireworks displays
and designed to produce audible or visible effects by com-
bustion, deflagration or detonation. Such 1.3G fireworks
include, but are not limited to, firecrackers containing
more than 130 milligrams (2 grains) of explosive composi-
tion, aerial shells containing more than 40 grams of pyro-
technic composition, and other display pieces which
exceed the limits for classification as 1 .4G fireworks. Such
1.3G fireworks are also described as fireworks, UN0335
by the DOTn.

Fireworks, 1.4G. Small fireworks devices containing
restricted amounts of pyrotechnic composition designed
primarily to produce visible or audible effects by combus-
tion. Such 1.4G fireworks which comply with the con-
struction, chemical composition and labeling regulations
of the DOTn for fireworks, UN0336, and the U.S. Con-
sumer Product Safety Commission (CPSC) as set forth in
CPSC 16 CFR: Parts 1500 and 1507, are not explosive
materials for the purpose of this code.

FIXED BASE OPERATOR (FBO). A commercial busi-
ness granted the right by the airport sponsor to operate on an
airport and provide aeronautical services, such as fueling,
hangaring, tie-down and parking, aircraft rental, aircraft
maintenance and flight instruction.

FIXED SEATING. Furniture or fixture designed and
installed for the use of sitting and secured in place including
bench-type seats and seats with or without backs or arm rests.

FLAME SPREAD. The propagation of flame over a surface.

FLAME SPREAD INDEX. A comparative measure,
expressed as a dimensionless number, derived from visual
measurements of the spread of flame versus time for a mate-
rial tested in accordance with ASTM E 84 or UL 723.

[F] FLAMMABLE GAS. A material that is a gas at 68°F
(20°C) or less at 14.7 pounds per square inch atmosphere
(psia) (101 kPa) of pressure [a material that has a boiling
point of 68°F (20°C) or less at 14.7 psia (101 kPa)] which:

1 . Is ignitable at 14.7 psia (101 kPa) when in a mixture of
1 3 percent or less by volume with air; or

2. Has a flammable range at 14.7 psia (101 kPa) with air
of at least 12 percent, regardless of the lower limit.

The limits specified shall be determined at 14.7 psi (101
kPa) of pressure and a temperature of 68°F (20°C) in accor-
dance with ASTM E 681.

[F] FLAMMABLE LIQUEFIED GAS. A liquefied com-
pressed gas which, under a charged pressure, is partially liq-
uid at a temperature of 68°F (20°C) and which is flammable.

[F] FLAMMABLE LIQUID. A liquid having a closed cup
flash point below 100°F (38°C). Flammable liquids are fur-
ther categorized into a group known as Class I liquids. The
Class I category is subdivided as follows:

Class IA. Liquids having a. flash point below 73°F (23 °C)
and a boiling point below 100°F (38°C).

Class IB. Liquids having a flash point below 73°F (23°C)
and a boiling point at or above 100°F (38°C).

Class IC. Liquids having a flash point at or above 73°F
(23°C) and below 100°F (38°C). The category of flamma-
ble liquids does not include compressed gases or cryo-
genic fluids.

[F] FLAMMABLE MATERIAL. A material capable of
being readily ignited from common sources of heat or at a
temperature of 600°F (316°C) or less.

[F] FLAMMABLE SOLID. A solid, other than a blasting
agent or explosive, that is capable of causing fire through
friction, absorption or moisture, spontaneous chemical
change, or retained heat from manufacturing or processing, or
which has an ignition temperature below 212°F (100°C) or
which burns so vigorously and persistently when ignited as to
create a serious hazard. A chemical shall be considered a
flammable solid as determined in accordance with the test
method of CPSC 16 CFR; Part 1500.44, if it ignites and burns
with a self-sustained flame at a rate greater than 0.1 inch (2.5
mm) per second along its major axis.

[F] FLAMMABLE VAPORS OR FUMES. The concentra-
tion of flammable constituents in air that exceed 25 percent of
their lower flammable limit (LFL).

[F] FLASH POINT. The minimum temperature in degrees
Fahrenheit at which a liquid will give off sufficient vapors to
form an ignitable mixture with air near the surface or in the
container, but will not sustain combustion. The flash point of
a liquid shall be determined by appropriate test procedure and
apparatus as specified in ASTM D 56, ASTM D 93 or ASTM
D 3278.

FLIGHT. A continuous run of rectangular treads, winders or
combination thereof from one landing to another.

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE 8

DEFINITIONS

FLOOD or FLOODING. A general and temporary condi-
tion of partial or complete inundation of normally dry land
from:

1. The overflow of inland or tidal waters.

2. The unusual and rapid accumulation or runoff of sur-
face waters from any source.

FLOOD DAMAGE-RESISTANT MATERIALS. Any
construction material capable of withstanding direct and pro-
longed contact with floodwaters without sustaining any dam-
age that requires more than cosmetic repair.

FLOOD, DESIGN. See "Design flood."

FLOOD ELEVATION, DESIGN. See "Design flood eleva-
tion."

FLOOD HAZARD AREA. The greater of the following two
areas:

1. The area within a flood plain subject to a 1-percent or
greater chance of flooding in any year.

2. The area designated as a flood hazard area on a com-
munity's flood hazard map, or otherwise legally desig-
nated.

FLOOD HAZARD AREAS, SPECIAL. See "Special
flood hazard areas."

FLOOD HAZARD AREA SUBJECT TO HIGH-
VELOCITY WAVE ACTION. Area within the flood haz-
ard area that is subject to high-velocity wave action, and
shown on a Flood Insurance Rate Map (FIRM) or other flood
hazard map as Zone V, VO, VE or VI -30.

FLOOD INSURANCE RATE MAP (FIRM). An official
map of a community on which the Federal emergency Man-
agement Agency (FEMA) has delineated both the special
flood hazard areas and the risk premium zones applicable to
the community.

FLOOD INSURANCE STUDY. The official report pro-
vided by the Federal Emergency Management Agency con-
taining the Flood Insurance Rate Map (FIRM), the Flood
Boundary and Floodway Map (FBFM), the water surface ele-
vation of the base flood and supporting technical data.

FLOODWAY. The channel of the river, creek or other
watercourse and the adjacent land areas that must be reserved
in order to discharge the base flood without cumulatively
increasing the water surface elevation more than a designated
height.

FLOOR AREA, GROSS. The floor area within the inside
perimeter of the exterior walls of the building under consider-
ation, exclusive of vent shafts and courts, without deduction
for corridors, stairways, closets, the thickness of interior
walls, columns or other features. The floor area of a building,
or portion thereof, not provided with surrounding exterior
walls shall be the usable area under the horizontal projection
of the roof or floor above. The gross floor area shall not
include shafts with no openings or interior courts.

FLOOR AREA, NET. The actual occupied area not includ-
ing unoccupied accessory areas such as corridors, stairways,
toilet rooms, mechanical rooms and closets.

FLOOR FIRE DOOR ASSEMBLY. A combination of a
fire door, a frame, hardware and other accessories installed in
a horizontal plane, which together provide a specific degree
of fire protection to a through-opening in a fire-resistance-
rated floor (see Section 711.8).

[F] FOAM-EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM. A special sys-
tem discharging a foam made from concentrates, either
mechanically or chemically, over the area to be protected.

FOAM PLASTIC INSULATION. A plastic that is inten-
tionally expanded by the use of a foaming agent to produce a
reduced-density plastic containing voids consisting of open
or closed cells distributed throughout the plastic for thermal
insulating or acoustical purposes and that has a density less
than 20 pounds per cubic foot (pcf) (320 kg/m 3 ).

FOLDING AND TELESCOPIC SEATING. Tiered seating
having an overall shape and size that is capable of being
reduced for purposes of moving or storing and is not a build-
ing element.

FOOD COURT. A public seating area located in the mall
that serves adjacent food preparation tenant spaces.

FOSTER CARE FACILITIES. Facilities that provide care
to more than five children, 2'/, years of age or less.

FOUNDATION PIER. An isolated vertical foundation
member whose horizontal dimension measured at right
angles to its thickness does not exceed three times its thick-
ness and whose height is equal to or less than four times its
thickness.

FRAME STRUCTURE. A building or other structure in
which vertical loads from floors and roofs are primarily sup-
ported by columns.

[F] GAS CABINET. A fully enclosed, ventilated noncom-
bustible enclosure used to provide an isolated environment
for compressed gas cylinders in storage or use. Doors and
access ports for exchanging cylinders and accessing pressure-
regulating controls are allowed to be included.

[F] GAS ROOM. A separately ventilated, fully enclosed
room in which only compressed gases and associated equip-
ment and supplies are stored or used.

[F] GASEOUS HYDROGEN SYSTEM. An assembly of
piping, devices and apparatus designed to generate, store,
contain, distribute or transport a nontoxic, gaseous hydrogen-
containing mixture having at least 95-percent hydrogen gas
by volume and not more than 1 -percent oxygen by volume.
Gaseous hydrogen systems consist of items such as com-
pressed gas containers, reactors and appurtenances, including
pressure regulators, pressure relief devices, manifolds,
pumps, compressors and interconnecting piping and tubing
and controls.

GLASS FIBERBOARD. Fibrous glass roof insulation con-
sisting of inorganic glass fibers formed into rigid boards
using a binder. The board has a top surface faced with asphalt
and kraft reinforced with glass fiber.

GLUED BUILT-UP MEMBER. A structural element, the
section of which is composed of built-up lumber, wood struc-
tural panels or wood structural panels in combination with
lumber, all parts bonded together with structural adhesives.

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

DEFINITIONS

GRADE FLOOR OPENING. A window or other opening
located such that the sill height of the opening is not more
than 44 inches (1118 mm) above or below the finished
ground level adjacent to the opening.

GRADE (LUMBER). The classification of lumber in regard
to strength and utility in accordance with American Softwood
Lumber Standard DOC PS 20 and the grading rules of an
approved lumber rules- writing agency.

GRADE PLANE. A reference plane representing the aver-
age of finished ground level adjoining the building at exterior
walls. Where the finished ground level slopes away from the
exterior walls, the reference plane shall be established by the
lowest points within the area between the building and the lot
line or, where the lot line is more than 6 feet (1829 mm) from
the building, between the building and a point 6 feet (1829
mm) from the building.

GRADE PLANE, STORY ABOVE. See "Story above
grade plane."

GRANDSTAND. Tiered seating supported on a dedicated
structural system and two or more rows high and is not a
building element (see "Bleachers").

GROSS LEASABLE AREA. The total floor area designed
for tenant occupancy and exclusive use. The area of tenant
occupancy is measured from the centerlines of joint partitions
to the outside of the tenant walls. All tenant areas, including
areas used for storage, shall be included in calculating gross
leasable area.

GROUP HOME. A facility for social rehabilitation, sub-
stance abuse or mental health problems that contains a group
housing arrangement that provides custodial care but does
not provide acute care.

GUARD. A building component or a system of building
components located at or near the open sides of elevated
walking surfaces that minimizes the possibility of a fall from
the walking surface to a lower level.

GYPSUM BOARD. Gypsum wallboard, gypsum sheathing,
gypsum base for gypsum veneer plaster, exterior gypsum sof-
fit board, predecorated gypsum board or water-resistant gyp-
sum backing board complying with the standards listed in
Tables 2506.2, 2507.2 and Chapter 35.

GYPSUM PLASTER. A mixture of calcined gypsum or cal-
cined gypsum and lime and aggregate and other approved
materials as specified in this code.

GYPSUM VENEER PLASTER. Gypsum plaster applied to
an approved base in one or more coats normally not exceed-
ing 7 4 inch (6.4 mm) in total thickness.

HABITABLE SPACE. A space in a building for living,
sleeping, eating or cooking. Bathrooms, toilet rooms, closets,
halls, storage or utility spaces and similar areas are not con-
sidered habitable spaces.

[F] HALOGENATED EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM. A
fire-extinguishing system using one or more atoms of an ele-
ment from the halogen chemical series: fluorine, chlorine,
bromine and iodine.

[F] HANDLING. The deliberate transport by any means to a
point of storage or use.

HANDRAIL. A horizontal or sloping rail intended for grasp-
ing by the hand for guidance or support.

HARDBOARD. A fibrous-felted, homogeneous panel made
from lignocellulosic fibers consolidated under heat and pres-
sure in a hot press to a density not less than 3 1 pcf (497 kg/
m 3 ).

[F] HAZARDOUS MATERIALS. Those chemicals or sub-
stances that are physical hazards or health hazards as classi-
fied in Section 307 and the International Fire Code, whether
the materials are in usable or waste condition.

[F] HAZARDOUS PRODUCTION MATERIAL (HPM).
A solid, liquid or gas associated with semiconductor manu-
facturing that has a degree-of-hazard rating in health, flam-
mability or instability of Class 3 or 4 as ranked by NFPA 704
and which is used directly in research, laboratory or produc-
tion processes which have as their end product materials that
are not hazardous.

HEAD JOINT. Vertical mortar joint placed between
masonry units within the wythe at the time the masonry units
are laid.

[F] HEALTH HAZARD. A classification of a chemical for
which there is statistically significant evidence that acute or
chronic health effects are capable of occurring in exposed
persons. The term "health hazard" includes chemicals that are
toxic or highly toxic, and corrosive.

HEAT DETECTOR. See "Detector, heat."

HEIGHT, BUILDING. The vertical distance from grade
plane to the average height of the highest roof surface.

HELICAL PILE. Manufactured steel deep foundation ele-
ment consisting of a central shaft and one or more helical
bearing plates. A helical pile is installed by rotating it into the
ground. Each helical bearing plate is formed into a screw
thread with a uniform defined pitch.

HELIPAD. A structural surface that is used for the landing,
taking off, taxiing and parking of helicopters.

HELIPORT. An area of land or water or a structural surface
that is used, or intended for the use, for the landing and taking
off of helicopters, and any appurtenant areas that are used, or
intended for use, for heliport buildings or other heliport facil-
ities.

HELISTOP. The same as "heliport," except that no fueling,
defueling, maintenance, repairs or storage of helicopters is
permitted.

HIGH-PRESSURE DECORATIVE EXTERIOR-GRADE
COMPACT LAMINATE (HPL). Panels consisting of layers
of cellulose fibrous material impregnated with thermosetting
resins and bonded together by a high-pressure process to form
a homogeneous nonporous core suitable for exterior use.

HIGH-PRESSURE DECORATIVE EXTERIOR-GRADE
COMPACT LAMINATE (HPL) SYSTEM. An exterior
wall covering fabricated using HPL in a specific assembly
including joints, seams, attachments, substrate, framing and
other details as appropriate to a particular design.

2012 INTERNATIONAL BU!LD!NG CODE®

DEFINITIONS

HIGH-RISE BUILDING. A building with an occupied floor
located more than 75 feet (22 860 mm) above the lowest level
of fire department vehicle access.

[F] HIGHLY TOXIC. A material which produces a lethal
dose or lethal concentration that falls within any of the fol-
lowing categories:

1. A chemical that has a median lethal dose (LD 50 ) of 50
milligrams or less per kilogram of body weight when
administered orally to albino rats weighing between
200 and 300 grams each.

2. A chemical that has a median lethal dose (LD 50 ) of 200
milligrams or less per kilogram of body weight when
administered by continuous contact for 24 hours (or
less if death occurs within 24 hours) with the bare skin
of albino rabbits weighing between 2 and 3 kilograms
each.

3. A chemical that has a median lethal concentration
(LC 30 ) in air of 200 parts per million by volume or less
of gas or vapor, or 2 milligrams per liter or less of mist,
fume or dust, when administered by continuous inhala-
tion for 1 hour (or less if death occurs within 1 hour) to
albino rats weighing between 200 and 300 grams each.

Mixtures of these materials with ordinary materials, such
as water, might not warrant classification as highly toxic.
While this system is basically simple in application, any haz-
ard evaluation that is required for the precise categorization
of this type of material shall be performed by experienced,
technically competent persons.

HISTORIC BUILDINGS. Buildings that are listed in or eli-
gible for listing in the National Register of Historic Places, or
designated as historic under an appropriate state or local law
(see Sections 3409 and 3411.9).

HORIZONTAL ASSEMBLY. A fire-resistance-rated floor
or roof assembly of materials designed to restrict the spread
of fire in which continuity is maintained.

HORIZONTAL EXIT. See "Exit, horizontal."

HOSPITALS AND PSYCHIATRIC HOSPITALS. Facili-
ties that provide care or treatment for the medical, psychiat-
ric, obstetrical, or surgical treatment of care recipients that
are incapable of self-preservation.

HOUSING UNIT. A dormitory or a group of cells with a
common dayroom in Group 1-3.

[F] HPM FLAMMABLE LIQUID. An HPM liquid that is
defined as either a Class I flammable liquid or a Class II or
Class III A combustible liquid.

[F] HPM ROOM. A room used in conjunction with or serv-
ing a Group H-5 occupancy, where HPM is stored or used
and which is classified as a Group H-2, H-3 or H-4 occu-
pancy.

HURRICANE-PRONE REGIONS. Areas vulnerable to
hurricanes defined as:

1. The U. S. Atlantic Ocean and Gulf of Mexico coasts
where the ultimate design wind speed, V uh , for Risk
Category buildings is greater than 115 mph (51.4 m/s);
and

2. Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Guam, Virgin Islands and Ameri-
can Samoa.

[F] HYDROGEN CUTOFF ROOM. A room or space that
is intended exclusively to house a gaseous hydrogen system.

ICE-SENSITIVE STRUCTURE. A structure for which the
effect of an atmospheric ice load governs the design of a
structure or portion thereof. This includes, but is not limited
to, lattice structures, guyed masts, overhead lines, light sus-
pension and cable-stayed bridges, aerial cable systems (e.g.,
for ski lifts or logging operations), amusement rides, open
catwalks and platforms, flagpoles and signs.

[F] IMMEDIATELY DANGEROUS TO LIFE AND
HEALTH (IDLH). The concentration of air-borne contami-
nants which poses a threat of death, immediate or delayed
permanent adverse health effects, or effects that could pre-
vent escape from such an environment. This contaminant
concentration level is established by the National Institute of
Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) based on both tox-
icity and flammability. It generally is expressed in parts per
million by volume (ppmv/v) or milligrams per cubic meter
(mg/m 3 ). If adequate data do not exist for precise establish-
ment of IDLH concentrations, an independent certified indus-
trial hygienist, industrial toxicologist, appropriate regulatory
agency or other source approved by the building official shall
make such determination.

IMPACT LOAD. The load resulting from moving machin-
ery, elevators, craneways, vehicles and other similar forces
and kinetic loads, pressure and possible surcharge from fixed
or moving loads.

INCAPABLE OF SELF-PRESERVATION. Persons
because of age, physical limitations, mental limitations,
chemical dependency, or medical treatment who cannot
respond as an individual to an emergency situation.

[F] INCOMPATIBLE MATERIALS. Materials that, when
mixed, have the potential to react in a manner that generates
heat, fumes, gases or byproducts which are hazardous to life
or property.

[F] INERT GAS. A gas that is capable of reacting with other
materials only under abnormal conditions such as high tem-
peratures, pressures and similar extrinsic physical forces.
Within the context of the code, inert gases do not exhibit
either physical or health hazard properties as defined (other
than acting as a simple asphyxiant) or hazard properties other
than those of a compressed gas. Some of the more common
inert gases include argon, helium, krypton, neon, nitrogen
and xenon.

[F] INITIATING DEVICE. A system component that origi-
nates transmission of a change-of-state condition, such as in a
smoke detector, manual fire alarm box or supervisory switch.

INSPECTION CERTIFICATE. An identification applied
on a product by an approved agency containing the name of
the manufacturer, the function and performance characteris-
tics, and the name and identification of an approved agency
that indicates that the product or material has been inspected
and evaluated by an approved agency (see Section 1703.5
and "Label," "Manufacturer's designation" and "Mark").

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

DEFINITIONS

INTENDED TO BE OCCUPIED AS A RESIDENCE.
This refers to a dwelling unit or sleeping unit that can or will
be used all or part of the time as the occupant's place of
abode.

INTERIOR EXIT RAMP. An exit component that serves to
meet one or more means of egress design requirements, such
as required number of exits or exit access travel distance, and
provides for a protected path of egress travel to the exit dis-
charge or public way.

INTERIOR EXIT STAIRWAY. An exit component that
serves to meet one or more means of egress design require-
ments, such as required number of exits or exit access travel
distance, and provides for a protected path of egress travel to
the exit discharge or public way.

INTERIOR FINISH. Interior finish includes interior wall
and ceiling finish and interior floor finish.

INTERIOR FLOOR FINISH. The exposed floor surfaces
of buildings including coverings applied over a finished floor
or stair, including risers.

INTERIOR FLOOR- WALL BASE. Interior floor finish
trim used to provide a functional or decorative border at the
intersection of walls and floors.

INTERIOR SURFACES. Surfaces other than weather
exposed surfaces.

INTERIOR WALL AND CEILING FINISH. The exposed
interior surfaces of buildings, including but not limited to:
fixed or movable walls and partitions; toilet room privacy
partitions; columns; ceilings; and interior wainscoting, panel-
ing or other finish applied structurally or for decoration,
acoustical correction, surface insulation, structural fire resis-
tance or similar purposes, but not including trim.

INTERLAYMENT. A layer of felt or nonbituminous satu-
rated felt not less than 18 inches (457 mm) wide, shingled
between each course of a wood-shake roof covering.

INTUMESCENT FIRE-RESISTANT COATINGS. Thin
film liquid mixture applied to substrates by brush, roller,
spray or trowel which expands into a protective foamed layer
to provide fire-resistant protection of the substrates when
exposed to flame or intense heat.

JOINT. The opening in or between adjacent assemblies that
is created due to building tolerances, or is designed to allow
independent movement of the building in any plane caused
by thermal, seismic, wind or any other loading.

[A] JURISDICTION. The governmental unit that has
adopted this code under due legislative authority.

L RATING. The air leakage rating of a through penetration
firestop system or a fire-resistant joint system when tested in
accordance with UL 1479 or UL 2079, respectively.

[A] LABEL. An identification applied on a product by the
manufacturer that contains the name of the manufacturer, the
function and performance characteristics of the product or
material, and the name and identification of an approved
agency and that indicates that the representative sample of the
product or material has been tested and evaluated by an
approved agency (see Section 1703.5 and "Inspection certifi-
cate," "Manufacturer's designation" and "Mark").

[A] LABELED. Equipment, materials or products to which
has been affixed a label, seal, symbol or other identifying
mark of a nationally recognized testing laboratory, inspection
agency or other organization concerned with product evalua-
tion that maintains periodic inspection of the production of
the above-labeled items and whose labeling indicates either
that the equipment, material or product meets identified stan-
dards or has been tested and found suitable for a specified
purpose.

LEVEL OF EXIT DISCHARGE. See "Exit discharge,
level of."

LIGHT-DIFFUSING SYSTEM. Construction consisting in
whole or in part of lenses, panels, grids or baffles made with
light-transmitting plastics positioned below independently
mounted electrical light sources, skylights or light-transmit-
ting plastic roof panels. Lenses, panels, grids and baffles that
are part of an electrical fixture shall not be considered as a
light-diffusing system.

LIGHT-FRAME CONSTRUCTION. A type of construc-
tion whose vertical and horizontal structural elements are pri-
marily formed by a system of repetitive wood or cold-formed
steel framing members.

LIGHT-TRANSMITTING PLASTIC ROOF PANELS.
Structural plastic panels other than skylights that are fastened
to structural members, or panels or sheathing and that are
used as light-transmitting media in the plane of the roof.

LIGHT-TRANSMITTING PLASTIC WALL PANELS.
Plastic materials that are fastened to structural members, or to
structural panels or sheathing, and that are used as light-trans-
mitting media in exterior walls.

LIMIT STATE. A condition beyond which a structure or
member becomes unfit for service and is judged to be no lon-
ger useful for its intended function (serviceability limit state)
or to be unsafe (strength limit state).

[Fj LIQUID. A material that has a melting point that is equal
to or less than 68°F (20°C) and a boiling point that is greater
than 68°F (20°C) at 14.7 pounds per square inch absolute
(psia) (101 kPa). When not otherwise identified, the term
"liquid" includes both flammable and combustible liquids.

[F] LIQUID STORAGE ROOM. A room classified as a
Group H-3 occupancy used for the storage of flammable or
combustible liquids in a closed condition.

[F] LIQUID USE, DISPENSING AND MIXING ROOM.
A room in which Class I, II and EIA flammable or combusti-
ble liquids are used, dispensed or mixed in open containers.

[A] LISTED. Equipment, materials, products or services
included in a list published by an organization acceptable to
the building official and concerned with evaluation of prod-
ucts or services that maintains periodic inspection of produc-
tion of listed equipment or materials or periodic evaluation of
services and whose listing states either that the equipment,
material, product or service meets identified standards or has
been tested and found suitable for a specified purpose.

LIVE/WORK UNIT. A dwelling unit or sleeping unit in
which a significant portion of the space includes a nonresi-
dential use that is operated by the tenant.

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

DEFINITIONS

LIVE LOAD. A load produced by the use and occupancy of
the building or other structure that does not include construc-
tion or environmental loads such as wind load, snow load,
rain load, earthquake load, flood load or dead load.

LIVE LOAD, ROOF. A load on a roof produced:

1 . During maintenance by workers, equipment and mate-
rials;

2. During the life of the structure by movable objects such
as planters or other similar small decorative appurte-
nances that are not occupancy related; or

3. By the use and occupancy of the roof such as for roof
gardens or assembly areas.

LOAD AND RESISTANCE FACTOR DESIGN (LRFD).
A method of proportioning structural members and their con-
nections using load and resistance factors such that no appli-
cable limit state is reached when the structure is subjected to
appropriate load combinations. The term "LRFD" is used in
the design of steel and wood structures.

LOAD EFFECTS. Forces and deformations produced in
structural members by the applied loads.

LOAD FACTOR. A factor that accounts for deviations of
the actual load from the nominal load, for uncertainties in the
analysis that transforms the load into a load effect, and for the
probability that more than one extreme load will occur simul-
taneously.

LOADS. Forces or other actions that result from the weight
of building materials, occupants and their possessions, envi-
ronmental effects, differential movement and restrained
dimensional changes. Permanent loads are those loads in
which variations over time are rare or of small magnitude,
such as dead loads. All other loads are variable loads (see
also "Nominal loads").

[A] LOT. A portion or parcel of land considered as a unit.

[A] LOT LINE. A line dividing one lot from another, or
from a street or any public place.

[F] LOWER FLAMMABLE LIMIT (LFL). The minimum
concentration of vapor in air at which propagation of flame
will occur in the presence of an ignition source. The LFL is
sometimes referred to as "LEL" or "lower explosive limit."

LOWEST FLOOR. The floor of the lowest enclosed area,
including basement, but excluding any unfinished or flood-
resistant enclosure, usable solely for vehicle parking, build-
ing access or limited storage provided that such enclosure is
not built so as to render the structure in violation of Section
1612.

MAIN WINDFORCE-RESISTING SYSTEM. An assem-
blage of structural elements assigned to provide support and
stability for the overall structure. The system generally
receives wind loading from more than one surface

MALL BUILDING, COVERED and MALL BUILDING,
OPEN. See "Covered mall building."

[F] MANUAL FIRE ALARM BOX. A manually operated
device used to initiate an alarm signal.

[A] MANUFACTURER'S DESIGNATION. An identifica-
tion applied on a product by the manufacturer indicating that

a product or material complies with a specified standard or
set of rules (see also "Inspection certificate," "Label" and
"Mark").

I A] MARK. An identification applied on a product by the
manufacturer indicating the name of the manufacturer and the
function of a product or material (see also "Inspection certifi-
cate," "Label" and "Manufacturer's designation").

MARQUEE. A canopy that has a top surface which is sloped
less than 25 degrees from the horizontal and is located less
than 10 feet (3.05 m) from operable openings above or adja-
cent to the level of the marquee.

MASONRY. A built-up construction or combination of
building units or materials of clay, shale, concrete, glass, gyp-
sum, stone or other approved units bonded together with or
without mortar or grout or other accepted methods of joining.

Ashlar masonry. Masonry composed of various-sized
rectangular units having sawed, dressed or squared bed
surfaces, properly bonded and laid in mortar.

Coursed ashlar. Ashlar masonry laid in courses of stone
of equal height for each course, although different courses
shall be permitted to be of varying height.

Glass unit masonry. Masonry composed of glass units

bonded by mortar.

Plain masonry. Masonry in which the tensile resistance of
the masonry is taken into consideration and the effects of
stresses in reinforcement are neglected.

Random ashlar. Ashlar masonry laid in courses of stone
set without continuous joints and laid up without drawn
patterns. When composed of material cut into modular
heights, discontinuous but aligned horizontal joints are
discernible.

Reinforced masonry. Masonry construction in which
reinforcement acting in conjunction with the masonry is
used to resist forces.

Solid masonry. Masonry consisting of solid masonry
units laid contiguously with the joints between the units
filled with mortar.

Unreinforced (plain) masonry. Masonry in which the
tensile resistance of masonry is taken into consideration
and the resistance of the reinforcing steel, if present, is
neglected.

MASONRY UNIT. Brick, tile, stone, glass block or concrete
block conforming to the requirements specified in Section
2103.

Hollow. A masonry unit whose net cross-sectional area in
any plane parallel to the load-bearing surface is less than
75 percent of its gross cross-sectional area measured in
the same plane.

Solid. A masonry unit whose net cross-sectional area in
every plane parallel to the load-bearing surface is 75 per-
cent or more of its gross cross-sectional area measured in
the same plane.

MASTIC FIRE-RESISTANT COATINGS. Liquid mix-
ture applied to a substrate by brush, roller, spray or trowel

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

DEFINITIONS

that provides fire-resistant protection of a substrate when
exposed to flame or intense heat.

MEANS OF EGRESS. A continuous and unobstructed path
of vertical and horizontal egress travel from any occupied
portion of a building or structure to a public way. A means of
egress consists of three separate and distinct parts: the exit
access, the exit and the exit discharge.

MECHANICAL-ACCESS OPEN PARKING GARAGES.
Open parking garages employing parking machines, lifts,
elevators or other mechanical devices for vehicles moving
from and to street level and in which public occupancy is pro-
hibited above the street level.

MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SCREEN. A rooftop struc-
ture, not covered by a roof, used to aesthetically conceal
plumbing, electrical or mechanical equipment from view.

MECHANICAL SYSTEMS. For the purposes of determin-
ing seismic loads in ASCE 7, mechanical systems shall
include plumbing systems as specified therein.

MEDICAL CARE. Care involving medical or surgical pro-
cedures, nursing or for psychiatric purposes.

MEMBRANE-COVERED CABLE STRUCTURE. A
nonpressurized structure in which a mast and cable system
provides support and tension to the membrane weather bar-
rier and the membrane imparts stability to the structure.

MEMBRANE-COVERED FRAME STRUCTURE. A
nonpressurized building wherein the structure is composed of
a rigid framework to support a tensioned membrane which
provides the weather barrier.

MEMBRANE PENETRATION. A breach in one side of a
floor-ceiling, roof-ceiling or wall assembly to accommodate
an item installed into or passing through the breach.

MEMBRANE-PENETRATION FIRESTOP. A material,
device or construction installed to resist for a prescribed time
period the passage of flame and heat through openings in a
protective membrane in order to accommodate cables, cable
trays, conduit, tubing, pipes or similar items.

MEMBRANE-PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEM.
An assemblage consisting of a fire-resistance-rated floor-ceil-
ing, roof-ceiling or wall assembly, one or more penetrating
items installed into or passing through the breach in one side
of the assembly and the materials or devices, or both,
installed to resist the spread of fire into the assembly for a
prescribed period of time.

MERCHANDISE PAD. A merchandise pad is an area for
display of merchandise surrounded by aisles, permanent fix-
tures or walls. Merchandise pads contain elements such as
nonfixed and moveable fixtures, cases, racks, counters and
partitions as indicated in Section 105.2 from which customers
browse or shop.

METAL COMPOSITE MATERIAL (MCM). A factory-
manufactured panel consisting of metal skins bonded to both
faces of a plastic core.

METAL COMPOSITE MATERIAL (MCM) SYSTEM.
An exterior wall covering fabricated using MCM in a specific
assembly including joints, seams, attachments, substrate,
framing and other details as appropriate to a particular design.

METAL ROOF PANEL. An interlocking metal sheet hav-
ing a minimum installed weather exposure of 3 square feet
(0.279 m 2 ) per sheet.

METAL ROOF SHINGLE. An interlocking metal sheet
having an installed weather exposure less than 3 square feet
(0.279 m 2 ) per sheet.

MEZZANINE. An intermediate level or levels between the
floor and ceiling of any story and in accordance with Section
505.

MICROPILE. A micropile is a bored, grouted-in-place deep
foundation element that develops its load-carrying capacity
by means of a bond zone in soil, bedrock or a combination of
soil and bedrock.

MINERAL BOARD. A rigid felted thermal insulation board
consisting of either felted mineral fiber or cellular beads of
expanded aggregate formed into flat rectangular units.

MINERAL FIBER. Insulation composed principally of
fibers manufactured from rock, slag or glass, with or without
binders.

MINERAL WOOL. Synthetic vitreous fiber insulation
made by melting predominately igneous rock or furnace slag,
and other inorganic materials, and then physically forming
the melt into fibers.

MODIFIED BITUMEN ROOF COVERING. One or more
layers of polymer-modified asphalt sheets. The sheet materi-
als shall be fully adhered or mechanically attached to the sub-
strate or held in place with an approved ballast layer.

MORTAR. A mixture consisting of cementitious materials,
fine aggregates, water, with or without admixtures, that is
used to construct unit masonry assemblies.

MORTAR, SURFACE-BONDING. A mixture to bond
concrete masonry units that contains hydraulic cement, glass
fiber reinforcement with or without inorganic fillers or
organic modifiers and water.

MULTILEVEL ASSEMBLY SEATING. Seating that is
arranged in distinct levels where each level is comprised of
either multiple rows, or a single row of box seats accessed
from a separate level.

[F] MULTIPLE-STATION ALARM DEVICE. Two or
more single-station alarm devices that can be interconnected
such that actuation of one causes all integral or separate audi-
ble alarms to operate. It also can consist of one single-station
alarm device having connections to other detectors or to a
manual fire alarm box.

[F] MULTIPLE-STATION SMOKE ALARM. Two or
more single-station alarm devices that are capable of inter-
connection such that actuation of one causes the appropriate
alarm signal to operate in all interconnected alarms.

MULTISTORY UNIT. A dwelling unit or sleeping unit with
tiabitable space located on more than one story.

NAILING, BOUNDARY. A special nailing pattern required
by design at the boundaries of diaphragms.

NAILING, EDGE. A special nailing pattern required by
design at the edges of each panel within the assembly of a
diaphragm or shear wall.

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

DEFINITIONS

NAILING, FIELD. Nailing required between the sheathing
panels and framing members at locations other than boundary
nailing and edge nailing.

NATURALLY DURABLE WOOD. The heartwood of the
following species except for the occasional piece with corner
sapwood, provided 90 percent or more of the width of each
side on which it occurs is heartwood.

Decay resistant. Redwood, cedar, black locust and black
walnut.

Termite resistant. Redwood, Alaska yellow cedar, East-
ern red cedar and both heartwood and all sapwood of
Western red cedar.

NOMINAL LOADS. The magnitudes of the loads specified
in Chapter 16 (dead, live, soil, wind, snow, rain, flood and
earthquake).

NOMINAL SIZE (LUMBER). The commercial size desig-
nation of width and depth, in standard sawn lumber and
glueddaminated lumber grades; somewhat larger than the
standard net size of dressed lumber, in accordance with
DOCPS 20 for sawn lumber and with the AF&PA NDS for
glued-laminated lumber.

NONCOMBUSTIBLE MEMBRANE STRUCTURE. A
membrane structure in which the membrane and all compo-
nent parts of the structure are noncombustible.

[F] NORMAL TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE
(NTP). A temperature of 70°F (21 °C) and a pressure of 1
atmosphere [14.7 psia (101 kPa)].

NOSING. The leading edge of treads of stairs and of land-
ings at the top of stairway flights.

[F] NOTIFICATION ZONE. See "Zone, notification."

[F] NUISANCE ALARM. An alarm caused by mechanical
failure, malfunction, improper installation or lack of proper
maintenance, or an alarm activated by a cause that cannot be
determined.

NURSING HOMES. Facilities that provide care, including
both intermediate care facilities and skilled nursing facilities
where any of the persons are incapable of self-preservation.

OCCUPANT LOAD. The number of persons for which the
means of egress of a building or portion thereof is designed.

OCCUPIABLE SPACE. A room or enclosed space
designed for human occupancy in which individuals congre-
gate for amusement, educational or similar purposes or in
which occupants are engaged at labor, and which is equipped
with means of egress and light and ventilation facilities meet-
ing the requirements of this code.

OPEN PARKING GARAGE. A structure or portion of a
structure with the openings as described in Section 406.5.2 on
two or more sides that is used for the parking or storage of
private motor vehicles as described in Section 406.5.3.

[F] OPEN SYSTEM. The use of a solid or liquid hazardous
material involving a vessel or system that is continuously
open to the atmosphere during normal operations and where
vapors are liberated, or the product is exposed to the atmo-
sphere during normal operations. Examples of open systems

for solids and liquids include dispensing from or into open
beakers or containers, dip tank and plating tank operations.

[F] OPERATING BUILDING. A building occupied in con-
junction with the manufacture, transportation or use of explo-
sive materials. Operating buildings are separated from one
another with the use of intraplant or intraline distances

ORDINARY PRECAST STRUCTURAL WALL. See
Section 1905.1.1.

ORDINARY REINFORCED CONCRETE STRUC-
TURAL WALL. See Section 1905.1.1.

ORDINARY STRUCTURAL PLAIN CONCRETE
WALL. See Section 1905.1.1.

[F] ORGANIC PEROXIDE. An organic compound that
contains the bivalent -O-O- structure and which may be con-
sidered to be a structural derivative of hydrogen peroxide
where one or both of the hydrogen atoms have been replaced
by an organic radical. Organic peroxides can pose an explo-
sion hazard {detonation or deflagration) or they can be shock
sensitive. They can also decompose into various unstable
compounds over an extended period of time.

Class I. Those formulations that are capable of deflagra-
tion but not detonation.

Class II. Those formulations that burn very rapidly and
that pose a moderate reactivity hazard.

Class III. Those formulations that burn rapidly and that
pose a moderate reactivity hazard.

Class IV. Those formulations that burn in the same man-
ner as ordinary combustibles and that pose a minimal reac-
tivity hazard.

Class V. Those formulations that burn with less intensity
than ordinary combustibles or do not sustain combustion
and that pose no reactivity hazard.

Unclassified detonable. Organic peroxides that are capa-
ble of detonation. These peroxides pose an extremely high
explosion hazard through rapid explosive decomposition.

ORTHOGONAL. To be in two horizontal directions, at 90
degrees (1.57 rad) to each other.

OTHER STRUCTURES. Structures, other than buildings,
for which loads are specified in Chapter 16.

OUTPATIENT CLINIC. See "Clinic, outpatient."

[A] OWNER. Any person, agent, firm or corporation having
a legal or equitable interest in the property.

[F] OXIDIZER. A material that readily yields oxygen or
other oxidizing gas, or that readily reacts to promote or initi-
ate combustion of combustible materials and, if heated or
contaminated, can result in vigorous self-sustained decompo-
sition.

Class 4. An oxidizer that can undergo an explosive reac-
tion due to contamination or exposure to thermal or physi-
cal shock and that causes a severe increase in the burning
rate of combustible materials with which it comes into
contact. Additionally, the oxidizer causes a severe increase
in the burning rate and can cause spontaneous ignition of
combustibles.

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

DEFINITIONS

Class 3. An oxidizer that causes a severe increase in the
burning rate of combustible materials with which it comes
in contact.

Class 2. An oxidizer that will cause a moderate increase in
the burning rate of combustible materials with which it
comes in contact.

Class 1. An oxidizer that does not moderately increase the
burning rate of combustible materials.

[F] OXIDIZING GAS. A gas that can support and accelerate
combustion of other materials more than air does.

PANEL (PART OF A STRUCTURE). The section of a
floor, wall or roof comprised between the supporting frame of
two adjacent rows of columns and girders or column bands of
floor or roof construction.

PANIC HARDWARE. A door-latching assembly incorpo-
rating a device that releases the latch upon the application of
a force in the direction of egress travel. See also "Fire exit
hardware."

PART1CLEBOARD. A generic term for a panel primarily
composed of cellulosic materials (usually wood), generally in
the form of discrete pieces or particles, as distinguished from
fibers. The cellulosic material is combined with synthetic
resin or other suitable bonding system by a process in which
the interparticle bond is created by the bonding system under
heat and pressure.

PENETRATION FIRESTOP. A through-penetration fire-
stop or a membrane-penetration firestop.

PENTHOUSE. An enclosed, unoccupied rooftop structure
used for sheltering mechanical and electrical equipment,
tanks, elevators and related machinery, and vertical shaft
openings.

PERFORMANCE CATEGORY. A designation of wood
structural panels as related to the panel performance used in
Chapter 23.

[A] PERMIT. An official document or certificate issued by
the authority having jurisdiction which authorizes perfor-
mance of a specified activity.

[A] PERSON. An individual, heirs, executors, administrators
or assigns, and also includes a firm, partnership or corpora-
tion, its or their successors or assigns, or the agent of any of
the aforesaid.

PERSONAL CARE SERVICE. The care of persons who do
not require medical care. Personal care involves responsibil-
ity for the safety of the persons while inside the building

PHOTOLUMINESCENT. Having the property of emitting
light that continues for a length of time after excitation by
visible or invisible light has been removed.

PHOTOVOLTAIC MODULES/SHINGLES. A roof cov-
ering composed of flat-plate photovoltaic modules fabricated
in sheets that resemble three-tab composite shingles.

[F] PHYSICAL HAZARD. A chemical for which there is
evidence that it is a combustible liquid, cryogenic fluid,
explosive, flammable (solid, liquid or gas), organic peroxide
(solid or liquid), oxidizer (solid or liquid), oxidizing gas,
pyrophoric (solid, liquid or gas), unstable (reactive) material

(solid, liquid or gas) or water-reactive material (solid or liq-
uid),

[F] PHYSIOLOGICAL WARNING THRESHOLD
LEVEL. A concentration of air-borne contaminants, nor-
mally expressed in parts per million (ppm) or milligrams per
cubic meter (mg/m 3 ), that represents the concentration at
which persons can sense the presence of the contaminant due
to odor, irritation or other quick-acting physiological
response. When used in conjunction with the permissible
exposure limit (PEL) the physiological warning threshold
levels are those consistent with the classification system used
to establish the PEL. See the definition of "Permissible expo-
sure limit (PEL)" in the International Fire Code.

PLACE OF RELIGIOUS WORSHIP. See "Religious wor-
ship, place of."

PLASTIC, APPROVED. Any thermoplastic, thermosetting
or reinforced thermosetting plastic material that conforms to
combustibility classifications specified in the section applica-
ble to the application and plastic type.

PLASTIC GLAZING. Plastic materials that are glazed or
set in frame or sash and not held by mechanical fasteners that
pass through the glazing material.

PLATFORM. A raised area within a building used for wor-
ship, the presentation of music, plays or other entertainment;
the head table for special guests; the raised area for lecturers
and speakers; boxing and wrestling rings; theater-in-the-
round stages; and similar purposes wherein there are no over-
head hanging curtains, drops, scenery or stage effects other
than lighting and sound. A temporary platform is one
installed for not more than 30 days.

POLYPROPYLENE SIDING. A shaped material, made
principally from polypropylene homopolymer, or copolymer,
which in some cases contains fillers or reinforcements, that is
used to clad exterior walls of buildings.

PORCELAIN TILE. Porcelain tile shall conform to the
requirements of ANSI 137.1.3 for ceramic tile having an
absorption of 0.5 percent or less according to ANSI 137.4.1—
Class Table and ANSI 137.1.6.1 Allowable Properties by Tile
Type-Table 10.

POSITIVE ROOF DRAINAGE. The drainage condition in
which consideration has been made for all loading deflections
of the roof deck, and additional slope has been provided to
ensure drainage of the roof within 48 hours of precipitation.

PREFABRICATED WOOD I- JOIST. Structural member
manufactured using sawn or structural composite lumber
flanges and wood structural panel webs bonded together with
exterior exposure adhesives, which forms an "I" cross-sec-
tional shape.

PRESTRESSED MASONRY. Masonry in which internal
stresses have been introduced to counteract potential tensile
stresses in masonry resulting from applied loads.

PRIMARY FUNCTION. A primary function is a major
activity for which the facility is intended. Areas that contain a
primary function include, but are not limited to, the customer
service lobby of a bank, the dining area of a cafeteria, the
meeting rooms in a conference center, as well as offices and

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE 8

DEFINITIONS

other work areas in which the activities of the public accom-
modation or other private entity using the facility are carried
out. Mechanical rooms, boiler rooms, supply storage rooms,
employee lounges or locker rooms, janitorial closets,
entrances, corridors and restrooms are not areas containing a
primary function.

PRIMARY STRUCTURAL FRAME. The primary struc-
tural frame shall include all of the following structural mem-
bers:

1. The columns;

2. Structural members having direct connections to the
columns, including girders, beams, trusses and span-
drels;

3. Members of the floor construction and roof construc-
tion having direct connections to the columns; and

4. Bracing members that are essential to the vertical sta-
bility of the primary structural frame under gravity
loading shall be considered part of the primary struc-
tural frame whether or not the bracing member carries
gravity loads.

PRISM. An assemblage of masonry units and mortar with or
without grout used as a test specimen for determining proper-
ties of the masonry.

PROSCENIUM WALL. The wall that separates the stage
from the auditorium or assembly seating area.

| PSYCHIATRIC HOSPITALS. See "Hospitals."

PUBLIC ENTRANCE. An entrance that is not a service
entrance or a restricted entrance.

PUBLIC-USE AREAS. Interior or exterior rooms or spaces
that are made available to the general public.

[A] PUBLIC WAY. A street, alley or other parcel of land
open to the outside air leading to a street, that has been
deeded, dedicated or otherwise permanently appropriated to
the public for public use and which has a clear width and
height of not less than 10 feet (3048 mm).

[F] PYROPHORIC. A chemical with an auto-ignition tem-
perature in air, at or below a temperature of 1 30°F (54.4°C).

[F] PYROTECHNIC COMPOSITION. A chemical mix-
ture that produces visible light displays or sounds through a
self-propagating, heat-releasing chemical reaction which is
initiated by ignition.

RAMP. A walking surface that has a running slope steeper
than one unit vertical in 20 units horizontal (5-percent slope).

RAMP-ACCESS OPEN PARKING GARAGES. Open
parking garages employing a series of continuously rising
floors or a series of interconnecting ramps between floors
permitting the movement of vehicles under their own power
from and to the street level.

[F] RECORD DRAWINGS. Drawings ("as builts") that
document the location of all devices, appliances, wiring
sequences, wiring methods and connections of the compo-
nents of a fire alarm system as installed.

REFLECTIVE PLASTIC CORE FOIL INSULATION.
An insulation material packaged in rolls, that is less than 0.5

inches thick, with at least one exterior low emittance surface
(0. 1 or less) and a core material containing voids or cells.

[A] REGISTERED DESIGN PROFESSIONAL. An indi-
vidual who is registered or licensed to practice their respec-
tive design profession as defined by the statutory
requirements of the professional registration laws of the state
or jurisdiction in which the project is to be constructed.

[A] REGISTERED DESIGN PROFESSIONAL IN
RESPONSIBLE CHARGE. A registered design profes-
sional engaged by the owner to review and coordinate certain
aspects of the project, as determined by the building official,
for compatibility with the design of the building or structure,
including submittal documents prepared by others, deferred
submittal documents and phased submittal documents.

RELIGIOUS WORSHIP, PLACE OF. A building or por-
tion thereof intended for the performance of religious ser-
vices.

[A] REPAIR. The reconstruction or renewal of any part of an
existing building for the purpose of its maintenance.

REROOFING. The process of recovering or replacing an
existing roof covering. See "Roof recover" and "Roof
replacement."

RESIDENTIAL AIRCRAFT HANGAR. An accessory
building less than 2,000 square feet (186 m 2 ) and 20 feet
(6096 mm) in building height constructed on a one- or two-
family property where aircraft are stored. Such use will be
considered as a residential accessory use incidental to the
dwelling.

RESISTANCE FACTOR. A factor that accounts for devia-
tions of the actual strength from the nominal strength and the
manner and consequences of failure (also called "strength
reduction factor").

RESTRICTED ENTRANCE. An entrance that is made
available for common use on a controlled basis, but not public
use, and that is not a service entrance.

RETRACTABLE AWNING. A retractable awning is a
cover with a frame that retracts against a building or other
structure to which it is entirely supported.

RISK CATEGORY. A categorization of buildings and other
structures for determination of flood, wind, snow, ice and
earthquake loads based on the risk associated with unaccept-
able performance.

RISK-TARGETED MAXIMUM CONSIDERED EARTH-
QUAKE (MCE R ) GROUND MOTION RESPONSE
ACCELERATIONS. The most severe earthquake effects con-
sidered by this code, determined for the orientation that results in
the largest maximum response to horizontal ground motions and
with adjustment for targeted risk.

ROOF ASSEMBLY (For application to Chapter 15 only).
A system designed to provide weather protection and resis-
tance to design loads. The system consists of a roof covering
and roof deck or a single component serving as both the roof
covering and the roof deck. A roof assembly includes the roof
deck, vapor retarder, substrate or thermal barrier, insulation,
vapor retarder and roof covering.

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

DEFINITIONS

ROOF COVERING. The covering applied to the roof deck
for weather resistance, fire classification or appearance.

ROOF COVERING SYSTEM. See "Roof assembly."

ROOF DECK. The flat or sloped surface constructed on top
of the exterior walls of a building or other supports for the
purpose of enclosing the story below, or sheltering an area, to
protect it from the elements, not including its supporting
members or vertical supports.

ROOF DRAINAGE, POSITIVE. See "Positive roof drain-
age."

ROOF RECOVER. The process of installing an additional
roof covering over a prepared existing roof covering without
removing the existing roof covering.

ROOF REPAIR. Reconstruction or renewal of any part of
an existing roof for the purposes of its maintenance.

ROOF REPLACEMENT. The process of removing the
existing roof covering, repairing any damaged substrate and
installing a new roof covering.

ROOF VENTILATION. The natural or mechanical process
of supplying conditioned or unconditioned air to, or removing
such air from, attics, cathedral ceilings or other enclosed
spaces over which a roof assembly is installed.

ROOFTOP STRUCTURE. A structure erected on top of the
roof deck or on top of any part of a building.

RUBBLE MASONRY. Masonry composed of roughly
shaped stones.

Coursed rubble. Masonry composed of roughly shaped
stones fitting approximately on level beds and well
bonded.

Random rubble. Masonry composed of roughly shaped
stones laid without regularity of coursing but well bonded
and fitted together to form well-divided joints.

Rough or ordinary rubble. Masonry composed of
unsquared field stones laid without regularity of coursing
but well bonded.

RUNNING BOND. The placement of masonry units such
that head joints in successive courses are horizontally offset
at least one-quarter the unit length.

SALLYPORT. A security vestibule with two or more doors
or gates where the intended purpose is to prevent continuous
and unobstructed passage by allowing the release of only one
door or gate at a time.

SCISSOR STAIR. Two interlocking stairways providing
two separate paths of egress located within one stairwell
enclosure.

SCUPPER. An opening in a wall or parapet that allows water
to drain from a roof.

SECONDARY MEMBERS. The following structural mem-
bers shall be considered secondary members and not part of
the primary structural frame:

1. Structural members not having direct connections to
the columns;

2. Members of the floor construction and roof construe- I
tion not having direct connections to the columns; and j

3. Bracing members other than those that are part of the
primary structural frame.

SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY. A classification
assigned to a structure based on its risk category and the
severity of the design earthquake ground motion at the site.

SEISMIC FORCE-RESISTING SYSTEM. That part of
the structural system that has been considered in the design to
provide the required resistance to the prescribed seismic
forces.

SELF-CLOSING. As applied to afire door or other opening
protective, means equipped with an device that will ensure
closing after having been opened.

SELF-LUMINOUS. Illuminated by a self-contained power
source, other than batteries, and operated independently of
external power sources.

SELF-PRESERVATION, INCAPABLE OF. See "Incapa-
ble of self-preservation."

SELF-SERVICE STORAGE FACILITY. Real property
designed and used for the purpose of renting or leasing indi-
vidual storage spaces to customers for the purpose of storing
and removing personal property on a self-service basis.

[F] SERVICE CORRIDOR. A fully enclosed passage used
for transporting HPM and purposes other than required
means of egress.

SERVICE ENTRANCE. An entrance intended primarily for
delivery of goods or services.

SHAFT. An enclosed space extending through one or more
stories of a building, connecting vertical openings in succes-
sive floors, or floors and roof.

SHAFT ENCLOSURE. The walls or construction forming
the boundaries of a shaft.

SHALLOW FOUNDATION. A shallow foundation is an
individual or strip footing, a mat foundation, a slab-on-grade
foundation or a similar foundation element.

SHEAR WALL. (For Chapter 23) A wall designed to resist
lateral forces parallel to the plane of a wall.

Shear wall, perforated. A wood structural panel sheathed
wall with openings, that has not been specifically designed
and detailed for force transfer around openings.

Shear wall segment, perforated. A section of shear wall
with full-height sheathing that meets the height-to-width
ratio limits of Section 4.3.4 of AF&PA SDPWS.

SHEAR WALL (For Chapter 21)

Detailed plain masonry shear wall. A masonry shear
wall designed to resist lateral forces neglecting stresses in
reinforcement, and designed in accordance with Section
2106.1.

Intermediate prestressed masonry shear wall. A pre-
stressed masonry shear wall designed to resist lateral
forces considering stresses in reinforcement, and designed
in accordance with Section 2106.1.

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE 8

DEFINITIONS

Intermediate reinforced masonry shear wall. A
masonry shear wall designed to resist lateral forces consid-
ering stresses in reinforcement, and designed in accor-
dance with Section 2106.1.

Ordinary plain masonry shear wall. A masonry shear
wall designed to resist lateral forces neglecting stresses in
reinforcement, and designed in accordance with Section
2106.1.

Ordinary plain prestressed masonry shear wall. A pre-
stressed masonry shear wall designed to resist lateral
forces considering stresses in reinforcement, and designed
in accordance with Section 2106.1.

Ordinary reinforced masonry shear wall. A masonry
shear wall designed to resist lateral forces considering
stresses in reinforcement, and designed in accordance with
Section 2106.1.

Special prestressed masonry shear wall. A prestressed
masonry shear wall designed to resist lateral forces consid-
ering stresses in reinforcement and designed in accordance
with Section 2106.1 except that only grouted, laterally
restrained tendons are used.

Special reinforced masonry shear wall. A masonry
shear wall designed to resist lateral forces considering
stresses in reinforcement, and designed in accordance with
Section 2106.1.

SINGLE-PLY MEMBRANE. A roofing membrane that is
field applied using one layer of membrane material (either
homogeneous or composite) rather than multiple layers.

[F] SINGLE-STATION SMOKE ALARM. An assembly
incorporating the detector, the control equipment and the
alarm-sounding device in one unit, operated from a power
supply either in the unit or obtained at the point of installa-
tion.

SITE. A parcel of land bounded by a lot line or a designated
portion of a public right-of-way.

SITE CLASS. A classification assigned to a site based on the
types of soils present and their engineering properties as
defined in Section 1613.3.2.

SITE COEFFICIENTS. The values of F a and F v indicated
in Tables 1613.3.3(1) and 1613.3.3(2), respectively.

SITE-FABRICATED STRETCH SYSTEM. A system,
fabricated on site and intended for acoustical, tackable or aes-
thetic purposes, that is comprised of three elements:

1 . A frame (constructed of plastic, wood, metal or other
material) used to hold fabric in place,

2. A core material (infill, with the correct properties for
the application), and

3. An outside layer, comprised of a textile, fabric or vinyl,
that is stretched taut and held in place by tension or
mechanical fasteners via the frame.

SKYLIGHT, UNIT. A factory-assembled, glazed fenestra-
tion unit, containing one panel of glazing material that allows
for natural lighting through an opening in the roof assembly
while preserving the weather-resistant barrier of the roof.

SKYLIGHTS AND SLOPED GLAZING. Glass or other
transparent or translucent glazing material installed at a slope
of 15 degrees (0.26 rad) or more from vertical. Glazing mate-
rial in skylights, including unit skylights, solariums, sun-
rooms, roofs and sloped walls, are included in this definition.

SLEEPING UNIT. A room or space in which people sleep,
which can also include permanent provisions for living, eat-
ing, and either sanitation or kitchen facilities but not both.
Such rooms and spaces that are also part of a dwelling unit
are not sleeping units.

[F] SMOKE ALARM. A single- or multiple-station alarm
responsive to smoke. See also definitions of "Multiple-sta-
tion smoke alarm" and "Single station smoke alarm."

SMOKE BARRIER. A continuous membrane, either verti-
cal or horizontal, such as a wall, floor or ceiling assembly,
that is designed and constructed to restrict the movement of

smoke.

SMOKE COMPARTMENT. A space within a building
enclosed by smoke barriers on all sides, including the top and
bottom.

SMOKE DAMPER. A listed device installed in ducts and
air transfer openings designed to resist the passage of smoke.
The device is installed to operate automatically, controlled by
a smoke detection system, and where required, is capable of
being positioned from afire command center.

[F] SMOKE DETECTOR. A listed device that senses visi-
ble or invisible particles of combustion.

SMOKE-DEVELOPED INDEX. A comparative measure,
expressed as a dimensionless number, derived from measure-
ments of smoke obscuration versus time for a material tested
in accordance with ASTM E 84.

SMOKE-PROTECTED ASSEMBLY SEATING. Seating
served by means of egress that is not subject to smoke accu-
mulation within or under a structure.

SMOKEPROOF ENCLOSURE. An exit stairway designed
and constructed so that the movement of the products of com-
bustion produced by a fire occurring in any part of the build-
ing into the enclosure is limited.

[F] SOLID. A material that has a melting point, decomposes
or sublimes at a temperature greater than 68°F (20°C).

SPECIAL AMUSEMENT BUILDING. A special amuse-
ment building is any temporary or permanent building or por-
tion thereof that is occupied for amusement, entertainment or
educational purposes and that contains a device or system
that conveys passengers or provides a walkway along, around
or over a course in any direction so arranged that the means of
egress path is not readily apparent due to visual or audio dis-
tractions or is intentionally confounded or is not readily avail-
able because of the nature of the attraction or mode of
conveyance through the building or structure.

SPECIAL FLOOD HAZARD AREA. The land area sub-
ject to flood hazards and shown on a Flood Insurance Rate
Map or other flood hazard map as Zone A, AE, A 1-30, A99,
AR, AO, AH, V, VO, VE or VI -30.

SPECIAL INSPECTION. Inspection of construction requir-
ing the expertise of an approved special inspector in order to

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

DEFINITIONS

ensure compliance with this code and the approved construc-
tion documents.

Continuous special inspection. Special inspection by the
special inspector who is present when and where the work
to be inspected is being performed.

Periodic special inspection. Special inspection by the
special inspector who is intermittently present where the
work to be inspected has been or is being performed.

SPECIAL INSPECTOR. A qualified person employed or
retained by an approved agency and approvedby the building
official as having the competence necessary to inspect a par-
ticular type of construction requiring special inspection.

SPECIAL STRUCTURAL WALL. See Section 1905.1.1.

SPECIFIED. Required by construction documents.

SPECIFIED COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF
MASONRY, f' m . Minimum compressive strength, expressed
as force per unit of net cross-sectional area, required of the
masonry used in construction by the construction documents,
and upon which the project design is based. Whenever the
quantity f' m is under the radical sign, the square root of
numerical value only is intended and the result has units of
pounds per square inch (psi) (MPa).

SPLICE. The result of a factory and/or field method of join-
ing or connecting two or more lengths of a fire-resistant joint
system, into a continuous entity.

SPRAYED FIRE-RESISTANT MATERIALS. Cementi-
tious or fibrous materials that are sprayed to provide fire-
resistant protection of the substrates.

STACK BOND. The placement of masonry units in a bond
pattern is such that head joints in successive courses are verti-
cally aligned. For the purpose of this code, requirements for
stack bond shall apply to masonry laid in other than running
bond.

STAGE. A space within a building utilized for entertainment
or presentations, which includes overhead hanging curtains,
drops, scenery or stage effects other than lighting and sound.

STAIR. A change in elevation, consisting of one or more ris-
ers.

STAIR, SCISSOR. See "Scissor stair."

STAIRWAY. One or more flights of stairs, either exterior or
interior, with the necessary landings and platforms connect-
ing them, to form a continuous and uninterrupted passage
from one level to another.

STAIRWAY, EXIT ACCESS. See "Exit access stairway."

STAIRWAY, EXTERIOR. A stairway that is open on at
least one side, except for required structural columns, beams,
handrails and guards. The adjoining open areas shall be
either yards, courts or public ways. The other sides of the
exterior stairway need not be open.

STAIRWAY, INTERIOR. A stairway not meeting the defi-
nition of an exterior stairway.

STAIRWAY, INTERIOR EXIT. See "Interior exit stair-
way."

STAIRWAY, SPIRAL. A stairway having a closed circular
form in its plan view with uniform section-shaped treads
attached to and radiating from a minimum-diameter support-
ing column.

[F] STANDPIPE SYSTEM, CLASSES OF. Standpipe
classes are as follows:

Class I system. A system providing 2'/ 2 -inch (64 mm)
hose connections to supply water for use by fire depart-
ments and those trained in handling heavy fire streams.

Class II system. A system providing l'/,-inch (38 mm)
hose stations to supply water for use primarily by the
building occupants or by the fire department during initial
response.

Class III system. A system providing l'/ 2 -inch (38 mm)
hose stations to supply water for use by building occu-
pants and 2'/ 2 -inch (64 mm) hose connections to supply a
larger volume of water for use by fire departments and
those trained in handling heavy fire streams.

[F] STANDPIPE, TYPES OF. Standpipe types are as fol-
lows:

Automatic dry. A dry standpipe system, normally filled
with pressurized air, that is arranged through the use of a
device, such as dry pipe valve, to admit water into the sys-
tem piping automatically upon the opening of a hose
valve. The water supply for an automatic dry standpipe
system shall be capable of supplying the system demand.

Automatic wet. A wet standpipe system that has a water
supply that is capable of supplying the system demand
automatically.

Manual dry. A dry standpipe system that does not have a
permanent water supply attached to the system. Manual
dry standpipe systems require water from a fire depart-
ment pumper to be pumped into the system through the
fire department connection in order to meet the system
demand.

Manual wet. A wet standpipe system connected to a water
supply for the purpose of maintaining water within the
system but does not have a water supply capable of deliv-
ering the system demand attached to the system. Manual-
wet standpipe systems require water from a fire depart-
ment pumper (or the like) to be pumped into the system in
order to meet the system demand.

Semiautomatic dry. A dry standpipe system that is
arranged through the use of a device, such as a deluge
valve, to admit water into the system piping upon activa-
tion of a remote control device located at a hose connec-
tion. A remote control activation device shall be provided
at each hose connection. The water supply for a semiauto-
matic dry standpipe system shall be capable of supplying
the system demand.

START OF CONSTRUCTION. The date of issuance for
new construction and substantial improvements to existing
structures, provided the actual start of construction, repair,
reconstruction, rehabilitation, addition, placement or other
improvement is within 180 days after the date of issuance.
The actual start of construction means the first placement of

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

DEFINITIONS

permanent construction of a building (including a manufac-
tured home) on a site, such as the pouring of a slab or foot-
ings, installation of pilings or construction of columns.

Permanent construction does not include land preparation
(such as clearing, excavation, grading or filling), the installa-
tion of streets or walkways, excavation for a basement, foot-
ings, piers or foundations, the erection of temporary forms or
the installation of accessory buildings such as garages or
sheds not occupied as dwelling units or not part of the main
building. For a substantial improvement, the actual "start of
construction" means the first alteration of any wall, ceiling,
floor or other structural part of a building, whether or not that
alteration affects the external dimensions of the building.

STEEL CONSTRUCTION, COLD-FORMED. That type
of construction made up entirely or in part of steel structural
members cold formed to shape from sheet or strip steel such
as roof deck, floor and wall panels, studs, floor joists, roof
joists and other structural elements.

STEEL JOIST. Any steel structural member of a building or
structure made of hot-rolled or cold-formed solid or open-
web sections, or riveted or welded bars, strip or sheet steel
members, or slotted and expanded, or otherwise deformed
rolled sections.

STEEL MEMBER, STRUCTURAL. Any steel structural
member of a building or structure consisting of a rolled steel
structural shape other than cold-formed steel, or steel joist
members.

STEEP SLOPE. A roof slope greater than two units vertical
in 12 units horizontal (17-percent slope).

STONE MASONRY. Masonry composed of field, quarried
or cast stone units bonded by mortar.

Ashlar stone masonry. Stone masonry composed of rect-
angular units having sawed, dressed or squared bed sur-
faces and bonded by mortar.

Rubble stone masonry. Stone masonry composed of
irregular-shaped units bonded by mortar.

[F] STORAGE, HAZARDOUS MATERIALS. The keep-
ing, retention or leaving of hazardous materials in closed con-
tainers, tanks, cylinders, or similar vessels; or vessels
supplying operations through closed connections to the ves-
sel.

STORM SHELTER. A building, structure or portions
thereof, constructed in accordance with ICC 500 and desig-
nated for use during a severe wind storm event, such as a hur-
ricane or tornado.

Community storm shelter. A storm shelter not defined as
a "Residential Storm Shelter."

Residential storm shelter. A storm shelter serving occu-
pants of dwelling units and having an occupant load not
exceeding 16 persons.

STORY. That portion of a building included between the
upper surface of a floor and the upper surface of the floor or
roof next above (also see "Basement," "Building height,"
"Grade plane " and "Mezzanine"). It is measured as the verti-
cal distance from top to top of two successive tiers of beams
or finished floor surfaces and, for the topmost story, from the

top of the floor finish to the top of the ceiling joists or, where
there is not a ceiling, to the top of the roof rafters.

STORY ABOVE GRADE PLANE. Any story having its
finished floor surface entirely above grade plane, or in which
the finished surface of the floor next above is:

1 . More than 6 feet (1 829 mm) above grade plane; or

2. More than 12 feet (3658 mm) above the finished
ground level at any point.

STRENGTH (For Chapter 21).

Design strength. Nominal strength multiplied by a
strength reduction factor.

Nominal strength. Strength of a member or cross section
calculated in accordance with these provisions before
application of any strength-reduction factors.

Required strength. Strength of a member or cross section
required to resist factored loads.

STRENGTH (For Chapter 16).

Nominal strength. The capacity of a structure or member
to resist the effects of loads, as determined by computa-
tions using specified material strengths and dimensions
and equations derived from accepted principles of struc-
tural mechanics or by field tests or laboratory tests of
scaled models, allowing for modeling effects and differ-
ences between laboratory and field conditions.

Required strength. Strength of a member, cross section
or connection required to resist factored loads or related
internal moments and forces in such combinations as stip-
ulated by these provisions.

Strength Design. A method of proportioning structural
members such that the computed forces produced in the
members by factored loads do not exceed the member
design strength [also called "load and resistance factor
design" (LRFD)]. The term "strength design" is used in
the design of concrete and masonry structural elements.

STRUCTURAL COMPOSITE LUMBER. Structural
member manufactured using wood elements bonded together
with exterior adhesives. Examples of structural composite
lumber are:

Laminated strand lumber (LSL). A compsite of wood
strand elements with wood fibers primarily oriented along
the length of the member, where the least dimension of the
wood strand elements is 0.10 inches (2.54 mm) or less and
their average lengths are a minimum of 150 times the least
dimension of the wood strand elements.

Laminated veneer lumber (LVL). A composite of wood
veneer sheet elements with wood fibers primarily oriented
along the length of the member, where the veneer element
thicknesses are 0.25 inches (6.4 mm) or less.

Oriented strand lumber (OSL). A composite of wood
strand elements with wood fibers primarily oriented along
the length of the member, where the least dimension of the
wood strand elements is 0.10 inches (2.54 mm) or less and
their average lengths are a minimum of 75 times and less
than 1 50 times the least dimension of the wood strand ele-
ments.

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

DEFINITIONS

Parallel strand lumber (PSL). A composite of wood
strand elements with wood fibers primarily oriented along
the length of the member where the least dimension of the
wood strand elements is 0.25 inches (6.4 mm) or less and
their average lengths are a minimum of 300 times the least
dimension of the wood strand elements.

STRUCTURAL GLUED-LAMINATED TIMBER. An
engineered, stress-rated product of a timber laminating plant,
comprised of assemblies of specially selected and prepared
wood laminations in which the grain of all laminations is
approximately parallel longitudinally and the laminations are
bonded with adhesives.

STRUCTURAL OBSERVATION. The visual observation
of the structural system by a registered design professional
for general conformance to the approved construction docu-
ments. Structural observation does not include or waive the
responsibility for the inspection required by Section 110,
1705 or other sections of this code.

[A] STRUCTURE. That which is built or constructed.

SUBDIAPHRAGM. A portion of a larger wood diaphragm
designed to anchor and transfer local forces to primary dia-
phragm struts and the main diaphragm.

SUBSTANTIAL DAMAGE. Damage of any origin sus-
tained by a structure whereby the cost of restoring the struc-
ture to its before-damaged condition would equal or exceed
50 percent of the market value of the structure before the
damage occurred.

SUBSTANTIAL IMPROVEMENT. Any repair, recon-
struction, rehabilitation, addition or improvement of a build-
ing or structure, the cost of which equals or exceeds 50
percent of the market value of the structure before the
improvement or repair is started. If the structure has sus-
tained substantial damage, any repairs are considered sub-
stantial improvement regardless of the actual repair work
performed. The term does not, however, include either:

1. Any project for improvement of a building required to
correct existing health, sanitary or safety code viola-
tions identified by the building official and that are the
minimum necessary to assure safe living conditions.

2. Any alteration of a historic structure provided that the
alteration will not preclude the structure's continued
designation as a historic structure.

SUBSTANTIAL STRUCTURAL DAMAGE. A condition
where:

1. In any story, the vertical elements of the lateral force-
resisting system have suffered damage such that the lat-
eral load-carrying capacity of the structure in any hori-

j zontal direction has been reduced by more than 33

percent from its predamage condition; or

2. The capacity of any vertical gravity load-carrying com-
ponent, or any group of such components, that supports
more than 30 percent of the total area of the structure's
floors and roofs has been reduced more than 20 percent
from its predamage condition and the remaining capac-
ity of such affected elements, with respect to all dead
and live loads, is less than 75 percent of that required

by this code for new buildings of similar structure, pur-
pose and location.

[E] SUNROOM. A one-story structure attached to a building
with a glazing area in excess of 40 percent of the gross area of
the structure's exterior walls and roof.

[F] SUPERVISING STATION. A facility that receives sig-
nals and at which personnel are in attendance at all times to
respond to these signals.

[F] SUPERVISORY SERVICE. The service required to
monitor performance of guard tours and the operative condi-
tion of fixed suppression systems or other systems for the
protection of life and property.

[F] SUPERVISORY SIGNAL. A signal indicating the need
of action in connection with the supervision of guard tours,
the fire suppression systems or equipment or the maintenance
features of related systems.

[F] SUPERVISORY SIGNAL-INITIATING DEVICE.
An initiation device, such as a valve supervisory switch,
water-level indicator or low-air pressure switch on a dry-pipe
sprinkler system, whose change of state signals an off-normal
condition and its restoration to normal of a fire protection or
life safety system, or a need for action in connection with
guard tours, fire suppression systems or equipment or mainte-
nance features of related systems.

SUSCEPTIBLE BAY. A roof or portion thereof with:

1. A slope less than V 4 -inch per foot (0.0208 rad); or

2. On which water is impounded upon it, in whole or in
part, and the secondary drainage system is functional
but the primary drainage system is blocked.

A roof surface with a slope of V 4 -inch per foot (0.0208
rad) or greater towards points of free drainage is not a suscep-
tible bay.

SWIMMING POOL. Any structure intended for swimming,
recreational bathing or wading that contains water over 24
inches (610 mm) deep. This includes in-ground, above-
ground and on-ground pools; hot tubs; spas and fixed-in-
place wading pools.

T RATING. The time period that the penetration firestop
system, including the penetrating item, limits the maximum
temperature rise to 325°F (163°C) above its initial tempera-
ture through the penetration on the nonfire side when tested
in accordance with ASTM E 814 or UL 1479.

TECHNICAL PRODUCTION AREA. Open elevated
areas or spaces intended for entertainment technicians to
walk on and occupy for servicing and operating entertain-
ment technology systems and equipment. Galleries, includ-
ing fly and lighting galleries, gridirons, catwalks, and similar
areas are designed for these purposes.

TECHNICALLY INFEASIBLE. An alteration of a build-
ing or a facility that has little likelihood of being accom-
plished because the existing structural conditions require the
removal or alteration of a load-bearing member that is an
essential part of the structural frame, or because other exist-
ing physical or site constraints prohibit modification or addi-
tion of elements, spaces or features which are in full and strict

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

DEFINITIONS

compliance with the minimum requirements for new con-
struction and which are necessary to provide accessibility.

TENT. A structure, enclosure or shelter, with or without
sidewalls or drops, constructed of fabric or pliable material
supported in any manner except by air or the contents it pro-
tects.

[E] THERMAL ISOLATION. A separation of conditioned
spaces, between a sunroom and a dwelling unit, consisting of
existing or new walls, doors or windows.

THERMOPLASTIC MATERIAL. A plastic material that
is capable of being repeatedly softened by increase of temper-
ature and hardened by decrease of temperature.

THERMOSETTING MATERIAL. A plastic material that
is capable of being changed into a substantially nonreform-
able product when cured.

THIN-BED MORTAR. Mortar for use in construction of
AAC unit masonry v/ith joints 0.06 inch (1.5 mm) or less.

THROUGH PENETRATION. A breach in both sides of a
floor, floor-ceiling or wall assembly to accommodate an item
passing through the breaches.

THROUGH-PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEM. An
assemblage consisting of a fire-resistance-rated floor, floor-
ceiling, or wall assembly, one or more penetrating items pass-
ing through the breaches in both sides of the assembly and the
materials or devices, or both, installed to resist the spread of
fire through the assembly for a prescribed period of time.

TIE-DOWN (HOLD-DOWN). A device used to resist uplift
of the chords of shear walls.

TIE, WALL. Metal connector that connects wythes of
masonry walls together.

TILE, STRUCTURAL CLAY. A hollow masonry unit
composed of burned clay, shale, fire clay or mixture thereof,
and having parallel cells.

[F] TIRES, BULK STORAGE OF. Storage of tires where
the area available for storage exceeds 20,000 cubic feet (566
m 3 ).

[A] TOWNHOUSE. A single-family dwelling unit con-
structed in a group of three or more attached units in which
each unit extends from the foundation to roof and with open
space on at least two sides.

[F] TOXIC. A chemical falling within any of the following
categories:

1. A chemical that has a median lethal dose (LD 50 ) of
more than 50 milligrams per kilogram, but not more
than 500 milligrams per kilogram of body weight when
administered orally to albino rats weighing between
200 and 300 grams each.

2. A chemical that has a median lethal dose (LD 50 ) of
more than 200 milligrams per kilogram, but not more
than 1,000 milligrams per kilogram of body weight
when administered by continuous contact for 24 hours
(or less if death occurs within 24 hours) with the bare
skin of albino rabbits weighing between 2 and 3 kilo-
grams each.

3. A chemical that has a median lethal concentration
(LC 50 ) in air of more than 200 parts per million, but not
more than 2,000 parts per million by volume of gas or
vapor, or more than 2 milligrams per liter but not more
than 20 milligrams per liter of mist, fume or dust, when
administered by continuous inhalation for 1 hour (or
less if death occurs within 1 hour) to albino rats weigh-
ing between 200 and 300 grams each.

TRANSIENT. Occupancy of a dwelling unit or sleeping unit
for not more than 30 days.

TRANSIENT AIRCRAFT. Aircraft based at another loca-
tion and that is at the transient location for not more than 90
days.

TREATED WOOD. Wood and wood-based materials that
use vacuum-pressure impregnation processes to enhance fire
retardant or preservative properties.

Fire-retardant-treated wood. Pressure-treated lumber
and plywood that exhibit reduced surface-burning charac-
teristics and resist propagation of fire.

Preservative-treated wood. Pressure-treated wood prod-
ucts that exhibit reduced susceptibility to damage by
fungi, insects or marine borers.

TRIM. Picture molds, chair rails, baseboards, handrails,
door and window frames and similar decorative or protective
materials used in fixed applications.

[F] TROUBLE SIGNAL. A signal initiated by the fire
alarm system or device indicative of a fault in a monitored
circuit or component.

TUBULAR DAYLIGHTING DEVICE (TDD). A non-
operable fenestration unit primarily designed to transmit day-
light from a roof surface to an interior ceiling via a tubular
conduit. The basic unit consists of an exterior glazed weather-
ing surface, a light-transmitting tube with a reflective interior
surface, and an interior-sealing device such as a translucent
ceiling panel. The unit can be factory assembled, or field-
assembled from a manufactured kit.

24-HOUR CARE. See "24-hour care" located preceding
"AAC masonry."

TYPE A UNIT. A dwelling unit or sleeping unit designed
and constructed for accessibility in accordance with this code
and the provisions for Type A units in ICC Al 17.1.

TYPE B UNIT. A dwelling unit or sleeping unit designed
and constructed for accessibility in accordance with this code
and the provisions for Type B units in ICC A 1 1 7. 1 , consistent
with the design and construction requirements of the federal
Fair Housing Act.

UNDERLAYMENT. One or more layers of felt, sheathing
paper, nonbituminous saturated felt or other approved mate-
rial over which a steep-slope roof covering is applied.

UNIT SKYLIGHT. See "Skylight, unit."

[F] UNSTABLE (REACTIVE) MATERIAL. A material,
other than an explosive, which in the pure state or as commer-
cially produced, will vigorously polymerize, decompose,
condense or become self-reactive and undergo other violent
chemical changes, including explosion, when exposed to

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

DEFINITIONS

heat, friction or shock, or in the absence of an inhibitor, or in
the presence of contaminants, or in contact with incompatible
materials. Unstable (reactive) materials are subdivided as fol-
lows:

Class 4. Materials that in themselves are readily capable
of detonation or explosive decomposition or explosive
reaction at normal temperatures and pressures. This class
includes materials that are sensitive to mechanical or
localized thermal shock at normal temperatures and pres-
sures.

Class 3. Materials that in themselves are capable of deto-
nation or of explosive decomposition or explosive reaction
but which require a strong initiating source or which must
be heated under confinement before initiation. This class
includes materials that are sensitive to thermal or mechan-
ical shock at elevated temperatures and pressures.

Class 2. Materials that in themselves are normally unsta-
ble and readily undergo violent chemical change but do
not detonate. This class includes materials that can
undergo chemical change with rapid release of energy at
normal temperatures and pressures, and that can undergo
violent chemical change at elevated temperatures and
pressures.

Class 1. Materials that in themselves are normally stable
but which can become unstable at elevated temperatures
and pressure.

[F] USE (MATERIAL). Placing a material into action,
including solids, liquids and gases.

VAPOR PERMEABLE MEMBRANE. The property of
having a moisture vapor permeance rating of 10 perms (5.7 x
10-10 kg/Pa x s x m 2 ) or greater, when tested in accordance
with the desiccant method using Procedure A of ASTM E 96.
A vapor permeable material permits the passage of moisture
vapor.

VAPOR RETARDER CLASS. A measure of a material or
assembly's ability to limit the amount of moisture that passes
through that material or assembly. Vapor retarder class shall
be defined using the desiccant method of ASTM E 96 as fol-
lows:

Class I: 0.1 perm or less.

Class II: 0.1 < perm < 1 .0 perm.

Class III: 1.0 < perm < 10 perm.

VEHICLE BARRIER. A component or a system of compo-
nents, near open sides of a garage floor or ramp or building
walls that act as restraints for vehicles.

VEHICULAR GATE. A gate that is intended for use at a
vehicular entrance or exit to a facility, building or portion
thereof, and that is not intended for use by pedestrian traffic.

VENEER. A facing attached to a wall for the purpose of pro-
viding ornamentation, protection or insulation, but not
counted as adding strength to the wall.

[M] VENTILATION. The natural or mechanical process of
supplying conditioned or unconditioned air to, or removing
such air from, any space.

VINYL SIDING. A shaped material, made principally from
rigid polyvinyl chloride (PVC), that is used as an exterior
wall covering.

[F] VISIBLE ALARM NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE. A
notification appliance that alerts by the sense of sight.

WALKWAY, PEDESTRIAN. A walkway used exclusively
as a pedestrian trafficway.

WALL. A vertical element with a horizontal length-to-thick-
ness ratio greater than three, used to enclose space.

Cavity wall. A wall built of masonry units or of concrete,
or a combination of these materials, arranged to provide an
airspace within the wall, and in which the inner and outer
parts of the wall are tied together with metal ties.

Composite wall. A wall built of a combination of two or
more masonry units bonded together, one forming the
backup and the other forming the facing elements.

Dry-stacked, surface-bonded wall. A wall built of con-
crete masonry units where the units are stacked dry, with-
out mortar on the bed or head joints, and where both sides
of the wall are coated with a surface-bonding mortar.

Masonry-bonded hollow wall. A multi-wvr/je wall built
of masonry units arranged to provide an air space between
the wythes and with the wythes bonded together with
masonry units.

Parapet wall. The part of any wall entirely above the roof
line.

WALL, LOAD-BEARING. Any wall meeting either of the
following classifications:

1 . Any metal or wood stud wall that supports more than
100 pounds per linear foot (1459 N/m) of vertical load
in addition to its own weight.

2. Any masonry or concrete wall that supports more than
200 pounds per linear foot (2919 N/m) of vertical load
in addition to its own weight.

WALL, NONLOAD-BEARING. Any wall that is not a
load-bearing wall.

WALL PIER. See Section 1905.1.1.

[F] WATER-REACTIVE MATERIAL. A material that
explodes; violently reacts; produces flammable, toxic or other
hazardous gases; or evolves enough heat to cause autoigni-
tion or ignition of combustibles upon exposure to water or
moisture. Water-reactive materials are subdivided as follows:

Class 3. Materials that react explosively with water with-
out requiring heat or confinement.

Class 2. Materials that react violently with water or have
the ability to boil water. Materials that produce flammable,
toxic or other hazardous gases or evolve enough heat to
cause autoignition or ignition of combustibles upon expo-
sure to water or moisture.

Class 1. Materials that react with water with some release
of energy, but not violently.

WATER-RESISTIVE BARRIER. A material behind an
exterior wall covering that is intended to resist liquid water

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

DEFINITIONS

that has penetrated behind the exterior covering from further
intruding into the exterior wall assembly.

WEATHER-EXPOSED SURFACES. Surfaces of walls,
ceilings, floors, roofs, soffits and similar surfaces exposed to
the weather except the following:

1. Ceilings and roof soffits enclosed by walls, fascia,
bulkheads or beams that extend a minimum of 12
inches (305 mm) below such ceiling or roof soffits.

2. Walls or portions of walls beneath an unenclosed roof
area, where located a horizontal distance from an open
exterior opening equal to at least twice the height of the
opening.

3. Ceiling and roof soffits located a minimum horizontal
distance of 10 feet (3048 mm) from the outer edges of
the ceiling or roof soffits.

[F] WET-CHEMICAL EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM. A
solution of water and potassium-carbonate-based chemical,
potassium-acetate-based chemical or a combination thereof,
forming an extinguishing agent.

WHEELCHAIR SPACE. A space for a single wheelchair
and its occupant.

WIND-BORNE DEBRIS REGION. Areas within hurri-
cane-prone regions located:

1. Within 1 mile (1.61 km) of the coastal mean high water
line where the ultimate design wind speed, V idl , is 130
mph (58 m/s) or greater; or

2. In areas where the ultimate design wind speed is 140
mph (63.6 m/s) or greater; or Hawaii.

For Risk Category II buildings and structures and Risk
Category III buildings and structures, except health care
facilities, the windborne debris region shall be based on Fig-
ure 1609 A. For Risk Category IV buildings and structures
and Risk Category III health care facilities, the windborne
debris region shall be based on Figure 1609B.

WINDFORCE-RESISTING SYSTEM, MAIN. See
"Main Windforce-Resisting System."

WIND SPEED, V ull . Ultimate design wind speeds.

WIND SPEED, V asd . Nominal design wind speeds.

WINDER. A tread with nonparallel edges.

WIRE BACKING. Horizontal strands of tautened wire
attached to surfaces of vertical supports which, when covered
with the building paper, provide a backing for cement plaster

[F] WIRELESS PROTECTION SYSTEM. A system or a
part of a system that can transmit and receive signals without
the aid of wire.

WOOD SHEAR PANEL. A wood floor, roof or wall com-
ponent sheathed to act as a shear wall or diaphragm.

WOOD STRUCTURAL PANEL. A panel manufactured
from veneers, wood strands or wafers or a combination of
veneer and wood strands or wafers bonded together with
waterproof synthetic resins or other suitable bonding sys-
tems. Examples of wood structural panels are:

Composite panels. A wood structural panel that is com-
prised of wood veneer and reconstituted wood-based
material and bonded together with waterproof adhesive;

Oriented strand board (OSB). A mat-formed wood
structural panel comprised of thin rectangular wood
strands arranged in cross-aligned layers with surface lay-
ers normally arranged in the long panel direction and
bonded with waterproof adhesive; or

Plywood. A wood structural panel comprised of plies of
wood veneer arranged in cross-aligned layers. The plies
are bonded with waterproof adhesive that cures on appli-
cation of heat and pressure.

[F] WORKSTATION. A defined space or an independent
principal piece of equipment using HPM within a fabrication
area where a specific function, laboratory procedure or
research activity occurs. Approved or listed hazardous mate-
rials storage cabinets, flammable liquid storage cabinets or
gas cabinets serving a workstation are included as part of the
workstation. A workstation is allowed to contain ventilation
equipment, fire protection devices, detection devices, electri-
cal devices and other processing and scientific equipment.

WYTHE. Each continuous, vertical section of a wall, one
masonry unit in thickness.

YARD. An open space, other than a court, unobstructed from
the ground to the sky, except where specifically provided by
this code, on the lot on which a building is situated.

[F] ZONE. A defined area within the protected premises. A
zone can define an area from which a signal can be received,
an area to which a signal can be sent or an area in which a
form of control can be executed.

[F] ZONE, NOTIFICATION. An area within a building or
facility covered by notification appliances which are acti-
vated simultaneously.

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE 3

40 201 2 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

CHAPTER 3

USE AND OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION

SECTION 301
GENERAL

301.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter shall control the
classification of all buildings and structures as to use and
occupancy.

SECTION 302
CLASSIFICATION

302.1 General. Structures or portions of structures shall be
classified with respect to occupancy in one or more of the
groups listed in this section. A room or space that is intended
to be occupied at different times for different purposes shall
comply with all of the requirements that are applicable to
each of the purposes for which the room or space will be
occupied. Structures with multiple occupancies or uses shall
comply with Section 508. Where a structure is proposed for a
purpose that is not specifically provided for in this code, such
structure shall be classified in the group that the occupancy
most nearly resembles, according to the fire safety and rela-
tive hazard involved.

1. Assembly (see Section 303): Groups A-l, A-2, A-3,
A-4 and A-5

2. Business (see Section 304): Group B

3. Educational (see Section 305): Group E

4. Factory and Industrial (see Section 306): Groups F-l

and F-2

5. High Hazard (see Section 307): Groups H-l, H-2, H-
3, H-4 and H-5

6. Institutional (see Section 308): Groups 1-1, 1-2, 1-3
and 1-4

7. Mercantile (see Section 309): Group M

8. Residential (see Section 310): Groups R-l, R-2, R-3
and R-4

9. Storage (see Section 311): Groups S-l and S-2

10. Utility and Miscellaneous (see Section 312): Group U

SECTION 303
ASSEMBLY GROUP A

303.1 Assembly Group A. Assembly Group A occupancy
includes, among others, the use of a building or structure, or a
portion thereof, for the gathering of persons for purposes such
as civic, social or religious functions; recreation, food or
drink consumption or awaiting transportation.

303.1.1 Small buildings and tenant spaces. A building or
tenant space used for assembly purposes with an occupant
load of less than 50 persons shall be classified as a Group
B occupancy.

303.1.2 Small assembly spaces. The following rooms and
spaces shall not be classified as Assembly occupancies:

1. A room or space used for assembly purposes with
an occupant load of less than 50 persons and acces-
sory to another occupancy shall be classified as a
Group B occupancy or as part of that occupancy.

2. A room or space used for assembly purposes that is
less than 750 square feet (70 m 2 ) in area and acces-
sory to another occupancy shall be classified as a
Group B occupancy or as part of that occupancy.

303.1.3 Associated with Group E occupancies. A room
or space used for assembly purposes that is associated with
a Group E occupancy is not considered a separate occu-
pancy.

303.1.4 Accessory to places of religious worship.
Accessory religious educational rooms and religious audi-
toriums with occupant loads of less than 100 are not con-
sidered separate occupancies.

303.2 Assembly Group A-l. Assembly uses, usually with
fixed seating, intended for the production and viewing of the
performing arts or motion pictures including, but not limited
to:

Motion picture theaters

Symphony and concert halls

Television and radio studios admitting an audience

Theaters

303.3 Assembly Group A-2. Assembly uses intended for
food and/or drink consumption including, but not limited to:

Banquet halls

Casinos (gaming areas)

Nightclubs

Restaurants, cafeterias and similar dining facilities

(including associated commercial kitchens)
Taverns and bars

303.4 Assembly Group A-3. Assembly uses intended for
worship, recreation or amusement and other assembly uses
not classified elsewhere in Group A including, but not limited
to:

Amusement arcades

Art galleries

Bowling alleys

Community halls

Courtrooms

Dance halls (not including food or drink consumption)

Exhibition halls

Funeral parlors

Gymnasiums (without spectator seating)

Indoor swimming pools (without spectator seating)

Indoor tennis courts (without spectator seating)

Lecture halls

Libraries

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

USE AND OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION

Museums

Places of religious worship

Pool and billiard parlors

Waiting areas in transportation terminals

303.5 Assembly Group A-4. Assembly uses intended for
viewing of indoor sporting events and activities with specta-
tor seating including, but not limited to:

Arenas
Skating rinks
Swimming pools
Tennis courts

303.6 Assembly Group A-S. Assembly uses intended for
participation in or viewing outdoor activities including, but
not limited to:

Amusement park structures

Bleachers

Grandstands

Stadiums

SECTION 304
BUSINESS GROUPS

304.1 Business Group B. Business Group B occupancy
includes, among others, the use of a building or structure, or a
portion thereof, for office, professional or service-type trans-
actions, including storage of records and accounts. Business
occupancies shall include, but not be limited to, the follow-

SECTION 305
EDUCATIONAL GROUP E

305.1 Educational Group E. Educational Group E occu-
pancy includes, among others, the use of a building or struc-
ture, or a portion thereof, by six or more persons at any one
time for educational purposes through the 12th grade.

305.1.1 Accessory to places of religious worship. Reli-
gious educational rooms and religious auditoriums, which
are accessory to places of religious worship in accordance
with Section 303.1.4 and have occupant loads of less than
100, shall be classified as Group A-3 occupancies.

305.2 Group E, day care facilities. This group includes
buildings and structures or portions thereof occupied by more
than five children older than 2'/ 2 years of age who receive
educational, supervision or personal care services for fewer
than 24 hours per day.

305.2.1 Within places of religious worship. Rooms and
spaces within places of religious worship providing such
day care during religious functions shall be classified as
part of the primary occupancy.

305.2.2 Five or fewer children. A facility having five or
fewer children receiving such day care shall be classified
as part of the primary occupancy.

305.2.3 Five or fewer children in a dwelling unit. A
facility such as the above within a dwelling unit and hav-
ing five or fewer children receiving such day care shall be
classified as a Group R-3 occupancy or shall comply with
the International Residential Code.

Airport traffic control towers

Ambulatory care facilities

Animal hospitals, kennels and pounds

Banks

Barber and beauty shops

Car wash

Civic administration

Clinic, outpatient

Dry cleaning and laundries: pick-up and delivery stations

and self-service
Educational occupancies for students above the 12th grade
Electronic data processing
Laboratories: testing and research
Motor vehicle showrooms
Post offices
Print shops
Professional services (architects, attorneys, dentists,

physicians, engineers, etc.)
Radio and television stations
Telephone exchanges
Training and skill development not within a school or

academic program

304.2 Definitions. The following terms are defined in Chap-
ter 2:

AMBULATORY CARE FACILITY.
CLINIC, OUTPATIENT.

SECTION 306
FACTORY GROUP F

306.1 Factory Industrial Group F. Factory Industrial Group
F occupancy includes, among others, the use of a building or
structure, or a portion thereof, for assembling, disassembling,
fabricating, finishing, manufacturing, packaging, repair or
processing operations that are not classified as a Group H
hazardous or Group S storage occupancy.

306.2 Moderate-hazard factory industrial, Group F-l.
Factory industrial uses which are not classified as Factory
Industrial F-2 Low Hazard shall be classified as F-l Moder-
ate Hazard and shall include, but not be limited to, the follow-
ing:

Aircraft (manufacturing, not to include repair)

Appliances

Athletic equipment

Automobiles and other motor vehicles

Bakeries

Beverages: over 16-percent alcohol content

Bicycles

Boats

Brooms or brushes

Business machines

Cameras and photo equipment

Canvas or similar fabric

Carpets and rugs (includes cleaning)

Clothing

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

USE AND OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION

Construction and agricultural machinery

Disinfectants

Dry cleaning and dyeing

Electric generation plants

Electronics

Engines (including rebuilding)

Food processing and commercial kitchens not associated

with restaurants, cafeterias and similar dining facilities
Furniture
Hemp products
Jute products
Laundries
Leather products
Machinery
Metals

Millwork (sash and door)
Motion pictures and television filming (without

spectators)
Musical instruments
Optical goods
Paper mills or products
Photographic film
Plastic products
Printing or publishing
Recreational vehicles
Refuse incineration
Shoes

Soaps and detergents
Textiles
Tobacco
Trailers
Upholstering
Wood; distillation
Woodworking (cabinet)

306.3 Low-hazard factory industrial, Group F-2. Factory
industrial uses that involve the fabrication or manufacturing
of noncombustible materials which during finishing, packing
or processing do not involve a significant fire hazard shall be
classified as F-2 occupancies and shall include, but not be
limited to, the following:

Beverages: up to and including 16-percent alcohol content

Brick and masonry

Ceramic products

Foundries

Glass products

Gypsum

Ice

Metal products (fabrication and assembly)

SECTION 307
HIGH-HAZARD GROUP H

[F] 307.1 High-hazard Group H. High-hazard Group H
occupancy includes, among others, the use of a building or
structure, or a portion thereof, that involves the manufactur-
ing, processing, generation or storage of materials that consti-
tute a physical or health hazard in quantities in excess of
those allowed in control areas complying with Section 414,
based on the maximum allowable quantity limits for control

areas set forth in Tables 307.1(1) and 307.1(2). Hazardous
occupancies are classified in Groups H-l, H-2, H-3, H-4 and
H-5 and shall be in accordance with this section, the require-
ments of Section 415 and the International Fire Code. Haz-
ardous materials stored, or used on top of roofs or canopies
shall be classified as outdoor storage or use and shall comply
with the International Fire Code.

Exceptions: The following shall not be classified as
Group H, but shall be classified as the occupancy that they
most nearly resemble.

1 . Buildings and structures occupied for the applica-
tion of flammable finishes, provided that such
buildings or areas conform to the requirements of
Section 416 and the International Fire Code.

2. Wholesale and retail sales and storage of flamma-
ble and combustible liquids in mercantile occupan-
cies conforming to the International Fire Code.

3. Closed piping system containing flammable or
combustible liquids or gases utilized for the opera-
tion of machinery or equipment.

4. Cleaning establishments that utilize combustible
liquid solvents having a flash point of 140°F
(60°C) or higher in closed systems employing
equipment listed by an approved testing agency,
provided that this occupancy is separated from all
other areas of the building by 1-hour fire barriers
constructed in accordance with Section 707 or 1-
hour horizontal assemblies constructed in accor-
dance with Section 71 1, or both.

5. Cleaning establishments that utilize a liquid sol-
vent having a flash point at or above 200°F (93°C).

6. Liquor stores and distributors without bulk storage.

7. Refrigeration systems.

8. The storage or utilization of materials for agricul-
tural purposes on the premises.

9. Stationary batteries utilized for facility emergency
power, uninterruptable power supply or telecom-
munication facilities, provided that the batteries
are provided with safety venting caps and ventila-
tion is provided in accordance with the Interna-
tional Mechanical Code.

10. Corrosives shall not include personal or household
products in their original packaging used in retail
display or commonly used building materials.

1 1 . Buildings and structures occupied for aerosol stor-
age shall be classified as Group S-l, provided that
such buildings conform to the requirements of the
International Fire Code.

12. Display and storage of nonflammable solid and
nonflammable or noncombustible liquid hazardous
materials in quantities not exceeding the maximum
allowable quantity per control area in Group M or
S occupancies complying with Section 414.2.5.

13. The storage of black powder, smokeless propel] ant
and small arms primers in Groups M and R-3 and

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

USE AND OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION

special industrial explosive devices in Groups B, F,
M and S, provided such storage conforms to the
quantity limits and requirements prescribed in the
International Fire Code.

[F] 307.1.1 Hazardous materials. Hazardous materials in
any quantity shall conform to the requirements of this
code, including Section 414, and the International Fire
Code.

[F] 307.2 Definitions. The following terms are defined in

Chapter 2:

AEROSOL.

Level 1 aerosol products.
Level 2 aerosol products.
Level 3 aerosol products.

AEROSOL CONTAINER.

BALED COTTON.

BALED COTTON, DENSELY PACKED.

BARRICADE.

Artificial barricade.
Natural barricade.

BOILING POINT.
CLOSED SYSTEM.
COMBUSTIBLE DUST.
COMBUSTIBLE FIBERS.
COMBUSTIBLE LIQUID.

Class II.

Class II1A.

Class IIIB.
COMPRESSED GAS.
CONTROL AREA.
CORROSIVE.
CRYOGENIC FLUID.
DAY BOX.
DEFLAGRATION.
DETONATION.
DISPENSING.
EXPLOSION.
EXPLOSIVE.

High explosive.

Low explosive.

Mass-detonating explosives.

UN/DOTn Class 1 explosives.
Division 1.1.
Division 1.2.
Division 1.3.
Division 1.4.

Division 1.5.
Division 1.6.
FIREWORKS.

Fireworks, 1.3G.

Fireworks, 1.4G.
FLAMMABLE GAS.
FLAMMABLE LIQUEFIED GAS.
FLAMMABLE LIQUID.

Class IA.

Class IB.

Class IC.
FLAMMABLE MATERIAL.
FLAMMABLE SOLID.
FLASH POINT.
HANDLING.

HAZARDOUS MATERIALS.
HEALTH HAZARD.
HIGHLY TOXIC.
INCOMPATIBLE MATERIALS.
INERT GAS.
OPEN SYSTEM.
OPERATING BUILDING.
ORGANIC PEROXIDE.

Class I.

Class II.

Class HI.

Class IV.

Class V.

Unclassified detonable.
OXIDIZER.

Class 4.

Class 3.

Class 2.

Class 1.
OXIDIZING GAS.
PHYSICAL HAZARD.
PYROPHORIC.

PYROTECHNIC COMPOSITION.
TOXIC.
UNSTABLE (REACTIVE) MATERIAL.

Class 4.

Class 3.

Class 2.

Class 1.

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

USE AND OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION

WATER-REACTIVE MATERIAL.

Class 3.

Class 2.

Class 1.

[F] 307.3 High -hazard Group H-l. Buildings and structures
containing materials that pose a detonation hazard shall be
classified as Group H-l. Such materials shall include, but not
be limited to, the following:

Detonable pyrophoric materials
Explosives:

Division 1.1
Division 1.2
Division 1.3
Division 1.4
Division 1.5
Division 1.6

Organic peroxides, unclassified detonable

Oxidizers, Class 4

Unstable (reactive) materials, Class 3 detonable and Class 4

[F] 307.3.1 Occupancies containing explosives not clas-
sified as H-l. The following occupancies containing
explosive materials shall be classified as follows:

1. Division 1.3 explosive materials that are used and
maintained in a fonn where either confinement or
configuration will not elevate the hazard from a
mass fire to mass explosion hazard shall be allowed
in H-2 occupancies.

2. Articles, including articles packaged for shipment,
that are not regulated as a Division 1.4 explosive
under Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and
Exoplosives regulations, or unpackaged articles
used in process operations that do not propagate a
detonation or deflagration between articles shall be
allowed in H-3 occupancies.

[F] TABLE 307.1(1)
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE QUANTITY PER CONTROL AREA OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS POSING A PHYSICAL HAZARD"' l ' mnp

MATERIAL

CLASS

GROUP

WHEN THE

MAXIMUM

ALLOWABLE

QUANTITY IS

EXCEEDED

STORAGE"

USE-CLOSED SYSTEMS"

USE-OPEN SYSTEMS"

Solid
pounds
(cubic

feet)

Liquid
gallons
(pounds)

Gas

(cubic feet

at NTP)

Solid
pounds
(cubic

feet)

Liquid
gallons
(pounds)

Gas

(cubic feet

at NTP)

Solid
pounds
(cubic

feet)

Liquid
gallons
(pounds)

Combustible dust

N/A

H-2

Noteq

N/A

Noteq

N/A

Noteq

N/A

Combustible
liquid 0- '

II
IIIA
IIIB

H-2 or H-3
H-2 or H-3

N/A

120 de

330"' c

13,200° f

N/A

120 d

330 d

13,200*

N/A

30 d

80 d

3,300 f

Combustible fiber

Loose
Baled"

H-3

(100)
(1,000)

N/A

(100)
(1,000)

N/A

(20)
(200)

N/A

Consumer fireworks

1.4G

H-3

125 d, c ,l

N/A

Cryogenics,
flammable

N/A

H-2

N/A

45 d

N/A

45 d

N/A

10 d

Cryogenics, inert

N/A

Cryogenics,
oxidizing

N/A

H-3

N/A

45 d

N/A

45"

N/A

10 d

Explosives

Division 1.1
Division 1.2
Division 1.3
Division 1.4
Division 1.4G
Division 1.5
Division 1.6

H-l
H-l
H-l or H-2
H-3
H-3
H-l
H-l

1 C - S

50°' g

125 d ' e ''

l e - g
r u, s

(D e ' s
(D CE
(5)°'-
(50)°' 8
N/A
(1) c 8

N/A

N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

0.25 E
0.25 s
l 8
50 8
N/A
0.25 g
N/A

(0.25) 8
(0.25) g
(If
(50)s
N/A
(0.25) 8
N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

0.25 8

0.25 g

l g

N/A
N/A
0.25 g
N/A

(0.25) g
(0.25) 8
(l) g
N/A
N/A
(0.25) g
N/A

Flammable gas

Gaseous
Liquefied

H-2

N/A

N/A
(150) d ' e

l,000 de

N/A

N/A
(150) dc

l,000 de

N/A

Flammable liquid

1A
IBandIC

H-2

or H-3

N/A

30"°
120 de

N/A

30 d
120"

N/A

10 d
30 d

Flammable liquid,
combination
(1A, IB, 1C)

N/A

H-2
or H-3

N/A

120 d.e,h

N/A

120 dh

N/A

30 dh

(continued)

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

USE AND OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION

[F] TABLE 307.1(1)— (continued)
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE QUANTITY PER CONTROL AREA OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS POSING A PHYSICAL HAZARD 8

MATERIAL

CLASS

GROUP

WHEN THE

MAXIMUM

ALLOWABLE

QUANTITY IS

EXCEEDED

STORAGE"

USE-CLOSED SYSTEMS"

USE-OPEN SYSTEMS"

Solid
pounds
(cubic

feet)

Liquid
gallons
(pounds)

Gas

(cubic feet

at NTP)

Solid
pounds
(cubic

feet)

Liquid
gallons
(pounds)

Gas

(cubic feet

at NTP)

Solid
pounds
(cubic

feet)

Liquid
gallons
(pounds)

Flammable solid

N/A

H-3

125 de

N/A

125 d

N/A

25 d

N/A

Inert gas

Gaseous
Liquefied

N/A
N/A

NL
NL

N/A
N/A

NL
NL

N/A
N/A

Organic peroxide

UD
I
II
III
IV
V

H-l
H-2
H-3
H-3

N/A
N/A

1Cg

50"' "

125"' e

(1) e. S
(5) d,e

(50)"' e
(125) d ' e

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

0.25 s
l d
50"

125 d
NL

(0.25) s
(l) d
(50) d

(125) d
NL
NL

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

0.25 s
l d
10 d
25"
NL
NL

(0.25) 8
(D d
(10) d
(25) d

NL
NL

Oxidizer

4
3 k
2
1

H-l

H-2 or H-3

H-3

N/A

io d -=

250* e
4,000 B ' f

(10) de

(250) d ' e
(4,000) M

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

0.25 s

2 d

250 d

4,000'

(0.25) s

(2) d

(250) d

(4,000)'

N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A

0.25 8

2 d

50 d
1,000'

(0.25) 8
(2) d
(50) d

(1,000)'

Oxidizing gas

Gaseous
Liquefied

H-3

N/A
N/A

N/A
(150f e

l,500 dc

N/A

N/A
N/A

N/A
(150) de

l,500 d - e

N/A

N/A
N/A

Pyrophoric material

N/A

H-2

4 e . E

(4) eE

50 e£

I s

(l) s

10 s

Unstable (reactive)

4
3
2
1

H-l

H-l or H-2

H-3

N/A

p. s

5 d,e
50 cU

(1)^
(5) d ' e
(50) d ' e

10 s
50 d ' e
250 d ' e

0.25 s

l d

50 d

(0.25) s
(l) d

(50) d
NL

2 e -s

10 de
250 d ' e

0.25 s

l d
10 d

(0.25) £
(l) d
(10) d

Water reactive

2
1

H-2
H-3

N/A

gd.e

50 4e

(5) de
(50) d ' c

N/A

N/A
N/A

5 d
50"
NL

(5) d
(50) d

N/A
N/A
N/A

l d
10 d
NL

(l) d
(10) d
NL

For SI: 1 cubic foot = 0.028 m 3 , 1 pound = 0.454 kg, 1 gallon = 3.785 L.
NL = Not Limited; N/A = Not Applicable; UD = Unclassified Detonable

a. For use of control areas, see Section 414.2.

b. The aggregate quantity in use and storage shall not exceed the quantity listed for storage.

c. The quantities of alcoholic beverages in retail and wholesale sales occupancies shall not be limited provided the liquids are packaged in individual containers
not exceeding 1.3 gallons. In retail and wholesale sales occupancies, the quantities of medicines, foodstuffs, consumer or industrial products, and cosmetics
containing not more than 50 percent by volume of water-miscible liquids with the remainder of the solutions not being flammable, shall not be limited,
provided that such materials are packaged in individual containers not exceeding 1.3 gallons.

d. Maximum allowable quantities shall be increased 100 percent in buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with
Section 903.3. 1.1. Where Note e also applies, the increase for both notes shall be applied accumulatively.

e. Maximum allowable quantities shall be increased 100 percent when stored in approved storage cabinets, day boxes, gas cabinets or exhausted enclosures or in
listed safety cans in accordance with Section 5003.9. 10 of the International Fire Code. Where Note d also applies, the increase for both notes shall be applied
accumulatively.

f. The permitted quantities shall not be limited in a building equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3. 1.1.

g. Permitted only in buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.
h. Containing not more than the maximum allowable quantity per control area of Class IA, IB or IC flammable liquids.

i. The maximum allowable quantity shall not apply to fuel oil storage complying with Section 603.3.2 of the International Fire Code.

j. Quantities in parenthesis indicate quantity units in parenthesis at the head of each column.

k. A maximum quantity of 200 pounds of solid or 20 gallons of liquid Class 3 oxidizers is allowed when such materials are necessary for maintenance purposes,

operation or sanitation of equipment. Storage containers and the manner of storage shall be approved.
1. Net weight of the pyrotechnic composition of the fireworks. Where the net weight of the pyrotechnic composition of the fireworks is not known, 25 percent of

the gross weight of the fireworks, including packaging, shall be used.
m.For gallons of liquids, divide the amount in pounds by 10 in accordance with Section 5003.1.2 of the International Fire Code.
n. For storage and display quantities in Group M and storage quantities in Group S occupancies complying with Section 414.2.5, see Tables 414.2.5(1) and

414.2.5(2).
o. Densely packed baled cotton that complies with the packing requirements of ISO 8115 shall not be included in this material class,
p. The following shall not be included in determining the maximum allowable quantities:

1 . Liquid or gaseous fuel in fuel tanks on vehicles.

2. Liquid or gaseous fuel in fuel tanks on motorized equipment operated in accordance with this code.

3. Gaseous fuels in piping systems and fixed appliances regulated by the International Fuel Gas Code.

4. Liquid fuels in piping systems and fixed appliances regulated by the International Mechanical Code.

q. Where manufactured, generated or used in such a manner that the concentration and conditions create a fire or explosion hazard based on information
prepared in accordance with Section 414.1.3.

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

USE AND OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION

[F] TABLE 307.1(2)
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE QUANTITY PER CONTROL AREA OF HAZARDOUS MATERIAL POSING A HEALTH HAZARD" b ci

MATERIAL

STORAGE"

USE-CLOSED SYSTEMS"

USE-OPEN SYSTEMS"

Solid pounds
(cubic feet)

Liquid gallons
(pounds) 6 ' '

Gas (cubic feet
at NTP) e

Solid pounds 6

Liquid gallons
(pounds)"

Gas (cubic feet
at NTP) e

Solid pounds"

Liquid gallons
(pounds)'

Corrosive

5,000

500

Gaseous 8 10 f
Liquefied

(150) h

5,000

500

Gaseous 810'

Liquefied

(150)"

1,000

100

Highly toxic

(10) h

Gaseous 20 s

Liquefied

(4)**

(lO) 1

Gaseous 20 s

Liquefied

(4)M.

(3) !

Toxic

500

(500) h

Gaseous 810'

Liquefied

(150)' h

500

(500)'

Gaseous 810'

Liquefied

(150)'*

125

(125)

For SI: 1 cubic foot = 0.028 m 3 , 1 pound = 0.454 kg, 1 gallon = 3.785 L.

a. For use of control areas, see Section 414.2.

b. In retail and wholesale sales occupancies, the quantities of medicines, foodstuffs, consumer or industrial products, and cosmetics, containing not more than 50
percent by volume of water-miscible liquids and with the remainder of the solutions not being flammable, shall not be limited, provided that such materials
are packaged in individual containers not exceeding 1.3 gallons.

c. For storage and display quantities in Group M and storage quantities in Group S occupancies complying with Section 414.2.5, see Tables 414.2.5(1) and
414.2.5(2).

d. The aggregate quantity in use and storage shall not exceed the quantity listed for storage.

e. Maximum allowable quantities shall be increased 100 percent in buildings equipped throughout with an approved automatic sprinkler system in accordance
with Section 903.3. 1.1. Where Note f also applies, the increase for both notes shall be applied accumulatively.

f. Maximum allowable quantities shall be increased 100 percent when stored in approved storage cabinets, gas cabinets or exhausted enclosures as specified in
the International Fire Code. Where Note e also applies, the increase for both notes shall be applied accumulatively.

g. Allowed only when stored in approved exhausted gas cabinets or exhausted enclosures as specified in the International Fire Code.
h. Quantities in parenthesis indicate quantity units in parenthesis at the head of each column.

i. For gallons of liquids, divide the amount in pounds by 10 in accordance with Section 5003. 1 .2 of the International Fire Code.

[F] 307.4 High-hazard Group H-2. Buildings and structures
containing materials that pose a deflagration hazard or a haz-
ard from accelerated burning shall be classified as Group H-
2. Such materials shall include, but not be limited to, the fol-
lowing:

Class I, II or IIIA flammable or combustible liquids which
are used or stored in normally open containers or sys-
tems, or in closed containers or systems pressurized at
more than 15 psi (103.4 kPa) gage

Combustible dusts where manufactured, generated or used
in such a manner that the concentration and conditions
create a fire or explosion hazard based on information
prepared in accordance with Section 414.1.3

Cryogenic fluids, flammable

Flammable gases

Organic peroxides, Class I

Oxidizers, Class 3, that are used or stored in normally
open containers or systems, or in closed containers or
sytems pressurized at more than 15 psi (103 kPa) gage

Pyrophoric liquids, solids and gases, nondetonable

Unstable (reactive) materials, Class 3, nondetonable

Water-reactive materials. Class 3

[F] 307.5 High-hazard Group H-3. Buildings and structures
containing materials that readily support combustion or that
pose a physical hazard shall be classified as Group H-3. Such
materials shall include, but not be limited to, the following:

Class I, II or IIIA flammable or combustible liquids that
are used or stored in normally closed containers or
systems pressurized at 1 5 pounds per square inch gauge

(103.4 kPa) or less
Combustible fibers, other than densely packed baled

cotton
Consumer fireworks, 1.4G (Class C, Common)
Cryogenic fluids, oxidizing
Flammable solids
Organic peroxides, Class II and III
Oxidizers, Class 2
Oxidizers, Class 3, that are used or stored in normally

closed containers or systems pressurized at 15 pounds

per square inch gauge (103 kPa) or less
Oxidizing gases

Unstable (reactive) materials, Class 2
Water-reactive materials, Class 2

[F] 307.6 High-hazard Group H-4. Buildings and structures
which contain materials that are health hazards shall be clas-
sified as Group H-4. Such materials shall include, but not be
limited to, the following:

Corrosives

Highly toxic materials

Toxic materials

[F] 307.7 High-hazard Group H-5. Semiconductor fabrica-
tion facilities and comparable research and development
areas in which hazardous production materials (HPM) are
used and the aggregate quantity of materials is in excess of
those listed in Tables 307.1(1) and 307.1(2) shall be classi-
fied as Group H-5. Such facilities and areas shall be designed
and constructed in accordance with Section 415.10.

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

USE AND OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION

[F] 307.8 Multiple hazards. Buildings and structures con-
taining a material or materials representing hazards that are
classified in one or more of Groups H-l, H-2, H-3 and H-4
shall conform to the code requirements for each of the occu-
pancies so classified.

SECTION 308
INSTITUTIONAL GROUP I

308.1 Institutional Group I. Institutional Group I occupancy
includes, among others, the use of a building or structure, or a
portion thereof, in which care or supervision is provided to
persons who are or are not capable of self-preservation with-
out physical assistance or in which persons are detained for
penal or correctional purposes or in which the liberty of the
occupants is restricted. Institutional occupancies shall be
classified as Group 1-1, 1-2, 1-3 or 1-4.

308.2 Definitions. The following terms are defined in Chap-
ter 2:

24-HOUR CARE.

CUSTODIAL CARE.

DETOXIFICATION FACILITIES.

FOSTER CARE FACILITIES.

HOSPITALS AND PSYCHIATRIC HOSPITALS.

INCAPABLE OF SELF-PRESERVATION.

MEDICAL CARE.

NURSING HOMES.

308.3 Institutional Group 1-1. This occupancy shall include
buildings, structures or portions thereof for more than 16 per-
sons who reside on a 24 hour basis in a supervised environ-
ment and receive custodial care. The persons receiving care
are capable of self preservation. This group shall include, but
not be limited to, the following:

Alcohol and drug centers

Assisted living facilities

Congregate care facilities

Convalescent facilities

Group homes

Halfway houses

Residential board and custodial care facilities

Social rehabilitation facilities

308.3.1 Five or fewer persons receiving care. A facility
such as the above with five or fewer persons receiving
such care shall be classified as Group R-3 or shall comply
with the International Residential Code provided an auto-
matic sprinkler system is installed in accordance with Sec-
tion 903.3.1.3 or with Section P2904 of the International
Residential Code.

308.3.2 Six to sixteen persons receiving care. A facility
such as above, housing not fewer than six and not more
than 16 persons receiving such care, shall be classified as
Group R-4.

308.4 Institutional Group 1-2. This occupancy shall include
buildings and structures used for medical care on a 24-hour
basis for more than five persons who are incapable of self-

preservation. This group shall include, but not be limited to,
the following:

Foster care facilities
Detoxification facilities
Hospitals
Nursing homes
Psychiatric hospitals

308.4.1 Five or fewer persons receiving care. A facility
such as the above with five or fewer persons receiving
such care shall be classified as Group R-3 or shall comply
with the International Residential Code provided an auto-
matic sprinkler system is installed in accordance with Sec-
tion 903.3.1.3 or with Section P2904 of the International
Residential Code.

308.5 Institutional Group 1-3. This occupancy shall include
buildings and structures that are inhabited by more than five
persons who are under restraint or security. An 1-3 facility is
occupied by persons who are generally incapable of self-
preservation due to security measures not under the occu-
pants' control. This group shall include, but not be limited to,
the following:

Correctional centers

Detention centers

Jails

Prerelease centers

Prisons

Reformatories

Buildings of Group 1-3 shall be classified as one of the
occupancy conditions indicated in Sections 308.5.1 through
308.5.5 (see Section 408.1).

308.5.1 Condition 1. This occupancy condition shall
include buildings in which free movement is allowed from
sleeping areas, and other spaces where access or occu-
pancy is permitted, to the exterior via means of egress
without restraint. A Condition 1 facility is permitted to be
constructed as Group R.

308.5.2 Condition 2. This occupancy condition shall
include buildings in which free movement is allowed from
sleeping areas and any other occupied smoke compartment
to one or more other smoke compartments. Egress to the
exterior is impeded by locked exits.

308.5.3 Condition 3. This occupancy condition shall
include buildings in which free movement is allowed
within individual smoke compartments, such as within a
residential unit comprised of individual sleeping units and
group activity spaces, where egress is impeded by remote-
controlled release of means of egress from such a smoke
compartment to another smoke compartment.

308.5.4 Condition 4. This occupancy condition shall
include buildings in which free movement is restricted
from an occupied space. Remote-controlled release is pro-
vided to permit movement from sleeping units, activity
spaces and other occupied areas within the smoke com-
partment to other smoke compartments.

308.5.5 Condition 5. This occupancy condition shall
include buildings in which free movement is restricted
from an occupied space. Staff-controlled manual release is

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

USE AND OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION

provided to permit movement from sleeping units, activity
spaces and other occupied areas within the smoke com-
partment to other smoke compartments.

308.6 Institutional Group 1-4, day care facilities. This
group shall include buildings and structures occupied by
more than five persons of any age who receive custodial care
for fewer than 24 hours per day by persons other than parents
or guardians, relatives by blood, marriage or adoption, and in
a place other than the home of the person cared for. This
group shall include, but not be limited to, the following:

Adult day care
Child day care

308.6.1 Classification as Group E. A child day care facil-
ity that provides care for more than five but no more than
100 children 2'/ 2 years or less of age, where the rooms in
which the children are cared for are located on a level of
exit discharge serving such rooms and each of these child
care rooms has an exit door directly to the exterior, shall
be classified as Group E.

308.6.2 Within a place of religious worship. Rooms and
spaces within places of religious worship providing such
care during religious functions shall be classified as part of
the primary occupancy.

308.6.3 Five or fewer persons receiving care. A facility
having five or fewer persons receiving custodial care shall
be classified as part of the primary occupancy.

308.6.4 Five or fewer persons receiving care in a dwell-
ing unit. A facility such as the above within a dwelling
unit and having five or fewer persons receiving custodial
care shall be classified as a Group R-3 occupancy or shall
comply with the International Residential Code.

SECTION 309
MERCANTILE GROUP M

309.1 Mercantile Group M. Mercantile Group M occupancy
includes, among others, the use of a building or structure or a
portion thereof, for the display and sale of merchandise and
involves stocks of goods, wares or merchandise incidental to
such puiposes and accessible to the public. Mercantile occu-
pancies shall include, but not be limited to, the following:

Department stores

Drug stores

Markets

Motor fuel-dispensing facilities

Retail or wholesale stores

Sales rooms

309.2 Quantity of hazardous materials. The aggregate
quantity of nonflammable solid and nonflammable or non-
combustible liquid hazardous materials stored or displayed in
a single control area of a Group M occupancy shall not
exceed the quantities in Table 414.2.5(1).

SECTION 310
RESIDENTIAL GROUP R

310.1 Residential Group R. Residential Group R includes,
among others, the use of a building or structure, or a portion
thereof, for sleeping purposes when not classified as an Insti-
tutional Group I or when not regulated by the International
Residential Code.

310.2 Definitions. The following terms are defined in Chap-
ter 2:

BOARDING HOUSE.

CONGREGATE LIVING FACILITIES.

DORMITORY.

GROUP HOME.

PERSONAL CARE SERVICE.

TRANSIENT.

310.3 Residential Group R-l. Residential occupancies con-
taining sleeping units where the occupants are primarily tran-
sient in nature, including:

Boarding houses {transient) with more than 10 occupants
Congregate living facilities (transient) with more than 10

occupants
Hotels (transient)
Motels (transient)

310.4 Residential Group R-2. Residential occupancies con-
taining sleeping units or more than two dwelling units where
the occupants are primarily permanent in nature, including:

Apartment houses

Boarding houses (nontransient) with more than 16

occupants
Congregate living facilities (nontransient) with more

than 16 occupants
Convents
Dormitories

Fraternities and sororities
Hotels (nontransient)
Live/work units
Monasteries
Motels (nontransient)
Vacation timeshare properties

310.5 Residential Group R-3. Residential occupancies
where the occupants are primarily permanent in nature and
not classified as Group R-l, R-2, R-4 or I, including:

Buildings that do not contain more than two dwelling

units
Boarding houses (nontransient) with 16 or fewer

occupants
Boarding houses (transient) with 10 or fewer occupants
Care facilities that provide accommodations for five or

fewer persons receiving care
Congregate living facilities (nontransient) with 16 or

fewer occupants
Congregate living facilities (transient) with 10 or fewer

occupants

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

USE AND OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION

310.5.1 Care facilities within a dwelling. Care facilities
for five or fewer persons receiving care that are within a
single-family dwelling are permitted to comply with the
International Residential Code provided an automatic
sprinkler system is installed in accordance with Section
903.3.1.3 or with Section P2904 of the International Resi-
dential Code.

310.6 Residential Group R-4. This occupancy shall include
buildings, structures or portions thereof for more than five but
not more than 16 persons, excluding staff, who reside on a
24-hour basis in a supervised residential environment and
receive custodial care. The persons receiving care are capa-
ble of self-preservation. This group shall include, but not be
limited to, the following:

Alcohol and drug centers

Assisted living facilities

Congregate care facilities

Convalescent facilities

Group homes

Halfway houses

Residential board and custodial care facilities

Social rehabilitation facilities

Group R-4 occupancies shall meet the requirements for
construction as defined for Group R-3, except as otherwise
provided for in this code.

SECTION 311
STORAGE GROUP S

311.1 Storage Group S. Storage Group S occupancy
includes, among others, the use of a building or structure, or a
portion thereof, for storage that is not classified as a hazard-
ous occupancy.

311.2 Moderate-hazard storage, Group S-l. Buildings
occupied for storage uses that are not classified as Group S-2,
including, but not limited to, storage of the following:

Aerosols, Levels 2 and 3

Aircraft hangar (storage and repair)

Bags: cloth, burlap and paper

Bamboos and rattan

Baskets

Belting: canvas and leather

Books and paper in rolls or packs

Boots and shoes

Buttons, including cloth covered, pearl or bone

Cardboard and cardboard boxes

Clothing, woolen wearing apparel

Cordage

Dry boat storage (indoor)

Furniture

Furs

Glues, mucilage, pastes and size

Grains

Horns and combs, other than celluloid

Leather

Linoleum

Lumber

Motor vehicle repair garages complying with the

maximum allowable quantities of hazardous materials
listed in Table 307.1(1) (see Section 406.8)

Photo engravings

Resilient flooring

Silks

Soaps

Sugar

Tires, bulk storage of

Tobacco, cigars, cigarettes and snuff

Upholstery and mattresses

Wax candles

311.3 Low-hazard storage, Group S-2. Includes, among
others, buildings used for the storage of noncombustible
materials such as products on wood pallets or in paper cartons
with or without single thickness divisions; or in paper wrap-
pings. Such products are permitted to have a negligible
amount of plastic trim, such as knobs, handles or film wrap-
ping. Group S-2 storage uses shall include, but not be limited
to, storage of the following:

Asbestos

Beverages up to and including 16-percent alcohol in

metal, glass or ceramic containers
Cement in bags
Chalk and crayons

Dairy products in nonwaxed coated paper containers
Dry cell batteries
Electrical coils
Electrical motors
Empty cans
Food products

Foods in noncombustible containers
Fresh fruits and vegetables in nonplastic trays or

containers
Frozen foods
Glass

Glass bottles, empty or filled with noncombustible liquids
Gypsum board
Inert pigments
Ivory
Meats

Metal cabinets

Metal desks with plastic tops and trim
Metal parts
Metals
Mirrors

Oil-filled and other types of distribution transformers
Parking garages, open or enclosed
Porcelain and pottery
Stoves

Talc and soapstones
Washers and dryers

SECTION 312
UTILITY AND MISCELLANEOUS GROUP U

312.1 General. Buildings and structures of an accessory
character and miscellaneous structures not classified in any

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

USE AND OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION

specific occupancy shall be constructed, equipped and main-
tained to conform to the requirements of this code commen-
surate with the fire and life hazard incidental to their
occupancy. Group U shall include, but not be limited to, the
following:

Agricultural buildings

Aircraft hangars, accessory to a one- or two-family

residence (see Section 412.5)
Barns
Carports

Fences more than 6 feet (1829 mm) in height
Grain silos, accessory to a residential occupancy
Greenhouses
Livestock shelters
Private garages
Retaining walls
Sheds
Stables
Tanks
Towers

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

52 2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

CHAPTER 4

SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED

SECTION 401
SCOPE

401.1 Detailed use and occupancy requirements. In addi-
tion to the occupancy and construction requirements in this
code, the provisions of this chapter apply to the special uses
and occupancies described herein.

SECTION 402
COVERED MALL AND OPEN MALL BUILDINGS

Section 402 has been completely reorganized from the 2009
code; therefore, the * and ** margin indicators have not been
included for clarity.

402.1 Applicability. The provisions of this section shall
apply to buildings or structures defined herein as covered or
open mall buildings not exceeding three floor levels at any
point nor more than three stories above grade plane. Except
as specifically required by this section, covered and open
mall buildings shall meet applicable provisions of this code.

Exceptions:

1 . Foyers and lobbies of Groups B, R- 1 and R-2 are not
required to comply with this section.

2. Buildings need not comply with the provisions of
this section where they totally comply with other
applicable provisions of this code.

402.1.1 Open space. A covered mall building and
attached anchor buildings and parking garages shall be
surrounded on all sides by a permanent open space or not
less than 60 feet (18 288 mm). An open mall building and
anchor buildings and parking parking garages adjoining
the perimeter line shall be surrounded on all sides by a
permanent open space of not less than 60 feet (18 288
mm).

Exception: The permanent open space of 60 feet (18
288 mm) shall be permitted to be reduced to not less
than 40 feet (12 192 mm), provided the following
requirements are met:

1 . The reduced open space shall not be allowed for
more than 75 percent of the perimeter of the cov-
ered or open mall building and anchor buildings;

2. The exterior wall facing the reduced open space
shall have a fire-resistance rating of not less than
3 hours;

3. Openings in the exterior wall facing the reduced
open space shall have opening protectives with a
fire protection rating of not less than 3 hours; and

4. Group E, H, I or R occupancies are not located
within the covered or open mall building or
anchor buildings.

402.1.2 Open mall building perimeter line. For the pur-
pose of this code, a perimeter line shall be established.
The perimeter line shall encircle all buildings and struc-
tures which comprise the open mall building and shall
encompass any open-air interior walkways, open-air
courtyards or similar open-air spaces. The perimeter line
shall define the extent of the open mall building. Anchor
buildings and parking structures shall be outside of the
perimeter line and are not considered as part of the open
mall building.

402.2 Definitions. The following terms are defined in Chap-
ter 2:

ANCHOR BUILDING.

COVERED MALL BUILDING.

Mall.

Open mall.

Open mall building.
FOOD COURT.
GROSS LEASABLE AREA.

402.3 Lease plan. Each owner of a covered mall building or
of an open mall building shall provide both the building and
fire departments with a lease plan showing the location of
each occupancy and its exits after the certificate of occupancy
has been issued. No modifications or changes in occupancy
or use shall be made from that shown on the lease plan with-
out prior approval of the building official.

402.4 Construction. The construction of covered and open
mall buildings, anchor buildings and parking garages associ-
ated with a mall building shall comply with Sections 402.4.1
through 402.4.3.

402.4.1 Area and types of construction. The building
area of any covered mall or open building, including
anchor buildings, of Types I, II, HI and IV construction
shall not be limited provided the anchor buildings do not
exceed three stories above grade plane.

The construction type of open parking garages and
enclosed parking garages shall comply with Sections
406.5 and 406.6, respectively.

Exception: The type of construction allowable build-
ing height and building area of anchor buildings
greater than three stories above grade plane shall com-
ply with Section 503, as modified by Sections 504 and
506.

402.4.2 Fire-resistance-rated separation. Fire-resis-
tance-rated separation is not required between tenant
spaces and the mall. Fire-resistance-rated separation is not
required between a food court and adjacent tenant spaces
or the mall.

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY

402.4.2.1 Tenant separations. Each tenant space shall
be separated from other tenant spaces by afire partition
complying with Section 708. A tenant separation wall
is not required between any tenant space and the mall.

402.4.2.2 Anchor building separation. An anchor
building shall be separated from the covered or open
mall building by fire walls complying with Section
706.

Exceptions:

1. Anchor buildings of not more than three sto-
ries above grade plane that have an occu-
pancy classification the same as that permitted
for tenants of the mall building shall be sepa-
rated by 2-hour fire-resistance-rated fire barri-
ers complying with Section 707.

2. The exterior walls of anchor buildings sepa-
rated from an open mall building by an open
mall shall comply with Table 602.

402.4.2.2.1 Openings between anchor building

and mall. Except for the separation between Group
R-l sleeping units and the mall, openings between
anchor buildings of Type IA, IB, IIA or IIB con-
struction and the mall need not be protected.

402.4.2.3 Parking garages. An attached garage for the
storage of passenger vehicles having a capacity of not
more than nine persons and open parking garages shall
be considered as a separate building where it is sepa-
rated from the covered or open mall building or anchor
building by not less than 2-hour fire barriers con-
structed in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal
assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 711,
or both.

Parking garages, open or enclosed, which are sepa-
rated from covered mall buildings, open mall buildings
or anchor buildings shall comply with the provisions of
Table 602.

Pedestrian walkways and tunnels which connect
garages to mall buildings or anchor buildings shall be
constructed in accordance with Section 3104.

402.4.3 Open mall construction. Floor assemblies in, and
roof assemblies over, the open mall of an open mall build-
ing shall be open to the atmosphere for not less than 20
feet (9096 mm), measured perpendicular from the face of
the tenant spaces on the lowest level, from edge of balcony
to edge of balcony on upper floors and from edge of roof
line to edge of roof line. The openings within, or the
unroofed area of, an open mall shall extend from the low-
est/grade level of the open mall through the entire roof
assembly. Balconies on upper levels of the mall shall not
project into the required width of the opening.

402.4.3.1 Pedestrian walkways. Pedestrian walkways
connecting balconies in an open mall shall be located
not less than 20 feet (9096 mm) from any other pedes-
trian walkway.

[F] 402.5 Automatic sprinkler system. Covered and open
mall buildings and buildings connected shall be protected

throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance
with Section 903.3.1.1, which shall comply with the all of the
following:

1 . The automatic sprinkler system shall be complete and
operative throughout occupied space in the mall build-
ing prior to occupancy of any of the tenant spaces.
Unoccupied tenant spaces shall be similarly protected
unless provided with approved alternative protection.

2. Sprinkler protection for the mall of a covered mall
building shall be independent from that provided for
tenant spaces or anchor buildings.

3. Sprinkler protection for the tenant spaces of an open
mall building shall be independent from that provided
for anchor buildings.

4. Sprinkler protection shall be provided beneath exterior
circulation balconies located adjacent to an open mall.

5. Where tenant spaces are supplied by the same system,
they shall be independently controlled.

Exception: An automatic sprinkler system, shall not be
required in spaces or areas of open parking garages
separated from the covered or open mall building in
accordance with Section 402.4.2.3 and constructed in
accordance with Section 406.5.

402.6 Interior finishes and features. Interior finishes
within the mall and installations within the mall shall comply
with Sections 402.6.1 through 402.6.4.

402.6.1 Interior finish. Interior wall and ceiling finishes
within the mall of a covered mall building and within the
exits of covered or open mall buildings shall have a mini-
mum flame spread index and smoke-developed index of
Class B in accordance with Chapter 8. Interior floor fin-
ishes shall meet the requirements of Section 804.

402.6.2 Kiosks. Kiosks and similar structures (temporary
or permanent) located within the mall of a covered mall
building or within the perimeter line of an open mall
building shall meet the following requirements:

1. Combustible kiosks or other structures shall not be
located within a covered or open mall unless con-
structed of any of the following materials:

1.1. Fire-retardant-treated wood complying with
Section 2303.2.

1 .2. Foam plastics having a maximum heat
release rate not greater than 100 kW (105
Btu/h) when tested in accordance with the
exhibit booth protocol in UL 1975 or when
tested in accordance with NFPA 289 using
the 20 kW ignition source.

1.3. Aluminum composite material (ACM) meet-
ing the requirements of Class A interior fin-
ish in accordance with Chapter 8 when tested
as an assembly in the maximum thickness
intended.

2. Kiosks or similar structures located within the mall
shall be provided with approved automatic sprinkler
system and detection devices.

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY

3. The horizontal separation between kiosks or group-
ings thereof and other structures within the mall
shall be not less than 20 feet (6096 mm).

4. Each kiosk or similar structure or groupings thereof
shall have an area not greater than 300 square feet
(28 m 2 ).

402.6.3 Children's play structures. Children's play
structures located within the mall of a covered mall build-
ing or within the perimeter line of an open mall building
shall comply with Section 424. The horizontal separation
between children's play structures, kiosks and similar
structures within the mall shall be not less than 20 feet
(6096 mm).

402.6.4 Plastic signs. Plastic signs affixed to the store-
front of any tenant space facing a mall or open mall shall
be limited as specified in Sections 402.6.4.1 through
402.6.4.5.

402.6.4.1 Area. Plastic signs shall be not more than 20
percent of the wall area facing the mall.

402.6.4.2 Height and width. Plastic signs shall be not
greater than 36 inches (914 mm) in height, except that
if the sign is vertical, the height shall be not greater
than 96 inches (2438 mm) and the width shall be not
greater than 36 inches (914 mm).

402.6.4.3 Location. Plastic signs shall be located not
less than 18 inches (457 mm) from adjacent tenants.

402.6.4.4 Plastics other than foam plastics. Plastics
other than foam plastics used in signs shall be light-
transmitting plastics complying with Section 2606.4 or
shall have a self-ignition temperature of 650°F (343 °C)
or greater when tested in accordance with ASTM D
1929, and aflame spread index not greater than 75 and
smoke-developed index not greater than 450 when
tested in the manner intended for use in accordance
with ASTM E 84 or UL 723 or meet the acceptance cri-
teria of Section 803.1.2.1 when tested in accordance
with NFPA 286.

402.6.4.4.1 Encasement. Edges and backs of plastic
signs in the mall shall be fully encased in metal.

402.6.4.5 Foam plastics. Foam plastics used in signs
shall have flame-retardant characteristics such that the
sign has a maximum heat-release rate of 150 kilowatts
when tested in accordance with UL 1975 or when
tested in accordance with NFPA 289 using the 20 kW
ignition source, and the foam plastics shall have the
physical characteristics specified in this section. Foam
plastics used in signs installed in accordance with Sec-
tion 402.6.4 shall not be required to comply with the
flame spread and smoke-developed indices specified in
Section 2603.3.

402.6.4.5.1 Density. The density of foam plastics
used in signs shall be not less than 20 pounds per
cubic foot (pcf) (320 kg/ m 3 ).

402.6.4.5.2 Thickness. The thickness of foam plas-
tic signs shall not be greater than 7 2 inch (12.7 mm).

[F] 402.7 Emergency systems. Covered and open mall
buildings, anchor buildings and associated parking garages
shall be provided with emergency systems complying with
Sections 402.7.1 through 402.7.5.

[F] 402.7.1 Standpipe system. Covered and open mall
buildings shall be equipped throughout with a standpipe
system as required by Section 905.3.3.

[F] 402.7.2 Smoke control. Where a covered mall build-
ing contains an atrium, a smoke control system shall be
provided in accordance with Section 404.5.

Exception: A smoke control system is not required in
covered mall buildings where an atrium connects only
two stories.
[F] 402.7.3 Standby power. Covered mall buildings
greater than 50,000 square feet (4645 m 2 ) in area and open
mall buildings greater than 50,000 square feet (4645 m 2 )
within the established perimeter line shall be provided
with standby power systems that are capable of operating
the emergency voice/alarm communication system.

[F] 402.7.4 Emergency voice/alarm communication
system. Where the total floor area is greater than 50,000
square feet (4645 m 2 ) within either a covered mall build-
ing or within the perimeter line of an open mall building,
an emergency voice/alarm communication system shall be
provided.

Emergency voice/alarm communication systems serv-
ing a mall, required or otherwise, shall be accessible to the
fire department. The systems shall be provided in accor-
dance with Section 907.5.2.2.

[F] 402.7.5 Fire department access to equipment.
Rooms or areas containing controls for air-conditioning
systems, automatic fire-extinguishing systems, automatic
sprinkler systems or other detection, suppression or control
elements shall be identified for use by the fire department.

402.8 Means of egress. Covered mall buildings, open mall
buildings and each tenant space within a mall building shall
be provided with means of egress as required by this section
and this code. Where there is a conflict between the require-
ments of this code and the requirements of Sections 402.8.1
through 402.8.8, the requirements of Sections 402.8.1
through 402.8.8 shall apply.

402.8.1 Mall width. For the purpose of providing required
egress, malls are permitted to be considered as corridors
but need not comply with the requirements of Section
1005.1 of this code where the width of the mall is as spec-
ified in this section.

402.8.1.1 Minimum width. The aggregate clear egress
width of the mall in either a covered or open mall
building shall be not less than 20 feet (6096 mm). The
mall width shall be sufficient to accommodate the
occupant load served. No portion of the minimum
required aggregate egress width shall be less than 10
feet (3048 mm) measured to a height of 8 feet (2438
mm) between any projection of a tenant space border-
ing the mall and the nearest kiosk, vending machine,
bench, display opening, food court or other obstruction
to means of egress travel.

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY

402.8.2 Determination of occupant load. The occupant
load permitted in any individual tenant space in a covered
or open mall building shall be determined as required by
this code. Means of egress requirements for individual ten-
ant spaces shall be based on the occupant load thus deter-
mined.

402.8.2.1 Occupant formula. In determining required
means of egress of the mall, the number of occupants
for whom means of egress are to be provided shall be
based on gross leasable area of the covered or open
mall building (excluding anchor buildings) and the
occupant load factor as determined by Equation 4-1.

OLF = (0.00007) (GLA) + 25 (Equation 4-1)

where:

OLF = The occupant load factor (square feet per
person).

GLA - The gross leasable area (square feet).

Exception: Tenant spaces attached to a covered or
open mall building but with a means of egress sys-
tem that is totally independent of the open mall of an
open mall building or of a covered mall building
shall not be considered as gross leasable area for
determining the required means of egress for the
mall building.

402.8.2.2 OLF range. The occupant load factor (OLF)
is not required to be less than 30 and shall not exceed
50.

402.8.2.3 Anchor buildings. The occupant load of
anchor buildings opening into the mall shall not be
included in computing the total number of occupants
for the mall.

402.8.2.4 Food courts. The occupant load of a food
court shall be determined in accordance with Section
1004. For the purposes of determining the means of
egress requirements for the mall, the food court occu-
pant load shall be added to the occupant load of the
covered or open mall building as calculated above.

402.8.3 Number of means of egress. Wherever the dis-
tance of travel to the mall from any location within a ten-
ant space used by persons other than employees is greater
than 75 feet (22 860 mm) or the tenant space has an occu-
pant load of 50 or more, no fewer than two means of
egress shall be provided.

402.8.4 Arrangements of means of egress. Assembly
occupancies with an occupant load of 500 or more located
within a covered mall building shall be so located such
that their entrance will be immediately adjacent to a prin-
cipal entrance to the mall and shall have not less than one-
half of their required means of egress opening directly to
the exterior of the covered mall building. Assembly occu-
pancies located within the perimeter line of an open mall
building shall be permitted to have their main exit open to
the open mall.

402.8.4.1 Anchor building means of egress. Required
means of egress for anchor buildings shall be provided
independently from the mall means of egress system.

The occupant load of anchor buildings opening into the
mall shall not be included in determining means of
egress requirements for the mall. The path of egress
travel of malls shall not exit through anchor buildings.
Malls terminating at an anchor building where no other
means of egress has been provided shall be considered
as a dead-end mall.

402.8.5 Distance to exits. Within each individual tenant
space in a covered or open mall building, the distance of
travel from any point to an exit or entrance to the mall
shall be not greater than 200 feet (60 960 mm).

The distance of travel from any point within a mall of a
covered mall building to an exit shall be not greater than
200 feet (60 960 mm). The maximum distance of travel
from any point within an open mall to the perimeter line of
the open mall building shall be not greater than 200 feet
(60 960 mm).

402.8.6 Access to exits. Where more than one exit is
required, they shall be so arranged that it is possible to
travel in either direction from any point in a mall of a cov-
ered mall building to separate exits or from any point in an
open mall of an open mall building to two separate loca-
tions on the perimeter line, provided neither location is an
exterior wall of an anchor building or parking garage. The
width of an exit passageway or corridor from a mall shall
be not less than 66 inches (1676 mm).

Exception: Access to exits are permitted by way of a
dead-end mall which does not exceed a length equal to
twice the width of the mall measured at the narrowest
location within the dead-end portion of the mall.

402.8.6.1 Exit passageways. Where exit passageways
provide a secondary means of egress from a tenant
space, doorways to the exit passageway shall be pro-
tected by 1 -hour fire door assemblies that are self- or
automatic-closing by smoke detection in accordance
with Section 716.5.9.3.

402.8.7 Service areas fronting on exit passageways.

Mechanical rooms, electrical rooms, building service areas
and service elevators are permitted to open directly into
exit passageways, provided the exit passageway is sepa-
rated from such rooms with not less than 1 -hour fire barri-
ers constructed in accordance with Section 707 or
horizontal assemblies constructed in accordance with Sec-
tion 71 1, or both. The/«Ve protection rating of openings in
the fire barriers shall be not less than 1 hour.

402.8.8 Security grilles and doors. Horizontal sliding or
vertical security grilles or doors that are a part of a
required means of egress shall conform to the following:

1. They shall remain in the full open position during
the period of occupancy by the general public.

2. Doors or grilles shall not be brought to the closed
position when there are 10 or more persons occupy-
ing spaces served by a single exit or 50 or more per-
sons occupying spaces served by more than one exit.

3. The doors or grilles shall be openable from within
without the use of any special knowledge or effort
where the space is occupied.

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY

4. Where two or more exits are required, not more than
one-half of the exits shall be permitted to include
either a horizontal sliding or vertical rolling grille or
door.

SECTION 403
HIGH-RISE BUILDINGS

403.1 Applicability. High-rise buildings shall comply with
Sections 403.2 through 403.6.

Exception: The provisions of Sections 403.2 through
403.6 shall not apply to the following buildings and struc-
tures:

1. Airport traffic control towers in accordance with
Section 412.3.

2. Open parking garages in accordance with Section
406.5.

3. Buildings with a Group A-5 occupancy in accor-
dance with Section 303.6.

4. Special industrial occupancies in accordance with
Section 503.1.1.

5. Buildings with a Group H-l, H-2 or H-3 occupancy
in accordance with Section 415.

403.2 Construction. The construction of high-rise buildings
shall comply with the provisions of Sections 403.2.1 through
403.2.4.

403.2.1 Reduction in fire-resistance rating. The fire-
resistance-rating reductions listed in Sections 403.2.1.1
and 403.2.1.2 shall be allowed in buildings that have
sprinkler control valves equipped with supervisory initiat-
ing devices and water-flow initiating devices for each
floor.

403.2.1.1 Type of construction. The following reduc-
tions in the minimum fire-resistance rating of the
building elements in Table 601 shall be permitted as
follows:

1. For buildings not greater than 420 feet (128 000
mm) in building height, the fire-resistance rating
of the building elements in Type 1A construction
shall be permitted to be reduced to the minimum
fire- resistance ratings for the building elements
in Type IB.

Exception: The required fire-resistance rat-
ing of columns supporting floors shall not be
permitted to be reduced.

2. In other than Group F-l, M and S-l occupancies,
the fire-resistance rating of the building elements
in Type IB construction shall be permitted to be
reduced to the fire- resistance ratings in Type
IIA.

3. The building height and building area limitations
of a building containing building elements with
reduced fire-resistance ratings shall be permitted
to be the same as the building without such
reductions.

403.2.1.2 Shaft enclosures. For buildings not greater
than 420 feet (128 000 mm) in building height, the
required fire-resistance rating of the fire barriers
enclosing vertical shafts, other than exit enclosures and
elevator hoistway enclosures, is permitted to be
reduced to 1 hour where automatic sprinklers are
installed within the shafts at the top and at alternate
floor levels.

403.2.2 Seismic considerations. For seismic consider-
ations, see Chapter 16.

403.2.3 Structural integrity of interior exit stairways
and elevator hoistway enclosures. For high-rise build-
ings of Risk Category III or IV in accordance with Section
1604.5, and for all buildings that are more than 420 feet
(128 000 mm) in building height, enclosures for interior
exit stairways and elevator hoistway enclosures shall com-
ply with Sections 403.2.3.1 through 403.2.3.4.

403.2.3.1 Wall assembly. The wall assemblies making
up the enclosures for interior exit stairways and eleva-
tor hoistway enclosures shall meet or exceed Soft Body
Impact Classification Level 2 as measured by the test
method described in ASTM C 1629/C 1629M.

403.2.3.2 Wall assembly materials. The face of the
wall assemblies making up the enclosures for interior
exit stairways and elevator hoistway enclosures that are
not exposed to the interior of the enclosures for interior
exit stairways or elevator hoistway enclosure shall be
constructed in accordance with one of the following
methods:

1. The wall assembly shall incorporate no fewer
than two layers of impact-resistant construction
board each of which meets or exceeds Hard Body
Impact Classification Level 2 as measured by the
test method described in ASTM C 1629/C
1629M.

2. The wall assembly shall incorporate no fewer
than one layer of impact-resistant construction
material that meets or exceeds Hard Body Impact
Classification Level 3 as measured by the test
method described in ASTM C 1629/C 1629M.

3. The wall assembly incorporates multiple layers
of any material, tested in tandem, that meets or
exceeds Hard Body Impact Classification Level 3
as measured by the test method described in
ASTM C 1629/C 1629M.

403.2.3.3 Concrete and masonry walls. Concrete or
masonry walls shall be deemed to satisfy the require-
ments of Sections 403.2.3.1 and 403.2.3.2.

403.2.3.4 Other wall assemblies. Any other wall
assembly that provides impact resistance equivalent to
that required by Sections 403.2.3.1 and 403.2.3.2 for
Hard Body Impact Classification Level 3, as measured
by the test method described in ASTM C 1629/C
1629M, shall be permitted.

403.2.4 Sprayed fire-resistant materials (SFRM). The

bond strength of the SFRM installed throughout the build-
ing shall be in accordance with Table 403.2.4.

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY

TABLE 403.2.4
MINIMUM BOND STRENGTH

HEIGHT OF BUILDING 8

SFRM MINIMUM BOND STRENGTH

Up to 420 feet

430 psf

Greater than 420 feet

1,000 psf

For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound per square foot (psf) = 0.0479 kW/rrr.
a. Above the lowest level of fire department vehicle access.

[F] 403.3 Automatic sprinkler system. Buildings and struc-
tures shall be equipped throughout with an automatic sprin-
kler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 and a
secondary water supply where required by Section 903.3.5.2.

Exception: An automatic sprinkler system shall not be
required in spaces or areas of:

1. Open parking garages in accordance with Section
406.5.

2. Telecommunications equipment buildings used
exclusively for telecommunications equipment,
associated electrical power distribution equipment,
batteries and standby engines, provided that those
spaces or areas are equipped throughout with an
automatic fire detection system in accordance with
Section 907.2 and are separated from the remainder
of the building by not less than 1 -hour fire barriers
constructed in accordance with Section 707 or not
less than 2-hour horizontal assemblies constructed
in accordance with Section 71 . 1, or both.

[F] 403.3.1 Number of sprinkler risers and system
design. Each sprinkler system zone in buildings that are
more than 420 feet (128 000 mm) in building height shall
be supplied by no fewer than two risers. Each riser shall
supply sprinklers on alternate floors. If more than two ris-
ers are provided for a zone, sprinklers on adjacent floors
shall not be supplied from the same riser.

[F] 403.3.1.1 Riser location. Sprinkler risers shall be
placed in interior exit stairways and ramps that are
remotely located in accordance with Section 1015.2.

[Fj 403.3.2 Water supply to required fire pumps.
Required fire pumps shall be supplied by connections to
no fewer than two water mains located in different streets.
Separate supply piping shall be provided between each
connection to the water main and the pumps. Each connec-
tion and the supply piping between the connection and the
pumps shall be sized to supply the flow and pressure
required for the pumps to operate.

Exception: Two connections to the same main shall be
permitted provided the main is valved such that an
interruption can be isolated so that the water supply
will continue without interruption through no fewer
than one of the connections.

[F] 403.3.3 Fire pump room. Fire pumps shall be located
in rooms protected in accordance with Section 913.2.1.

[F] 403.4 Emergency systems. The detection, alarm and
emergency systems of high-rise buildings shall comply with
Sections 403.4.1 through 403.4.9.

[F] 403.4.1 Smoke detection. Smoke detection shall
provided in accordance with Section 907.2.13.1.

[F] 403.4.2 Fire alarm system. A fire alarm system shall
be provided in accordance with Section 907.2.13.

[F] 403.4.3 Standpipe system. A high-rise building shall
be equipped with a standpipe system as required by Sec-
tion 905.3.

[F] 403.4.4 Emergency voice/alarm communication
system. An emergency voice/alarm communication sys-
tem shall be provided in accordance with Section
907.5.2.2.

[F] 403.4.5 Emergency responder radio coverage.
Emergency responder radio coverage shall be provided in
accordance with Section 510 of the International Fire
Code.

[F] 403.4.6 Fire command. A fire command center com-
plying with Section 911 shall be provided in a location
approved by the fire department.

403.4.7 Smoke removal. To facilitate smoke removal in
post-fire salvage and overhaul operations, buildings and
structures shall be equipped with natural or mechanical
ventilation for removal of products of combustion in
accordance with one of the following:

1. Easily identifiable, manually operable windows or
panels shall be distributed around the perimeter of
each floor at not more than 50-foot (15 240 mm)
intervals. The area of operable windows or panels
shall be not less than 40 square feet (3.7 m 2 ) per 50
linear feet (15 240 mm) of perimeter.

Exceptions:

1. In Group R-l occupancies, each sleeping
unit or suite having an exterior wall shall
be permitted to be provided with 2 square
feet (0.19 m 2 ) of venting area in lieu of the
area specified in Item 1 .

2. Windows shall be permitted to be fixed
provided that glazing can be cleared by fire
fighters.

2. Mechanical air-handling equipment providing one
exhaust air change every 15 minutes for the area
involved. Return and exhaust air shall be moved
directly to the outside without recirculation to other
portions of the building.

3. Any other approved design that will produce equiv-
alent results.

[F] 403.4.8 Standby power. A standby power system
complying with Chapter 27 and Section 3003 shall be pro-
vided for standby power loads specified in 403.4.8.2.
Where elevators are provided in a high-rise building for
accessible means of egress, fire service access or occupant
self-evacuation, the standby power system shall also com-
ply with Sections 1007.4, 3007 or 3008, as applicable.

[F] 403.4.8.1 Special requirements for standby
power systems. If the standby system is a generator set
inside a building, the system shall be located in a sepa-
rate room enclosed with 2-hour fire barriers con-
structed in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal
assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 711,

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY

or both. System supervision with manual start and
transfer features shall be provided at the fire command
center.

[F] 403.4.8.2 Standby power loads. The following are
classified as standby power loads:

1. Power and lighting for the fire command center
required by Section 403.4.6;

2. Ventilation and automatic fire detection equip-
ment for smokeproof enclosures; and

3. Elevators.

[F] 403.4.9 Emergency power systems. An emergency
power system complying with Chapter 27 shall be pro-
vided for emergency power loads specified in Section
403.4.9.1.

[F] 403.4.9.1 Emergency power loads. The following
are classified as emergency power loads:

1. Exit signs and means of egress illumination
required by Chapter 10;

2. Elevator car lighting;

3. Emergency voice/alarm communications sys-
tems;

4. Automatic fire detection systems;

5. Fire alarm systems; and

6. Electrically powered fire pumps.

403.5 Means of egress and evacuation. The means of egress
in high-rise buildings shall comply with Sections 403.5.1
through 403.5.6.

403.5.1 Remoteness of interior exit stairways. Required
interior exit stairways shall be separated by a distance not
less than 30 feet (9144 mm) or not less than one-fourth of
the length of the maximum overall diagonal dimension of
the building or area to be served, whichever is less. The
distance shall be measured in a straight line between the
nearest points of the interior exit stair-ways. In buildings
with three or more interior exit stairways, no fewer than
two of the interior exit stairways shall comply with this
section. Interlocking or scissor stairs shall be counted as
one interior exit stairway.

403.5.2 Additional exit stairway. For buildings other
than Group R-2 that are more than 420 feet (128 000 mm)
in building height, one additional exit stairway meeting
the requirements of Sections 1009 and 1022 shall be pro-
vided in addition to the minimum number of exits required
by Section 1021.1. The total width of any combination of
remaining exit stairways with one exit stairway removed
shall be not less than the total width required by Section
1005.1. Scissor stairs shall not be considered the addi-
tional exit stairway required by this section.

Exception: An additional exit stairway shall not be
required to be installed in buildings having elevators
used for occupant self-evacuation in accordance with
Section 3008.

403.5.3 Stairway door operation. Stairway doors other
than the exit discharge doors shall be permitted to be
locked from the stairway side. Stairway doors that are
locked from the stairway side shall be capable of being
unlocked simultaneously without unlatching upon a signal
from tho fire command center.

403.5.3.1 Stairway communication system. A tele-
phone or other two-way communications system con-
nected to an approved constantly attended station shall
be provided at not less than every fifth floor in each
stairway where the doors to the stairway are locked.

403.5.4 Smokeproof enclosures. Every required exit
stairway serving floors more than 75 feet (22 860 mm)
above the lowest level of fire department vehicle access
shall be a smokeproof enclosure in accordance with Sec-
tions 909.20 and 1022.10.

403.5.5 Luminous egress path markings. Luminous
egress path markings shall be provided in accordance with
Section 1024.

403.5.6 Emergency escape and rescue. Emergency
escape and rescue openings required by Section 1029 are
not required.

403.6 Elevators. Elevator installation and operation in high-
rise buildings shall comply with Chapter 30 and Sections
403.6.1 and 403.6.2.

403.6.1 Fire service access elevator. In buildings with an
occupied floor more than 120 feet (36 576 mm) above the
lowest level of fire department vehicle access, no fewer
than two fire service access elevators, or all elevators,
whichever is less, shall be provided in accordance with
Section 3007. Each fire service access elevator shall have
a capacity of not less than 3500 pounds (1588 kg).

403.6.2 Occupant evacuation elevators. Where installed
in accordance with Section 3008, passenger elevators for
general public use shall be permitted to be used for occu-
pant self-evacuation.

SECTION 404
ATRIUMS

404.1 General. In other than Group H occupancies, and
where permitted by Section 712.1.6, the provisions of Sec-
tions 404.1 through 404.9 shall apply to buildings or struc-
tures containing vertical openings defined as "Atriums."

404.1.1 Definition. The following term is defined in
Chapter 2:

ATRIUM.

404.2 Use. The floor of the atrium shall not be used for other
than low fire hazard uses and only approved materials and
decorations in accordance with the International Fire Code
shall be used in the atrium space.

Exception: The atrium floor area is permitted to be used
for any approved use where the individual space is pro-
vided with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance
with Section 903.3.1.1.

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY

[F] 404.3 Automatic sprinkler protection. An approved
automatic sprinkler system shall be installed throughout the
entire building.

Exceptions:

1. That area of a building adjacent to or above the
atrium need not be sprinklered provided that portion
of the building is separated from the atrium portion
by not less than 2-hour fire barriers constructed in
accordance with Section 707 or horizontal assem-
blies constructed in accordance with Section 71 1, or
both.

2. Where the ceiling of the atrium is more than 55 feet
(16 764 mm) above the floor, sprinkler protection at
the ceiling of the atrium is not required.

[F] 404.4 Fire alarm system. Afire alarm system shall be
provided in accordance with Section 907.2.14.

404.5 Smoke control. A smoke control system shall be
installed in accordance with Section 909.

Exception: Smoke control is not required for atriums that
connect only two stories.

404.6 Enclosure of atriums. Atrium spaces shall be sepa-
rated from adjacent spaces by a 1-hour fire barrier con-
structed in accordance with Section 707 or a horizontal
assembly constructed in accordance with Section 711, or
both.

Exception: A fire barrier is not required where a glass
wall forming a smoke partition is provided. The glass
wall shall comply with all of the following:

1. Automatic sprinklers are provided along both sides
of the separation wall and doors, or on the room side
only if there is not a walkway on the atrium side.
The sprinklers shall be located between 4 inches and
12 inches (102 mm and 305 mm) away from the
glass and at intervals along the glass not greater than
6 feet (1829 mm). The sprinkler system shall be
designed so that the entire surface of the glass is wet
upon activation of the sprinkler system without
obstruction;

1.1. The glass wall shall be installed in a gas-
keted frame in a manner that the framing
system deflects without breaking (loading)
the glass before the sprinkler system oper-
ates; and

1.2. Where glass doors are provided in the glass
wall, they shall be either self-closing or auto-
matic-closing.

2. A fire barrier is not required where a glass-block
wall assembly complying with Section 2110 and
having a 3 / 4 -hour/i>e protection rating is provided.

3. Afire barrier is not required between the atrium and
the adjoining spaces of any three floors of the atrium
provided such spaces are accounted for in the design
of the smoke control system.

[F] 404.7 Standby power. Equipment required to provide
smoke control shall be connected to a standby power system
in accordance with Section 909.11.

404.8 Interior finish. The interior finish of walls and ceil-
ings of the atrium shall be not less than Class B with no
reduction in class for sprinkler protection.

404.9 Travel distance. In other than the lowest level of the
atrium, where the required means of egress is through the
atrium space, the portion of exit access travel distance within
the atrium space shall be not greater than 200 feet (60 960
mm). The travel distance requirements for areas of buildings
open to the atrium and where access to the exits is not
through the atrium, shall comply with the requirements of
Section 1016.

SECTION 405
UNDERGROUND BUILDINGS

405.1 General. The provisions of Sections 405.2 through
405.10 apply to building spaces having a floor level used for
human occupancy more than 30 feet (9144 mm) below the
finished floor of the lowest level of exit discharge.

Exception: The provisions of Section 405 are not appli-
cable to the following buildings or portions of buildings:

1. One- and two-family dwellings, sprinklered in
accordance with Section 903.3.1.3.

2. Parking garages provided with automatic sprinkler
systems in compliance with Section 405.3.

3. Fixed guideway transit systems.

4. Grandstands, bleachers, stadiums, arenas and simi-
lar facilities.

5. Where the lowest story is the only story that would
qualify the building as an underground building and
has an area not greater than 1,500 square feet (139
m 2 ) and has an occupant load less than 10.

6. Pumping stations and other similar mechanical
spaces intended only for limited periodic use by ser-
vice or maintenance personnel.

405.2 Construction requirements. The underground portion
of the building shall be of Type I construction.

[F] 405.3 Automatic sprinkler system. The highest level of
exit discharge serving the underground portions of the build-
ing and all levels below shall be equipped with an automatic
sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section
903.3.1.1. Water-flow switches and control valves shall be
supervised in accordance with Section 903.4.

405.4 Compartmentation. Compartmentation shall be in
accordance with Sections 405.4.1 through 405.4.3.

405.4.1 Number of compartments. A building having a
floor level more than 60 feet (18 288 mm) below the fin-
ished floor of the lowest level of exit discharge shall be
divided into no fewer than two compartments of approxi-
mately equal size. Such compartmentation shall extend

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY

through the highest level of exit discharge serving the
underground portions of the building and all levels below.

Exception: The lowest story need not be compart-
mented where the area is not greater than 1 ,500 square
feet (1 39 m 2 ) and has an occupant load of less than 10.

405.4.2 Smoke barrier penetration. The compartments
shall be separated from each other by a smoke barrier in
accordance with Section 709. Penetrations between the
two compartments shall be limited to plumbing and elec-
trical piping and conduit that are firestopped in accordance
with Section 714. Doorways shall be protected by fire
door assemblies that are automatic-closing by smoke
detection in accordance with Section 716.5.9.3 and are
installed in accordance with NFPA 105 and Section
716.5.3. Where provided, each compartment shall have an
air supply and an exhaust system independent of the other
compartments.

405.4.3 Elevators. Where elevators are provided, each
compartment shall have direct access to an elevator.
Where an elevator serves more than one compartment, an
elevator lobby shall be provided and shall be separated
from each compartment by a smoke barrier in accordance
with Section 709. Doors shall be gasketed, have a drop sill
and be automatic-closing by smoke detection in accor-
dance with Section 716.5.9.3.

405.5 Smoke control system. A smoke control system shall
be provided in accordance with Sections 405.5.1 and 405.5.2.

405.5.1 Control system. A smoke control system is
required to control the migration of products of combus-
tion in accordance with Section 909 and the provisions of
this section. Smoke control shall restrict movement of
smoke to the general area of fire origin and maintain
means of egress in a usable condition.

405.5.2 Compartment smoke control system. Where
compartmentation is required, each compartment shall
have an independent smoke control system. The system
shall be automatically activated and capable of manual
operation in accordance with Sections 907.2.18 and
907.2.19.

[F] 405.6 Fire alarm systems. Afire alarm system shall be
provided where required by Sections 907.2.18 and 907.2.19.

405.7 Means of egress. Means of egress shall be in accor-
dance with Sections 405.7.1 and 405.7.2.

405.7.1 Number of exits. Each floor level shall be pro-
vided with no fewer than two exits. Where compartmenta-
tion is required by Section 405.4, each compartment shall
have no fewer than one exit and shall also have no fewer
than one exit access doorway into the adjoining compart-
ment.

405.7.2 Smokeproof enclosure. Every required stairway
serving floor levels more than 30 feet (9144 mm) below
the finished floor of its level of exit discharge shall comply
with the requirements for a smokeproof enclosure as pro-
vided in Section 1022.10.

[F] 405.8 Standby power. A standby power system comply-
ing with Chapter 27 shall be provided standby power loads
specified in Section 405.8.1.

[F] 405.8.1 Standby power loads. The following loads
are classified as standby power loads:

1 . Smoke control system.

2. Ventilation and automatic fire detection equipment
for smokeproof enclosures.

3. Fire pumps.

Standby power shall be provided for elevators in accor-
dance with Section 3003.

|F] 405.8.2 Pick-up time. The standby power system shall
pick up its connected loads within 60 seconds of failure of
the normal power supply.

[F] 405.9 Emergency power. An emergency power system
complying with Chapter 27 shall be provided for emergency
power loads specified in Section 405.9.1.

[F] 405.9.1 Emergency power loads. The following loads
are classified as emergency power loads:

1 . Emergency voice/alarm communications systems.

2. Fire alarm systems.

3. Automatic fire detection systems.

4. Elevator car lighting.

5. Means of egress and exit sign illumination as
required by Chapter 10.

[F] 405.10 Standpipe system. The underground building
shall be equipped throughout with a standpipe system in
accordance with Section 905.

SECTION 406
MOTOR-VEHICLE-RELATED OCCUPANCIES

Section 406 has been completely reorganized from the 2009
code; therefore, the * and ** margin indicators have not been
included for clarity.

406.1 General. Motor- vehicle-related occupancies shall
comply with Sections 406.1 through 406.8.

406.2 Definitions. The following terms are defined in Chap-
ter 2:

MECHANICAL-ACCESS OPEN PARKING GARAGES.

OPEN PARKING GARAGE.

RAMP-ACCESS OPEN PARKING GARAGES.

406.3 Private garages and carports. Private garages and
carports shall comply with Sections 406.3.1 through 406.3.5.

406.3.1 Classification. Buildings or parts of buildings
classified as Group U occupancies because of the use or
character of the occupancy shall be not greater than 1 ,000
square feet (93 m 2 ) in area or one story in height except as
provided in Section 406.3.2. Any building or portion
thereof that exceeds the limitations specified in this sec-
tion shall be classified in the occupancy group other than
Group U that it most nearly resembles.

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE 9

SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY

406.3.2 Area increase. Group U occupancies used for the
storage of private or pleasure-type motor vehicles where
no repair work is completed or fuel is dispensed are per-
mitted to be 3,000 square feet (279 m 2 ) where the follow-
ing provisions are met:

1. For a mixed occupancy building, the exterior wall
and opening protection for the Group U portion of
the building shall be as required for the major occu-
pancy of the building. For such a mixed occupancy
building, the allowable floor area of the building
shall be as permitted for the major occupancy con-
tained therein.

2. For a building containing only a Group U occu-
pancy, the exterior wall shall not be required to have
a fire- resistance rating and the area of openings
shall not be limited where the fire separation dis-
tance is 5 feet (1524 mm) or more.

More than one 3,000-square-foot (279 m 2 ) Group U
occupancy shall be permitted to be in the same structure,
provided each 3,000-square-foot (279 m 2 ) area is sepa-
rated by fire walls complying with Section 706.

406.3.3 Garages and carports. Carports shall be open on
no fewer than two sides. Carport floor surfaces shall be of
approved noncombustible material. Carports not open on
at least two sides shall be considered a garage and shall
comply with the provisions of this section for garages.

Exception: Asphalt surfaces shall be permitted at
ground level in carports.

The area of floor used for parking of automobiles or
other vehicles shall be sloped to facilitate the movement of
liquids to a drain or toward the main vehicle entry door-
way.

406.3.4 Separation. Separations shall comply with the
following:

1. The private garage shall be separated from the
dwelling unit and its attic area by means of gypsum
board, not less than V 2 inch (12.7 mm) in thickness,
applied to the garage side. Garages beneath habit-
able rooms shall be separated from all habitable
rooms above by not less than a 5 / 8 -inch (15.9 mm)
Type X gypsum board or equivalent and 7 2 -inch
(12.7 mm) gypsum board applied to structures sup-
porting the separation from habitable rooms above
the garage. Door openings between a private garage
and the dwelling unit shall be equipped with either
solid wood doors or solid or honeycomb core steel
doors not less than l 3 / g inches (34.9 mm) in thick-
ness, or doors in compliance with Section 716.5.3
with a fire protection rating of not less than 20 min-
utes. Openings from a private garage directly into a
room used for sleeping purposes shall not be permit-
ted. Doors shall be self-closing and self-latching.

2. Ducts in a private garage and ducts penetrating the
walls or ceilings separating the dwelling unit,
including its attic area, from the garage shall be con-
structed of sheet steel of not less than 0.019 inches

(0.48 mm), in thickness, and shall have no openings §
into the garage. 1

3. A separation is not required between a Group R-3
and U carport, provided the carport is entirely open
on two or more sides and there are not enclosed
areas above.

406.3.5 Automatic garage door openers. Automatic
garage door openers, if provided, shall be listed in accor-
dance with UL 325.

406.4 Public parking garages. Parking garages other than
private parking garages, shall be classified as public parking
garages and shall comply with the provisions of Sections
406.4.2 through 406.4.8 and shall be classified as either an
open parking garage or an enclosed parking garage. Open
parking garages shall also comply with Section 406.5.
Enclosed parking garages shall also comply with Section
406.6. See Section 510 for special provisions for parking
garages.

406.4.1 Clear height. The clear height of each floor level
in vehicle and pedestrian traffic areas shall be not less than
7 feet (2134 mm). Vehicle and pedestrian areas accommo-
dating van-accessible parking shall comply with Section
1106.5.

406.4.2 Guards. Guards shall be provided in accordance
with Section 1013. Guards serving as vehicle barriers
shall comply with Sections 406.4.3 and 1013.

406.4.3 Vehicle barriers. Vehicle barriers not less than 2
feet 9 inches (835 mm) in height shall be placed at the
ends of drive lanes, and at the end of parking spaces where
the vertical distance to the ground or surface directly
below is greater than 1 foot (305 mm). Vehicle barriers
shall comply with the loading requirements of Section
1607.8.3.

Exception: Vehicle barriers are not required in vehicle
storage compartments in a mechanical access parking
garage.

406.4.4 Ramps. Vehicle ramps shall not be considered as
required exits unless pedestrian facilities are provided.
Vehicle ramps that are utilized for vertical circulation as
well as for parking shall not exceed a slope of 1:15 (6.67
percent).

406.4.5 Floor surface. Parking surfaces shall be of con-
crete or similar noncombustible and nonabsorbent materi-
als.

The area of floor used for parking of automobiles or
other vehicles shall be sloped to facilitate the movement of
liquids to a drain or toward the main vehicle entry door-
way.

Exceptions:

1. Asphalt parking surfaces shall be permitted at
ground level.

2. Floors of Group S-2 parking garages shall not be
required to have a sloped surface.

406.4.6 Mixed occupancy separation. Parking garages
shall be separated from other occupancies in accordance
with Section 508.1.

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY

406.4.7 Special hazards. Connection of a parking garage
with any room in which there is a fuel-fired appliance
shall be by means of a vestibule providing a two-doorway
separation.

Exception: A single door shall be allowed provided the
sources of ignition in the appliance are not less than 1 8
inches (457 mm) above the floor.

406.4.8 Attached to rooms. Openings from a parking
garage directly into a room used for sleeping purposes
shall not be permitted.

406.5 Open parking garages. Open parking garages shall
comply with Sections 406.5.1 through 406.5.11.

406.5.1 Construction. Open parking garages shall be of
Type I, II or IV construction. Open parking garages shall
meet the design requirements of Chapter 16. For vehicle
barriers, see Section 406.4.3.

406.5.2 Openings. For natural ventilation purposes, the
exterior side of the structure shall have uniformly distrib-
uted openings on two or more sides. The area of such
openings in exterior walls on a tier shall be not less than
20 percent of the total perimeter wall area of each tier. The
aggregate length of the openings considered to be provid-
ing natural ventilation shall be not less than 40 percent of
the perimeter of the tier. Interior walls shall be not less
than 20 percent open with uniformly distributed openings.

Exception: Openings are not required to be distributed
over 40 percent of the building perimeter where the
required openings are uniformly distributed over two
opposing sides of the building.

406.5.2.1 Openings below grade. Where openings
below grade provide required natural ventilation, the
outside horizontal clear space shall be one and one-half
times the depth of the opening. The width of the hori-
zontal clear space shall be maintained from grade down
to the bottom of the lowest required opening.

406.5.3 Uses. Mixed uses shall be allowed in the same
building as an open parking garage subject to the provi-
sions of Sections 402.4.2.3, 406.5.11, 508.1, 510.3, 510.4
and 510.7.

406.5.4 Area and height. Area and height of open park-
ing garages shall be limited as set forth in Chapter 5 for
Group S-2 occupancies and as further provided for in Sec-
tion 508.1.

TABLE 406.
OPEN PARKING GARAGES

406.5.4.1 Single use. Where the open parking garage
is used exclusively for the parking or storage of private
motor vehicles, with no other uses in the building, the
area and height shall be permitted to comply with Table
406.5.4, along with increases allowed by Section
406.5.5.

Exception: The grade-level tier is permitted to con-
tain an office, waiting and toilet rooms having a total
combined area of not more than 1,000 square feet
(93 m 2 ). Such area need not be separated from the
open parking garage.

In open parking garages having a spiral or sloping
floor, the horizontal projection of the structure at any
cross section shall not exceed the allowable area per
parking tier. In the case of an open parking garage hav-
ing a continuous spiral floor, each 9 feet 6 inches (2896
mm) of height, or portion thereof, shall be considered a
tier.

The clear height of a parking tier shall be not less
than 7 feet (2134 mm), except that a lower clear height
is permitted in mechanical-access open parking
garages where approved by the building official.

406.5.5 Area and height increases. The allowable area
and height of open parking garages shall be increased in
accordance with the provisions of this section. Garages
with sides open on three-fourths of the building's perime-
ter are permitted to be increased by 25 percent in area and
one tier in height. Garages with sides open around the
entire building's perimeter are permitted to be increased
by 50 percent in area and one tier in height. For a side to
be considered open under the above provisions, the total
area of openings along the side shall not be less than 50
percent of the interior area of the side at each tier and such
openings shall be equally distributed along the length of
the tier. For purposes of calculating the interior area of the
side, the height shall not exceed 7 feet (2134 mm).

Allowable tier areas in Table 406.5.4 shall be increased
for open parking garages constructed to heights less than
the table maximum. The gross tier area of the garage shall
not exceed that permitted for the higher structure. No
fewer than three sides of each such larger tier shall have
continuous horizontal openings not less than 30 inches
(762 mm) in clear height extending for not less than 80
percent of the length of the sides and no part of such larger
tier shall be more than 200 feet (60 960 mm) horizontally
from such an opening. In addition, each such opening shall

.5.4

AREA AND HEIGHT

TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION

AREA PER TIER
(square feet)

HEIGHT (in tiers)

Ramp access

Mechanical access

Automatic sprinkler system

Yes

Unlimited

12 tiers

18 tiers

IIA

50,000

10 tiers

1 5 tiers

IIB

50,000

8 tiers

12 tiers

50,000

4 tiers

For SI: 1 square foot = 0.0929 nr.

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY

face a street or yard accessible to a street with a width of
not less than 30 feet (9144 mm) for the full length of the
opening, and standpipes shall be provided in each such
tier.

Open parking garages of Type II construction, with all
sides open, shall be unlimited in allowable area where the
building height does not exceed 75 feet (22 860 mm). For
a side to be considered open, the total area of openings
along the side shall not be less than 50 percent of the inte-
rior area of the side at each tier and such openings shall be
equally distributed along the length of the tier. For pur-
poses of calculating the interior area of the side, the height
shall not exceed 7 feet (2134 mm). All portions of tiers
shall be within 200 feet (60 960 mm) horizontally from
such openings or other natural ventilation openings as
defined in Section 406.5.2. These openings shall be per-
mitted to be provided in courts with a minimum dimen-
sion of 20 feet (6096 mm) for the full width of the
openings.

406.5.6 Fire separation distance. Exterior walls and
openings in exterior walls shall comply with Tables 601
and 602. The distance to an adjacent lot line shall be deter-
mined in accordance with Table 602 and Section 705.

406.5.7 Means of egress. Where persons other than park-
ing attendants are permitted, open parking garages shall
meet the means of egress requirements of Chapter 10.
Where no persons other than parking attendants are per-
mitted, there shall be no fewer than two exit stairways.
Each exit stairway shall be not less than 36 inches (914
mm) in width. Lifts shall be permitted to be installed for
use of employees only, provided they are completely
enclosed by noncombustible materials.

[F] 406.5.8 Standpipe system. An open parking garage
shall be equipped with a standpipe system as required by
Section 905.3.

406.5.9 Enclosure of vertical openings. Enclosure shall
not be required for vertical openings except as specified in
Section 406.5.7.

406.5.10 Ventilation. Ventilation, other than the percent-
age of openings specified in Section 406.5.2, shall not be
required.

406.5.11 Prohibitions. The following uses and alterations
are not permitted:

1 . Vehicle repair work.

2. Parking of buses, trucks and similar vehicles.

3. Partial or complete closing of required openings in
exterior walls by tarpaulins or any other means.

4. Dispensing of fuel.

406.6 Enclosed parking garages. Enclosed parking garages
shall comply with Sections 406.6.1 through 406.6.3.

406.6.1 Heights and areas. Enclosed vehicle parking
garages and portions thereof that do not meet the defini-
tion of open parking garages shall be limited to the allow-
able heights and areas specified in Table 503 as modified
by Sections 504, 506 and 507. Roof parking is permitted.

406.6.2 Ventilation. A mechanical ventilation system
shall be provided in accordance with the International
Mechanical Code.

[F] 406.6.3 Automatic sprinkler system. An enclosed
parking garage shall be equipped with an automatic sprin-
kler system in accordance with Section 903.2.10.

406.7 Motor fuel-dispensing facilities. Motor fuel-dispens-
ing facilities shall comply with the International Fire Code
and Sections 406.7.1 and 406.7.2.

406.7.1 Vehicle fueling pad. The vehicle shall be fueled
on noncoated concrete or other approved paving material
having a resistance not exceeding 1 megohm as deter-
mined by the methodology in EN 1081.

406.7.2 Canopies. Canopies under which fuels are dis-
pensed shall have a clear, unobstructed height of not less
than 13 feet 6 inches (4115 mm) to the lowest projecting
element in the vehicle drive-through area. Canopies and
their supports over pumps shall be of noncombustible
materials, fire-retardant-treated wood complying with
Chapter 23, wood of Type IV sizes or of construction pro-
viding 1 -hour fire resistance. Combustible materials used
in or on a canopy shall comply with one of the following:

1 . Shielded from the pumps by a noncombustible ele-
ment of the canopy, or wood of Type IV sizes;

2. Plastics covered by aluminum facing having a thick-
ness of not less than 0.010 inch (0.30 mm) or corro-
sion-resistant steel having a base metal thickness of
not less than 0.016 inch (0.41 mm). The plastic shall
have & flame spread index of 25 or less and a smoke-
developed index of 450 or less when tested in the
form intended for use in accordance with ASTM E
84 or UL 723 and a self-ignition temperature of
650°F (343°C) or greater when tested in accordance
with ASTM D 1929; or

3. Panels constructed of light-transmitting plastic
materials shall be permitted to be installed in cano-
pies erected over motor vehicle fuel-dispensing sta-
tion fuel dispensers, provided the panels are located
not less than 10 feet (3048 mm) from any building
on the same lot and face yards or streets not less
than 40 feet (1 2 192 mm) in width on the other sides.
The aggregate areas of plastics shall be not greater
than 1,000 square feet (93 m 2 ). The maximum area
of any individual panel shall be not greater than 100
square feet (9.3 m 2 ).

406.7.2.1 Canopies used to support gaseous hydro-
gen systems. Canopies that are used to shelter dispens-
ing operations where flammable compressed gases are
located on the roof of the canopy shall be in accordance
with the following:

1. The canopy shall meet or exceed Type I construc-
tion requirements.

2. Operations located under canopies shall be lim-
ited to refueling only.

3. The canopy shall be constructed in a manner that
prevents the accumulation of hydrogen gas.

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY

406.8 Repair garages. Repair garages shall be constructed
in accordance with the International Fire Code and Sections
406.8.1 through 406.8.6. This occupancy shall not include
motor fuel-dispensing facilities, as regulated in Section
406.7.

406.8.1 Mixed uses. Mixed uses shall be allowed in the
same building as a repair garage subject to the provisions
of Section 508.1.

406.8.2 Ventilation. Repair garages shall be mechanically
ventilated in accordance with the International Mechani-
cal Code. The ventilation system shall be controlled at the
entrance to the garage.

406.8.3 Floor surface. Repair garage floors shall be of
concrete or similar noncombustible and nonabsorbent
materials.

Exception: Slip-resistant, nonabsorbent, interior floor
finishes having a critical radiant flux not more than
0.45 W/cm 2 , as determined by NFPA 253, shall be per-
mitted.

406.8.4 Heating equipment. Heating equipment shall be
installed in accordance with the International Mechanical
Code.

[F] 406.8.5 Gas detection system. Repair garages used
for the repair of vehicles fueled by nonodorized gases such
as hydrogen and nonodorized LNG, shall be provided with
a flammable gas detection system.

[F] 406.8.5.1 System design. The flammable gas
detection system shall be listed or approved and shall
be calibrated to the types of fuels or gases used by vehi-
cles to be repaired. The gas detection system shall be
designed to activate when the level of flammable gas
exceeds 25 percent of the lower flammable limit (LFL).
Gas detection shall be provided in lubrication or chassis
service pits of repair garages used for repairing non-
odorized LNG-fueled vehicles.

[F] 406.8.5.1.1 Gas detection system compo-
nents. Gas detection system control units shall be
listed and labeled in accordance with UL 864 or UL
2017. Gas detectors shall be listed and labeled in
accordance with UL 2075 for use with the gases and
vapors being detected.

[F] 406.8.5.2 Operation. Activation of the gas detec-
tion system shall result in all of the following:

1. Initiation of distinct audible and visual alarm sig-
nals in the repair garage.

2. Deactivation of all heating systems located in the
repair garage.

3. Activation of the mechanical ventilation system,
where the system is interlocked with gas detec-
tion.

[F] 406.8.5.3 Failure of the gas detection system.
Failure of the gas detection system shall result in the
deactivation of the heating system, activation of the
mechanical ventilation system where the system is
inter-locked with the gas detection system and cause a
trouble signal to sound in an approved location.

[F] 406.8.6 Automatic sprinkler system. A repair garage
shall be equipped with an automatic sprinkler system in
accordance with Section 903.2.9.1.

SECTION 407
GROUP 1-2

407.1 General. Occupancies in Group 1-2 shall comply with
the provisions of Sections 407.1 through 407.10 and other
applicable provisions of this code.

407.2 Corridors continuity and separation. Corridors in
occupancies in Group 1-2 shall be continuous to the exits and
shall be separated from other areas in accordance with Sec-
tion 407.3 except spaces conforming to Sections 407.2.1
through 407.2.4.

407.2.1 Waiting and similar areas. Waiting areas and
similar spaces constructed as required for corridors shall
be permitted to be open to a corridor, only where all of the
following criteria are met:

1. The spaces are not occupied as care recipient's I
sleeping rooms, treatment rooms, incidental uses in
accordance with Section 509, or hazardous uses. j

2. The open space is protected by an automatic fire
detection system installed in accordance with Sec-
tion 907.

3. The corridors onto which the spaces open, in the
same smoke compartment, are protected by an auto-
matic fire detection system installed in accordance
with Section 907, or the smoke compartment in
which the spaces are located is equipped throughout
with quick-response sprinklers in accordance with
Section 903.3.2.

4. The space is arranged so as not to obstruct access to
the required exits.

407.2.2 Care providers' stations. Spaces for care pro-
viders', supervisory staff, doctors' and nurses' charting,
communications and related clerical areas shall be permit-
ted to be open to the corridor, where such spaces are con-
structed as required for corridors.

407.2.3 Psychiatric treatment areas. Areas wherein psy-
chiatric care recipients who are not capable of self-preser-
vation are housed, or group meeting or multipurpose
therapeutic spaces other than incidental uses in accordance
with Section 509, under continuous supervision by facility
staff, shall be permitted to be open to the corridor, where
the following criteria are met:

1. Each area does not exceed 1,500 square feet (140
m 2 ).

2. The area is located to permit supervision by the
facility staff.

3. The area is arranged so as not to obstruct any access
to the required exits.

4. The area is equipped with an automatic fire detec-
tion system installed in accordance with Section
907.2.

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY

5. Not more than one such space is permitted in any
one smoke compartment.

6. The walls and ceilings of the space are constructed
as required for corridors.

407.2.4 Gift shops. Gift shops and associated storage that
are less than 500 square feet (455 m 2 ) in area shall be per-
mitted to be open to the corridor where such spaces are
constructed as required for corridors.

407.3 Corridor wall construction. Corridor walls shall be
constructed as smoke partitions in accordance with Section
710.

407.3.1 Corridor doors. Corridor doors, other than those
in a wall required to be rated by Section 509.4 or for the
enclosure of a vertical opening or an exit, shall not have a
required fire protection rating and shall not be required to
be equipped with self-closing or automatic-closing
devices, but shall provide an effective barrier to limit the
transfer of smoke and shall be equipped with positive
latching. Roller latches are not permitted. Other doors
shall conform to Section 716.5.

407.4 Means of egress. Group 1-2 occupancies shall be pro-
vided with means of egress complying with Chapter 10 and
Sections 407.4. 1 through 407.4.3.

407.4.1 Direct access to a corridor. Habitable rooms in
Group 1-2 occupancies shall have an exit access door lead-
ing directly to a corridor.

Exceptions:

1. Rooms with exit doors opening directly to the
outside at ground level.

2. Rooms arranged as care suites complying with
Section 407.4.3

407.4.1.1 Locking devices. Locking devices that
restrict access to a care recipient's room from the corri-
dor and that are operable only by staff from the corri-
dor side shall not restrict the means of egress from the
care recipient's room.

Exceptions:

1. This section shall not apply to rooms in psy-
chiatric treatment and similar care areas.

2. Locking arrangements in accordance with
Section 1008.1.9.6.

407.4.2 Travel distance. The travel distance between any
point in a Group 1-2 occupancy sleeping room and an exit
access door in that room shall be not greater than 50 feet
(15 240 mm).

407.4.3 Group 1-2 care suites. Care suites in Group 1-2
shall comply with Section 407.4.3.1 through 407.4.3.4 and
either Section 407.4.3.5 or 407.4.3.6.

407.4.3.1 Exit access through care suites. Exit access
from all other portions of a building not classified as a
care suite shall not pass through a care suite. In a care
suite required to have more than one exit, one exit
access is permitted to pass through an adjacent care
suite provided all of the other requirements of Sections
407.4 and 1014.2 are satisfied.

407.4.3.2 Separation. Care mites shall be separated
from other portions of the building by a smoke partition
complying with Section 710.

407.4.3.3 One intervening room. For rooms other than
sleeping rooms located within a care suite, exit access
travel from the care suite shall be permitted through
one intervening room where the travel distance to the
exit access door from the care suite is not greater than
100 feet (30 480 mm).

407.4.3.4 Two intervening rooms. For rooms other
than sleeping rooms located within a care suite, exit
access travel within the care suite shall be permitted
through two intervening rooms where the travel dis-
tance to the exit access door from the care suite is not
greater than 50 feet (15 240 mm).

407.4.3.5 Care suites containing sleeping room
areas. Sleeping rooms shall be permitted to be grouped
into care suites with one intervening room if one of the
following conditions is met:

1 . The intervening room within the care suite is not
used as an exit access for more than eight care
recipient beds.

2. The arrangement of the care suite allows for
direct and constant visual supervision by care
providers.

407.4.3.5.1 Area. Care suites containing sleeping
rooms shall be not greater than 5,000 square feet
(465 m 2 ) in area.

407.4.3.5.2 Exit access. Any sleeping room, or any
care suite that contains sleeping rooms, of more than
1,000 square feet (93 m 2 ) shall have no fewer than
two exit access doors from the care suite located in
accordance with Section 1015.2.

407.4.3.5.3 Travel distance. The travel distance
between any point in a care suite containing sleep-
ing rooms and an exit access door from that care
suite shall be not greater than 100 feet (30 480 mm).

407.4.3.6 Care suites not containing sleeping rooms.
Areas not containing sleeping rooms, but only treat-
ment areas and the associated rooms, spaces or circula-
tion space shall be permitted to be grouped into care
suites and shall conform to the limitations in Section
407.4.3.6.1 and 407.4.3.6.2.

407.4.3.6.1 Area. Care mites of rooms, other than
sleeping rooms, shall have an area not greater than
1 0,000 square feet (929 m 2 ).

407.4.3.6.2 Exit access. Care suites, other than
sleeping rooms, with an area of more than 2,500
square feet (232 m 2 ) shall have no fewer than two
exit access doors from the care suite located in
accordance with Section 1015.2.

407.5 Smoke barriers. Smoke barriers shall be provided to
subdivide every story used by persons receiving care, treat-
ment or sleeping and to divide other stories with an occupant
load of 50 or more persons, into no fewer than two smoke

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY

| compartments. Such stories shall be divided into smoke com-
partments with an area of not more than 22,500 square feet
(2092 m 2 ) and the travel distance from any point in a smoke
compartment to a smoke barrier door shall be not greater than
200 feet (60 960 mm). The smoke barrier shall be in accor-
dance with Section 709.

407.5.1 Refuge area. Refuge areas shall be provided
within each smoke compartment. The size of the refuge
area shall accommodate the occupants and care recipients
from the adjoining smoke compartment. Where a smoke
compartment is adjoined by two or more smoke compart-
ments, the minimum area of the refuge area shall accom-
modate the largest occupant load of the adjoining
compartments. The size of the refuge area shall provide
the following:

1. Not less than 30 net square feet (2.8 m 2 ) for each
care recipient confined to bed or litter.

2. Not less than 6 square feet (0.56 m 2 ) for each ambu-
latory care recipient not confined to bed or litter and
for other occupants.

Areas or spaces permitted to be included in the calcula-
tion of refuge area are corridors, sleeping areas, treatment
rooms, lounge or dining areas and other low-hazard areas.

407.5.2 Independent egress. A means of egress shall be
provided from each smoke compartment created by smoke
barriers without having to return through the smoke com-
partment from which means of egress originated.

407.5.3 Horizontal assemblies. Horizontal assemblies
supporting smoke barriers required by this section shall be
designed to resist the movement of smoke and shall com-
ply with Section 71 1.9.

[F] 407.6 Automatic sprinkler system. Smoke compart-
ments containing sleeping rooms shall be equipped through-
out with an automatic fire sprinkler system in accordance
with Sections 903.3.1.1 and 903.3.2.

[F] 407.7 Fire alarm system. A fire alarm system shall be
provided in accordance with Section 907.2.6.

[F] 407.8 Automatic fire detection. Corridors in nursing
homes, long-term care facilities, detoxification facilities and
spaces permitted to be open to the corridors by Section 407.2
shall be equipped with an automatic fire detection system.
Hospitals shall be equipped with smoke detection as required
in Section 407.2.

Exceptions:

1. Corridor smoke detection is not required where
sleeping rooms are provided with smoke detectors
that comply with UL 268. Such detectors shall pro-
vide a visual display on the corridor side of each
sleeping room and an audible and visual alarm at the
care provider's station attending each unit.

2. Corridor smoke detection is not required where
sleeping room doors are equipped with automatic
door-closing devices with integral smoke detectors
on the unit sides installed in accordance with their
listing, provided that the integral detectors perform
the required alerting function.

407.9 Secured yards. Grounds are permitted to be fenced
and gates therein are permitted to be equipped with locks,
provided that safe dispersal areas having 30 net square feet
(2.8 m 2 ) for bed and litter care recipients and 6 net square
feet (0.56 m 2 ) for ambulatory care recipients and other occu-
pants are located between the building and the fence. Such
provided safe dispersal area shall be located not less than 50
feet (15 240 mm) from the building they serve.

407.10 Hyperbaric facilities. Hyperbaric facilities in Group
1-2 occupancies shall meet the requirements contained in
Chapter 20 of NFPA 99.

SECTION 408
GROUP !-3

408.1 General. Occupancies in Group 1-3 shall comply with
the provisions of Sections 408.1 through 408.11 and other
applicable provisions of this code (see Section 308.5).

408.1.1 Definition. The following terms are defined in
Chapter 2:

CELL.

CELL TIER.

HOUSING UNIT.
SALLYPORT.

408.2 Other occupancies. Buildings or portions of buildings
in Group 1-3 occupancies where security operations necessi-
tate the locking of required means of egress shall be permit-
ted to be classified as a different occupancy. Occupancies
classified as other than Group 1-3 shall meet the applicable
requirements of this code for that occupancy provided provi-
sions are made for the release of occupants at all times.

Means of egress from detention and correctional occupan-
cies that traverse other use areas shall, as a minimum, con-
form to requirements for detention and correctional
occupancies.

Exception: It is permissible to exit through a horizontal
exit into other contiguous occupancies that do not conform
to detention and correctional occupancy egress provisions
but that do comply with requirements set forth in the
appropriate occupancy, as long as the occupancy is not a
Group H use.

408.3 Means of egress. Except as modified or as provided
for in this section, the means of egress provisions of Chapter
10 shall apply.

408.3.1 Door width. Doors to resident sleeping units shall
have a clear width of not less than 28 inches (7 1 1 mm).

408.3.2 Sliding doors. Where doors in a means of egress
are of the horizontal-sliding type, the force to slide the
door to its fully open position shall be not greater than 50
pounds (220 N) with a perpendicular force against the
door of 50 pounds (220 N).

408.3.3 Guard tower doors. A hatch or trap door not less
than 16 square feet (610 m 2 ) in area through the floor and
having dimensions of not less than 2 feet (610 mm) in any

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY

direction shall be permitted to be used as a portion of the
means of egress from guard towers.

408.3.4 Spiral stairways. Spiral stairways that conform
to the requirements of Section 1009.12 are permitted for
access to and between staff locations.

408.3.5 Ship ladders. Ship ladders shall be permitted for
egress from control rooms or elevated facility observation
rooms in accordance with Section 1009.14.

408.3.6 Exit discharge. Exits are permitted to discharge
into a fenced or walled courtyard. Enclosed yards or
courts shall be of a size to accommodate all occupants, be
located not less than 50 feet (15 240 mm) from the build-
ing and have an area of not less than 15 square feet (1.4
m 2 ) per person.

408.3.7 Sallyports. A sallyport shall be permitted in a
means of egress where there are provisions for continuous
and unobstructed passage through the sallyport during an
emergency egress condition.

408.3.8 Interior exit stairway and ramp construction.
One interior exit stairway or ramp in each building shall
be permitted to have glazing installed in doors and interior
walls at each landing level providing access to the interior
exit stairway or ramp, provided that the following condi-
tions are met:

1. The interior exit stairway or ramp shall not serve
more than four floor levels.

2. Exit doors shall be not less than V 4 -hour fire door
assemblies complying with Section 716.5

3. The total area of glazing at each floor level shall not
exceed 5,000 square inches (3.2 m 2 ) and individual
panels of glazing shall not exceed 1,296 square
inches (0.84 m 2 ).

4. The glazing shall be protected on both sides by an
automatic sprinkler system. The sprinkler system
shall be designed to wet completely the entire sur-
face of any glazing affected by fire when actuated.

5. The glazing shall be in a gasketed frame and
installed in such a manner that the framing system
will deflect without breaking (loading) the glass
before the sprinkler system operates.

6. Obstructions, such as curtain rods, drapery traverse
rods, curtains, drapes or similar materials shall not
be installed between the automatic sprinklers and
the glazing.

408.4 Locks. Egress doors are permitted to be locked in
accordance with the applicable use condition. Doors from a
refuge area to the outside are permitted to be locked with a
key in lieu of locking methods described in Section 408.4.1 .
The keys to unlock the exterior doors shall be available at all
times and the locks shall be operable from both sides of the
door.

408.4.1 Remote release. Remote release of locks on doors
in a means of egress shall be provided with reliable means
of operation, remote from the resident living areas, to

release locks on all required doors. In Occupancy Condi-
tions 3 or 4, the arrangement, accessibility and security of
the release mechanisms required for egress shall be such
that with the minimum available staff at any time, the lock
mechanisms are capable of being released within 2 min-
utes.

Exception: Provisions for remote locking and unlock-
ing of occupied rooms in Occupancy Condition 4 are
not required provided that not more than 10 locks are
necessary to be unlocked in order to move occupants
from one smoke compartment to a refuge area within 3
minutes. The opening of necessary locks shall be
accomplished with not more than two separate keys.

408.4.2 Power-operated doors and locks. Power-oper-
ated sliding doors or power-operated locks for swinging
doors shall be operable by a manual release mechanism at
the door, and either emergency power or a remote
mechanical operating release shall be provided.

Exception: Emergency power is not required in facili-
ties with 10 or fewer locks complying with the excep-
tion to Section 408.4.1.

408.4.3 Redundant operation. Remote release, mechani-
cally operated sliding doors or remote release, mechani-
cally operated locks shall be provided with a mechanically
operated release mechanism at each door, or shall be pro-
vided with a redundant remote release control.

408.4.4 Relock capability. Doors remotely unlocked
under emergency conditions shall not automatically relock
when closed unless specific action is taken at the remote
location to enable doors to relock.

408.5 Protection of vertical openings. Any vertical opening
shall be protected by a shaft enclosure in accordance with
Section 713, or shall be in accordance with Section 408.5.1.

408.5.1 Floor openings. Openings in floors within a hous-
ing unit are permitted without a shaft enclosure, provided
all of the following conditions are met:

1. The entire normally occupied areas so intercon-
nected are open and unobstructed so as to enable
observation of the areas by supervisory personnel;

2. Means of egress capacity is sufficient for all occu-
pants from all interconnected cell tiers and areas;

3. The height difference between the floor levels of the
highest and lowest cell tiers shall not exceed 23 feet
(7010 mm); and

4. Egress from any portion of the cell tier to an exit or
exit access door shall not require travel on more than
one additional floor level within the housing unit.

408.5.2 Shaft openings in communicating floor levels.
Where a floor opening is permitted between communicat-
ing floor levels of a housing unit in accordance with Sec-
tion 408.5.1, plumbing chases serving vertically staked
individual cells contained with the housing unit shall be
permitted without a shaft enclosure.

408.6 Smoke barrier. Occupancies in Group 1-3 shall have
smoke barriers complying with Sections 408.8 and 709 to

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY

divide every story occupied by residents for sleeping, or any
other story having an occupant load of 50 or more persons,
into no fewer than two smoke compartments.

Exception: Spaces having a direct exit to one of the fol-
lowing, provided that the locking arrangement of the doors
involved complies with the requirements for doors at the
smoke barrier for the use condition involved:

1 . A public way.

2. A building separated from the resident housing area
by a 2-hour fire-resistance-rated assembly or 50 feet
(15 240 mm) of open space.

3. A secured yard or court having a holding space 50
feet (15 240 mm) from the housing area that pro-
vides 6 square feet (0.56 m 2 ) or more of refuge area
per occupant, including residents, staff and visitors.

408.6.1 Smoke compartments. The number of residents
in any smoke compartment shall be not more than 200.
The travel distance to a door in a smoke barrier from any
room door required as exit access shall be not greater than
150 feet (45 720 mm). The travel distance to a door in a
smoke barrier from any point in a room shall be not
greater than 200 feet (60 960 mm).

408.6.2 Refuge area. Not less than 6 net square feet (0.56
m 2 ) per occupant shall be provided on each side of each
smoke barrier for the total number of occupants in adjoin-
ing smoke compartments. This space shall be readily avail-
able wherever the occupants are moved across the smoke
barrier in a fire emergency.

408.6.3 Independent egress. A means of egress shall be
provided from each smoke compartment created by smoke
barriers without having to return through the smoke com-
partment from which means of egress originates.

408.7 Security glazing. In occupancies in Group 1-3, win-
dows and doors in 1-hour fire barriers constructed in accor-
dance with Section 707, fire partitions constructed in
accordance with Section 708 and smoke barriers constructed
in accordance with Section 709 shall be permitted to have
security glazing installed provided that the following condi-
tions are met.

1. Individual panels of glazing shall not exceed 1,296
square inches (0.84 m 2 ).

2. The glazing shall be protected on both sides by an auto-
matic sprinkler system. The sprinkler system shall be
designed to, when actuated, wet completely the entire
surface of any glazing affected by fire.

3. The glazing shall be in a gasketed frame and installed
in such a manner that the framing system will deflect
without breaking (loading) the glass before the sprin-
kler system operates.

4. Obstructions, such as curtain rods, drapery traverse
rods, curtains, drapes or similar materials shall not be
installed between the automatic sprinklers and the glaz-
ing.

408.8 Subdivision of resident housing areas. Sleeping areas
and any contiguous day room, group activity space or other
common spaces where residents are housed shall be separated

from other spaces in accordance with Sections 408.8.1
through 408.8.4.

408.8.1 Occupancy Conditions 3 and 4. Each sleeping
area in Occupancy Conditions 3 and 4 shall be separated
from the adjacent common spaces by a smoke-tight parti-
tion where the travel distance from the sleeping area
through the common space to the corridor exceeds 50 feet
(15 240 mm).

408.8.2 Occupancy Condition 5. Each sleeping area in
Occupancy Condition 5 shall be separated from adjacent
sleeping areas, corridors and common spaces by a smoke-
tight partition. Additionally, common spaces shall be sepa-
rated from the corridor by a smoke-tight partition.

408.8.3 Openings in room face. The aggregate area of
openings in a solid sleeping room face in Occupancy Con-
ditions 2, 3, 4 and 5 shall not exceed 120 square inches
(0.77 m 2 ). The aggregate area shall include all openings
including door undercuts, food passes and grilles. Open-
ings shall be not more than 36 inches (914 mm) above the
floor. In Occupancy Condition 5, the openings shall be
closeable from the room side.

408.8.4 Smoke-tight doors. Doors in openings in parti-
tions required to be smoke tight by Section 408.8 shall be
substantial doors, of construction that will resist the pas-
sage of smoke. Latches and door closures are not required
on cell doors.

408.9 Windowless buildings. For the purposes of this sec-
tion, a windowless building or portion of a building is one
with nonopenable windows, windows not readily breakable
or without windows. Windowless buildings shall be provided
with an engineered smoke control system to provide a tenable
environment for exiting from the smoke compartment in the
area of fire origin in accordance with Section 909 for each
windowless smoke compartment.

[F] 408.10 Fire alarm system. Afire alarm system shall be
provided in accordance with Section 907.2.6.3.

[FJ 408.11 Automatic sprinkler system. Group 1-3 occu-
pancies shall be equipped throughout with an automatic
sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.2.6.

SECTION 409
MOTION PICTURE PROJECTION ROOMS

409.1 General. The provisions of Sections 409.1 through
409.5 shall apply to rooms in which ribbon-type cellulose
acetate or other safety film is utilized in conjunction with
electric arc, xenon or other light-source projection equipment
that develops hazardous gases, dust or radiation. Where cellu-
lose nitrate film is utilized or stored, such rooms shall comply
with NFPA 40.

409.1.1 Projection room required. Every motion picture
machine projecting film as mentioned within the scope of
this section shall be enclosed in a projection room. Appur-
tenant electrical equipment, such as rheostats, transform-
ers and generators, shall be within the projection room or
in an adjacent room of equivalent construction.

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY

409.2 Construction of projection rooms. Every projection
room shall be of permanent construction consistent with the
construction requirements for the type of building in which
the projection room is located. Openings are not required to
be protected.

The room shall have a floor area of not less than 80 square
feet (7.44 m 2 ) for a single machine and not less than 40
square feet (3.7 m 2 ) for each additional machine. Each motion
picture projector, floodlight, spotlight or similar piece of
equipment shall have a clear working space of not less than
30 inches by 30 inches (762 mm by 762 mm) on each side
and at the rear thereof, but only one such space shall be
required between two adjacent projectors. The projection
room and the rooms appurtenant thereto shall have a ceiling
height of not less than 7 feet 6 inches (2286 mm). The aggre-
gate of openings for projection equipment shall not exceed 25
percent of the area of the wall between the projection room
and the auditorium. Openings shall be provided with glass or
other approved material, so as to close completely the open-
ing.

409.3 Projection room and equipment ventilation. Ventila-
tion shall be provided in accordance with the International
Mechanical Code.

409.3.1 Supply air. Each projection room shall be pro-
vided with adequate air supply inlets so arranged as to pro-
vide well-distributed air throughout the room. Air inlet
ducts shall provide an amount of air equivalent to the
amount of air being exhausted by projection equipment.
Air is permitted to be taken from the outside; from adja-
cent spaces within the building, provided the volume and
infiltration rate is sufficient; or from the building air-con-
ditioning system, provided it is so arranged as to provide
sufficient air when other systems are not in operation.

409.3.2 Exhaust air. Projection rooms are permitted to be
exhausted through the lamp exhaust system. The lamp
exhaust system shall be positively interconnected with the
lamp so that the lamp will not operate unless there is the
required airflow. Exhaust air ducts shall terminate at the
exterior of the building in such a location that the exhaust
air cannot be readily recirculated into any air supply sys-
tem. The projection room ventilation system is permitted
to also serve appurtenant rooms, such as the generator and
rewind rooms.

409.3.3 Projection machines. Each projection machine
shall be provided with an exhaust duct that will draw air
from each lamp and exhaust it directly to the outside of the
building. The lamp exhaust is permitted to serve to
exhaust air from the projection room to provide room air
circulation. Such ducts shall be of rigid materials, except
for a flexible connector approved for the purpose. The
projection lamp or projection room exhaust system, or
both, is permitted to be combined but shall not be inter-
connected with any other exhaust or return system, or
both, within the building.

409.4 Lighting control. Provisions shall be made for control
of the auditorium lighting and the means of egress lighting
systems of theaters from inside the projection room and from
not less than one other convenient point in the building.

409.5 Miscellaneous equipment. Each projection room shall
be provided with rewind and film storage facilities.

SECTION 410
STAGES, PLATFORMS AND TECHNICAL I

PRODUCTION AREAS 1

410.1 Applicability. The provisions of Sections 410.1
through 410.8 shall apply to all parts of buildings and struc-
tures that contain stages or platforms and similar appurte-
nances as herein defined.

410.2 Definitions. The following terms are defined in Chap-
ter 2:

PLATFORM.

PROCENIUM WALL.

STAGE.

TECHNICAL PRODUCTION AREA. 1

410.3 Stages. Stage construction shall comply with Sections
410.3.1 through 410.3.8.

410.3.1 Stage construction. Stages shall be constructed of
materials as required for floors for the type of construction
of the building in which such stages are located.

Exception: Stages need not be constructed of the same
materials as required for the type of construction pro-
vided the construction complies with one of the follow-
ing:

1. Stages of Type IIB or IV construction with a
nominal 2-inch (51 mm) wood deck, provided
that the stage is separated from other areas in
accordance with Section 410.3.4.

2. In buildings of Type IIA, IIIA and VA construc-
tion, a fire-resistance-rated floor is not required,
provided the space below the stage is equipped
with an automatic sprinkler system or fire-extin-
guishing system in accordance with Section 903
or 904.

3. In all types of construction, the finished floor
shall be constructed of wood or approved non-
combustible materials. Openings through stage
floors shall be equipped with tight-fitting, solid
wood trap doors with approved safety locks.

410.3.1.1 Stage height and area. Stage areas shall be
measured to include the entire performance area and
adjacent backstage and support areas not separated
from the pqerformance area by fire-resistance-rated
construction. Stage height shall be measured from the
lowest point on the stage floor to the highest point of
the roof or floor deck above the stage.

410.3.2 Technical production areas: galleries, gridirons I
and catwalks. Beams designed only for the attachment of §
portable or fixed theater equipment, gridirons, galleries
and catwalks shall be constructed of approved materials
consistent with the requirements for the type of construc-
tion of the building; and a fire-resistance rating shall not

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY

be required. These areas shall not be considered to be
floors, stones, mezzanines or levels in applying this code.

Exception: Floors of fly galleries and catwalks shall be
constructed of any approved material.

410.3.3 Exterior stage doors. Where protection of open-
ings is required, exterior exit doors shall be protected with
fire door assemblies that comply with Section 716. Exte-
rior openings that are located on the stage for means of
egress or loading and unloading purposes, and that are
likely to be open during occupancy of the theater, shall be
constructed with vestibules to prevent air drafts into the
auditorium.

410.3.4 Proscenium wall. Where the stage height is
greater than 50 feet (15 240 mm), all portions of the stage
shall be completely separated from the seating area by a
proscenium wall with not less than a 2-hour fire- resistance
rating extending continuously from the foundation to the
roof.

410.3.5 Proscenium curtain. Where a proscenium wall is
required to have a. fire-resistance rating, the stage open-
ing shall be provided with a fire curtain complying with
NFPA 80 or an approved water curtain complying with
Section 903.3.1.1 or, in facilities not utilizing the provi-
sions of smoke-protected assembly seating in accordance
with Section 1028.6.2, a smoke control system complying
with Section 909 or natural ventilation designed to main-
tain the smoke level not less than 6 feet (1829 mm) above
the floor of the means of egress.

410.3.6 Scenery. Combustible materials used in sets and
scenery shall meet the fire propagation performance crite-
ria of NFPA 701, in accordance with Section 806 and the
International Fire Code. Foam plastics and materials con-
taining foam plastics shall comply with Section 2603 and
the International Fire Code.

410.3.7 Stage ventilation. Emergency ventilation shall be
provided for stages larger than 1 ,000 square feet (93 m 2 ) in
floor area, or with a stage height greater than 50 feet (15
240 mm). Such ventilation shall comply with Section
410.3.7.1 or 410.3.7.2.

410.3.7.1 Roof vents. Two or more vents constructed
to open automatically by approved heat-activated
devices and with an aggregate clear opening area of not
less than 5 percent of the area of the stage shall be
located near the center and above the highest part of the
stage area. Supplemental means shall be provided for
manual operation of the ventilator. Curbs shall be pro-
vided as required for skylights in Section 2610.2. Vents
shall be labeled.

[F] 410.3.7.2 Smoke control. Smoke control in accor-
dance with Section 909 shall be provided to maintain
the smoke layer interface not less than 6 feet (1829
mm) above the highest level of the assembly seating or
above the top of the proscenium opening where a pro-
scenium wall is provided in compliance with Section
410.3.4.

410.4 Platform construction. Permanent platforms shall be
constructed of materials as required for the type of construc-

tion of the building in which the permanent platform is
located. Permanent platforms are permitted to be constructed
of fire-retardant-treated wood for Types I, II and IV con-
struction where the platforms are not more than 30 inches
(762 mm) above the main floor, and not more than one-third
of the room floor area and not more than 3,000 square feet
(279 m 2 ) in area. Where the space beneath the permanent
platform is used for storage or any purpose other than equip-
ment, wiring or plumbing, the floor assembly shall be not less
than 1-hour fire-resistance-rated construction. Where the
space beneath the permanent platform is used only for equip-
ment, wiring or plumbing, the underside of the permanent
platform need not be protected.

410.4.1 Temporary platforms. Platforms installed for a
period of not more than 30 days are permitted to be con-
structed of any materials permitted by the code. The space
between the floor and the platform above shall only be
used for plumbing and electrical wiring to platform equip-
ment.

410.5 Dressing and appurtenant rooms. Dressing and
appurtenant rooms shall comply with Sections 410.5.1 and
410.5.2.

410.5.1 Separation from stage. The stage shall be sepa-
rated from dressing rooms, scene docks, property rooms,
workshops, storerooms and compartments appurtenant to
the stage and other parts of the building by fire barriers
constructed in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal-
assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 71 1, or
both. The fire-resistance rating shall be not less than 2
hours for stage heights greater than 50 feet (15 240 mm)
and not less than 1 hour for stage heights of 50 feet (15
240 mm) or less.

410.5.2 Separation from each other. Dressing rooms, **
scene docks, property rooms, workshops, storerooms and
compartments appurtenant to the stage shall be separated
from each other by not less than 1-hour fire barriers con-
structed in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal
assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 711, or
both.

410.6 Means of egress. Except as modified or as provided
for in this section, the provisions of Chapter 10 shall apply.

410.6.1 Arrangement. Where two or more exits or exit
access doorways from the stage are required in accordance
with Section 1015.1, no fewer than one exit or exit access
doorway shall be provided on each side of a stage.

410.6.2 Stairway and ramp enclosure. Exit access stair-
ways and ramps serving a stage or platform are not
required to be enclosed. Exit access stairways serving
technical production areas are not required to be enclosed.

410.6.3 Technical production areas. Technical produc-
tion areas shall be provided with means of egress and
means of escape in accordance with Sections 410.6.3.1
through 410.6.3.5.

410.6.3.1 Means of egress. No fewer than one means
of egress shall be provided from technical production
areas.

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE 8

SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY

410.6.3.2 Travel distance. The length of exit access
travel shall be not greater than 300 feet (91 440 mm)
for buildings without a sprinkler system and 400 feet
(121 900 mm) for buildings equipped throughout with
an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Sec-
tion 903.3.1.1.

410.6.3.3 Two means of egress. Where two means of
egress are required, the common path of travel shall be
not greater than 100 feet (30 480 mm).

Exception: A means of escape to a roof in place of
a second means of egress is permitted.

410.6.3.4 Path of egress travel. The following exit
access components are permitted where serving techni-
cal production areas:

1. Stairways.

2. Ramps.

3. Spiral stairways.

4. Catwalks.

5. Alternating tread devices.

6. Permanent ladders.

410.6.3.5 Width. The path of egress travel within and
from technical support areas shall be not less than 22
inches (559 mm).

[F] 410.7 Automatic sprinkler system. Stages shall be
equipped with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance
with Section 903.3.1.1. Sprinklers shall be installed under
the roof and gridiron and under all catwalks and galleries
over the stage. Sprinklers shall be installed in dressing
rooms, performer lounges, shops and storerooms accessory to
such stages.

Exceptions:

1. Sprinklers are not required under stage areas less
than 4 feet (1219 mm) in clear height that are uti-
lized exclusively for storage of tables and chairs,
provided the concealed space is separated from the
adjacent spaces by not Type X gypsum board not
less than 5 / 8 -inch (15.9 mm) in thickness.

2. Sprinklers are not required for stages 1,000 square
feet (93 m 2 ) or less in area and 50 feet (15 240 mm)
or less in height where curtains, scenery or other
combustible hangings are not retractable vertically.
Combustible hangings shall be limited to a single
main curtain, borders, legs and a single backdrop.

3. Sprinklers are not required within portable orchestra
enclosures on stages.

[F] 410.8 Standpipes. Standpipe systems shall be provided
in accordance with Section 905.

SECTION 411
SPECIAL AMUSEMENT BUILDINGS

411.1 General. Special amusement buildings having an occu-
pant load of 50 or more shall comply with the requirements
for the appropriate Group A occupancy and Sections 411.1

through 411.8. Amusement buildings having an occupant
load of less than 50 shall comply with the requirements for a
Group B occupancy and Sections 411.1 through 411.8.

Exception: Amusement buildings or portions thereof that
are without walls or a roof and constructed to prevent the
accumulation of smoke need not comply with this section.

For flammable decorative materials, see the International
Fire Code.

411.2 Definition. The following term is defined in Chapter

SPECIAL AMUSEMENT BUILDING.

[F] 411.3 Automatic fire detection. Special amusement
buildings shall be equipped with an automatic fire detection
system in accordance with Section 907.

[F] 411.4 Automatic sprinkler system. Special amusement
buildings shall be equipped throughout with an automatic
sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1. Where
the special amusement building is temporary, the sprinkler
water supply shall be of an approved temporary means.

Exception: Automatic sprinklers are not required where
the total floor area of a temporary special amusement
building is less than 1,000 square feet (93 m 2 ) and the
travel distance from any point to an exit is less than 50 feet
(15 240 mm).

[F] 411.5 Alarm. Actuation of a single smoke detector, the
automatic sprinkler system or other automatic fire detection
device shall immediately sound an alarm at the building at a
constantly attended location from which emergency action
can be initiated including the capability of manual initiation
of requirements in Section 907.2.12.2.

[F] 411.6 Emergency voice/alarm communications sys-
tem. An emergency voice/alarm communications system
shall be provided in accordance with Sections 907.2.12 and
907.5.2.2, which is also permitted to serve as a public address
system and shall be audible throughout the entire special
amusement building.

411.7 Exit marking. Exit signs shall be installed at the
required exit or exit access doorways of amusement buildings
in accordance with this section and Section 1011. Approved
directional exit markings shall also be provided. Where mir-
rors, mazes or other designs are utilized that disguise the path
of egress travel such that they are not apparent, approved and
listed low-level exit signs that comply with Section 1011.5,
and directional path markings listed in accordance with UL
1994, shall be provided and located not more than 8 inches
(203 mm) above the walking surface and on or near the path
of egress travel. Such markings shall become visible in an
emergency. The directional exit marking shall be activated by
the automatic fire detection system and the automatic sprin-
kler system in accordance with Section 907.2.12.2.

411.7.1 Photo luminescent exit signs. Where photo lumi-
nescent exit signs are installed, activating light source and
viewing distance shall be in accordance with the listing
and markings of the signs.

411.8 Interior finish. The interior finish shall be Class A in
accordance with Section 803.1.

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY

SECTION 412
AIRCRAFT-RELATED OCCUPANCIES

412.1 General. Aircraft-related occupancies shall comply
with Sections 412.1 through 412.7 and the International Fire
Code.

412.2 Definitions. The following terms are defined in Chap-
ter 2:

FIXED BASE OPERATOR (FBO).

HELIPORT.
HELISTOP.

RESIDENTIAL AIRCRAFT HANGAR.
TRANSIENT AIRCRAFT.

412.3 Airport traffic control towers. The provisions of Sec-
tions 412.3.1 through 412.3.5 shall apply to airport traffic
control towers not exceeding 1,500 square feet (140 m 2 ) per
floor occupied only for the following uses:

1 . Airport traffic control cab.

2. Electrical and mechanical equipment rooms.

3. Airport terminal radar and electronics rooms.

4. Office spaces incidental to the tower operation.

5. Lounges for employees, including sanitary facilities.

412.3.1 Type of construction. Airport traffic control tow-
ers shall be constructed to comply with the height and area
limitations of Table 412.3.2.

TABLE 412.3.1

HEIGHT AND AREA LIMITATIONS FOR AIRPORT TRAFFIC

CONTROL TOWERS

TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION

HEIGHT 8
(feet)

MAXIMUM AREA
(square feet)

Unlimited

1,500

240

1,500

IIA

100

1,500

IIB

1,500

IIIA

1,500

For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 square foot = 0.0929 m 2 .
a. Height to be measured from grade plane to cab floor.

412.3.2 Egress. Not less than one exit stairway shall be
permitted for airport traffic control towers of any height
provided that the occupant load per floor is not greater
than 15. The stairway shall conform to the requirements
of Section 1009. The stairway shall be separated from ele-
vators by a distance of not less than one-half of the diago-
nal of the area served measured in a straight line. The exit
stairway and elevator hoistway are permitted to be located
in the same shaft enclosure, provided they are separated
from each other by a 4-hour fire barrier having no open-
ings. Such stair-way shall be pressurized to not less than
0.15 inch of water column (43 Pa) and not greater than
0.35 inch of water column (101 Pa) in the shaft relative to
the building with stairway doors closed. Stairways need

not extend to the roof as specified in Section 1009.16. The
provisions of Section 403 do not apply.

Exception: Smokeproof enclosures as set forth in Sec-
tion 1022.10 are not required where required stairways
are pressurized.

[F] 412.3.3 Automatic fire detection systems. Airport
traffic control towers shall be provided with an automatic
fire detection system installed in accordance with Section
907.2.

[F] 412.3.4 Standby power. A standby power system that
conforms to Chapter 27 shall be provided in airport traffic
control towers more than 65 feet (19 812 mm) in height.
Power shall be provided to the following equipment:

1. Pressurization equipment, mechanical equipment
and lighting.

2. Elevator operating equipment.

3. Fire alarm and smoke detection systems.

412.3.5 Accessibility. Airport traffic control towers need
not be accessible as specified in the provisions of Chapter
11.

412.4 Aircraft hangars. Aircraft hangars shall be in accor-
dance with Sections 412.4.1 through 412.4.6.

412.4.1 Exterior walls. Exterior walls located less than 30
feet (9144 mm) from lot lines or a public way shall have a
fire-resistance rating not less than 2 hours.

412.4.2 Basements. Where hangars have basements,
floors over basements shall be of Type I A construction
and shall be made tight against seepage of water, oil or
vapors. There shall be no opening or communication
between basements and the hangar. Access to basements
shall be from outside only.

412.4.3 Floor surface. Floors shall be graded and drained
to prevent water or fuel from remaining on the floor. Floor
drains shall discharge through an oil separator to the sewer
or to an outside vented sump.

Exception: Aircraft hangars with individual lease
spaces not exceeding 2,000 square feet (186 m 2 ) each in
which servicing, repairing or washing is not conducted
and fuel is not dispensed shall have floors that are
graded toward the door, but shall not require a separa-
tor.

412.4.4 Heating equipment. Heating equipment shall be
placed in another room separated by 2-hour fire barriers
constructed in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal
assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 71 1, or
both. Entrance shall be from the outside or by means of a
vestibule providing a two-doorway separation.

Exceptions:

1. Unit heaters and vented infrared radiant heating
equipment suspended not less than 10 feet (3048
mm) above the upper surface of wings or engine
enclosures of the highest aircraft that are permit-

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY

ted to be housed in the hangar need not be located
in a separate room provided they are mounted not
less than 8 feet (2438 mm) above the floor in
shops, offices and other sections of the hangar
communicating with storage or service areas.

2. Entrance to the separated room shall be permitted
by a single interior door provided the sources of
ignition in the appliances are not less than„18
inches (457 mm) above the floor.

412.4.5 Finishing. The process of "doping," involving use
of a volatile flammable solvent, or of painting, shall be
carried on in a separate detached building equipped with
automatic fire-extinguishing equipment in accordance
with Section 903.

[F] 412.4.6 Fire suppression. Aircraft hangars shall be
provided with a fire suppression system designed in accor-
dance with NFPA 409, based upon the classification for
the hangar given in Table 412.4.6.

Exception: Where a fixed base operator has separate
repair facilities on site, Group II hangars operated by a
fixed base operator used for storage of transient air-
craft only shall have a fire suppression system, but the
system is exempt from foam requirements.

[F] 412.4.6.1 Hazardous operations. Any Group III
aircraft hangar according to Table 412.4.6 that contains
hazardous operations including, but not limited to, the
following shall be provided with a Group I or II fire
suppression system in accordance with NFPA 409 as
applicable:

1. Doping.

2. Hot work including, but not limited to, welding,
torch cutting and torch soldering.

3. Fuel transfer.

4. Fuel tank repair or maintenance not including
defueled tanks in accordance with NFPA 409,

inerted tanks or tanks that have never been
fueled.

5. Spray finishing operations.

6. Total fuel capacity of all aircraft within the
unsprinklered single fire area in excess of 1,600
gallons (6057 L).

7. Total fuel capacity of all aircraft within the maxi-
mum single fire area in excess of 7,500 gallons
(28 390 L) for a hangar with an automatic sprin-
kler system in accordance with Section 903 .3. 1.1.

[F] 412.4.6.2 Separation of maximum single fire
areas. Maximum single fire areas established in accor-
dance with hangar classification and construction type
in Table 412.4.6 shall be separated by 2-hour fire walls
constructed in accordance with Section 706. In deter-
mining the maximum single fire area as set forth in
Table 412.4.6, ancillary uses which are separated from
aircraft servicing areas by afire barrier of not less than
one hour, constructed in accordance with Section 707
shall not be included in the area.

412.5 Residential aircraft hangars. Residential aircraft
hangars shall comply with Sections 412.5.1 through 412.5.5.

412.5.1 Fire separation. A hangar shall not be attached to
a dwelling unless separated by a fire barrier having afire-
resistance rating of not less than 1 hour. Such separation
shall be continuous from the foundation to the underside
of the roof and unpierced except for doors leading to the
dwelling unit. Doors into the dwelling unit shall be
equipped with self-closing devices and conform to the
requirements of Section 716 with a noncombustible raised
sill not less than 4 inches (102 mm) in height. Openings
from a hanger directly into a room used for sleeping pur-
poses shall not be permitted.

412.5.2 Egress. A hangar shall provide two means of
egress. One of the doors into the dwelling shall be consid-
ered as meeting only one of the two means of egress.

[F] TABLE 412.4.6
HANGAR FIRE SUPPRESSION REQUIREMENTS 3 bc

MAXIMUM SINGLE
FIRE AREA
(square feet)

TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION

IIIA

NIB

> 40,001

Group I

40,000

Group II

30,000

Group III

Group II

20,000

Group III

Group II

15,000

Group m

Group III

Group II

Group III

Group II

Group III

Group II

12,000

Group III

Group II

8,000

Group III

Group II

5,000

Group III

For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 square foot = 0.0929 m 2 .

a. Aircraft hangars with a door height greater than 28 feet shall be provided with fire suppression for a Group I hangar regardless of maximum fire area.

b. Groups shall be as classified in accordance with NFPA 409.

c. Membrane structures complying with Section 3102 shall be classified as a Group IV hangar.

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY

|F] 412.5.3 Smoke alarms. Smoke alarms shall be pro-
vided within the hangar in accordance with Section
907.2.21.

412.5.4 Independent systems. Electrical, mechanical and
plumbing drain, waste and vent (DWV) systems installed
within the hangar shall be independent of the systems
installed within the dwelling. Building sewer lines shall be
permitted to be connected outside the structures.

Exception: Smoke detector wiring and feed for electri-
cal subpanels in the hangar.

412.5.5 Height and area limits. Residential aircraft han-
gars shall be not greater than 2,000 square feet (186 m 2 ) in
area and 20 feet (6096 mm) in building height.

[F] 412.6 Aircraft paint hangars. Aircraft painting opera-
tions where flammable liquids are used in excess of the maxi-
mum allowable quantities per control area listed in Table
307.1(1) shall be conducted in an aircraft paint hangar that
complies with the provisions of Sections 412.6.1 through
412.6.6.

[F] 412.6.1 Occupancy group. Aircraft paint hangars
shall be classified as Group H-2. Aircraft paint hangars
shall comply with the applicable requirements of this code
and the International Fire Code for such occupancy.

412.6.2 Construction. The aircraft paint hangar shall be
of Type I or II construction.

[F] 412.6.3 Operations. Only those flammable liquids
necessary for painting operations shall be permitted in
quantities less than the maximum allowable quantities per
control area in Table 307.1(1). Spray equipment cleaning
operations shall be conducted in a liquid use, dispensing
and mixing room.

[F] 412.6.4 Storage. Storage of flammable liquids shall
be in a liquid storage room.

[F] 412.6.5 Fire suppression. Aircraft paint hangars shall
be provided with fire suppression as required by NFPA
409.

[F] 412.6.6 Ventilation. Aircraft paint hangars shall be
provided with ventilation as required in the International
Mechanical Code.

[F] 412.7 Heliports and helistops. Heliports and helistops
shall be permitted to be erected on buildings or other loca-
tions where they are constructed in accordance with Sections
412.7.1 through 412.7.5.

[F] 412.7.1 Size. The landing area for helicopters less than
3,500 pounds (1588 kg) shall be not less than 20 feet
(6096 mm) in length and width. The landing area shall be
surrounded on all sides by a clear area having a minimum
average width at roof level of 15 feet (4572 mm) but with
no width less than 5 feet (1524 mm).

[F] 412.7.2 Design. Helicopter landing areas and the sup-
ports thereof on the roof of a building shall be noncombus-
tible construction. Landing areas shall be designed to
confine any flammable liquid spillage to the landing area
itself and provisions shall be made to drain such spillage
away from any exit or stairway serving the helicopter
landing area or from a structure housing such exit or stair-

way. For structural design requirements, see Section
1605.4.

[F] 412.7.3 Means of egress. The means of egress from
heliports and helistops shall comply with the provisions of
Chapter 10. Landing areas located on buildings or struc-
tures shall have two or more means of egress. For landing
areas less than 60 feet (18 288 mm) in length or less than
2,000 square feet (186 m 2 ) in area, the second means of
egress is permitted to be a fire escape, alternating tread
device or ladder leading to the floor below.

[F] 412.7.4 Rooftop heliports and helistops. Rooftop
heliports and helistops shall comply with NFPA 418.

[F] 412.7.5 Standpipe system. In buildings equipped
with a standpipe system, the standpipe shall extend to the
roof level in accordance with Section 905.3.6.

SECTION 413
COMBUSTIBLE STORAGE

413.1 General. High-piled stock or rack storage in any occu-
pancy group shall comply with the International Fire Code.

413.2 Attic, under-floor and concealed spaces. Attic,
under-floor and concealed spaces used for storage of combus-
tible materials shall be protected on the storage side as
required for 1-hour fire-resistance-rated construction. Open-
ings shall be protected by assemblies that are self-closing and
are of noncombustible construction or solid wood core not
less than l 3 / 4 inch (45 mm) in thickness.

Exception: Neither fire resistant construction nor open
protectives are required in any of the following locations:

1. Areas protected by approved automatic sprinkler
systems.

2. Group R-3 and U occupancies.

SECTION 414
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS

[F] 414.1 General. The provisions of Sections 414.1 through
414.7 shall apply to buildings and structures occupied for the
manufacturing, processing, dispensing, use or storage of haz-
ardous materials.

[F] 414.1.1 Other provisions. Buildings and structures
with an occupancy in Group H shall comply with this sec-
tion and the applicable provisions of Section 415 and the
International Fire Code.

[F] 414.1.2 Materials. The safe design of hazardous
material occupancies is material dependent. Individual
material requirements are also found in Sections 307 and
415, and in the International Mechanical Code and the
International Fire Code.

[F] 414.1.2.1 Aerosols. Level 2 and 3 aerosol products
shall be stored and displayed in accordance with the
International Fire Code. See Section 311.2 and the
International Fire Code for occupancy group require-
ments.

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE 81

SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY

[F] 414.1.3 Information required. A report shall be sub-
mitted to the building official identifying the maximum
expected quantities of hazardous materials to be stored,
used in a closed system and used in an open system, and
subdivided to separately address hazardous material clas-
sification categories based on Tables 307.1(1) and
307.1(2). The methods of protection from such hazards,
including but not limited to control areas, fire protection
systems and Group H occupancies shall be indicated in the
report and on the construction documents. The opinion
and report shall be prepared by a qualified person, firm or
corporation approved by the building official and provided
without charge to the enforcing agency.

For buildings and structures with an occupancy in
Group H, separate floor plans shall be submitted identify-
ing the locations of anticipated contents and processes so
as to reflect the nature of each occupied portion of every
building and structure.

[F] 414.2 Control areas. Control areas shall comply with
Sections 414.2.1 through 414.2.5 and the International Fire
Code.

[F] 414.2.1 Construction requirements. Control areas
shall be separated from each other by fire barriers con-
structed in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal
assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 711, or
both.

[F| 414.2.2 Percentage of maximum allowable quanti-
ties. The percentage of maximum allowable quantities of
hazardous materials per control area permitted at each
floor level within a building shall be in accordance with
Table 414.2.2.

[F] 414.2.3 Number. The maximum number of control

areas within a building shall be in accordance with Table

414.2.2.

[F] 414.2.4 Fire-resistance-rating requirements. The

required fire-resistance rating for fire barriers shall be in

accordance with Table 414.2.2. The floor assembly of the

control area and the construction supporting the floor of

the control area shall have & fire-resistance rating of not
less than 2 hours.

Exception: The floor assembly of the control area and
the construction supporting the floor of the control area
are allowed to be 1-hour fire-resistance rated in build-
ings of Types 1IA, IIIA and VA construction, provided
that both of the following conditions exist:

1. The building is equipped throughout with an
automatic sprinkler system in accordance with
Section 903.3.1.1; and

2. The building is three or fewer stories above
grade plane.

[F] 414.2.5 Hazardous material in Group M display
and storage areas and in Group S storage areas. The

aggregate quantity of nonflammable solid and nonflamma-
ble or noncombustible liquid hazardous materials permit-
ted within a single control area of a Group M display and
storage area, a Group S storage area or an outdoor control
area is permitted to exceed the maximum allowable quan-
tities per control area specified in Tables 307.1(1) and
307.1(2) without classifying the building or use as a Group
H occupancy, provided that the materials are displayed
and stored in accordance with the International Fire Code
and quantities do not exceed the maximum allowable
specified in Table 414.2.5(1).

In Group M occupancy wholesale and retail sales uses,
indoor storage of flammable and combustible liquids shall
not exceed the maximum allowable quantities per control
area as indicated in Table 414.2.5(2), provided that the
materials are displayed and stored in accordance with the
International Fire Code.

The maximum quantity of aerosol products in Group M
occupancy retail display areas, storage areas adjacent to
retail display areas and retail storage areas shall be in
accordance with the International Fire Code.

[F] 414.3 Ventilation. Rooms, areas or spaces of Group H in
which explosive, corrosive, combustible, flammable or

[F] TABLE 414.2.2
DESIGN AND NUMBER OF CONTROL AREAS

FLOOR LEVEL

PERCENTAGE OF THE MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE
QUANTITY PER CONTROL AREA"

NUMBER OF CONTROL AREAS
PER FLOOR

FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING FOR
FIRE BARRIERS IN HOURS"

Higher than 9

7-9

12.5

Above grade
plane

12.5
12.5

2
2

100

Below grade

75
50

3
2

1
1

plane

Lower than 2

Not Allowed

a. Percentages shall be of the maximum allowable quantity per control area shown in Tables 307. 1 ( 1 ) and 307. 1 (2), with all increases allowed in the notes to
those tables.

b. Separation shall include fire barriers and horizontal assemblies as necessary to provide separation from other portions of the building.

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY

highly toxic dusts, mists, fumes, vapors or gases are or may
be emitted due to the processing, use, handling or storage of
materials shall be mechanically ventilated as required by the
International Fire Code and the International Mechanical
Code.

Ducts conveying explosives or flammable vapors, fumes
or dusts shall extend directly to the exterior of the building
without entering other spaces. Exhaust ducts shall not extend
into or through ducts and plenums.

Exception: Ducts conveying vapor or fumes having flam-
mable constituents less than 25 percent of their lower
flammable limit (LFL) are permitted to pass through other
spaces.

Emissions generated at workstations shall be confined to
the area in which they are generated as specified in the Inter-
national Fire Code and the International Mechanical Code.

The location of supply and exhaust openings shall be in
accordance with the International Mechanical Code. Exhaust
air contaminated by highly toxic material shall be treated in
accordance with the International Fire Code.

A manual shutoff control for ventilation equipment
required by this section shall be provided outside the room
adjacent to the principal access door to the room. The switch
shall be of the break-glass type and shall be labeled: VENTI-
LATION SYSTEM EMERGENCY SHUTOFF.

[F] 414.4 Hazardous material systems. Systems involving
hazardous materials shall be suitable for the intended applica-
tion. Controls shall be designed to prevent materials from
entering or leaving process or reaction systems at other than
the intended time, rate or path. Automatic controls, where
provided, shall be designed to be fail safe.

[F] 414.5 Inside storage, dispensing and use. The inside
storage, dispensing and use of hazardous materials shall be in

[F] TABLE 414.2.5(1)

MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE QUANTITY PER INDOOR AND OUTDOOR CONTROL AREA IN GROUP M AND S OCCUPANCIES

NONFLAMMABLE SOLIDS AND NONFLAMMABLE AND NONCOMBUSTIBLE LIQUIDS"*'

CONDITION

MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE QUANTITY PER CONTROL AREA

Material 8 Class

Solids
pounds

Liquids
gallons

A. Health-hazard materials— nonflammable and noncombustible solids and liquids

1 . Corrosives'"

Not Applicable

9,750

975

2. Highly toxics

Not Applicable

20 b ' c

2 b,c

3. Toxics'"

Not Applicable

1,000

100

B. Physical-hazard materials— nonflammable and noncombustible solids and liquids

1. Oxidizers' 1 ''

Not Allowed

1,150 s

115

2,250"

225

18,000 ij

1,800 '- J

2. Unstable (reactives) bx

Not Allowed

550

1,150

115

Not Limited

3. Water reactives

3 b,c

550

2 b,c

1,150

115

Not Limited

For SI: 1 pound = 0.454 kg, 1 gallon = 3.785 L.

a. Hazard categories are as specified in the International Fire Code,

b. Maximum allowable quantities shall be increased 100 percent in buildings that are sprinklered in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1. When Note c also
applies, the increase for both notes shall be applied accumulatively.

c. Maximum allowable quantities shall be increased 100 percent when stored in approved storage cabinets, in accordance with the International Fire Code.
When Note b also applies, the increase for both notes shall be applied accumulatively.

d. See Table 414.2.2 for design and number of control areas.

e. Allowable quantities for other hazardous material categories shall be in accordance with Section 307.

f. Maximum quantities shall be increased 100 percent in outdoor control areas.

g. Maximum amounts are permitted to be increased to 2,250 pounds when individual packages are in the original sealed containers from the manufacturer or
packager and do not exceed 10 pounds each.

h. Maximum amounts are permitted to be increased to 4,500 pounds when individual packages are in the original sealed containers from the manufacturer or

packager and do not exceed 10 pounds each,
i. The permitted quantities shall not be limited in a building equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 .
j. Quantities are unlimited in an outdoor control area.

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY

[F] TABLE 414.2.5(2)
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE QUANTITY OF FLAMMABLE AND COMBUSTIBLE LIQUIDS IN WHOLESALE AND RETAIL SALES

OCCUPANCIES PER CONTROL AREA 3

TYPE OF LIQUID

MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE QUANTITY PER CONTROL AREA (gallons)

Sprinklered in accordance with note
b densities and arrangements

Sprinklered in accordance with Tables 3404.3.6.3(4)

through 3404.3.6.3(8) and Table 3404.3.7.5.1 of the

International Fire Code

Nonsprinklered

Class IA

Class IB, IC, II and IIIA

7,500 c

15,000 c

1,600

Class IIIB

Unlimited

13,200

For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 square foot = 0.0929 m 2 , 1 gallon = 3.785 L, 1 gallon per minute per square foot = 40.75 L/min/m .

a. Control areas shall be separated from each other by not less than a 1 -hour fire barrier wall.

b. To be considered as sprinklered, a building shall be equipped throughout with an approved automatic sprinkler system with a design providing minimum
densities as follows:

1 . For uncartoned commodities on shelves 6 feet or less in height where the ceiling height does not exceed 1 8 feet, quantities are those permitted with a
minimum sprinkler design density of Ordinary Hazard Group 2.

2. For cartoned, palletized or racked commodities where storage is 4 feet 6 inches or less in height and where the ceiling height does not exceed 18 feet,
quantities are those permitted with a minimum sprinkler design density of 0.21 gallon per minute per square foot over the most remote 1,500-square-foot
area.

c. Where wholesale and retail sales or storage areas exceed 50,000 square feet in area, the maximum allowable quantities are allowed to be increased by 2
percent for each 1,000 square feet of area in excess of 50,000 square feet, up to a maximum of 100 percent of the table amounts. A control area separation is
not required. The cumulative amounts, including amounts attained by having an additional control area, shall not exceed 30,000 gallons.

accordance with Sections 414.5.1 through 414.5.4 of this
code and the International Fire Code.

[F] 414.5.1 Explosion control. Explosion control shall be
provided in accordance with the International Fire Code
as required by Table 414.5.1 where quantities of hazard-
ous materials specified in that table exceed the maximum
allowable quantities in Table 307.1(1) or where a struc-
ture, room or space is occupied for purposes involving
explosion hazards as required by Section 415 or the Inter-
national Fire Code.

[F] 414.5.2 Monitor control equipment. Monitor control
equipment shall be provided where required by the Inter-
national Fire Code.

[F] 414.5.3 Emergency or standby power. Where
mechanical ventilation, treatment systems, temperature
control, alarm, detection or other electrically operated sys-
tems are required by the International Fire Code or this
code, such systems shall be provided with an emergency
or standby power system in accordance with Chapter 27.

Exceptions:

1 . Emergency or standby power are not required for
the following storage areas:

1.1. Mechanical ventilation for storage of
Class IB and Class IC flammable and
combustible liquids in closed containers
not exceeding 6.5 gallons (25 L) capacity.

1.2. Storage areas for Class 1 and 2 oxidizers.

1.3. Storage areas for Class II, III, IV and V
organic peroxides.

1.4. Storage, use and handling areas for
asphyxiant, irritant and radioactive gases.

1.5. For storage, use and handling areas for
highly toxic or toxic materials, see Sec-
tions 6004.2.2.8 and 6004.3.4.2 of the
International Fire Code.

2. Standby power for mechanical ventilation, treat-
ment systems and temperature control systems
shall not be required where an approved fail-safe
engineered system is installed.

[F] 414.5.4 Spill control, drainage and containment.
Rooms, buildings or areas occupied for the storage of solid
and liquid hazardous materials shall be provided with a
means to control spillage and to contain or drain off spill-
age and fire protection water discharged in the storage area
where required in the International Fire Code. The meth-
ods of spill control shall be in accordance with the Inter-
national Fire Code.

[F] 414.6 Outdoor storage, dispensing and use. The out-
door storage, dispensing and use of hazardous materials shall
be in accordance with the International Fire Code.

[F] 414.6.1 Weather protection. Where weather protec-
tion is provided for sheltering outdoor hazardous material
storage or use areas, such areas shall be considered out-
door storage or use when the weather protection structure
complies with Sections 414.6.1.1 through 414.6.1.3.

[F] 414.6.1.1 Walls. Walls shall not obstruct more than
one side of the structure.

Exception: Walls shall be permitted to obstruct por-
tions of multiple sides of the structure, provided that
the obstructed area is not greater than 25 percent of
the structure's perimeter.

[F] 414.6.1.2 Separation distance. The distance from
the structure to buildings, lot lines, public ways or
means of egress to & public way shall be not less than
the distance required for an outside hazardous material
storage or use area without weather protection.

[F] 414.6.1.3 Noncombustible construction. The
overhead structure shall be of approved noncombusti-
ble construction with a maximum area of 1,500 square
feet (140 m 2 ).

Exception: The maximum area is permitted to be
increased as provided by Section 506.

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY

[F] 414.7 Emergency alarms. Emergency alarms for the
detection and notification of an emergency condition in
Group H occupancies shall be provided as set forth herein.

[F] 414.7.1 Storage. An approved manual emergency
alarm system shall be provided in buildings, rooms or
areas used for storage of hazardous materials. Emergency
alarm-initiating devices shall be installed outside of each
interior exit or exit access door of storage buildings, rooms
or areas. Activation of an emergency alarm-initiating
device shall sound a local alarm to alert occupants of an
emergency situation involving hazardous materials.

[F] 414.7.2 Dispensing, use and handling. Where haz-
ardous materials having a hazard ranking of 3 or 4 in

accordance with NFPA 704 are transported through corri-
dors, interior exit stairways or ramps, or exit passageways
there shall be an emergency telephone system, a local
manual alarm station or an approved alarm-initiating
device at not more than 150-foot (45 720 mm) intervals
and at each exit and exit access doorway throughout the
transport route. The signal shall be relayed to an approved
central, proprietary or remote station service or constantly
attended on-site location and shall initiate a local audible
alarm.

[F] 414.7.3 Supervision. Emergency alarm systems shall
be supervised by an approved central, proprietary or

[F] TABLE 414.5.1
EXPLOSION CONTROL REQUIREMENTS-

MATERIAL

CLASS

EXPLOSION CONTROL METHODS

Barricade construction

Explosion (deflagration) venting

or explosion (deflagration)

prevention systems"

HAZARD CATEGORY

Combustible dusts c

—

Not Required

Required

Cryogenic flammables

—

Not Required

Required

Explosives

Division 1.1
Division 1.2
Division 1.3
Division 1.4
Division 1.5
Division 1.6

Required
Required
Not Required
Not Required
Required
Required

Not Required
Not Required
Required
Required
Not Required
Not Required

Flammable gas

Gaseous
Liquefied

Not Required
Not Required

Required
Required

Flammable liquid

IA d
1B C

Not Required
Not Required

Required
Required

Organic peroxides

U
I

Required
Required

Not Permitted
Not Permitted

Oxidizer liquids and solids

Required

Not Permitted

Pyrophoric gas

—

Not Required

Required

Unstable (reactive)

3 Detonable

3 Nondetonable

Required

Not Required

Not Permitted

Required

Water-reactive liquids and solids

3
2 s

Not Required
Not Required

Required
Required

SPECIAL USES

Acetylene generator rooms

—

Not Required

Required

Grain processing

—

Not Required

Required

Liquefied petroleum gas-distribu-
tion facilities

—

Not Required

Required

Where explosion hazards exist f

Detonation
Deflagration

Required
Not Required

Not Permitted
Required

a. See Section 414.1.3.

b. See the International Fire Code.

c. As generated during manufacturing or processing.

d. Storage or use.

e. In open use or dispensing.

f. Rooms containing dispensing and use of hazardous materials when an explosive environment can occur because of the characteristics or nature of the
hazardous materials or as a result of the dispensing or use process.

g. A method of explosion control shall be provided when Class 2 water-reactive materials can form potentially explosive mixtures.

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY

remote station service or shall initiate an audible and
visual signal at a constantly attended on-site location.

SECTION 415
GROUPS H-1, H-2, H-3, H-4 AND H-5

Section 415 has been completely reorganized from the 2009
code; therefore, the * and ** margin indicators have not been
included for clarity.

[F] 415.1 Scope. The provisions of Sections 415.1 through
415. 10 shall apply to the storage and use of hazardous materi-
als in excess of the maximum allowable quantities per control
area listed in Section 307.1. Buildings and structures with an
occupancy in Group H shall also comply with the applicable
provisions of Section 414 and the International Fire Code.

[F] 415.2 Definitions. The following terms are defined in
Chapter 2:

CONTINUOUS GAS DETECTION SYSTEM.

DETACHED BUILDING.

EMERGENCY CONTROL STATION.

EXHAUSTED ENCLOSURE.

FABRICATION AREA.

FLAMMABLE VAPORS OR FUMES.

GAS CABINET.

GASROOM.

HAZARDOUS PRODUCTION MATERIAL (HPM).

HPM FLAMMABLE LIQUID.

HPM ROOM.

IMMEDIATELY DANGEROUS TO LIFE AND
HEALTH (IDLH).

LIQUID.

LIQUID STORAGE ROOM.

LIQUID USE, DISPENSING AND MIXING ROOM.

LOWER FLAMMABLE LIMIT (LFL).

NORMAL TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE (NTP).

PHYSIOLOGICAL WARNING THRESHOLD LEVEL.

SERVICE CORRIDOR.

SOLID.

STORAGE, HAZARDOUS MATERIALS.

USE (MATERIAL).

WORKSTATION.

[F] 415.3 Automatic fire detection systems. Group H
occupancies shall be provided with an automatic fire detec-
tion system in accordance with Section 907.2.

[F] 415.4 Automatic sprinkler system. Group H occupan-
cies shall be equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler
system in accordance with Section 903.2.5.

[F] 415.5 Fire separation distance. Group H occupancies
shall be located on property in accordance with the other pro-

visions of this chapter. In Groups H-2 and H-3, not less than
25 percent of the perimeter wall of the occupancy shall be an
exterior wall.

Exceptions:

1. Liquid use, dispensing and mixing rooms having a
floor area of not more than 500 square feet (46.5 m 2 )
need not be located on the outer perimeter of the
building where they are in accordance with the
International Fire Code and NFPA 30.

2. Liquid storage rooms having a floor area of not
more than 1,000 square feet (93 m 2 ) need not be
located on the outer perimeter where they are in
accordance with the International Fire Code and
NFPA 30.

3. Spray paint booths that comply with the Interna-
tional Fire Code need not be located on the outer
perimeter.

[F] 415.5.1 Group H occupancy minimum tire separa-
tion distance. Regardless of any other provisions, build-
ings containing Group H occupancies shall be set back to
the minimum fire separation distance as set forth in Sec-
tions 415.5.1.1 through 415.5.1.4. Distances shall be mea-
sured from the walls enclosing the occupancy to lot lines,
including those on a public way. Distances to assumed lot
lines established for the purpose of determining exterior
wall and opening protection are not to be used to establish
the minimum fire separation distance for buildings on
sites where explosives are manufactured or used when
separation is provided in accordance with the quantity dis-
tance tables specified for explosive materials in the Inter-
national Fire Code.

[F] 415.5.1.1 Group H-1. Group H-1 occupancies
shall be set back not less than 75 feet (22 860 mm) and
not less than required by the International Fire Code.

Exception: Fireworks manufacturing buildings
separated in accordance with NFPA 1 124.

[F] 415.5.1.2 Group H-2. Group H-2 occupancies
shall be set back not less than 30 feet (9144 mm) where
the area of the occupancy is greater than 1 ,000 square
feet (93 m 2 ) and it is not required to be located in a
detached building.

[F] 415.5.1.3 Groups H-2 and H-3. Group H-2 and H-
3 occupancies shall be set back not less than 50 feet (15
240 mm) where a detached building is required (see
Table 415.3.2).

[F] 415.5.1.4 Explosive materials. Group H-2 and H-
3 occupancies containing materials with explosive
characteristics shall be separated as required by the
International Fire Code. Where separations are not
specified, the distances required shall be determined by
a technical report issued in accordance with Section
414.1.3.

[F] 415.5.2 Detached buildings for Group H-1, H-2 or
H-3 occupancy. The storage or use of hazardous materials
in excess of those amounts listed in Table 415.5.2 shall be

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY

in accordance with the applicable provisions of Sections
415.6 and 415.7.

[F] 415.5.2.1 Wall and opening protection. Where a
detached building is required by Table 415.5.2, there
are no requirements for wall and opening protection
based on fire separation distance.

[F] 415.6 Special provisions for Group H-l occupancies.
Group H-l occupancies shall be in buildings used for no
other purpose, shall not exceed one story in height and be
without basements, crawl spaces or other under-floor spaces.
Roofs shall be of lightweight construction with suitable ther-
mal insulation to prevent sensitive material from reaching its
decomposition temperature. Group H-l occupancies contain-
ing materials that are in themselves both physical and health
hazards in quantities exceeding the maximum allowable
quantities per control area in Table 307.1(2) shall comply
with requirements for both Group H-l and H-4 occupancies.

[F] 415.6.1 Floors in storage rooms. Floors in storage
areas for organic peroxides, pyrophoric materials and
unstable (reactive) materials shall be of liquid-tight, non-
combustible construction.

[F] 415.7 Special provisions for Group H-2 and H-3 occu-
pancies. Group H-2 and H-3 occupancies containing quanti-
ties of hazardous materials in excess of those set forth in
Table 415.5.2 shall be in detached buildings used for manu-

facturing, processing, dispensing, use or storage of hazardous
materials. Materials listed for Group H-l occupancies in Sec-
tion 307.3 are permitted to be located within Group H-2 or H-
3 detached buildings provided the amount of materials per
control area do not exceed the maximum allowed quantity
specified in Table 307. 1(1).

[F] 415.7.1 Detached buildings. Detached buildings
shall not exceed one story in height and shall be without
basements, crawl spaces or other under-floor spaces.

[F] 415.7.2 Multiple hazards. Group H-2 or H-3 occu-
pancies containing materials which are in themselves both
physical and health hazards in quantities exceeding the
maximum allowable quantities per control area in Table
307.1(2) shall comply with requirements for Group H-2,
H-3 or H-4 occupancies as applicable.

[F] 415.7.3 Separation of incompatible materials. Haz-
ardous materials other than those listed in Table 415.3.2
shall be allowed in manufacturing, processing, dispensing,
use or storage areas when separated from incompatible
materials in accordance with the provisions of the Interna-
tional Fire Code.

[F] 415.7.4 Water reactives. Group H-2 and H-3 occu- |
pancies containing water-reactive materials shall be resis-
tant to water penetration. Piping for conveying liquids
shall not be over or through areas containing water reac-

[F] TABLE 415.5.2
DETACHED BUILDING REQUIRED

A DETACHED BUILDING IS REQUIRED WHEN THE QUANTITY OF MATERIAL EXCEEDS THAT LISTED HEREIN

Material

Class

Solids and Liquids (tons)""

Gases (cubic feet)"' 6

Explosives

Division 1.1
Division 1.2
Division 1.3
Division 1.4
Division 1.4 C
Division 1.5
Division 1.6

Maximum Allowable Quantity
Maximum Allowable Quantity
Maximum Allowable Quantity
Maximum Allowable Quantity

1
Maximum Allowable Quantity
Maximum Allowable Quantity

Not Applicable

Oxidizers

Class 4

Maximum Allowable Quantity

Unstable (reactives) detonable

Class 3 or 4

Maximum Allowable Quantity

Oxidizer, liquids and solids

Class 3
Class 2

1,200
2,000

Not Applicable
Not Applicable

Organic peroxides

Detonable
Class I
Class II

Class III

Maximum Allowable Quantity
Maximum Allowable Quantity

Not Applicable
Not Applicable
Not Applicable
Not Applicable

Unstable (reactives) nondetonable

Class 3
Class 2

2,000
10,000

Water reactives

Class 3
Class 2

Not Applicable
Not Applicable

Pyrophoric gases

Not Applicable

2,000

For SI: 1 ton = 906 kg, 1 cubic foot = 0.02832 m 3 , 1 pound = 0.454 kg.

a. For materials that are detonable, the distance to other buildings or lot lines shall be in accordance with Chapter 33 of the International Fire Code based on
trinitrotoluene (TNT) equivalence of the material. For materials classified as explosives, see Chapter 56 of the International Fire Code.

b. "Maximum Allowable Quantity" means the maximum allowable quantity per control area set forth in Table 307.1(1).

c. Limited to Division 1.4 materials and articles, including articles packaged for shipment, that are not regulated as an explosive under Bureau of Alcohol,
Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives (BATF) regulations or unpackaged articles used in process operations that do not propagate a detonation or deflagration
between articles, provided the net explosive weight of individual articles does not exceed 1 pound.

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY

tives, unless isolated by approved liquid-tight construc-
tion.

Exception: Fire protection piping shall be permitted
over or through areas containing water reactives with-
out isolating it with liquid-tight construction.

[F] 415.7.5 Floors in storage rooms. Floors in storage
areas for organic peroxides, oxidizers, pyrophoric materi-
als, unstable (reactive) materials and water-reactive solids
and liquids shall be of liquid-tight, noncombustible con-
struction.

[F] 415.7.6 Waterproof room. Rooms or areas used for
the storage of water-reactive solids and liquids shall be
constructed in a manner that resists the penetration of
water through the use of waterproof materials. Piping car-
rying water for other than approved automatic sprinkler
systems shall not be within such rooms or areas.

[F] 415.8 Group H-2. Occupancies in Group H-2 shall be
constructed in accordance with Sections 415.8.1 through
415.8.4 and the International Fire Code.

[F] 415.8.1 Combustible dusts, grain processing and
storage. The provisions of Sections 415.8.1.1 through
415.8.1.6 shall apply to buildings in which materials that
produce combustible dusts are stored or handled. Build-
ings that store or handle combustible dusts shall comply
with the applicable provisions of NFPA 61, NFPA 85,
NFPA 120, NFPA 484, NFPA 654, NFPA 655 and NFPA
664, and the International Fire Code.

[F] 415.8.1.1 Type of construction and height excep-
tions. Buildings shall be constructed in compliance
with the height and area limitations of Table 503 for
Group H-2; except that where erected of Type I or II
construction, the heights and areas of grain elevators
and similar structures shall be unlimited, and where of
Type IV construction, the maximum building height
shall be 65 feet (19 812 mm) and except further that, in
isolated areas, the maximum building height of Type
IV structures shall be increased to 85 feet (25 908 mm).

[F] 415.8.1.2 Grinding rooms. Every room or space
occupied for grinding or other operations that produce
combustible dusts shall be enclosed with fire barriers
constructed in accordance with Section 707 or horizon-
tal assemblies constructed in accordance with Section
711, or both. The fire-resistance rating of the enclosure
shall be not less than 2 hours where the area is not more
than 3,000 square feet (279 m 2 ), and not less than 4
hours where the area is greater than 3,000 square feet
(279 m 2 ).

[F] 415.8.1.3 Conveyors. Conveyors, chutes, piping
and similar equipment passing through the enclosures
of rooms or spaces shall be constructed dirt tight and
vapor tight, and be of approved noncombustible materi-
als complying with Chapter 30.

[F] 415.8.1.4 Explosion control. Explosion control
shall be provided as specified in the International Fire
Code, or spaces shall be equipped with the equivalent
mechanical ventilation complying with the Interna-
tional Mechanical Code.

[F] 415.8.1.5 Grain elevators. Grain elevators, malt
houses and buildings for similar occupancies shall not
be located within 30 feet (9144 mm) of interior lot lines
or structures on the same lot, except where erected
along a railroad right-of-way.

[F] 415.8.1.6 Coal pockets. Coal pockets located less
than 30 feet (9144 mm) from interior lot lines or from
structures on the same lot shall be constructed of not
less than Type IB construction. Where more than 30
feet (9144mm) from interior lot lines, or where erected
along a railroad right-of-way, the minimum type of
construction of such structures not more than 65 feet
(19 812 mm) in building height shall be Type IV.

[F] 415.8.2 Flammable and combustible liquids. The

storage, handling, processing and transporting of flamma-
ble and combustible liquids in Groups H-2 and H-3 occu-
pancies shall be in accordance with Sections 415.8.2.1
through 415.8.2.9, the International Mechanical Code and
the International Fire Code.

[F] 415.8.2.1 Mixed occupancies. Where the storage
tank area is located in a building of two or more occu-
pancies and the quantity of liquid exceeds the maxi-
mum allowable quantity for one control area, the use
shall be completely separated from adjacent occupan-
cies in accordance with the requirements of Section
508.4.

[F] 415.8.2.1.1 Height exception. Where storage
tanks are located within a building no more than one
story above grade plane, the height limitation of
Section 503 shall not apply for Group H.

[F] 415.8.2.2 Tank protection. Storage tanks shall be
noncombustible and protected from physical damage.
Fire barriers or horizontal assemblies or both around
the storage tanks shall be permitted as the method of
protection from physical damage.

[F] 415.8.2.3 Tanks. Storage tanks shall be approved
tanks conforming to the requirements of the Interna-
tional Fire Code.

[F] 415.8.2.4 Leakage containment. A liquid-tight
containment area compatible with the stored liquid
shall be provided. The method of spill control, drainage
control and secondary containment shall be in accor-
dance with the International Fire Code.

Exception: Rooms where only double-wall storage
tanks conforming to Section 415.8.2.3 are used to
store Class I, II and IIIA flammable and combustible
liquids shall not be required to have a leakage con-
tainment area.

[Fl 415.8.2.5 Leakage alarm. An approved automatic
alarm shall be provided to indicate a leak in a storage
tank and room. The alarm shall sound an audible signal,
15 dBa above the ambient sound level, at every point of
entry into the room in which the leaking storage tank is
located. An approved sign shall be posted on every
entry door to the tank storage room indicating the
potential hazard of the interior room environment, or
the sign shall state: WARNING, WHEN ALARM

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY

SOUNDS, THE ENVIRONMENT WITHIN THE
ROOM MAY BE HAZARDOUS. The leakage alarm
shall also be supervised in accordance with Chapter 9
to transmit a trouble signal.

[F] 415.8.2.6 Tank vent. Storage tank vents for Class
I, II or IIIA liquids shall terminate to the outdoor air in
accordance with the International Fire Code.

[F] 415.8.2.7 Room ventilation. Storage tank areas
storing Class I, II or IIIA liquids shall be provided with
mechanical ventilation. The mechanical ventilation sys-
tem shall be in accordance with the International
Mechanical Code and the International Fire Code.

[F] 415.8.2.8 Explosion venting. Where Class I liq-
uids are being stored, explosion venting shall be pro-
vided in accordance with the International Fire Code.

[F] 415.8.2.9 Tank openings other than vents. Tank
openings other than vents from tanks inside buildings
shall be designed to ensure that liquids or vapor con-
centrations are not released inside the building.

[F] 415.8.3 Liquefied petroleum gas facilities. The con-
struction and installation of liquefied petroleum gas facili-
ties shall be in accordance with the requirements of this
code, the International Fire Code, the International
Mechanical Code, the International Fuel Gas Code and
NFPA 58.

[F] 415.8.4 Dry cleaning plants. The construction and
installation of dry cleaning plants shall be in accordance
with the requirements of this code, the International
Mechanical Code, the International Plumbing Code and
NFPA 32. Dry cleaning solvents and systems shall be clas-
sified in accordance with the International Fire Code.

[F] 415.9 Groups H-3 and H-4. Groups H-3 and H-4 shall
be constructed in accordance with the applicable provisions
of this code and the International Fire Code.

[F] 415.9.1 Flammable and combustible liquids. The

storage, handling, processing and transporting of flamma-
ble and combustible liquids in Group H-3 occupancies
shall be in accordance with Section 415.8.2.

[F] 415.9.2 Gas rooms. Where gas rooms are provided,
such rooms shall be separated from other areas by not less
than l-hour/(Ve barriers constructed in accordance with
Section 707 or horizontal assemblies constructed in accor-
dance with Section 71 1, or both.

[F] 415.9.3 Floors in storage rooms. Floors in storage
areas for corrosive liquids and highly toxic or toxic materi-
als shall be of liquid-tight, noncombustible construction.

[F] 415.9.4 Separation-highly toxic solids and liquids.

Highly toxic solids and liquids not stored in approved haz-
ardous materials storage cabinets shall be isolated from
other hazardous materials storage by not less than 1-hour
fire barriers constructed in accordance with Section 707
or horizontal assemblies constructed in accordance with
Section 7 1 1 , or both.

[F] 415.10 Group H-5. In addition to the requirements set
forth elsewhere in this code, Group H-5 shall comply with the

provisions of Sections 415.10.1 through 415.10.11 and the
International Fire Code.

[F] 415.10.1 Fabrication areas. Fabrication areas shall
comply with Sections 415.10.1.1 through 415.10.1.8.

[F] 415.10.1.1 Hazardous materials. Hazardous
materials and hazardous production materials (HPM)
shall comply with Sections 415.10.1.1.1 and
415.10.1.1.2.

[F] 415.10.1.1.1 Aggregate quantities. The aggre-
gate quantities of hazardous materials stored and
used in a single fabrication area shall not exceed the
quantities set forth in Table 415.10.1.1.1.

Exception: The quantity limitations for any haz-
ard category in Table 415.10.1.1.1 shall not apply
where the fabrication area contains quantities of
hazardous materials not exceeding the maximum
allowable quantities per control area established
by Tables 307.1(1) and 307.1(2).

[F] 415.10.1.1.2 Hazardous production materi-
als. The maximum quantities of hazardous produc-
tion materials (HPM) stored in a single fabrication
area shall not exceed the maximum allowable quan-
tities per control area established by Tables
307.1(1) and 307.1(2).

[F] 415.10.1.2 Separation. Fabrication areas, whose
sizes are limited by the quantity of hazardous materials
allowed by Table 415.10.1.1.1, shall be separated from
each other, from corridors and from other parts of the
building by not less than 1-hour fire barriers con-
structed in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal
assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 711,
or both.

Exceptions:

1. Doors within such^zre barrier walls, including
doors to corridors, shall be only self-closing
fire door assemblies having a fire protection
rating of not less than 3 / 4 hour.

2. Windows between fabrication areas and cor-
ridors are permitted to be fixed glazing listed
and labeled for a fire protection rating of not
less than 3 / 4 hour in accordance with Section
716.

[F] 415.10.1.3 Location of occupied levels. Occupied
levels of fabrication areas shall be located at or above
the first story above grade plane.

[F] 415.10.1.4 Floors. Except for surfacing, floors
within fabrication areas shall be of noncombustible
construction.

Openings through floors of fabrication areas are
permitted to be unprotected where the interconnected
levels are used solely for mechanical equipment
directly related to such fabrication areas (see also Sec-
tion 415.10.1.5).

Floors forming a part of an occupancy separation
shall be liquid tight.

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE

SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY

[F] 415.10.1.5 Shafts and openings through floors.
Elevator hoistways, vent shafts and other openings
through floors shall be enclosed where required by Sec-
tions 712 and 713. Mechanical, duct and piping pene-
trations within a fabrication area shall not extend
through more than two floors. The annular space
around penetrations for cables, cable trays, tubing, pip-
ing, conduit or ducts shall be sealed at the floor level to
restrict the movement of air. The fabrication area,
including the areas through which the ductwork and
piping extend, shall be considered a single conditioned
environment.

[F] 415.10.1.6 Ventilation. Mechanical exhaust venti-
lation at the rate of not less than 1 cubic foot per minute
per square foot [0.005 1 m 3 /(s • m 2 )] of floor area shall
be provided throughout the portions of the fabrication
area where HPM are used or stored. The exhaust air
duct system of one fabrication area shall not connect to
another duct system outside that fabrication area
within the building.

A ventilation system shall be provided to capture
and exhaust gases, fumes and vapors at workstations.

Two or more operations at a workstation shall not
be connected to the same exhaust system where either
one or the combination of the substances removed
could constitute a fire, explosion or hazardous chemical
reaction within the exhaust duct system.

Exhaust ducts penetrating fire barriers constructed
in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal assem-
blies constructed in accordance with Section 711 shall
be contained in a shaft of equivalent fire-resistance-
rated construction. Exhaust ducts shall not penetrate
fire walls.

Fire dampers shall not be installed in exhaust ducts.

[F] 415.10.1.7 Transporting hazardous production
materials to fabrication areas. HPM shall be trans-
ported to fabrication areas through enclosed piping or
tubing systems that comply with Section 415.10.6,
through service corridors complying with Section
415.10.3, or in corridors as permitted in the exception
to Section 415.10.2. The handling or transporting of
HPM within service corridors shall comply with the
International Fire Code.

[F] 415.10.1.8 Electrical. Electrical equipment and
devices within the fabrication area shall comply with
NFPA 70. The requirements for hazardous locations
need not be applied where the average air change is at
least four times that set forth in Section 415.10.1.6 and
where the number of air changes at any location is not
less than three times that required by Section
415.10.1.6. The use of recirculated air shall be permit-
ted.

[F] 415.10.1.8.1 Workstations. Workstations shall
not be energized without adequate exhaust ventila-
tion. See Section 415.10.1.6 for workstation
exhaust ventilation requirements.

[F] 415.10.2 Corridors. Corridors shall comply with
Chapter 10 and shall be separated bom fabrication area?,
as specified in section 415.10.1.2. Corridors shall not con-
tain HPM and shall not be used for transporting such
materials except through closed piping systems as pro-
vided in Section 415.10.6.4

Exception: Where existing fabrication areas are
altered or modified, HPM is allowed to be transported
in existing corridors, subject to the following condi-
tions:

1 . Nonproduction HPM is allowed to be transported
in corridors if utilized for maintenance, lab work
and testing.

2. Where existing fabrication areas are altered or
modified, HPM is allowed to be transported in
existing corridors, subject to the following con-
ditions:

2.1. Corridors. Corridors adjacent to the fab-
rication area where the alteration work is
to be done shall comply with Section
1018 for a length determined as follows:

2.1.1. The length of the common wall
of the corridor and the
fabrication area; and

2.1.2. For the distance along the
corridor to the point of entry of
HPM into the corridor serving
thai fabrication area.

2.2. Emergency alarm system. There shall be
an emergency telephone system, a local
manual alarm station or other approved
alarm-initiating device within corridors at
not more than 150-foot (45 720 mm)
intervals and at each exit and doorway.
The signal shall be relayed to an approved
central, proprietary or remote station ser-
vice or the emergency control station and
shall also initiate a local audible alarm.

2.3. Pass-throughs. Self-closing doors having
a fire protection rating of not less than 1
hour shall separate pass-throughs from
existing corridors. Pass-throughs shall be
constructed as required for the corridors
and protected by an approved automatic
sprinkler system.

[F] 415.10.3 Service corridors. Service corridors within
a Group H-5 occupancy shall comply with Sections
415.10.3.1 through 415.10.3.4.

[F] 415.10.3.1 Use conditions. Service corridors shall
be separated from corridors as required by Section
415.10.1.2. Service corridors shall not be used as a
required corridor.

[F] 415.10.3.2 Mechanical ventilation. Service corri-
dors shall be mechanically ventilated as required by
Section 415.10.1.6 or at not less than six air changes
per hour, whichever is greater.

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY

[F] TABLE 415.10.1.1.1
QUANTITY LIMITS FOR HAZARDOUS MATERIALS IN A SINGLE FABRICATION AREA IN GROUP H-5 B

HAZARD CATEGORY

SOLIDS
(pounds per square foot)

LIQUIDS
(gallons per square foot)

GAS

(cubic feet @ NTP/square foot)

PHYSICAL-HAZARD MATERIALS

Combustible dust

Noteb

Not Applicable

Combustible fiber Loose
Baled

Noteb
Notes b, c

Not Applicable

Combustible liquid II

IIIA
IIIB

Combination Class I, II and IIIA

Not Applicable

0.01

0.02

Not Limited

0.04

Not Applicable

_ . Flammable
Cryogenic gas . .

Oxidizing

Not Applicable

Noted
1.25

Explosives

Noteb

Flammable gas Gaseous
Liquefied

Not Applicable

Noted
Noted

Flammable liquid IA

IC
Combination Class IA, IB and IC
Combination Class I, n and IIIA

Not Applicable

0.0025
0.025
0.025
0.025
0.04

Not Applicable

Flammable solid

0.001

Not Applicable

Unclassified
detonable
Class I
Organic peroxide Class II
Class III
Class IV
Class V

Noteb

0.025

0.1

Not Limited

Not Applicable

Oxidizing gas Gaseous
Liquefied

Combination of gaseous and liquefiec

Not Applicable

1.25
1.25

1.25

Oxidizer Class 4
Class 3
Class 2
Class 1

Combination Class 1,2,3

Noteb
0.003
0.003
0.003
0.003

Noteb
0.03
0.03
0.03
0.03

Not Applicable

Pyrophoric materials

0.01

0.00125

Notes d and e

Unstable (reactive) Class 4
Class 3
Class 2
Class 1

Noteb

0.025

0.1

Not Limited

Noteb

0.0025

0.01

Not Limited

Noteb

Not Limited

Water reactive Class 3
Class 2
Class 1

Noteb

0.25

Not Limited

0.00125

0.025

Not Limited

Not Applicable

HEALTH-HAZARD MATERIALS

Corrosives

Not Limited

Highly toxic

Not Limited

Noted

Toxics

Not Limited

Noted

For SI: 1 pound per square foot = 4.882 kg/m 2 , 1 gallon per square foot = 40.7 L/m\ 1 cubic foot @ NTP/square foot = 0.305 m 3 @ NTP/nr, 1 cubic foot =
0.02832 m 3 .

a. Hazardous materials within piping shall not be included in the calculated quantities.

b. Quantity of hazardous materials in a single fabrication shall not exceed the maximum allowable quantities per control area in Tables 307.1(1) and 307.1(2).

c. Densely packed baled cotton that complies with the packing requirements of ISO 8115 shall not be included in this material class.

d. The aggregate quantity of flammable, pyrophoric, toxic and highly toxic gases shall not exceed 9,000 cubic feet at NTP.

e. The aggregate quantity of pyrophoric gases in the building shall not exceed the amounts set forth in Table 415.5.2.

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY

[F] 415. 10.3.3 Means of egress. The distance of travel
from any point in a service corridor to an exit, exit
access corridor or door into a. fabrication area shall be
not greater than 75 feet (22 860 mm). Dead ends shall
be not greater than 4 feet (1219 mm) in length. There
shall be not less than two exits, and not more than one-
half of the required means of egress shall require travel
into a fabrication area. Doors from service corridors
shall swing in the direction of egress travel and shall be
self-closing.

[F] 415.10.3.4 Minimum width. The clear width of a
service corridor shall be not less than 5 feet (1524
mm), or 33 inches (838 mm) wider than the widest cart
or truck used in the service corridor, whichever is
greater.

[F] 415.10.3.5 Emergency alarm system. Emergency
alarm systems shall be provided in accordance with this
section and Sections 414.7.1 and MM 2. The maxi-
mum allowable quantity per control area provisions
shall not apply to emergency alarm systems required
forHPM.

[F] 415.10.3.5.1 Service corridors. An emergency
alarm system shall be provided in service corridors,
with no fewer than one alarm device in each service
corridor.

[F] 415.10.3.5.2 Corridors and interior exit stair-
ways and ramps. Emergency alarms for corridors,
interior exit stairways and ramps and exit passage-
ways shall comply with Section 414.7.2.

[F] 415.10.3.5.3 Liquid storage rooms, HPM
rooms and gas rooms. Emergency alarms for liquid
storage rooms, HPM rooms and gas rooms shall
comply with Section 414.7.1.

[F] 415.10.3.5.4 Alarm-initiating devices. An
approved emergency telephone system, local alarm
manual pull stations, or other approved alarm-initi-
ating devices are allowed to be used as emergency
alarm-initiating devices.

[F] 415.10.3.5.5 Alarm signals. Activation of the
emergency alarm system shall sound a local alarm
and transmit a signal to the emergency control sta-
tion.

[F] 415.10.4 Storage of hazardous production materi-
als. Storage of hazardous production materials (HPM) in
fabrication areas shall be within approved or listed stor-
age cabinets or gas cabinets or within a workstation. The
storage of HPM in quantities greater than those listed in
Section 5004.2 of the International Fire Code shall be in
liquid storage rooms, HPM rooms or gas rooms as appro-
priate for the materials stored. The storage of other hazard-
ous materials shall be in accordance with other applicable
provisions of this code and the International Fire Code.

[F] 415.10.5 HPM rooms, gas rooms, liquid storage
room construction. HPM rooms, gas rooms and liquid
shall be constructed in accordance with Sections
415.10.5.1 through 415. 10.5.9.

[F] 415.10.5.1 HPM rooms and gas rooms. HPM
rooms and gas rooms shall be separated from other
areas by fire barriers constructed in accordance with
Section 707 or horizontal assemblies constructed in
accordance with Section 711, or both. The fire-resis-
tance rating shall be not less than 2 hours where the
area is 300 square feet (27.9 m 2 ) or more and not less
than 1 hour where the area is less than 300 square feet
(27.9 m 2 ).

[F] 415.10.5.2 Liquid storage rooms. Liquid storage
rooms shall be constructed in accordance with the fol-
lowing requirements:

1 . Rooms greater than 500 square feet (46.5 m 2 ) in
area, shall have no fewer than one exterior door
approved for fire department access.

2. Rooms shall be separated from other areas by fire
barriers constructed in accordance with Section
707 or horizontal assemblies constructed in
accordance with Section 711, or both. The fire-
resistance rating shall be not less than 1 hour for
rooms up to 150 square feet (13.9 m 2 ) in area and
not less than 2 hours where the room is more than
150 square feet (13.9 m 2 ) in area.

3. Shelving, racks and wainscotting in such areas
shall be of noncombustible construction or wood
of not less than 1-inch (25 mm) nominal thick-
ness or fire-retardant-treated wood complying
with Section 2303.2.

4. Rooms used for the storage of Class I flammable
liquids shall not be located in a basement.

[F] 415.10.5.3 Floors. Except for surfacing, floors of
HPM rooms and liquid storage rooms shall be of non-
combustible liquid-tight construction. Raised grating
over floors shall be of noncombustible materials.

[F] 415.10.5.4 Location. Where HPM rooms, liquid
storage rooms and gas rooms are provided, they shall
have no fewer than one exterior wall and such wall
shall be not less than 30 feet (9144 mm) from lot lines,
including lot lines adjacent to public ways.

[F] 415.10.5.5 Explosion control. Explosion control
shall be provided where required by Section 414.5.1.

[F] 415.10.5.6 Exits. Where two exits are required
from HPM rooms, liquid storage rooms and gas rooms,
one shall be directly to the outside of the building.

[F] 415.10.5.7 Doors. Doors in a fire barrier wall,
including doors to corridors, shall be self-closing fire
door assemblies having a fire protection rating of not
less than 3 / 4 hour.

[F] 415.10.5.8 Ventilation. Mechanical exhaust venti-
lation shall be provided in liquid storage rooms, HPM
rooms and gas rooms at the rate of not less than 1 cubic
foot per minute per square foot (0.044 L/s/m 2 ) of floor
area or six air changes per hour, whichever is greater,
for categories of material.

Exhaust ventilation for gas rooms shall be designed
to operate at a negative pressure in relation to the sur-

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE 9

SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY

rounding areas and direct the exhaust ventilation to an
exhaust system.

[F] 415.10.5.9 Emergency alarm system. An
approved emergency alarm system shall be provided
for HPM rooms, liquid storage rooms and gas rooms.

Emergency alarm-initiating devices shall be
installed outside of each interior exit door of such
rooms.

Activation of an emergency alarm-initiating device
shall sound a local alarm and transmit a signal to the
emergency control station.

An approved emergency telephone system, local
alarm manual pull stations or other approved alarm-ini-
tiating devices are allowed to be used as emergency
alarm-initiating devices.

[F] 415.10.6 Piping and tubing. Hazardous production
materials piping and tubing shall comply with this section
andASMEB31.3.

[F] 415.10.6.1 HPM having a health-hazard rank-
ing of 3 or 4. Systems supplying HPM liquids or gases
having a health-hazard ranking of 3 or 4 shall be
welded throughout, except for connections, to the sys-
tems that are within a ventilated enclosure if the mate-
rial is a gas, or an approved method of drainage or
containment is provided for the connections if the
material is a liquid.

[F] 415.10.6.2 Location in service corridors. Hazard-
ous production materials supply piping or tubing in ser-
vice corridors shall be exposed to view.

[F] 415.10.6.3 Excess flow control. Where HPM
gases or liquids are carried in pressurized piping above
15 pounds per square inch gauge (psig) (103.4 kPa),
excess flow control shall be provided. Where the piping
originates from within a liquid storage room, HPM
room or gas room, the excess flow control shall be
located within the liquid storage room, HPM room or
gas room. Where the piping originates from a bulk
source, the excess flow control shall be located as close
to the bulk source as practical.

[F] 415.10.6.4 Installations in corridors and above
other occupancies. The installation of HPM piping
and tubing within the space defined by the walls of cor-
ridors and the floor or roof above, or in concealed
spaces above other occupancies, shall be in accordance
with Sections 415.10.6.1 through 415.10.6.3 and the
following conditions:

1 . Automatic sprinklers shall be installed within the
space unless the space is less than 6 inches (152
mm) in the least dimension.

2. Ventilation not less than six air changes per hour
shall be provided. The space shall not be used to
convey air from any other area.

3. Where the piping or tubing is used to transport
HPM liquids, a receptor shall be installed below
such piping or tubing. The receptor shall be
designed to collect any discharge or leakage and

drain it to an approved location. The 1-hour
enclosure shall not be used as part of the receptor.

4. HPM supply piping and tubing and nonmetallic
waste lines shall be separated from the corridor
and from occupancies other than Group H-5 by
fire barriers that have a. fire-resistance rating of
not less than 1 hour. Where gypsum wallboard is
used, joints on the piping side of the enclosure
are not required to be taped, provided the joints
occur over framing members. Access openings
into the enclosure shall be protected by approved
fire protection-rated assemblies.

5. Readily accessible manual or automatic remotely
activated fail-safe emergency shutoff valves shall
be installed on piping and tubing other than waste
lines at the following locations:

5.1. At branch connections into the fabrication
area.

5.2. At entries into corridors.

Exception: Transverse crossings of the corridors by
supply piping that is enclosed within a ferrous pipe
or tube for the width of the corridor need not com-
ply with Items 1 through 5.

[F] 415.10.6.5 Identification. Piping, tubing and HPM
waste lines shall be identified in accordance with ANSI
A13.1 to indicate the material being transported.

[F] 415.10.7 Continuous gas detection systems. A con-
tinuous gas detection system shall be provided for HPM
gases where the physiological warning threshold level of
the gas is at a higher level than the accepted permissible
exposure limit (PEL) for the gas and for flammable gases
in accordance with Sections 415.10.7.1 and 415.10.7.2.

[F] 415.10.7.1 Where required. A continuous gas
detection system shall be provided in the areas identi-
fied in Sections 415.10.7.1.1 through 415.10.7.1.4.

[F] 415.10.7.1.1 Fabrication areas. A continuous
gas detection system shall be provided in fabrication
areas where gas is used in the fabrication area.

[F] 415.10.7.1.2 HPM rooms. A continuous gas
detection system shall be provided in HPM rooms
where gas is used in the room.

[F] 415.10.7.1.3 Gas cabinets, exhausted enclo-
sures and gas rooms. A continuous gas detection
system shall be provided in gas cabinets and
exhausted enclosures. A continuous gas detection
system shall be provided in gas rooms where gases
are not located in gas cabinets or exhausted enclo-
sures.

[F] 415.10.7.1.4 Corridors. Where gases are trans-
ported in piping placed within the space defined by
the walls of a corridor and the floor or roof above
the corridor, a continuous gas detection system shall
be provided where piping is located and in the corri-
dor.

Exception: A continuous gas detection system is
not required for occasional transverse crossings

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY

of the corridors by supply piping that is enclosed
in a ferrous pipe or tube for the width of the cor-
ridor.

[F] 415.10.7.2 Gas detection system operation. The
continuous gas detection system shall be capable of
monitoring the room, area or equipment in which the
gas is located at or below all the following gas concen-
trations:

1. Immediately dangerous to life and health (IDLH)
values where the monitoring point is within an
exhausted enclosure, ventilated enclosure or gas
cabinet.

2. Permissible exposure limit (PEL) levels where
the monitoring point is in an area outside an
exhausted enclosure, ventilated enclosure or gas
cabinet.

3. For flammable gases, the monitoring detection
threshold level shall be vapor concentrations in
excess of 25 percent of the lower flammable limit
(LFL) where the monitoring is within or outside
an exhausted enclosure, ventilated enclosure or
gas cabinet.

4. Except as noted in this section, monitoring for
highly toxic and toxic gases shall also comply
with Chapter 60 of the International Fire Code.

[F] 415.10.7.2.1 Alarms. The gas detection system
shall initiate a local alarm and transmit a signal to
the emergency control station when a short-term
hazard condition is detected. The alarm shall be both
visual and audible and shall provide warning both
inside and outside the area where the gas is detected.
The audible alarm shall be distinct from all other
alarms.

[F] 415.10.7.2.2 Shutoff of gas supply. The gas
detection system shall automatically close the shut-
off valve at the source on gas supply piping and tub-
ing related to the system being monitored for which
gas is detected when a short-term hazard condition
is detected. Automatic closure of shutoff valves
shall comply with the following:

1. Where the gas detection sampling point initi-
ating the gas detection system alarm is within
a gas cabinet or exhausted enclosure, the shut-
off valve in the gas cabinet or exhausted
enclosure for the specific gas detected shall
automatically close.

2. Where the gas detection sampling point initi-
ating the gas detection system alarm is within
a room and compressed gas containers are not
in gas cabinets or an exhausted enclosure, the
shutoff valves on all gas lines for the specific
gas detected shall automatically close.

3. Where the gas detection sampling point initi-
ating the gas detection system alarm is within
a piping distribution manifold enclosure, the
shutoff valve supplying the manifold for the

compressed gas container of the specific gas
detected shall automatically close.

Exception: Where the gas detection sampling
point initiating the gas detection system alarm is
at the use location or within a gas valve enclosure
of a branch line downstream of a piping distribu-
tion manifold, the shutoff valve for the branch
line located in the piping distribution manifold
enclosure shall automatically close.

[F] 415.10.8 Manual fire alarm system. An approved
manual fire alarm system shall be provided throughout
buildings containing Group H-5. Activation of the alarm
system shall initiate a local alarm and transmit a signal to
the emergency control station. Tat fire alarm system shall
be designed and installed in accordance with Section 907.

[F] 415.10.9 Emergency control station. An emergency
control station shall be provided in accordance with Sec-
tions 415.10.9.1 through 415.10.9.3.

[F] 415.10.9.1 Location. The emergency control sta-
tion shall be located on the premises at an approved
location outside the fabrication area.

[F] 415.10.9.2 Staffing. Trained personnel shall con-
tinuously staff the emergency control station.

[F] 415.10.9.3 Signals. The emergency control station
shall receive signals from emergency equipment and
alarm and detection systems. Such emergency equip-
ment and alarm and detection systems shall include, but
not be limited to, the following where such equipment
or systems are required to be provided either in this
chapter or elsewhere in this code:

1. Automatic sprinkler system alarm and monitoring
systems.

2. Manual fire alarm systems.

3. Emergency alarm systems.

4. Continuous gas detection systems.

5. Smoke detection systems.

6. Emergency power system.

7. Automatic detection and alarm systems for pyro-
phoric liquids and Class 3 water-reactive liquids
required in Section 2705.2.3.4 of the Interna-
tional Fire Code.

8. Exhaust ventilation flow alarm devices for pyro-
phoric liquids and Class 3 water-reactive liquids
cabinet exhaust ventilation systems required in
Section 2705.2.3.4 of the International Fire
Code.

[F] 415.10.10 Emergency power system. An emergency
power system shall be provided in Group H-5 occupancies
where required in Section 415.10.10.1. The emergency
power system shall be designed to supply power automati-
cally to required electrical systems when the normal elec-
trical supply system is interrupted.

[F] 415.10.10.1 Required electrical systems. Emer-
gency power shall be provided for electrically operated

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY

equipment and connected control circuits for the fol-
lowing systems:

1. HPM exhaust ventilation systems.

2. HPM gas cabinet ventilation systems.

3. HPM exhausted enclosure ventilation systems.

4. HPM gas room ventilation systems.

5. HPM gas detection systems.

6. Emergency alarm systems.
1. Manual fire alarm systems.

8. Automatic sprinkler system monitoring and
alarm systems.

9. Automatic alarm and detection systems for
pyrophoric liquids and Class 3 water-reactive
liquids required in Section 2705.2.3.4 of the
International Fire Code.

1 0. Flow alarm switches for pyrophoric liquids and
Class 3 water-reactive liquids cabinet exhaust
ventilation systems required in Section
2705.2.3.4 of the International Fire Code.

11. Electrically operated systems required else-
where in this code or in the International Fire
Code applicable to the use, storage or handling
of HPM.

[F] 415.10.10.2 Exhaust ventilation systems. Exhaust
ventilation systems are allowed to be designed to oper-
ate at not less than one-half the normal fan speed on the
emergency power system where it is demonstrated that
the level of exhaust will maintain a safe atmosphere.

[F] 415.10.11 Automatic sprinkler system protection in
exhaust ducts for HPM. An approved automatic sprin-
kler system shall be provided in exhaust ducts conveying
gases, vapors, fumes, mists or dusts generated from HPM
in accordance with Sections 415.10.11.1 through
415.10.1 1.3 and the International Mechanical Code.

[F] 415.10.11.1 Metallic and noncombustible non-
metallic exhaust ducts. An approved automatic sprin-
kler system shall be provided in metallic and
noncombustible nonmetallic exhaust ducts where all of
the following conditions apply:

1. Where the largest cross-sectional diameter is
equal to or greater than 10 inches (254 mm).

2. The ducts are within the building.

3. The ducts are conveying flammable gases, vapors
or fumes.

[F] 415.10.11.2 Combustible nonmetallic exhaust
ducts. Automatic sprinkler system protection shall be
provided in combustible nonmetallic exhaust ducts
where the largest cross-sectional diameter of the duct is
equal to or greater than 10 inches (254 mm).

Exception: Duct need not be provided with auto-
matic sprinkler protection as follows:

1. Ducts listed or approved for applications with-
out automatic sprinkler system protection.

2. Ducts not more than 12 feet (3658 mm)
length installed below ceiling level.

[F] 415.10.11.3 Automatic sprinkler locations.

Sprinkler systems shall be installed at 12- foot (3658
mm) intervals in horizontal ducts and at changes in
direction. In vertical ducts, sprinklers shall be installed
at the top and at alternate floor levels.

SECTION 416
APPLICATION OF FLAMMABLE FINISHES

[F] 416.1 General. The provisions of this section shall apply
to the construction, installation and use of buildings and
structures, or parts thereof, for the application of flammable
finishes. Such construction and equipment shall comply with
the International Fire Code.

[F] 416.2 Spray rooms. Spray rooms shall be enclosed with
not less than 1 -hour fire barriers constructed in accordance
with Section 707 or horizontal assemblies constructed in
accordance with Section 711, or both. Floors shall be water-
proofed and drained in an approved manner.

[F] 416.2.1 Surfaces. The interior surfaces of spray
rooms shall be smooth and shall be so constructed to per-
mit the free passage of exhaust air from all parts of the
interior and to facilitate washing and cleaning, and shall be
so designed to confine residues within the room. Alumi-
num shall not be used.

[F] 416.2.2 Ventilation. Mechanical ventilation and
interlocks with the spraying operation shall be in accor-
dance with the International Mechanical Code.

[F] 416.3 Spraying spaces. Spraying spaces shall be venti-
lated with an exhaust system to prevent the accumulation of
flammable mist or vapors in accordance with the Interna-
tional Mechanical Code. Where such spaces are not sepa-
rately enclosed, noncombustible spray curtains shall be
provided to restrict the spread of flammable vapors.

[F] 416.3.1 Surfaces. The interior surfaces of spraying
spaces shall be smooth and continuous without edges;
shall be so constructed to permit the free passage of
exhaust air from all parts of the interior and to facilitate
washing and cleaning; and shall be so designed to confine
residues within the spraying space. Aluminum shall not be
used.

[F] 416.4 Spray booths. Spray booths shall be designed,
constructed and operated in accordance with the Interna-
tional Fire Code

[F] 416.5 Fire protection. An automatic sprinkler system or
fire-extinguishing system shall be provided in all spray, dip
and immersing spaces and storage rooms and shall be
installed in accordance with Chapter 9.

SECTION 417
DRYING ROOMS

[F] 417.1 General. A drying room or dry kiln installed
within a building shall be constructed entirely of approved
noncombustible materials or assemblies of such materials

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY

regulated by the approved rules or as required in the general
and specific sections of this chapter for special occupancies
and where applicable to the general requirements of the Inter-
national Mechanical Code.

[F] 417.2 Piping clearance. Overhead heating pipes shall
have a clearance of not less than 2 inches (5 1 mm) from com-
bustible contents in the dryer.

[F] 417.3 Insulation. Where the operating temperature of
the dryer is 175°F (79°C) or more, metal enclosures shall be
insulated from adjacent combustible materials by not less
than 12 inches (305 mm) of airspace, or the metal walls shall
be lined with V^-inch (6.35 mm) insulating mill board or other
approved equivalent insulation.

[F] 417.4 Fire protection. Drying rooms designed for high-
hazard materials and processes, including special occupan-
cies as provided for in Chapter 4, shall be protected by an
approved automatic fire-extinguishing system complying
with the provisions of Chapter 9.

SECTION 418
ORGANIC COATINGS

[F] 418.1 Building features. Manufacturing of organic coat-
ings shall be done only in buildings that do not have pits or
basements.

[F] 418.2 Location. Organic coating manufacturing opera-
tions and operations incidental to or connected therewith
shall not be located in buildings having other occupancies.

[F] 418.3 Process mills. Mills operating with close clear-
ances and that process flammable and heat-sensitive materi-
als, such as nitrocellulose, shall be located in a detached
building or noncombustible structure.

[F] 418.4 Tank storage. Storage areas for flammable and
combustible liquid tanks inside of structures shall be located
at or above grade and shall be separated from the processing
area by not less than 2-hour fire barriers constructed in
accordance with Section 707 or horizontal assemblies con-
structed in accordance with Section 71 1, or both.

[F] 418.5 Nitrocellulose storage. Nitrocellulose storage
shall be located on a detached pad or in a separate structure or
a room enclosed with not less than 2-hour fire barriers con-
structed in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal assem-
blies constructed in accordance with Section 71 1, or both.

[F] 418.6 Finished products. Storage rooms for finished
products that are flammable or combustible liquids shall be
separated from the processing area by not less than 2-hour
fire barriers constructed in accordance with Section 707 or
horizontal assemblies constructed in accordance with Section
711, or both.

SECTION 419
LIVE/WORK UNITS

419.1 General. A live/work unit shall comply with Sections
419.1 through 419.9.

Exception: Dwelling or sleeping units that include an
office that is less than 10 percent of the area of the dwell-

ing unit are permitted to be classified as dwelling units
with accessory occupancies in accordance with Section
508.2.

419.1.1 Limitations. The following shall apply to all live/
work areas:

1 . The live/work unit is permitted to be not greater than
3,000 square feet (279 m 2 ) in area;

2. The nonresidential area is permitted to be not more
than 50 percent of the area of each live/work unit;

3. The nonresidential area function shall be limited to
the first or main floor only of the live/work unit; and

4. Not more than five nonresidential workers or
employees are allowed to occupy the nonresidential
area at any one time.

419.2 Occupancies. Live/work units shall be classified as a
Group R-2 occupancy. Separation requirements found in Sec-
tions 420 and 508 shall not apply within the live/work unit
where the live/work unit is in compliance with Section 419.
Nonresidential uses which would otherwise be classified as
either a Group H or S occupancy shall not be permitted in a
live/work unit.

Exception: Storage shall be permitted in the live/work
unit provided the aggregate area of storage in the nonresi-
dential portion of the live/work unit shall be limited to 10
percent of the space dedicated to nonresidential activities.

419.3 Means of egress. Except as modified by this section,
the means of egress components for a live/work unit shall be
designed in accordance with Chapter 10 for the function

served.

419.3.1 Egress capacity. The egress capacity for each ele-
ment of the live/work unit shall be based on the occupant
load for the function served in accordance with Table
1004.1.1.

419.3.2 Spiral stairways. Spiral stairways that conform
to the requirements of Section 1009.12 shall be permitted.

419.4 Vertical openings. Floor openings between floor lev-
els of a live/work unit are permitted without enclosure.

[F] 419.5 Fire protection. The live/work unit shall be pro-
vided with a monitored fire alarm system where required by
Section 907.2.9 and an automatic sprinkler system in accor-
dance with Section 903.2.8.

419.6 Structural. Floor loading for the areas within a live/
work unit shall be designed to conform to Table 1607.1 based
on the function within the space.

419.7 Accessibility. Accessibility shall be designed in accor-
dance with Chapter 1 1 for the function served.

419.8 Ventilation. The applicable ventilation requirements
of the International Mechanical Code shall apply to each area
within the live/work unit for the function within that space.

419.9 Plumbing facilities. The nonresidential area of the
live/work unit shall be provided with minimum plumbing
facilities as specified by Chapter 29, based on the function of
the nonresidential area. Where the nonresidential area of the
live/work unit is required to be accessible by Section

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE 9

SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY

1103.2.13, the plumbing fixtures specified by Chapter 29
shall be accessible.

SECTION 420
GROUPS !-1,R-1,R-2, R-3

420.1 General. Occupancies in Groups 1-1, R-l , R-2 and R-3
shall comply with the provisions of Sections 420. 1 through
420.5 and other applicable provisions of this code.

420.2 Separation walls. Walls separating dwelling units in
the same building, walls separating sleeping units in the same
building and walls separating dwelling or sleeping units from
other occupancies contiguous to them in the same building
shall be constructed as fire partitions in accordance with Sec-
tion 708.

420.3 Horizontal separation. Floor assemblies separating
dwelling units in the same buildings, floor assemblies sepa-
rating sleeping units in the same building and floor assem-
blies separating dwelling or sleeping units from other
occupancies contiguous to them in the same building shall be
constructed as horizontal assemblies in accordance with Sec-
tion 711.

[F] 420.4 Automatic sprinkler system. Group R occupan-
cies shall be equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler
system in accordance with Section 903.2.8. Group 1-1 occu-
pancies shall be equipped throughout with an automatic
sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.2.6. Quick-
response or residential automatic sprinklers shall be installed
in accordance with Section 903.3.2.

[F] 420.5 Smoke detection and fire alarm systems. Fire
alarm systems and smoke alarms shall be provided in Group
1-1, R-l and R-2 occupancies in accordance with Sections
907.2.6, 907.2.8 and 907.2.9, respectively. Single-or multi-
ple-station smoke alarms shall be in accordance with Section
907.2.11.

SECTION 421
HYDROGEN CUTOFF ROOMS

[F] 421.1 General. Where required by the International Fire
Code, hydrogen cutoff rooms shall be designed and con-
structed in accordance with Sections 421.1 through 421.8.

[F] 421.2 Definitions. The following terms are defined in
Chapter 2:

GASEOUS HYDROGEN SYSTEM.

HYDROGEN CUTOFF ROOM.

[F] 421.3 Location. Hydrogen cutoff rooms shall not be
located below grade.

[F] 421.4 Design and construction. Hydrogen cutoff rooms
shall be classified with respect to occupancy in accordance
with Section 302.1 and separated from other areas of the
building by not less than 1 -hour fire barriers constructed in
accordance with Section 707 or horizontal assemblies con-

structed in accordance with Section 711, or both; or as
required by Section 508.2, 508.3 or 508.4, as applicable.

[F] 421.4.1 Opening protectives. Doors within the fire
barriers, including doors to corridors, shall be self-closing
in accordance with Section 716. Interior door openings
shall be electronically interlocked to prevent operation of
the hydrogen system when doors are opened or ajar or the
room shall be provided with a mechanical exhaust ventila-
tion system designed in accordance with Section
421.4.1.1.

[F] 421.4.1.1 Ventilation alternative. Where an
exhaust system is used in lieu of the interlock system
required by Section 421.4.1, exhaust ventilation sys-
tems shall operate continuously and shall be designed
to operate at a negative pressure in relation to the sur-
rounding area. The average velocity of ventilation at
the face of the door opening with the door in the fully
open position shall not be less than 60 feet per minute
(0.3048 m/s) and not less than 45 feet per minute
(0.2287 m/s) at any point in the door opening.

[F] 421.4.2 Windows. Operable windows in interior walls
shall not be permitted. Fixed windows shall be permitted
where in accordance with Section 716.

[F] 421.5 Ventilation. Cutoff rooms shall be provided with
mechanical ventilation in accordance with the applicable pro-
visions for repair garages in Chapter 5 of the International
Mechanical Code.

[F] 421.6 Gas detection system. Hydrogen cutoff rooms
shall be provided with an approved flammable gas detection
system in accordance with Sections 421.6.1 through 421.6.3.

[F] 421.6.1 System design. The flammable gas detection
system shall be listed for use with hydrogen and any other
flammable gases used in the room. The gas detection sys-
tem shall be designed to activate when the level of flam-
mable gas exceeds 25 percent of the lower flammability
limit (LFL) for the gas or mixtures present at their antici-
pated temperature and pressure.

[F] 421.6.2 Operation. Activation of the gas detection
system shall result in all of the following:

1 . Initiation of distinct audible and visual alarm signals
both inside and outside of the cutoff room.

2. Activation of the mechanical ventilation system.

[F] 421.6.3 Failure of the gas detection system. Failure
of the gas detection system shall result in activation of the
mechanical ventilation system, cessation of hydrogen gen-
eration and the sounding of a trouble signal in an approved
location.

[F] 421.7 Explosion control. Explosion control shall be pro-
vided in accordance with Chapter 9 of the International Fire
Code.

[F] 421.8 Standby power. Mechanical ventilation and gas
detection systems shall be connected to a standby power sys-
tem in accordance with Chapter 27.

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY

SECTION 422
AMBULATORY CARE FACHLITIES

422.1 General. Occupancies classified as ambulatory care
facilities shall comply with the provisions of Sections 422.1
through 422.7 and other applicable provisions of this code.

422.2 Separation. Ambulatory care facilities where the
potential for four or more care recipients are to be incapable
of self-preservation at any time, whether rendered incapable
by staff or staff accepted responsibility for a care recipient
already incapable, shall be separated from adjacent spaces,
corridors or tenants with a fire partition installed in accor-
dance with Section 708.

422.3 Smoke compartments. Where the aggregate area of
one or more ambulatory care facilities is greater than 10,000
square feet (929 m 2 ) on one story, the story shall be provided
with a smoke barrier to subdivide the story into no fewer than
two smoke compartments. The area of any one such smoke
compartment shall be not greater than 22,500 square feet
(2092 m 2 ). The travel distance from any point in a smoke
compartment to a smoke barrier door shall be not greater than
200 feet (60 960 mm). The smoke barrier shall be installed
in accordance with Section 709 with the exception that smoke
barriers shall be continuous from outside wall to an outside
wall, a floor to a floor, or from a smoke barrier to a smoke
barrier or a combination thereof.

422.4 Refuge area. Not less than 30 net square feet (2.8 m 2 )
for each nonambulatory care recipient shall be provided
within the aggregate area of corridors, care recipient rooms,
treatment rooms, lounge or dining areas and other low-hazard
areas within each smoke compartment. Each occupant of an
ambulatory care facility shall be provided with access to a
refuge area without passing through or utilizing adjacent ten-
ant spaces.

422.5 Independent egress. A means of egress shall be pro-
vided from each smoke compartment created by smoke barri-
ers without having to return through the smoke compartment
from which means of egress originated.

[F] 422.6 Automatic sprinkler systems. Automatic sprinkler
systems shall be provided for ambulatory care facilities in
accordance with Section 903.2.2.

[F] 422.7 Fire alarm systems. Afire alarm system shall be
provided for ambulatory care facilities in accordance with
Section 907.2.2.1.

SECTION 423
STORM SHELTERS

423.1 General. In addition to other applicable requirements
in this code, storm shelters shall be constructed in accordance
with ICC-500.

423.1.1 Scope. This section applies to the construction of
storm shelters constructed as separate detached buildings
or constructed as safe rooms within buildings for the pur-
pose of providing safe refuge from storms that produce
high winds, such as tornados and hurricanes. Such struc-
tures shall be designated to be hurricane shelters, tornado
shelters, or combined hurricane and tornado shelters.

423.2 Definitions. The following terms are defined in Chap-
ter 2:

STORM SHELTER.

Community storm shelter.

Residential storm shelter.

SECTION 424
CHILDREN'S PLAY STRUCTURES

424.1 Children's play structures. Children's play structures
installed inside all occupancies covered by this code that
exceed 10 feet (3048 mm) in height and 150 square feet (14
m 2 ) in area shall comply with Sections 424.2 through 424.5.

424.2 Materials. Children's play structures shall be con-
structed of noncombustible materials or of combustible mate-
rials that comply with the following:

1. Fire-retardant-treated wood complying with Section
2303.2.

2. Light-transmitting plastics complying with Section
2606.

3. Foam plastics (including the pipe foam used in soft-
contained play equipment structures) having a maxi-
mum heat-release rate not greater than 100 kilowatts
when tested in accordance with UL 1975 or when
tested in accordance with NFPA 289, using the 20 kW
ignition source.

4. Aluminum composite material (ACM) meeting the
requirements of Class A interior finish in accordance
with Chapter 8 when tested as an assembly in the maxi-
mum thickness intended for use.

5. Textiles and films complying with the flame propaga-
tion performance criteria contained in NFPA 701.

6. Plastic materials used to construct rigid components of
soft-contained play equipment structures (such as
tubes, windows, panels, junction boxes, pipes, slides
and decks) exhibiting a peak rate of heat release not
exceeding 400 kW/ m 2 when tested in accordance with
ASTM E 1354 at an incident heat flux of 50 kW/m 2 in
the horizontal orientation at a thickness of 6 mm.

7. Ball pool balls, used in soft-contained play equipment
structures, having a maximum heat-release rate not
greater than 100 kilowatts when tested in accordance
with UL 1 975 or when tested in accordance with NFPA
289, using the 20 kW ignition source. The minimum
specimen test size shall be 36 inches by 36 inches (914
mm by 914 mm) by an average of 21 inches (533 mm)
deep, and the balls shall be held in a box constructed of
galvanized steel poultry netting wire mesh.

8. Foam plastics shall be covered by a fabric, coating or
film meeting the flame propagation performance crite-
ria of NFPA 701.

9. The floor covering placed under the children's play
structure shall exhibit a Class I interior floor finish clas-
sification, as described in Section 804, when tested in
accordance with NFPA 253.

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY

[F] 424.3 Fire protection. Children's play structures shall be
provided with the same level of approved fire suppression
and detection devices required for other structures in the
same occupancy.

424.4 Separation. Children's play structures shall have a
horizontal separation from building walls, partitions and from
elements of the means of egress of not less than 5 feet (1 524
mm). Children's playground structures shall have a horizon-
tal separation from other children's play structures of not less
than 20 feet (6090 mm).

424.5 Area limits. Children's play structures shall be not
greater than 300 square feet (28 m 2 ) in area, unless a special
investigation, acceptable to the building official, has demon-
strated adequate fire safety.

201 2 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 93

94 2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

CHAPTER 5

GCMCQAI E3E 111 niMP UCinbUTO A Mft ADCAQ

SECTION 501
GENERAL

501.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter control the height
and area of structures hereafter erected and additions to exist-
ing structures.

[F] 501.2 Address identification. New and existing build-
ings shall be provided with approved address numbers or let-
ters. Each character shall be not less than 4 inches (102 mm)
in height and not less than 0.5 inch (12.7 mm) in width. They
shall be installed on a contrasting background and be plainly
visible from the street or road fronting the property. When
required by the fire code official, address numbers shall be
provided in additional approved locations to facilitate emer-
gency response. Where access is by means of a private road
and the building address cannot be viewed from the public
way, a monument, pole or other approved sign or means shall
be used to identify the structure. Address numbers shall be
maintained.

SECTION 502
DEFINITIONS

502.1 Definitions. The following terms are defined in Chap-
ter 2:

AREA, BUILDING.

BASEMENT.

EQUIPMENT PLATFORM.

GRADE PLANE.

HEIGHT, BUILDING.

MEZZANINE.

SECTION 503

GENERAL BUILDING HEIGHT AND AREA

LIMITATIONS

503.1 General. The building height and area shall not
exceed the limits specified in Table 503 based on the type of
construction as determined by Section 602 and the occupan-
cies as determined by Section 302 except as modified hereaf-
ter. Each portion of a building separated by one or more fire
walls complying with Section 706 shall be considered to be a
separate building.

503.1.1 Special industrial occupancies. Buildings and
structures designed to house special industrial processes
that require large areas and unusual building heights to
accommodate craneways or special machinery and equip-
ment, including, among others, rolling mills; structural
metal fabrication shops and foundries; or the production
and distribution of electric, gas or steam power, shall be
exempt from the building height and area limitations of
Table 503.

503.1.2 Buildings on same lot. Two or more buildings on
the same lot shall be regulated as separate buildings or
shall be considered as portions of one building if the build-
ing height of each building and the aggregate building
area of the buildings are within the limitations of Table
503 as modified by Sections 504 and 506. The provisions
of this code applicable to the aggregate building shall be
applicable to each building.

503.1.3 Type I construction. Buildings of Type I con-
struction permitted to be of unlimited tabular building
heights and areas are not subject to the special require-
ments that allow unlimited area buildings in Section 507
or unlimited building height in Sections 503.1.1 and 504.3
or increased building heights and areas for other types of
construction.

SECTION 504
BUILDING HEIGHT

504.1 General. The building height permitted by Table 503
shall be increased in accordance with Sections 504.2 and
504.3.

Exception: The building height of one-story aircraft han-
gars, aircraft paint hangars and buildings used for the man-
ufacturing of aircraft shall not be limited if the building is
provided with an automatic sprinkler system or automatic
fire-extinguishing system in accordance with Chapter 9
and is entirely surrounded by public ways or yards not less
in width than one and one-half times the building height.

504.2 Automatic sprinkler system increase. Where a build-
ing is equipped throughout with an approved automatic
sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1, the
value specified in Table 503 for maximum building height is
increased by 20 feet (6096 mm) and the maximum number of
stories is increased by one. These increases are permitted in
addition to the building area increase in accordance with Sec-
tions 506.2 and 506.3. For Group R buildings equipped
throughout with an approved automatic sprinkler system in
accordance with Section 903.3.1.2, the value specified in
Table 503 for maximum building height is increased by 20
feet (6096 mm) and the maximum number of stories is
increased by one, but shall not exceed 60 feet (18 288 mm) or
four stories, respectively.

Exception: The use of an automatic sprinkler system to
increase building heights shall not be permitted for the fol-
lowing conditions:

1 . Buildings, or portions of buildings, classified as a
Group 1-2 occupancy of Type IIB, III, IV or V con-
struction.

2. Buildings, or portions of buildings, classified as a
Group H-l, H-2, H-3 or H-5 occupancy.

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

GENERAL BUILDING HEIGHTS AND AREAS

3. Buildings where an automatic sprinkler system is
substituted for fire-resistance rated construction in
accordance with Table 601, Note d.

504.3 Roof structures. Towers, spires, steeples and other
roof structures shall be constructed of materials consistent
with the required type of construction of the building except
where other construction is permitted by Section 1509.2.5.

Such structures shall not be used for habitation or storage.
The structures shall be unlimited in height if of noncombusti-
ble materials and shall not extend more than 20 feet (6096
mm) above the allowable building height if of combustible
materials (see Chapter 15 for additional requirements).

TABLE 503

ALLOWABLE BUILDING HEIGHTS AND AREAS 3 -"

Building height limitations shown in feet above grade plane. Story limitations shown as stories above grade plane.

Building area limitations shown in square feet, as determined by the definition of "Area, building," per story

GROUP

TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION

TYPEI

TYPE II

TYPE III

TYPE IV

TYPEV

HEIGHT (feet)

160

STORIES(S)
AREA (A)

A-l

UL
UL

5
UL

3
15,500

2
8,500

3
14,000

2
8,500

3
15,000

2
11,500

1
5,500

A-2

UL
UL

11
UL

3
15,500

2
9,500

3
14,000

2
9,500

3
15,000

2
11,500

1
6,000

A-3

UL
UL

11
UL

3
15,500

2
9,500

3
14,000

2
9,500

3
15,000

2
1 1,500

1
6,000

A-4

UL
UL

11
UL

3
15,500

2
9,500

3
14,000

2
9,500

3
15,000

2
11,500

1
6,000

A-5

S
A

UL
UL

11
UL

5
37,500

3
23,000

5
28,500

3
19,000

5
36,000

3
18,000

2
9,000

UL
UL

5
UL

3
26,500

2
14,500

3
23,500

2
14,500

3
25,500

1
18,500

1
9,500

F-l

UL
UL

11
UL

4
25,000

2
15,500

3
19,000

2
12,000

4
33,500

2
14,000

1
8,500

F-2

UL
UL

11
UL

5
37,500

3
23,000

28,500

3
18,000

5
50,500

3
21,000

2
13,000

1
21,000

1
16,500

1
11,000

1
7,000

9,500

1
7,000

1
10,500

1
7,500

NP
NP

H-2

S
A

UL
21 ,000

3
16,500

2
1 1,000

1
7,000

2
9,500

1
7,000

2
10,500

1
7,500

1
3,000

H-3

S
A

UL
UL

6
60,000

4
26,500

2
14,000

4
17,500

2
13,000

4
25,500

2
10,000

1
5,000

H-4

UL
UL

7
UL

5
37,500

3
17,500

5
28,500

3
17,500

5
36,000

3
18,000

2
6,500

H-5

4
UL

3
37,500

3
23,000

3
28,500

3
19,000

3
36,000

3
18,000

2
9,000

1-1

S
A

9
55,000

4
19,000

3
10,000

4
16,500

3
10,000

4
18,000

3
10,500

2
4,500

1-2

UL
UL

4
UL

2
15,000

1
11,000

1
12,000

NP
NP

1
12,000

1
9,500

NP
NP

1-3

UL
UL

4
UL

2
15,000

10,000

2
10,500

1
7,500

2
12,000

2
7,500

1
5,000

1-4

S
A

UL
UL

5
60,500

3
26,500

2
13,000

3
23,500

2
13,000

3
25,500

1
18,500

1
9,000

(continued)

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

GENERAL BUILDING HEIGHTS AND AREAS

TABLE 503— continued
ALLOWABLE BUILDING HEIGHTS AND AREAS ab

GROUP

TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION

TYPEI

TYPE II

TYPE III

TYPE IV

TYPEV

HEIGHT (feet)

160

STORIES(S)
AREA (A)

UL
UL

11
UL

4
21,500

2
12,500

4
18,500

2
12,500

4
20,500

3
14,000

9,000

R-l

S
A

UL
UL

11
UL

4
24,000

4
16,000

4
24,000

4
16,000

4
20,500

3
12,000

2
7,000

R-2

S
A

UL
UL

11
UL

4
24,000

4
16,000

4
24,000

4
16,000

4
20,500

3
12,000

2
7,000

R-3

S
A

UL
UL

11
UL

4
UL

3
UL

R-4

11
UL

4
24,000

4
16,000

4
24,000

4
16,000

4
20,500

3
12,000

2
7,000

S-1

UL
UL

11
48,000

4
26,000

2
17,500

3
26,000

2
17,500

4
25,500

3
14,000

1
9,000

S-2

UL
UL

11
79,000

5
39,000

3
26,000

4
39,000

3
26,000

5
38,500

4
21,000

2
13,500

UL
UL

5
35,500

4
19,000

2
8,500

3
14,000

2
8,500

4
18,000

2
9,000

1
5,500

For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 square foot = 0.0929 ml

A = building area per story, S = stories above grade plane, UL = Unlimited, NP = Not permitted.

a. See the following sections for general exceptions to Table 503:

1 . Section 504.2, Allowable building height and story increase due to automatic sprinkler system installation.

2. Section 506.2, Allowable building area increase due to street frontage.

3. Section 506.3, Allowable building area increase due to automatic sprinkler system installation.

4. Section 507, Unlimited area buildings.

b. See Chapter 4 for specific exceptions to the allowable height and areas in Chapter 5.

SECTION 505
MEZZANINES AND EQUIPMENT PLATFORMS

505.1 General. Mezzanines shall comply with Section 505.2.
Equipment platforms shall comply with Section 505.3.

505.2 Mezzanines. A mezzanine or mezzanines in compli-
ance with Section 505.2 shall be considered a portion of the
story below. Such mezzanines shall not contribute to either
the building area or number of stories as regulated by Section
503.1. The area of the mezzanine shall be included in deter-
mining the fire area. The clear height above and below the
mezzanine floor construction shall be not less than 7 feet
(2134 mm).

505.2.1 Area limitation. The aggregate area of a mezza-
nine or mezzanines within a room shall be not greater than
one-third of the floor area of that room or space in which
they are located. The enclosed portion of a room shall not
be included in a determination of the floor area of the
room in which the mezzanine is located. In determining
the allowable mezzanine area, the area of the mezzanine
shall not be included in the floor area of the room.

Where a room contains both a mezzanine and an equip-
ment platform, the aggregate area of the two raised floor

levels shall be not greater than two-thirds of the floor area
of that room or space in which they are located.

Exceptions:

1. The aggregate area of mezzanines in buildings
and structures of Type I or II construction for
special industrial occupancies in accordance with
Section 503.1.1 shall be not greater than two-
thirds of the floor area of the room.

2. The aggregate area of mezzanines in buildings
and structures of Type I or II construction shall
be not greater than one-half of the floor area of
the room in buildings and structures equipped
throughout with an approved automatic sprinkler
system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 and
an approved emergency voice/alarm communica-
tion system in accordance with Section 907.5.2.2.

505.2.2 Means of egress. The means of egress for mezza-
nines shall comply with the applicable provisions of Chap-
ter 10.

505.2.3 Openness. A mezzanine shall be open and unob-
structed to the room in which such mezzanine is located

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

GENERAL BUILDING HEIGHTS AND AREAS

except for walls not more than 42 inches (1067 mm) in
height, columns and posts.

Exceptions:

1 . Mezzanines or portions thereof are not required to
be open to the room in which the mezzanines are
located, provided that the occupant load of the
aggregate area of the enclosed space is not
greater than 10.

2. A mezzanine having two or more means of egress
is not required to be open to the room in which
the mezzanine is located if at least one of the
means of egress provides direct access to an exit
from the mezzanine level.

3 . Mezzanines or portions thereof are not required to
be open to the room in which the mezzanines are
located, provided that the aggregate floor area of
the enclosed space is not greater than 10 percent
of the mezzanine area.

4. In industrial facilities, mezzanines used for con-
trol equipment are permitted to be glazed on all
sides.

5. In occupancies other than Groups H and I, that
are no more than two stories above grade plane
and equipped throughout with an automatic
sprinkler system in accordance with Section
903.3.1.1, a mezzanine having two or more
means of egress shall not be required to be open
to the room in which the mezzanine is located.

505.3 Equipment platforms. Equipment platforms in build-
ings shall not be considered as a portion of the floor below.
Such equipment platforms shall not contribute to either the
building area or the number of stories as regulated by Section
503.1. The area of the equipment platform shall not be
included in determining the fire area in accordance with Sec-
tion 903. Equipment platforms shall not be a part of any mez-
zanine and such platforms and the walkways, stairs,
alternating tread devices and ladders providing access to an
equipment platform shall not serve as a part of the means of
egress from the building.

505.3.1 Area limitation. The aggregate area of all equip-
ment platforms within a room shall be not greater than
two-thirds of the area of the room in which they are
located. Where an equipment platform is located in the
same room as a mezzanine, the area of the mezzanine shall
be determined by Section 505.2.1 and the combined aggre-
gate area of the equipment platforms and mezzanines shall
be not greater than two-thirds of the room in which they
are located.

505.3.2 Automatic sprinkler system. Where located in a
building that is required to be protected by an automatic
sprinkler system, equipment platforms shall be fully pro-
tected by sprinklers above and below the platform, where
required by the standards referenced in Section 903.3.

505.3.3 Guards. Equipment platforms shall have guards
where required by Section 1013.2.

SECTION 506
BUILDING AREA MODIFICATIONS

506.1 General. The building areas limited by Table 503 shall
be permitted to be increased due to frontage (I f ) and auto-
matic sprinkler system protection (IJ in accordance with
Equation 5-1:

A a = {A t + [A, x I f ] + [A, x /J } (Equation 5-1)

where:

A a = Allowable building area per story (square feet).

A, = Tabular building area per story in accordance with
Table 503 (square feet).

L = Area increase factor due to frontage as calculated in
accordance with Section 506.2.

I s = Area increase factor due to sprinkler protection as
calculated in accordance with Section 506.3.

506.2 Frontage increase. Every building shall adjoin or have
access to a public way to receive a building area increase for
frontage. Where a building has more than 25 percent of its
perimeter on a public way or open space having a width of
not less than 20 feet (6096 mm), the frontage increase shall be
determined in accordance with Equation 5-2:

(Equation 5-2)

where:

•0.25]W30

h =
F =

Area increase due to frontage.

Building perimeter that fronts on a public way or open
space having 20 feet (6096 mm) open minimum width
(feet).

P = Perimeter of entire building (feet).

W = Width of public way or open space (feet) in accordance
with Section 506.2.1.

506.2.1 Width limits. To apply this section the value of W
shall be not less than 20 feet (6096 mm). Where the value
of W varies along the perimeter of the building, the calcu-
lation performed in accordance with Equation 5-2 shall be
based on the weighted average calculated in accordance
with Equation 5-3 for portions of the exterior perimeter
walls where the value of W is greater than or equal to 20
feet (6096 mm). Where the value of W is greater than 30
feet (9144 mm), a value of 30 feet (9144 mm) shall be
used in calculating the weighted average, regardless of the
actual width of the open space. W shall be measured per-
pendicular from the face of the building to the closest inte-
rior lot line. Where the building fronts on a public way, the
entire width of the public way shall be used. Where two or
more buildings are on the same lot, W shall be measured
from the exterior face of each building to the opposing
exterior face of each adjacent building, as applicable.

Weighted average W - (L, x w, + L 2 x w 2 + L 3 x w 3 . . .)/F.

(Equation 5-3)

where:

L„ = Length of a portion of the exterior perimeter wall.

w n = Width of open space associated with that portion of
the exterior perimeter wall.

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

GENERAL BUILDING HEIGHTS AND AREAS

F - Building perimeter that fronts on a public way or
open space having a width of 20 feet (6096 mm) or
more.

Exception: Where the building meets the requirements
of Section 507, as applicable, except for compliance
with the 60-foot (18 288 mm) public way or yard
requirement, and the value of W is greater than 30 feet
(9144 mm), the value of W divided by 30 shall be lim-
ited to a maximum of 2.
506.2.2 Open space limits. Such open space shall be
either on the same lot or dedicated for public use and shall
be accessed from a street or approved fire lane.

506.3 Automatic sprinkler system increase. Where a build-
ing is equipped throughout with an approved automatic
sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1, the
building area limitation in Table 503 is permitted to be
increased by an additional 200 percent (7 S = 2) for buildings
with more than one story above grade plane and an additional
300 percent (Z s = 3) for buildings with no more than one story
above grade plane. These increases are permitted in addition
to the height and story increases in accordance with Section
504.2.

Exception: The use of an automatic sprinkler system to
increase the building area limitation shall not be permitted
for the following conditions:

1. Buildings classified as a Group H-l occupancy.

2. Buildings, or portions of buildings, classified as
either a Group H-2 or H-3 occupancy. For buildings
containing such occupancies, the allowable area
shall be determined in accordance with Section
508.4.2, with the sprinkler system increase applica-
ble only to the portions of the building not classified
as Group H-2 or H-3.

3. Buildings where an automatic sprinkler system is
substituted for fire-resistance rated construction in
accordance with Table 601, Note d.

506.4 Single occupancy buildings with more than one
story. The total allowable building area of a single occu-
pancy building with more than one story above grade plane
shall be determined in accordance with this section. The
actual aggregate building area at all stories in the building
shall not exceed the total allowable building area.

Exception: A single basement need not be included in the
total allowable building area, provided such basement
does not exceed the area permitted for a building with no
more than one story above grade plane.

506.4.1 Area determination. The total allowable building
area of a single occupancy building with more than one
story above grade plane shall be determined by multiply-
ing the allowable building area per story (A a ), as deter-
mined in Section 506.1, by the number of stories above
grade plane as listed below:

1. For buildings with two stories above grade plane,
multiply by 2;

2. For buildings with three or more stories above grade
plane, multiply by 3; and

3. No story shall exceed the allowable building area
per story (A u ), as determined in Section 506.1, for
the occupancies on that story.

Exceptions:

1. Unlimited area buildings in accordance with Sec-
tion 507.

2. The maximum area of a building equipped
throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in
accordance with Section 903.3.1.2 shall be deter-
mined by multiplying the allowable area per story
(AJ, as determined in Section 506.1, by the num-
ber of stories above grade plane.

506.5 Mixed occupancy area determination. The total
allowable building area for buildings containing mixed occu-
pancies shall be determined in accordance with the applicable
provisions of this section. A single basement need not be
included in the total allowable building area, provided such
basement does not exceed the area permitted for a building
with no more than one story above grade plane.

506.5.1 No more than one story above grade plane. For
buildings with no more than one story above grade plane
and containing mixed occupancies, the total building area
shall be determined in accordance with the applicable pro-
visions of Section 508.1.

506.5.2 More than one story above grade plane. For
buildings with more than one story above grade plane and
containing mixed occupancies, each story shall individu-
ally comply with the applicable requirements of Section
508.1. For buildings with more than three stories above
grade plane, the total building area shall be such that the
aggregate sum of the ratios of the actual area of each story
divided by the allowable area of such stories based on the
applicable provisions of Section 508.1 shall not exceed 3.

SECTION 507
UNLIMITED AREA BUILDINGS

507.1 General. The area of buildings of the occupancies and
configurations specified in Sections 507.1 through 507.12
shall not be limited.

Exception: Other occupancies shall be permitted in
unlimited area buildings in accordance with the provisions
of Section 508.2.

Where Sections 507.2 through 507.12 require buildings to
be surrounded and adjoined by public ways and yards, those
open spaces shall be determined as follows:

1. Yards shall be measured from the building perimeter in
all directions to the closest interior lot lines or to the
exterior face of an opposing building located on the
same lot, as applicable.

2 Where the building fronts on a public way, the entire
width of the public way shall be used.

507.2 Nonsprinklered, one story. The area of a Group F-2
or S-2 building no more than one story in height shall not be
limited where the building is surrounded and adjoined by

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

GENERAL BUILDING HEIGHTS AND AREAS

public ways or yards not less than 60 feet (18 288 mm) in
width.

507.3 Sprinklered, one story. The area of a Group B, F, M
or S building no more than one story above grade plane of
any construction type, or the area of a Group A-4 building no
more than one story above grade plane of other than Type V
construction, shall not be limited where the building is pro-
vided with an automatic sprinkler system throughout in
accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 and is surrounded and
adjoined by public ways or yards not less than 60 feet (18 288
mm) in width.

Exceptions:

1. Buildings and structures of Types I and II construc-
tion for rack storage facilities that do not have
access by the public shall not be limited in height,
provided that such buildings conform to the require-
ments of Sections 507.3 and 903.3.1.1 and Chapter
32 of the International Fire Code.

2. The automatic sprinkler system shall not be required
in areas occupied for indoor participant sports, such
as tennis, skating, swimming and equestrian activi-
ties in occupancies in Group A-4, provided that:

2.1. Exit doors directly to the outside are pro-
vided for occupants of the participant sports
areas; and

2.2. The building is equipped with a fire alarm
system with manual fire alarm boxes
installed in accordance with Section 907.

507.3.1 Mixed occupancy buildings with Groups A-l
and A-2. Group A- 1 and A-2 occupancies of other than
Type V construction shall be permitted within mixed
occupancy buildings of unlimited area complying with
Section 507.3, provided:

1. Group A-l and A-2 occupancies are separated from
other occupancies as required for separated occu-
pancies in Section 508.4.4 with no reduction
allowed in the fire-resistance rating of the separa-
tion based upon the installation of an automatic
sprinkler system;

2. Each area of the portions of the building used for
Group A-l or A-2 occupancies shall not exceed the
maximum allowable area permitted for such occu-
pancies in Section 503.1; and

3. Exit doors from Group A-l and A-2 occupancies
shall discharge directly to the exterior of the build-
ing.

507.4 Two story. The area of a Group B, F, M or S building
no more than two stories above grade plane shall not be lim-
ited where the building is equipped throughout with an auto-
matic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1,
and is surrounded and adjoined by public ways or yards not
less than 60 feet (18 288 mm) in width.

507.5 Reduced open space. The public ways or yards of 60
feet (18 288 mm) in width required in Sections 507.2, 507.3,
507.4, 507.6 and 507.1 1 shall be permitted to be reduced to

not less than 40 feet (12 192 mm) in width provided all of the
following requirements are met:

1. The reduced width shall not be allowed for more than
75 percent of the perimeter of the building.

2. The exterior walls facing the reduced width shall have
& fire-resistance rating of not less than 3 hours.

3. Openings in the exterior walls facing the reduced width
shall have opening protectives with a fire protection
rating of not less than 3 hours.

507.6 Group A-3 buildings of Type II construction. The
area of a Group A-3 building no more than one story above
grade plane, used as & place of religious worship, community
hall, dance hall, exhibition hall, gymnasium, lecture hall,
indoor swimming pool or tennis court of Type II construction,
shall not be limited provided all of the following criteria are
met:

1 . The building shall not have a stage other than a plat-
form.

2. The building shall be equipped throughout with an
automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section
903.3.1.1.

3. The building shall be surrounded and adjoined by public
ways or yards not less than 60 feet (18 288 mm) in
width.

507.7 Group A-3 buildings of Types III and IV construc-
tion. The area of a Group A-3 building of Type III or IV con-
struction, with no more than one story above grade plane,
and used as a place of religious worship, community hall,
dance hall, exhibition hall, gymnasium, lecture hall, indoor
swimming pool or tennis court, shall not be limited provided
all of the following criteria are met:

1 . The building shall not have a stage other than a plat-
form.

2. The building shall be equipped throughout with an
automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section
903.3.1.1.

3. The assembly floor shall be located at or within 21
inches (533 mm) of street or grade level and all exits
are provided with ramps complying with Section
1010.1 to the street or grade level.

4. The building shall be surrounded and adjoined by pub-
lic ways or yards not less than 60 feet (18 288 mm) in
width.

507.8 Group H occupancies. Group H-2, H-3 and H-4 occu-
pancies shall be permitted in unlimited area buildings con-
taining Group F and S occupancies in accordance with
Sections 507.3 and 507.4 and the provisions of Sections
507.8.1 through 507.8.4.

507.8.1 Allowable area. The aggregate floor area of
Group H occupancies located in an unlimited area building
shall not exceed 10 percent of the area of the building nor
the area limitations for the Group H occupancies as speci-
fied in Table 503 as modified by Section 506.2 based upon
the perimeter of each Group H floor area that fronts on a
public way or open space.

100

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE

GENERAL BUILDING HEIGHTS AND AREAS

507.8.1.1 Located within the building. The aggregate
floor area of Group H occupancies not located at the
perimeter of the building shall not exceed 25 percent of
the area limitations for the Group H occupancies as
specified in Table 503.

507.8.1.1.1 Liquid use, dispensing and mixing
rooms. Liquid use, dispensing and mixing rooms
having a floor area of not more than 500 square feet
(46.5 m 2 ) need not be located on the outer perimeter
of the building where they are in accordance with
the International Fire Code and NFPA 30.

507.8.1.1.2 Liquid storage rooms. Liquid storage
rooms having a floor area of not more than 1,000
square feet (93 m 2 ) need not be located on the outer
perimeter where they are in accordance with the
International Fire Code and NFPA 30.

507.8.1.1.3 Spray paint booths. Spray paint booths
that comply with the International Fire Code need
not be located on the outer perimeter.

507.8.2 Located on building perimeter. Except as pro-
vided for in Section 507.8.1.1, Group H occupancies shall
be located on the perimeter of the building. In Group H-2
and H-3 occupancies, not less than 25 percent of the
perimeter of such occupancies shall be an exterior wall.

507.8.3 Occupancy separations. Group H occupancies
shall be separated from the remainder of the unlimited area
building and from each other in accordance with Table
508.4.

507.8.4 Height limitations. For two-story unlimited area
buildings, Group H occupancies shall not be located more
than one story above grade plane unless permitted based
on the allowable height in stories and feet as set forth in
Table 503 for the type of construction of the unlimited
area building.

507.9 Aircraft paint hangar. The area of a Group H-2 air-
craft paint hangar no more than one story above grade plane
shall not be limited where such aircraft paint hangar complies
with the provisions of Section 412.6 and is surrounded and
adjoined by public ways or yards not less in width than one
and one-half times the building height.

507.10 Group E buildings. The area of a Group E building
no more than one story above grade plane, of Type II, IIIA or
IV construction, shall not be limited provided all of the fol-
lowing criteria are met:

1. Each classroom shall have not less than two means of
egress, with one of the means of egress being a direct
exit to the outside of the building complying with Sec-
tion 1020.

2. The building is equipped throughout with an automatic
sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3. 1.1.

3. The building is surrounded and adjoined by public
ways or yards not less than 60 feet (18 288 mm) in
width.

507.11 Motion picture theaters. In buildings of Type II con-
struction, the area of a motion picture theater located on the
first story above grade plane shall not be limited provided the
building is provided with an automatic sprinkler system
throughout in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 and is sur-
rounded and adjoined by public ways or yards not less than
60 feet ( 1 8 288 mm) in width.

507.12 Covered and open mall buildings and anchor
buildings. The area of covered and open mall buildings and
anchor buildings not exceeding three stories in height that
comply with Section 402 shall not be limited.

SECTION 508
MIXED USE AND OCCUPANCY

508.1 General. Each portion of a building shall be individu-
ally classified in accordance with Section 302.1. Where a
building contains more than one occupancy group, the build-
ing or portion thereof shall comply with the applicable provi-
sions of Section 508.2, 508.3 or 508.4, or a combination of
these sections.

Exceptions:

1. Occupancies separated in accordance with Section
510.

2. Where required by Table 415.5.2, areas of Group H-
1, H-2 and H-3 occupancies shall be located in a
detached building or structure.

3. Uses within live/work units, complying with Section
419, are not considered separate occupancies.

508.2 Accessory occupancies. Accessory occupancies are
those occupancies that are ancillary to the main occupancy of
the building or portion thereof. Accessory occupancies shall
comply with the provisions of Sections 508.2.1 through
508.2.4.

508.2.1 Area limitations. Aggregate accessory occupan-
cies shall not occupy more than 10 percent of the building
area of the story in which they are located and shall not
exceed the tabular values in Table 503, without building
area increases in accordance with Section 506 for such
accessory occupancies.

508.2.2 Occupancy classification. Accessory occupan-
cies shall be individually classified in accordance with
Section 302.1 . The requirements of this code shall apply to
each portion of the building based on the occupancy clas-
sification of that space.

508.2.3 Allowable building area and height. The allow-
able building area and height of the building shall be
based on the allowable building area and height for the
main occupancy in accordance with Section 503.1. The
height of each accessory occupancy shall not exceed the
tabular values in Table 503, without increases in accor-
dance with Section 504 for such accessory occupancies.
The building area of the accessory occupancies shall be in
accordance with Section 508.2.1.

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

101

GENERAL BUILDING HEIGHTS AND AREAS

508.2.4 Separation of occupancies. No separation is
required between accessory occupancies and the main
occupancy.

Exceptions:

1. Group H-2, H-3, H-4 and H-5 occupancies shall
be separated from all other occupancies in accor-
dance with Section 508.4.

2. Group 1-1, R-l, R-2 and R-3 dwelling units and
sleeping units shall be separated from other
dwelling or sleeping units and from accessory
occupancies contiguous to them in accordance
with the requirements of Section 420.

508.3 Nonseparated occupancies. Buildings or portions of
buildings that comply with the provisions of this section shall
be considered as nonseparated occupancies.

508.3.1 Occupancy Classification. Nonseparated occu-
pancies shall be individually classified in accordance with
Section 302.1. The requirements of this code shall apply
to each portion of the building based on the occupancy
classification of that space. In addition, the most restric-
tive provisions of Chapter 9 which apply to the nonsepa-
rated occupancies shall apply to the total nonseparated
occupancy area. Where nonseparated occupancies occur
in a high-rise building, the most restrictive requirements
of Section 403 which apply to the nonseparated occupan-
cies shall apply throughout the high-rise building.

508.3.2 Allowable building area and height. The allow-
able building area and height of the building or portion
thereof shall be based on the most restrictive allowances
for the occupancy groups under consideration for the type
of construction of the building in accordance with Section
503.1.

508.3.3 Separation. No separation is required between
nonseparated occupancies.

Exceptions:

1. Group H-2, H-3, H-4 and H-5 occupancies shall
be separated from all other occupancies in accor-
dance with Section 508.4.

2. Group 1-1, R-l, R-2 and R-3 dwelling units and
sleeping units shall be separated from other
dwelling or sleeping units and from other occu-
pancies contiguous to them in accordance with
the requirements of Section 420.

508.4 Separated occupancies. Buildings or portions of
buildings that comply with the provisions of this section shall
be considered as separated occupancies.

508.4.1 Occupancy classification. Separated occupancies
shall be individually classified in accordance with Section
302.1. Each separated space shall comply with this code
based on the occupancy classification of that portion of the
building.

508.4.2 Allowable building area. In each story, the build-
ing area shall be such that the sum of the ratios of the
actual building area of each separated occupancy divided
by the allowable building area of each separated occu-
pancy shall not exceed 1 .

508.4.3 Allowable height. Each separated occupancy
shall comply with the building height limitations based on
the type of construction of the building in accordance with
Section 503.1.

Exception: Special provisions permitted by Section
510 shall permit occupancies at building heights other
than provided in Section 503.1.

508.4.4 Separation. Individual occupancies shall be sepa-
rated from adjacent occupancies in accordance with Table
508.4.

508.4.4.1 Construction. Required separations shall be
fire barriers constructed in accordance with Section
707 or horizontal assemblies constructed in accordance
with Section 71 1, or both, so as to completely separate
adjacent occupancies.

SECTION 509
INCIDENTAL USES

509.1 General Incidental uses located within single occu-
pancy or mixed occupancy buildings shall comply with the
provisions of this section. Incidental uses are ancillary func-
tions associated with a given occupancy that generally pose a
greater level of risk to that occupancy and are limited to those
uses listed in Table 509.

Exception: Incidental uses within and serving a dwelling
unit are not required to comply with this section.

509.2 Occupancy classification. Incidental uses shall not be
individually classified in accordance with Section 302.1.
Incidental uses shall be included in the building occupancies
within which they are located.

509.3 Area limitations. Incidental uses shall not occupy
more than 10 percent of the building area of the story in
which they are located.

509.4 Separation and protection. The incidental uses listed
in Table 509 shall be separated from the remainder of the
building or equipped with an automatic sprinkler system, or
both, in accordance with the provisions of that table.

509.4.1 Separation. Where Table 509 specifies a fire-
resistance-rated separation, the incidental uses shall be
separated from the remainder of the building by afire bar-
rier constructed in accordance with Section 707 or a hori-
zontal assembly constructed in accordance with Section
711, or both. Construction supporting l-hour/;>e barriers
or horizontal assemblies used for incidental use separa-
tions in buildings of Type IIB, IIIB and VB construction is
not required to be fire-resistance rated unless required by
other sections of this code.

509.4.2 Protection. Where Table 509 permits an auto-
matic sprinkler system without a fire barrier, the inciden-
tal uses shall be separated from the remainder of the
building by construction capable of resisting the passage
of smoke. The walls shall extend from the top of the foun-
dation or floor assembly below to the underside of the
ceiling that is a component of a fire-resistance-rated floor
assembly or roof assembly above or to the underside of the
floor or roof sheathing, deck or slab above. Doors shall be

102

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

GENERAL BUILDING HEIGHTS AND AREAS

TABLE 508.4
REQUIRED SEPARATION OF OCCUPANCIES (HOURS)

OCCUPANCY

A
S

,E
NS

1-1,1
S

-3, 1-4
NS

1-2

S NS

R a
S 1 NS

F-2, S-2", U
S NS

[ B, F-1 , M,
S-1

S MS

H-1

H-2

H-3

,H-4

H-5

A,E

1-1,1-3,1-4

—

1-2

—

R d

—

2 C

F-2, S-2 b , U

■

—

B, F-1, M, S-1

—

H-l

H-2

H-3, H-4

—

l d

H-5

—

S - Buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903.3. 1 1

NS = Buildings not equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1

N = No separation requirement.

NP = Not permitted.

a See Section 420.

b. The required separation from areas used only for private or pleasure vehicles shall be reduced by 1 hour but to not less than 1 hour

c. See Section 406.3.4.

d. Separation is not required between occupancies of the same classification.

self- or automatic-closing upon detection of smoke in
accordance with Section 716.5.9.3. Doors shall not have
air transfer openings and shall not be undercut in excess of
the clearance permitted in accordance with NFPA 80.
Walls surrounding the incidental use shall not have air
transfer openings unless provided with smoke dampers in
accordance with Section 710.7.

509.4.2.1 Protection limitation. Except as specified in
Table 509 for certain incidental uses, where an auto-
matic sprinkler system is provided in accordance with
Table 509, only the space occupied by the incidental
use need be equipped with such a system.

SECTiON 510
SPECIAL PROVISIONS

510.1 General. The provisions in Sections 510.2 through
510.9 shall permit the use of special conditions that are
exempt from, or modify, the specific requirements of this
chapter regarding the allowable building heights and areas of
buildings based on the occupancy classification and type of
construction, provided the special condition complies with
the provisions specified in this section for such condition and
other applicable requirements of this code. The provisions of
Sections 510.2 through 510.8 are to be considered indepen-
dent and separate from each other.

510.2 Horizontal building separation allowance. A build-
ing shall be considered as separate and distinct buildings for
the purpose of determining area limitations, continuity of fire

walls, limitation of number of stories and type of construction
where all of the following conditions are met:

1 . The buildings are separated with a horizontal assembly
having afire-resistance rating of not less than 3 hours.

2. The building below the horizontal assembly is not
greater than one story above grade plane.

3. The building below the horizontal assembly is of Type
IA construction.

4. Shaft, stairway, ramp and escalator enclosures through
the horizontal assembly shall have not less than a 2-
hour fire-resistance rating with opening protectives in
accordance with Section 716.5.

Exception: Where the enclosure walls below the
horizontal assembly have not less than a 3-hour fire-
resistance rating with opening protectives in accor-
dance with Section 716.5, the enclosure walls
extending above the horizontal assembly shall be
permitted to have a 1-hour fire-resistance rating,
provided:

1. The building above the horizontal assembly is
not required to be of Type I construction;

2. The enclosure connects fewer than four sto-
ries; and

3. The enclosure opening protectives above the
horizontal assembly have afire protection rat-
ing of not less than 1 hour.

5. The building or buildings above the horizontal assem-
bly shall be permitted to have multiple Group A occu-

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

103

GENERAL BUILDING HEIGHTS AND AREAS

TABLE 509
INCIDENTAL USES

ROOM OR AREA

Furnace room where any piece of equipment is over 400,000 Btu per
hour input

Rooms with boilers where the largest piece of equipment is over 15
psi and 10 horsepower

Refriger ant machinery room

Hydrogen cutoff rooms, not classified as Group H

SEPARATION AND/OR PROTECTION

1 hour or provide automatic sprinkler system

hour in Group B, F, M, S and U occupancies; 2 hours in Group A, E,
I and R occupancies.

Incinerator rooms

Paint shops, not classified as Group H, located in occupancies other
than Group F

Laboratories and vocational shops, not classified as Group H, located
in a Group E or 1-2 occupancy

Laundry rooms over 100 square feet

Group 1-3 cells equipped with padded surfaces

Waste and linen collection rooms located in either Group L2
occupancies or ambulatory care facilities

Waste and linen collection rooms over 100 square feet

Stationary storage battery systems having a liquid electrolyte capacity
of more than 50 gallons for flooded lead-acid, nickel cadmium or
VRLA, or more than 1 ,000 pounds for lithium-ion and lithium metal
polymer used for facility standby power, emergency power or
uninterruptable power supplies

2 hours and automatic sprinkler system

2 hours; or 1 hour and provide automatic sprinkler system

1 hour or provide automatic sprinkler system

1 hour

1 hour or provide automatic sprinkler system

1 hour in Group B, F, M, S and U occupancies; 2 hours in Group A, E,
I and R occupancies.

For SI: 1 square foot = 0.0929 m\ 1 pound per square inch (psi) = 6.9 kPa, 1 British thermal unit (Btu) per hour = 0.293 watts, 1 horsepower = 746 watts, 1
gallon = 3.785 L.

pancy uses, each with an occupant load of less 300, or
Group B, M, R or S occupancies.
6. The building below the horizontal assembly shall be
protected throughout by an approved automatic sprin-
kler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1, and
shall be permitted to be any of the following occupan-
cies:

6.1. Group S-2 parking garage used for the parking
and storage of private motor vehicles;

6.2. Multiple Group A, each with an occupant load
of less than 300;

6.3. Group B;

6.4. Group M;

6.5. Group R; and

6.6. Uses incidental to the operation of the building
(including entry lobbies, mechanical rooms,
storage areas and similar uses).

7. The maximum building height in feet (mm) shall not
exceed the limits set forth in Section 503 for the build-
ing having the smaller allowable height as measured
from the grade plane.
510.3 Group S-2 enclosed parking garage with Group S-2
open parking garage above. A Group S-2 enclosed parking
garage with not more than one story above grade plane and
located below a Group S-2 open parking garage shall be clas-
sified as a separate and distinct building for the purpose of

determining the type of construction where all of the follow-
ing conditions are met:

1 . The allowable area of the building shall be such that the
sum of the ratios of the actual area divided by the
allowable area for each separate occupancy shall not
exceed 1.

2. The Group S-2 enclosed parking garage is of Type I or
II construction and is at least equal to the fire-resis-
tance requirements of the Group S-2 open parking
garage.

3. The height and the number of tiers of the Group S-2
open parking garage shall be limited as specified in
Table 406.5.4.

4. The floor assembly separating the Group S-2 enclosed
parking garage and Group S-2 open parking garage
shall be protected as required for the floor assembly of
the Group S-2 enclosed parking garage. Openings
between the Group S-2 enclosed parking garage and
Group S-2 open parking garage, except exit openings,
shall not be required to be protected.

5. The Group S-2 enclosed parking garage is used exclu-
sively for the parking or storage of private motor vehi-
cles, but shall be permitted to contain an office, waiting
room and toilet room having a total area of not more
than 1,000 square feet (93 m 2 ), and mechanical equip-
ment rooms incidental to the operation of the building.

104

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

GENERAL BUILDING HEIGHTS AND AREAS

510.4 Parking beneath Group R. Where a maximum one
story above grade plane Group S-2 parking garage, enclosed
or open, or combination thereof, of Type I construction or
open of Type IV construction, with grade entrance, is pro-
vided under a building of Group R, the number of stories to
be used in determining the minimum type of construction
shall be measured from the floor above such a parking area.
The floor assembly between the parking garage and the
Group R above shall comply with the type of construction
required for the parking garage and shall also provide a. fire-
resistance rating not less than the mixed occupancy separa-
tion required in Section 508.4.

510.5 Group R-l and R-2 buildings of Type MA con-
struction. The height limitation for buildings of Type IDA
construction in Groups R-l and R-2 shall be increased to six
stories and 75 feet (22 860 mm) where the first floor assem-
bly above the basement has afire-resistance rating of not less
than 3 hours and the floor area is subdivided by 2-hour fire-
resistance-rated fire walls into areas of not more than 3,000
square feet (279 m 2 ).

510.6 Group R-l and R-2 buildings of Type IIA construc-
tion. The height limitation for buildings of Type IIA con-
struction in Groups R-l and R-2 shall be increased to nine
stories and 100 feet (30 480 mm) where the building is sepa-
rated by not less than 50 feet (15 240 mm) from any other
building on the lot and from lot lines, the exits are segregated
in an area enclosed by a 2-hour fire-resistance-rated fire wall
and the first floor assembly has afire-resistance rating of not
less than 1 7 2 hours.

510.7 Open parking garage beneath Groups A, I, B, M
and R. Open parking garages constructed under Groups A, I,
B, M and R shall not exceed the height and area limitations
permitted under Section 406.5. The height and area of the
portion of the building above the open parking garage shall
not exceed the limitations in Section 503 for the upper occu-
pancy. The height, in both feet and stories, of the portion of
the building above the open parking garage shall be mea-
sured from grade plane and shall include both the open park-
ing garage and the portion of the building above the parking
garage.

510.7.1 Fire separation. Fire barriers constructed in
accordance with Section 707 or horizontal assemblies con-
structed in accordance with Section 711 between the park-
ing occupancy and the upper occupancy shall correspond
to the required fire-resistance rating prescribed in Table
508.4 for the uses involved. The type of construction shall
apply to each occupancy individually, except that struc-
tural members, including main bracing within the open
parking structure, which is necessary to support the upper
occupancy, shall be protected with the more restrictive
fire-resistance-rated assemblies of the groups involved as
shown in Table 601. Means of egress for the upper occu-
pancy shall conform to Chapter 10 and shall be separated
from the parking occupancy by fire barriers having not
less than a 2-hour fire-resistance rating as required by
Section 706 with self-closing doors complying with Sec-
tion 716 or horizontal assemblies having not less than a 2-
hour fire-resistance rating as required by Section 711,
with self-closing doors complying with Section 716.

Means of egress from the open parking garage shall com-
ply with Section 406.5.

510.8 Group B or M with Group S-2 open parking garage.
Group B or M occupancies located not higher than the first
story above grade plane shall be considered as a separate and
distinct building for the purpose of determining the type of
construction where all of the following conditions are met:

1 . The buildings are separated with a horizontal assembly
having afire-resistance rating of not less than 2 hours.

2. The occupancies in the building below the horizontal
assembly are limited to Groups B and M.

3. The occupancy above the horizontal assembly is lim-
ited to a Group S-2 open parking garage.

4. The building below the horizontal assembly is of Type
I or II construction but not less than the type of con-
struction required for the Group S-2 open parking
garage above.

5. The height and area of the building below the horizon-
tal assembly does not exceed the limits set forth in Sec-
tion 503.

6. The height and area of the Group S-2 open parking
garage does not exceed the limits set forth in Section
405.5. The height, in both feet and stories, of the Group
S-2 open parking garage shall be measured from grade
plane and shall include the building below the horizon-
tal assembly.

1 . Exits serving the Group S-2 open parking garage dis-
charge directly to a street or public way and are sepa-
rated from the building below the horizontal assembly
by 2-hour fire barriers constructed in accordance with
Section 707 or 2-hour horizontal assemblies con-
structed in accordance with Section 71 1, or both.

510.9 Multiple buildings above a horizontal assembly.

Where two or more buildings are provided above the horizon-
tal assembly separating a Group S-2 parking garage or build-
ing below from the buildings above in accordance with the
special provisions in Sections 510.2, 510.3 or 510.8, the
buildings above the horizontal assembly shall be regarded as
separate and distinct buildings from each other and shall
comply with all other provisions of this code as applicable to
each separate and distinct building.

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

105

10S 2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

CHAPTER 6

TYPES OF CONSTRUCTION

SECTION 601
GENERAL

601.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter shall control the
classification of buildings as to type of construction.

SECTION 602
CONSTRUCTION CLASSIFICATION

602.1 General. Buildings and structures erected or to be
erected, altered or extended in height or area shall be classi-
fied in one of the five construction types defined in Sections

602.2 through 602.5. The building elements shall have afire-
resistance rating not less than that specified in Table 601 and
exterior walls shall have afire-resistance rating not less than
that specified in Table 602. Where required to have a fire-
resistance rating by Table 601, building elements shall com-
ply with the applicable provisions of Section 703.2. The pro-
tection of openings, ducts and air transfer openings in
building elements shall not be required unless required by
other provisions of this code.

602.1.1 Minimum requirements. A building or portion
thereof shall not be required to conform to the details of a
type of construction higher than that type which meets the
minimum requirements based on occupancy even though

certain features of such a building actually conform to a
higher type of construction.

602.2 Types I and II. Types I and II construction are those
types of construction in which the building elements listed in
Table 601 are of noncombustible materials, except as permit-
ted in Section 603 and elsewhere in this code.

602.3 Type 111. Type III construction is that type of construc-
tion in which the exterior walls are of noncombustible materi-
als and the interior building elements are of any material
permitted by this code. Fire-retardant-treated wood framing
complying with Section 2303.2 shall be permitted within
exterior wall assemblies of a 2-hour rating or less.

602.4 Type IV. Type IV construction (Heavy Timber, HT) is
that type of construction in which the exterior walls are of
noncombustible materials and the interior building elements
are of solid or laminated wood without concealed spaces. The
details of Type IV construction shall comply with the provi-
sions of this section. Fire-retardant-treated wood framing
complying with Section 2303.2 shall be permitted within
exterior wall assemblies with a 2-hour rating or less. Mini-
mum solid sawn nominal dimensions are required for struc-
tures built using Type IV construction (HT). For glued-
laminated members the equivalent net finished width and
depths corresponding to the minimum nominal width and

TABLE 601
FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING REQUIREMENTS FOR BUILDING ELEMENTS (HOURS)

BUILDING ELEMENT

TYPE I

TYPE II

TYPE III

TYPE IV

TYPEV

A d

Primary structural frame 8 (see Section 202)

3 a

Bearing walls
Exterior'' s
Interior

3 a

2
2 a

1
1

2
1

2
1/HT

1
1

Nonbearing walls and partitions
Exterior

See Table 602

Nonbearing walls and partitions
Interior

See
Section
602.4.6

Floor construction and associated secondary members
(see Section 202)

Roof construction and associated secondary members
(see Section 202)

lV 2 b

i b,c

Jb.0

o c

]lw

,b,c

For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm.

a. Roof supports: Fire-resistance ratings of primary structural frame and bearing walls are permitted to be reduced by 1 hour where supporting a roof only.

b. Except in Group F-l , H, M and S-l occupancies, fire protection of structural members shall not be required, including protection of roof framing and decking
where every part of the roof construction is 20 feet or more above any floor immediately below. Fire-retardant-treated wood members shall be allowed to be
used for such unprotected members.

c. In all occupancies, heavy timber shall be allowed where a I -hour or less fire-resistance rating is required.

d. An approved automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1. 1 shall be allowed to be substituted for 1-hour fire-resistance-rated construction,
provided such system is not otherwise required by other provisions of the code or used for an allowable area increase in accordance with Section 506.3 or an
allowable height increase in accordance with Section 504.2. The 1 -hour substitution for the fire resistance of exterior walls shall not be permitted.

e. Not less than the fire-resistance rating required by other sections of this code.
Not less than the fire-resistance rating based on fire separation distance (see Table 602).
Not less than the fire-resistance rating as referenced in Section 704.10

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

107

TYPES OF CONSTRUCTION

depths of solid sawn lumber are required as specified in Table
602.4.

TABLE 602.4
WOOD MEMBER SIZE EQUIVALENCIES

MINIMUM NOMINAL SOLID
SAWN SIZE

MINIMUM GLUED-LAMINATED
NET SIZE

Width, inch

Depth, inch

Width, inch

Depth, inch

8V 4

10V 2

8'/ 4

67 s

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

602.4.1 Columns. Wood columns shall be sawn or glued
laminated and shall be not less than 8 inches (203 mm),
nominal, in any dimension where supporting floor loads
and not less than 6 inches (152 mm) nominal in width and
not less than 8 inches (203 mm) nominal in depth where
supporting roof and ceiling loads only. Columns shall be
continuous or superimposed and connected in an approved
manner.

602.4.2 Floor framing. Wood beams and girders shall be
of sawn or glued-laminated timber and shall be not less
than 6 inches (152 mm) nominal in width and not less than
10 inches (254 mm) nominal in depth. Framed sawn or
glued-laminated timber arches, which spring from the
floor line and support floor loads, shall be not less than 8
inches (203 mm) nominal in any dimension. Framed tim-
ber trusses supporting floor loads shall have members of
not less than 8 inches (203 mm) nominal in any dimen-
sion.

602.4.3 Roof framing. Wood-frame or glued-laminated
arches for roof construction, which spring from the floor
line or from grade and do not support floor loads, shall
have members not less than 6 inches (152 mm) nominal in

width and have not less than 8 inches (203 mm) nominal
in depth for the lower half of the height and not less than 6
inches (152 mm) nominal in depth for the upper half.
Framed or glued-laminated arches for roof construction-
that spring from the top of walls or wall abutments, framed
timber trusses and other roof framing, which do not sup-
port floor loads, shall have members not less than 4 inches
(102 mm) nominal in width and not less than 6 inches (152
mm) nominal in depth. Spaced members shall be permit-
ted to be composed of two or more pieces not less than 3
inches (76 mm) nominal in thickness where blocked sol-
idly throughout their intervening spaces or where spaces
are tightly closed by a continuous wood cover plate of not
less than 2 inches (5 1 mm) nominal in thickness secured to
the underside of the members. Splice plates shall be not
less than 3 inches (76 mm) nominal in thickness. Where
protected by approved automatic sprinklers under the roof
deck, framing members shall be not less than 3 inches (76
mm) nominal in width.

602.4.4 Floors. Floors shall be without concealed spaces.
Wood floors shall be of sawn or glued-laminated planks,
splined or tongue-and-groove, of not less than 3 inches (76
mm) nominal in thickness covered with 1-inch (25 mm)
nominal dimension tongue-and-groove flooring, laid
crosswise or diagonally, or 0.5-inch (12.7 mm) particle-
board or planks not less than 4 inches (102 mm) nominal
in width set on edge close together and well spiked and
covered with 1-inch (25 mm) nominal dimension flooring
or l5 / 32 -inch (12 mm) wood structural panel or 0.5-inch
(12.7 mm) particleboard. The lumber shall be laid so that
no continuous line of joints will occur except at points of
support. Floors shall not extend closer than 0.5 inch (12.7
mm) to walls. Such 0.5-inch (12.7 mm) space shall be cov-
ered by a molding fastened to the wall and so arranged that
it will not obstruct the swelling or shrinkage movements
of the floor. Corbeling of masonry walls under the floor
shall be permitted to be used in place of molding.

TABLE 602
FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING REQUIREMENTS FOR EXTERIOR WALLS BASED ON FIRE SEPARATION DISTANCE 3 ' eh

FIRE SEPARATION DISTANCE =
X (feet)

TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION

OCCUPANCY GROUP H'

OCCUPANCY
GROUP F-1.M, S-1 9

OCCUPANCY
GROUP A, B, E, F-2, 1, R, S-2 9 , U b

X<5 C

All

5<X<10

Others

3
2

2
1

1
1

10<X<30

IA,IB
IIB, VB

Others

2
1
1

l d

X>30

All

For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm.

a. Load-bearing exterior walls shall also comply with the fire-resistance rating requirements of Table 601.

b. For special requirements for Group U occupancies, see Section 406.3.

c. See Section 706.1.1 for party walls.

d. Open parking garages complying with Section 406 shall not be required to have a fire-resistance raring.

e. The fire-resistance rating of an exterior wall is determined based upon the fire separation distance of the exterior wall and the story in which the wall is
located.

f. For special requirements for Group H occupancies, see Section 415.5.

g. For special requirements for Group S aircraft hangars, see Section 412.4.1.

h. Where Table 705.8 permits nonbearing exterior walls with unlimited area of unprotected openings, the required fire-resistance rating for the exterior walls is
hours.

108

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

TYPES OF CONSTRUCTION

602.4.5 Roofs. Roofs shall be without concealed spaces
and wood roof decks shall be sawn or glued laminated,
splined or tongue-and-groove plank, not less than 2 inches
(51 mm) nominal in thickness, 1 7 8 -inch-thick (32 mm)
wood structural panel (exterior glue), or of planks not less
than 3 inches (76 mm) nominal in width, set on edge close
together and laid as required for floors. Other types of
decking shall be permitted to be used if providing equiva-
lent fire resistance and structural properties.

6(12.4.6 Partitions. Partitions shall be of solid wood con-
struction formed by not less than two layers of 1-inch (25
mm) matched boards or laminated construction 4 inches
(102 mm) thick, or of 1-hour fire-resistance-rated con-
struction.

602.4.7 Exterior structural members. Where a horizon-
tal separation of 20 feet (6096 mm) or more is provided,
wood columns and arches conforming to heavy timber
sizes shall be permitted to be used externally.

602.5 Type V. Type V construction is that type of construc-
tion in which the structural elements, exterior walls and inte-
rior walls are of any materials permitted by this code.

SECTION 603

COMBUSTIBLE MATERIAL IN TYPE I AND II

CONSTRUCTION

603.1 Allowable materials. Combustible materials shall be
permitted in buildings of Type I or II construction in the fol-
lowing applications and in accordance with Sections 603 1 1
through 603.1.3:

1. Fire-retardant-treated wood shall be permitted in:

1.1. Nonbearing partitions where the required fire-
resistance rating is 2 hours or less.

1.2. Nonbearing exterior walls where fire-resistance
rated construction is not required.

1.3. Roof construction, including girders, trusses,
framing and decking.

Exception: In buildings of Type IA construction
exceeding two stories above grade plane, fire-retar-
dant-treated wood is not permitted in roof construction
where the vertical distance from the upper floor to the
roof is less than 20 feet (6096 mm).

2. Thermal and acoustical insulation, other than foam
plastics, having aflame spread index of not more than

25.

Exceptions:

1. Insulation placed between two layers of non-
combustible materials without an intervening
airspace shall be allowed to have a flame
spread index of not more than 1 00.

2. Insulation installed between a finished floor
and solid decking without intervening airspace
shall be allowed to have a flame spread index
of not more than 200.

3. Foam plastics in accordance with Chapter 26.

4. Roof coverings that have an A, B or C classifi-
cation.

5. Interior floor finish and floor covering materi-
als installed in accordance with Section 804.

6. Millwork such as doors, door frames, window
sashes and frames.

7. Interior wall and ceiling finishes installed in
accordance with Sections 801 and 803.

8. Trim installed in accordance with Section 806.

9. Where not installed greater than 15 feet (4572
mm) above grade, show windows, nailing or
furring strips and wooden bulkheads below
show windows, including their frames, aprons
and show cases.

10. Finish flooring installed in accordance with
Section 805.

11. Partitions dividing portions of stores, offices or
similar places occupied by one tenant only and
that do not establish a corridor serving an occu-
pant load of 30 or more shall be permitted to be
constructed of fire-retardant-treated wood, 1-
hour fire-resistance-rated construction or of
wood panels or similar light construction up to
6 feet (1 829 mm) in height.

12. Stages and platforms constructed in accordance
with Sections 410.3 and 410.4, respectively.

13. Combustible exterior wall coverings, balconies
and similar projections and bay or oriel win-
dows in accordance with Chapter 14.

14. Blocking such as for handrails, millwork, cabi-
nets and window and door frames.

15. Light-transmitting plastics as permitted by
Chapter 26.

16. Mastics and caulking materials applied to pro-
vide flexible seals between components of exte-
rior wall construction.

17. Exterior plastic veneer installed in accordance
with Section 2605.2.

18. Nailing or furring strips as permitted by Section
803.4.

19. Heavy timber as permitted by Note c to Table
601 and Sections 602.4.7 and 1406.3.

20. Aggregates, component materials and admix-
tures as permitted by Section 703.2.2.

21. Sprayed fire-resistant materials and intumes-
cent and mastic fire-resistant coatings, deter-
mined on the basis of fire-resistance tests in
accordance with Section 703.2 and installed in
accordance with Sections 1705.13 and 1705.14,
respectively.

22. Materials used to protect penetrations in fire-
resistance-rated assemblies in accordance with
Section 714.

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

109

TYPES OF CONSTRUCTION

23. Materials used to protect joints in fire-resis-
tance-rated assemblies in accordance with Sec-
tion 715.

24. Materials allowed in the concealed spaces of
buildings of Types I and II construction in
accordance with Section 718.5.

25. Materials exposed within plenums complying
with Section 602 of the International Mechani-
cal Code.

603.1.1 Ducts. The use of nonmetallic ducts shall be per-
mitted where installed in accordance with the limitations
of the International Mechanical Code.

603.1.2 Piping. The use of combustible piping materials
shall be permitted where installed in accordance with the
limitations of the International Mechanical Code and the
International Plumbing Code.

603.1.3 Electrical. The use of electrical wiring methods
with combustible insulation, tubing, raceways and related
components shall be permitted where installed in accor-
dance with the limitations of this code.

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

111)

CHAPTER 7

FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES

SECTION 701
GENERAL

701.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter shall govern the
materials, systems and assemblies used for structural fire
resistance and fire-resistance-rated construction separation of
adjacent spaces to safeguard against the spread of fire and
smoke within a building and the spread of fire to or from
buildings.

701.2 Multiple use fire assemblies. Fire assemblies that
serve multiple purposes in a building shall comply with all of
the requirements that are applicable for each of the individual
fire assemblies.

SECTION 702
DEFINITIONS

702.1 Definitions. The following terms are defined in Chap-
ter 2:

ANNULAR SPACE.

BUILDING ELEMENT.

CEILING RADIATION DAMPER.

COMBINATION FIRE/SMOKE DAMPER.

DAMPER.

DRAFTSTOP

F RATING,

FIRE BARRIER.

FIRE DAMPER.

FIRE DOOR.

FIRE DOOR ASSEMBLY.

FIRE PARTITION.

FIRE PROTECTION RATING.
| FIRE-RATED GLAZING.

FIRE RESISTANCE.

FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING.

FIRE-RESISTANT JOINT SYSTEM.

FIRE SEPARATION DISTANCE.

FIRE WALL.

FIRE WINDOW ASSEMBLY.

FIREBLOCKING.

FLOOR FIRE DOOR ASSEMBLY.

HORIZONTAL ASSEMBLY.

JOINT.
| L RATING.

MEMBRANE PENETRATION.

MEMBRANE-PENETRATION FIRESTOP.

MEMBRANE-PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEM.

MINERAL FIBER.

MINERAL WOOL.

PENETRATION FIRESTOP.

SELF-CLOSING.

SHAFT.

SHAFT ENCLOSURE.

SMOKE BARRIER.

SMOKE COMPARTMENT.

SMOKE DAMPER.

SPLICE.

T RATING.

THROUGH PENETRATION.

THROUGH-PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEM.

SECTION 703
FIRE-RESISTANCE RATINGS AND FIRE TESTS

703.1 Scope. Materials prescribed herein for fire resistance
shall conform to the requirements of this chapter.

703.2 Fire-resistance ratings. The fire-resistance rating of
building elements, components or assemblies shall be deter-
mined in accordance with the test procedures set forth in
ASTM E 1 19 or UL 263 or in accordance with Section 703.3.
Where materials, systems or devices that have not been tested
as part of a fire-resistance-rated assembly are incorporated
into the building element, component or assembly, sufficient
data shall be made available to the building official to show
that the required fire-resistance rating is not reduced. Materi-
als and methods of construction used to protect joints and
penetrations in fire-resistance-rated building elements, com-
ponents or assemblies shall not reduce the required fire-resis-
tance rating.

Exception: In determining the fire-resistance rating of
exterior bearing walls, compliance with the ASTM E 1 19
or UL 263 criteria for unexposed surface temperature rise
and ignition of cotton waste due to passage of flame or
gases is required only for a period of time corresponding
to the required fire-resistance rating of an exterior non-
bearing wall with the same fire separation distance, and in
a building of the same group. When the fire-resistance rat-
ing determined in accordance with this exception exceeds
the fire-resistance rating determined in accordance with
ASTM E 1 19 or UL 263, the fire exposure time period,
water pressure and application duration criteria for the
hose stream test of ASTM E 1 19 or UL 263 shall be based
upon the fire-resistance rating determined in accordance
with this exception.

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE 9

111

FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES

703.2.1 Nonsymmetrical wall construction. Interior
walls and partitions of nonsymmetrical construction shall
be tested with both faces exposed to the furnace, and the
assigned fire-resistance rating shall be the shortest dura-
tion obtained from the two tests conducted in compliance
with ASTM E 1 19 or UL 263. When evidence is furnished
to show that the wall was tested with the least fire-resistant
side exposed to the furnace, subject to acceptance of the
building official, the wall need not be subjected to tests
from the opposite side (see Section 705.5 for exterior
walls).

703.2.2 Combustible components. Combustible aggre-
gates are permitted in gypsum and Portland cement con-
crete mixtures for fire-resistance-rated construction. Any
component material or admixture is permitted in assem-
blies if the resulting tested assembly meets the fire-resis-
tance test requirements of this code.

703.2.3 Restrained classification. Fire-resistance-rated
assemblies tested under ASTM E 1 19 or UL 263 shall not
be considered to be restrained unless evidence satisfactory
to the building official is furnished by the registered
design professional showing that the construction qualifies
for a restrained classification in accordance with ASTM E
1 19 or UL 263. Restrained construction shall be identified
on the plans.

703.3 Alternative methods for determining fire resistance.
The application of any of the alternative methods listed in this
section shall be based on the fire exposure and acceptance
criteria specified in ASTM E 119 or UL 263. The required
fire resistance of a building element, component or assembly
shall be permitted to be established by any of the following
methods or procedures:

1. Fire-resistance designs documented in sources.

2. Prescriptive designs of fire-resistance-rated building
elements, components or assemblies as prescribed in

Section 721.

3. Calculations in accordance with Section 722.

4. Engineering analysis based on a comparison of build-
ing element, component or assemblies designs having
fire-resistance ratings as determined by the test proce-
dures set forth in ASTM E 1 19 or UL 263.

5. Alternative protection methods as allowed by Section
104.11.

703.4 Automatic sprinklers. Under the prescriptive fire-
resistance requirements of the International Building Code,
the fire-resistance rating of a building element, component or
assembly shall be established without the use of automatic
sprinklers or any other fire suppression system being incor-
porated as part of the assembly tested in accordance with the
fire exposure, procedures, and acceptance criteria specified in
ASTM E 119 or UL 263. However, this section shall not pro-
hibit or limit the duties and powers of the building official
allowed by Sections 104.10 and 104.1 1.

703.5 Noncombustibility tests. The tests indicated in Sec-
tions 703.5.1 and 703.5.2 shall serve as criteria for accep-
tance of building materials as set forth in Sections 602.2,

602.3 and 602.4 in Type I, II, III and IV construction. The
term "noncombustible" does not apply to the flame spread
characteristics of interior finish or trim materials. A material
shall not be classified as a noncombustible building construc-
tion material if it is subject to an increase in combustibility or
flame spread beyond the limitations herein established
through the effects of age, moisture or other atmospheric con-
ditions.

703.5.1 Elementary materials. Materials required to be
noncombustible shall be tested in accordance with ASTM
E136.

703.5.2 Composite materials. Materials having a struc-
tural base of noncombustible material as determined in
accordance with Section 703.5.1 with a surfacing not more
than 0.125 inch (3.18 mm) thick that has aflame spread
index not greater than 50 when tested in accordance with
ASTM E 84 or UL 723 shall be acceptable as noncombus-
tible materials.

703.6 Fire-resistance-rated glazing. Fire-resistance-rated
glazing, when tested in accordance with ASTM E 1 19 or UL
263 and complying with the requirements of Section 707,
shall be permitted. Fire-resistance-rated glazing shall bear a
label marked in accordance with Table 716.3 issued by an
agency and shall be permanently identified on the glazing.

703.7 Marking and identification. Fire walls, fire barriers,
fire partitions, smoke barriers and smoke partitions or any
other wall required to have protected openings or penetra-
tions shall be effectively and permanently identified with
signs or stenciling. Such identification shall:

1. Be located in accessible concealed floor, floor-ceiling
or attic spaces;

2. Be located within 15 feet (4572 mm ) of the end of each
wall and at intervals not exceeding 30 feet (9144 mm)
measured horizontally along the wall or partition; and

3. Include lettering not less than 3 inches (76 mm ) in
height with a minimum 3 / g inch (9.5 mm) stroke in a
contrasting color incorporating the suggested wording.
"FIRE AND/OR SMOKE BARRIER— PROTECT
ALL OPENINGS" or other wording.

Exception: Walls in Group R-2 occupancies that do
not have a removable decorative ceiling allowing
access to the concealed space.

SECTION 704

FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING OF

STRUCTURAL MEMBERS

704.1 Requirements. The fire-resistance ratings of struc-
tural members and assemblies shall comply with this section
and the requirements for the type of construction as specified
in Table 601. The. fire-resistance ratings shall not be less than
the ratings required for the fire-resistance-rated assemblies
supported by the structural members.

Exception: Fire barriers, fire partitions, smoke barriers
and horizontal assemblies as provided in Sections 707.5,
708.4, 709.4 and 71 1.4, respectively.

112

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES

704.2 Column protection. Where columns are required to
have protection to be fire-resistance rated, the entire column
shall be provided individual encasement protection by pro-
tecting it on all sides for the full column length, including
connections to other structural members, with materials hav-
ing the required fire-resistance rating. Where the column
extends through a ceiling, the encasement protection shall be
continuous from the top of the foundation or floor/ceiling
assembly below through the ceiling space to the top of the
column.

704.3 Protection of the primary structural frame other
than columns. Members of the primary structural frame
other than columns that are required to have protection to
achieve a fire-resistance rating and support more than two
floors or one floor and roof, or support a load-bearing wall or
a nonload-bearing wall more than two stories high, shall be
provided individual encasement protection by protecting
them on all sides for the full length, including connections to
other structural members, with materials having the required
fire-resistance rating.

Exception: Individual encasement protection on all sides
shall be permitted on all exposed sides provided the extent
of protection is in accordance with the required fire-resis-
tance rating, as determined in Section 703.

704.4 Protection of secondary members. Secondary mem-
bers that are required to have a. fire-resistance rating shall be
protected by individual encasement protection, by the mem-
brane or ceiling of a horizontal assembly in accordance with
Section 71 1, or by a combination of both.

704.4.1 Light-frame construction. King studs and
boundary elements that are integral elements in load-bear-
ing walls of light-frame construction shall be permitted to
have required fire-resistance ratings provided by the
membrane protection provided for the load-bearing wall.

704.5 Truss protection. The required thickness and con-
struction of fire-resistance-rated assemblies enclosing trusses
shall be based on the results of full-scale tests or combina-
tions of tests on truss components or on approved calcula-
tions based on such tests that satisfactorily demonstrate that
the assembly has the required fire resistance.

704.6 Attachments to structural members. The edges of
lugs, brackets, rivets and bolt heads attached to structural
members shall be permitted to extend to within 1 inch (25
mm) of the surface of the fire protection.

704.7 Reinforcing. Thickness of protection for concrete or
masonry reinforcement shall be measured to the outside of
the reinforcement except that stirrups and spiral reinforce-
ment ties are permitted to project not more than 0.5-inch
(12.7 mm) into the protection.

704.8 Embedments and enclosures. Pipes, wires, conduits,
ducts or other service facilities shall not be embedded in the
required fire protective covering of a structural member that
is required to be individually encased.

704.9 Impact protection. Where the fire protective covering
of a structural member is subject to impact damage from
moving vehicles, the handling of merchandise or other activ-
ity, the fire protective covering shall be protected by corner

guards or by a substantial jacket of metal or other noncom-
bustible material to a height adequate to provide full protec-
tion, but not less than 5 feet (1524 mm) from the finished
floor.

Exception: Corner protection is not required on concrete
columns in open or enclosed parking garages.

704.10 Exterior structural members. Load-bearing struc-
tural members located within the exterior walls or on the out-
side of a building or structure shall be provided with the
highest fire-resistance rating as determined in accordance
with the following:

1. As required by Table 601 for the type of building ele-
ment based on the type of construction of the building;

2. As required by Table 601 for exterior bearing walls
based on the type of construction; and

3. As required by Table 602 for exterior walls based on
the fire separation distance.

704.11 Bottom flange protection. Fire protection is not
required at the bottom flange of lintels, shelf angles and
plates, spanning not more than 6 feet 4 inches (1931 mm) j
whether part of the primary structural frame or not, and from
the bottom flange of lintels, shelf angles and plates not part of
the structural frame, regardless of span.

704.12 Seismic isolation systems. Fire-resistance ratings for
the isolation system shall meet the fire-resistance rating
required for the columns, walls or other structural elements in
which the isolation system is installed in accordance with
Table 601. Isolation systems required to have afire-resis-
tance rating shall be protected with approved materials or
construction assemblies designed to provide the same degree
of fire resistance as the structural element in which it is
installed when tested in accordance with ASTM E 1 19 or UL
263 (see Section 703.2).

Such isolation system protection applied to isolator units
shall be capable of retarding the transfer of heat to the isolator
unit in such a manner that the required gravity load-carrying
capacity of the isolator unit will not be impaired after expo-
sure to the standard time-temperature curve fire test pre-
scribed in ASTM E 1 19 or UL 263 for a duration not less than
that required for the fire-resistance rating of the structure ele-
ment in which it is installed.

Such isolation system protection applied to isolator units
shall be suitably designed and securely installed so as not to
dislodge, loosen, sustain damage or otherwise impair its abil-
ity to accommodate the seismic movements for which the iso-
lator unit is designed and to maintain its integrity for the
purpose of providing the required fire-resistance protection.

704.13 Sprayed fire-resistant materials (SFRM). Sprayed
fire-resistant materials (SFRM) shall comply with Sections
704.13.1 through 704.13.5.

704.13.1 Fire- resistance rating. The application of
SFRM shall be consistent with the fire-resistance rating
and the listing, including, but not limited to, minimum
thickness and dry density of the applied SFRM, method of
application, substrate surface conditions and the use of

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

113

FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES

bonding adhesives, sealants, reinforcing or other materi-
als.

704.13.2 Manufacturer's installation instructions. The
application of SFRM shall be in accordance with the man-
ufacturer's installation instructions. The instructions shall
include, but are not limited to, substrate temperatures and
surface conditions and SFRM handling, storage, mixing,
conveyance, method of application, curing and ventilation.

704.13.3 Substrate condition. The SFRM shall be
applied to a substrate in compliance with Sections
704.13.3.1 through 704.13.3.2.

704.13.3.1 Surface conditions. Substrates to receive
SFRM shall be free of dirt, oil, grease, release agents,
loose scale and any other condition that prevents adhe-
sion. The substrates shall also be free of primers, paints
and encapsulants other than those fire tested and listed
by a nationally recognized testing agency. Primed,
painted or encapsulated steel shall be allowed, provided
that testing has demonstrated that required adhesion is
maintained.

704.13.3.2 Primers, paints and encapsulants. Where
the SFRM is to be applied over primers, paints or
encapsulants other than those specified in the listing,
the material shall be field tested in accordance with
ASTM E 736. Where testing of the SFRM with prim-
ers, paints or encapsulants demonstrates that required
adhesion is maintained, SFRM shall be permitted to be
applied to primed, painted or encapsulated wide flange
steel shapes in accordance with the following condi-
tions:

1. The beam flange width does not exceed 12 inches
(305 mm); or

2. The column flange width does not exceed 16
inches (400 mm); or

3. The beam or column web depth does not exceed
16 inches (400 mm).

4. The average and minimum bond strength values
shall be determined based on a minimum of five
bond tests conducted in accordance with ASTM
E 736. Bond tests conducted in accordance with
ASTM E 736 shall indicate a minimum average
bond strength of 80 percent and a minimum indi-
vidual bond strength of 50 percent, when com-
pared to the bond strength of the SFRM as
applied to clean uncoated V 8 -inch thick (3 mm)
steel plate.

704.13.4 Temperature. A minimum ambient and sub-
strate temperature of 40°F (4.44°C) shall be maintained
during and for a minimum of 24 hours after the application
of the SFRM, unless the manufacturer's installation
instructions allow otherwise.

704.13.5 Finished condition. The finished condition of
SFRM applied to structural members or assemblies shall
not, upon complete drying or curing, exhibit cracks, voids,
spalls, delamination or any exposure of the substrate. Sur-
face irregularities of SFRM shall be deemed acceptable.

SECTION 705
EXTERIOR WALLS

705.1 General. Exterior walls shall comply with this section.

705.2 Projections. Cornices, eave overhangs, exterior balco-
nies and similar projections extending beyond the exterior
wall shall conform to the requirements of this section and
Section 1406. Exterior egress balconies and exterior exit
stairways and ramps shall also comply with Sections 1019
and 1026, respectively. Projections shall not extend any
closer to the line used to determine the fire separation dis-
tance than shown in Table 705.2.

TABLE 705.2
MINIMUM DISTANCE OF PROJECTION

FIRE SEPARATION DISTANCE
(FSD)

MINIMUM DISTANCE FROM LINE
USED TO DETERMINE FSD

feet to less than 2 feet

Projections not permitted

2 feet to less than 5 feet

24 inches

5 feet or greater

40 inches

For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm; 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

Exception: Buildings on the same lot and considered as
portions of one building in accordance with Section 705.3
are not required to comply with this section.

705.2.1 Type I and II construction. Projections from
walls of Type I or II construction shall be of noncombusti-
ble materials or combustible materials as allowed by Sec-
tions 1406.3 and 1406.4.

705.2.2 Type III, IV or V construction. Projections from
walls of Type III, IV or V construction shall be of any
approved material.

705.2.3 Combustible projections. Combustible projec-
tions extending to within 5 feet (1524 mm) of the line used
to determine the fire separation distance, or located where
openings are not permitted, or where protection of some
openings is required shall be of at least 1-hour fire-resis-
tance-rated construction, Type IV construction, fire-retar-
dant-treated wood or as required by Section 1406.3.

Exception: Type VB construction shall be allowed for
combustible projections in Group R-3 and U occupan-
cies with a fire separation distance greater than or equal
to 5 feet (1524 mm).

705.3 Buildings on the same lot. For the purposes of deter-
mining the required wall and opening protection, projections |
and roof-covering requirements, buildings on the same lot
shall be assumed to have an imaginary line between them.

Where a new building is to be erected on the same lot as
an existing building, the location of the assumed imaginary
line with relation to the existing building shall be such that
the exterior wall and opening protection of the existing build-
ing meet the criteria as set forth in Sections 705.5 and 705.8.

Exception: Two or more buildings on the same lot shall
either be regulated as separate buildings or shall be consid-
ered as portions of one building if the aggregate area of
such buildings is within the limits specified in Chapter 5
for a single building. Where the buildings contain different
occupancy groups or are of different types of construction,

114

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES

the area shall be that allowed for the most restrictive occu-
pancy or construction.

705.4 Materials. Exterior walls shall be of materials permit-
ted by the building type of construction.

705.5 Fire-resistance ratings. Exterior walls shall be fire-
resistance rated in accordance with Tables 601 and 602 and
this section. The required fire-resistance rating of exterior
walls with a fire separation distance of greater than 10 feet
(3048 mm) shall be rated for exposure to fire from the inside.
The required fire- resistance rating of exterior walls with a
fire separation distance of less than or equal to 10 feet (3048
mm) shall be rated for exposure to fire from both sides.

705.6 Structural stability. The wall shall extend to the
height required by Section 705.11 and shall have sufficient
structural stability such that it will remain in place for the
duration of time indicated by the required fire-resistance rat-
ing. Where exterior walls have a minimum fire separation
distance of not less than 30 feet (91 44 mm), interior structural
elements which brace the exterior wall but which are not
located within the plane of the exterior wall shall have the
minimum fire-resistance rating required in Table 601 for that
structural element. Structural elements which brace the exte-
rior wall but are located outside of the exterior wall or within
the plane of the exterior wall shall have the minimum fire-

resistance rating required in Tables 601 and 602 for the exte-
rior wall.

705.7 Unexposed surface temperature. Where protected
openings are not limited by Section 705.8, the limitation on
the rise of temperature on the unexposed surface of exterior
walls as required by ASTM E 119 or UL 263 shall not apply.
Where protected openings are limited by Section 705.8, the
limitation on the rise of temperature on the unexposed surface
of exterior walls as required by ASTM E 1 19 or UL 263 shall
not apply provided that a correction is made for radiation
from the unexposed exterior wall surface in accordance with
the following formula:

(Equation 7-1)

where:

K =

A =
A r =

F,=

Equivalent area of protected openings.

Actual area of protected openings.

Area of exterior wall surface in the story under
consideration exclusive of openings, on which the
temperature limitations of ASTM E 1 19 or UL 263 for
walls are exceeded.

An "equivalent opening factor" derived from Figure
705.7 based on the average temperature of the
unexposed wall surface and the fire-resistance rating
of the wall.

200 400 600 800 1,000 1,200 1,400 1,600 1,800 2,000
Average temperature of unexposed surface (°F)

For SI: °C = [(°F) - 32] / 1.8.

FIGURE 705.7
EQUIVALENT OPENING FACTOR

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

115

FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES

705.8 Openings. Openings in exterior walls shall comply
with Sections 705.8.1 through 705.8.6.

705.8.1 Allowable area of openings. The maximum area
of unprotected and protected openings permitted in an
exterior wall in any story of a building shall not exceed the
percentages specified in Table 705.8.

Exceptions:

I. In other than Group H occupancies, unlimited
unprotected openings are permitted in the first
story above grade plane either:

1.1. Where the wall faces a street and has a
fire separation distance of more than 15
feet (4572 mm); or

1.2. Where the wall faces an unoccupied
space. The unoccupied space shall be on
the same lot or dedicated for public use,
shall not be less than 30 feet (9144 mm)
in width and shall have access from a
street by a posted fire lane in accordance
with the International Fire Code.

2. Buildings whose exterior bearing walls, exterior
nonbearing walls and exterior primary structural
frame are not required to be fire-resistance rated
shall be permitted to have unlimited unprotected
openings.
705.8.2 Protected openings. Where openings are required
to be protected, fire doors and fire shutters shall comply

TABLE 705.8

MAXIMUM AREA OF EXTERIOR WALL OPENINGS BASED ON

FIRE SEPARATION DISTANCE AND DEGREE OF OPENING PROTECTION

FIRE SEPARATION DISTANCE (feet)

DEGREE OF OPENING PROTECTION

Unprotected, Nonsprinklered (UP, NS)

to less than 3 b

3 to less than 5 d

5tolessthanl0 M ' j

10 to less than 15 e

15 to less than 20 f '

20tolessthan25 f ' e

Unprotected, Sprinklered (UP, S) 1

Protected (P)

Unprotected, Nonsprinklered (UP, NS)

Unprotected, Sprinklered (UP, S)'

Protected (P)

Unprotected, Nonsprinklered (UP, NS)

Unprotected, Sprinklered (UP, S)'

Protected (P)

Unprotected, Nonsprinklered (UP, NS)

Unprotected, Sprinklered (UP, S)'

Protected (P)

Unprotected, Nonsprinklered (UP, NS)

ALLOWABLE AREA"

Not Permitted

15%

1.1%

10%"

25%

15% h

45 %

45%

Unprotected, Sprinklered (UP, S)'

Protected (P)

Unprotected, Nonsprinklered (UP, NS)

Unprotected, Sprinklered (UP, S)'

Protected (P)

25tolessthan30 f ' g

30 or greater

Unprotected, Nonsprinklered (UP, NS)

Unprotected, Sprinklered (UP, S) 1

Protected (P)

Unprotected, Nonsprinklered (UP, NS)

Unprotected, Sprinklered (UP, S)'

Protected (P)

25%

75%

45';

No Limit

70%

No Limit

Not Required

For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm.

UP, NS = Unprotected openings in buildings not equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.
UP, S = Unprotected openings in buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.
P = Openings protected with an opening protective assembly in accordance with Section 705.8.2.

a. Values indicated are the percentage of the area of the exterior wall, per story.

b. For the requirements for fire walls of buildings with differing heights, see Section 706.6.1.

c. For openings in a fire wall for buildings on the same lot, see Section 706.8.

d. The maximum percentage of unprotected and protected openings shall be 25 percent for Group R-3 occupancies.

e. Unprotected openings shall not be permitted for openings with a fire separation distance of less than 15 feet for Group H-2 and H-3 occupancies.

f. The area of unprotected and protected openings shall not be limited for Group R-3 occupancies, with a fire separation distance of 5 feet or greater.

g. The area of openings in an open parking structure with a fire separation distance of 10 feet or greater shall not be limited.
h. Includes buildings accessory to Group R-3.

i. Not applicable to Group H-l, H-2 and H-3 occupancies.

j. For special requirements for Group U occupancies, see Section 406.3.2.

116

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES

with Section 716.5 and fire window assemblies shall com-
ply with Section 716.6.

Exception: Opening protectives are not required where
the building is equipped throughout with an automatic
sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1
and the exterior openings are protected by a water cur-
tain using automatic sprinklers approved for that use.

705.8.3 Unprotected openings. Where unprotected open-
ings are permitted, windows and doors shall be con-
structed of any approved materials. Glazing shall conform
to the requirements of Chapters 24 and 26.

705.8.4 Mixed openings. Where both unprotected and
protected openings are located in the exterior wall in any
story of a building, the total area of openings shall be
determined in accordance with the following:

(AJa p ) + (AJa u ) < 1 (Equation 7-2)

where:

A p = Actual area of protected openings, or the equivalent
area of protected openings, A e (see Section 705.7).

a = Allowable area of protected openings.

A u = Actual area of unprotected openings.

a u = Allowable area of unprotected openings.

705.8.5 Vertical separation of openings. Openings in
exterior walls in adjacent stories shall be separated verti-
cally to protect against fire spread on the exterior of the
buildings where the openings are within 5 feet (1524 mm)
of each other horizontally and the opening in the lower
stoty is not a protected opening with afire protection rat-
ing of not less than 3 / 4 hour. Such openings shall be sepa-
rated vertically at least 3 feet (914 mm) by spandrel
girders, exterior walls or other similar assemblies that
have afire-resistance rating of at least 1 hour or by flame
barriers that extend horizontally at least 30 inches (762
mm) beyond the exterior wall. Flame barriers shall also
have a. fire-resistance rating of at least 1 hour. The unex-
posed surface temperature limitations specified in ASTM
E 119 or UL 263 shall not apply to the flame barriers or
vertical separation unless otherwise required by the provi-
sions of this code.

Exceptions:

1. This section shall not apply to buildings that are
three stories or less above grade plane.

2. This section shall not apply to buildings equipped
throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in
accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2.

3. Open parking garages.

705.8.6 Vertical exposure. For buildings on the same lot,
opening protectives having a fire protection rating of not
less than 3 / 4 hour shall be provided in every opening that is
less than 15 feet (4572 mm) vertically above the roof of an
adjacent building or structure based on assuming an imag-
inary line between them. The opening protectives are
required where the fire separation distance between the

imaginary line and the adjacent building or structure is less
than 15 feet (4572 mm).

Exceptions:

1. Opening protectives are not required where the
roof assembly of the adjacent building or struc-
ture has afire-resistance rating of not less than 1
hour for a minimum distance of 10 feet (3048
mm) from the exterior wall facing the imaginary
line and the entire length and span of the support-
ing elements for the fire-resistance-rated roof
assembly has a fire-resistance rating of not less
than 1 hour.

2. Buildings on the same lot and considered as por-
tions of one building in accordance with Section
705.3 are not required to comply with Section
705.8.6.

705.9 Joints. Joints made in or between exterior walls
required by this section to have afire-resistance rating shall
comply with Section 715.

Exception: Joints in exterior walls that are permitted to
have unprotected openings.

705.9.1 Voids. The void created at the intersection of a
floor/ceiling assembly and an exterior curtain wall assem-
bly shall be protected in accordance with Section 715.4.

705.10 Ducts and air transfer openings. Penetrations by air
ducts and air transfer openings in fire-resistance-rated exte-
rior walls required to have protected openings shall comply
with Section 717.

Exception: Foundation vents installed in accordance with
this code are permitted.

705.11 Parapets. Parapets shall be provided on exterior
walls of buildings.

Exceptions: A parapet need not be provided on an exte-
rior wall where any of the following conditions exist:

1. The wall is not required to be fire-resistance rated in
accordance with Table 602 because of fire separa-
tion distance.

2. The building has an area of not more than 1,000
square feet (93 m 2 ) on any floor.

3. Walls that terminate at roofs of not less than 2-hour
fire-resistance-rated construction or where the roof,
including the deck or slab and supporting construc-
tion, is constructed entirely of noncombustible mate-
rials.

4. One-hour fire-resistance-rated exterior walls that
terminate at the underside of the roof sheathing,
deck or slab, provided:

4.1. Where the roof/ceiling framing elements are
parallel to the walls, such framing and ele-
ments supporting such framing shall not be
of less than 1-hour fire-resistance-rated con-
struction for a width of 4 feet (1220 mm) for
Groups R and U and 10 feet (3048 mm) for

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE

117

FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES

other occupancies, measured from the inte-
rior side of the wall.

4.2. Where roof/ceiling framing elements are not
parallel to the wall, the entire span of such
framing and elements supporting such fram-
ing shall not be of less than 1 -hour fire-resis-
tance-rated construction.

4.3. Openings in the roof shall not be located
within 5 feet (1524 mm) of the 1-hour fire-
resistance-rated exterior wall for Groups R
and U and 10 feet (3048 mm) for other occu-
pancies, measured from the interior side of
the wall.

4.4. The entire building shall be provided with
not less than a Class B roof covering.

5. In Groups R-2 and R-3 where the entire building is
provided with a Class C roof covering, the exterior
wall shall be permitted to terminate at the underside
of the roof sheathing or deck in Type III, IV and V
construction, provided:

5.1 . The roof sheathing or deck is constructed of
approved noncombustible materials or of
fire-retardant-treated wood for a distance of
4 feet (1220 mm); or

5.2. The roof is protected with 0. 625-inch (16
mm) Type X gypsum board directly beneath
the underside of the roof sheathing or deck,
supported by a minimum of nominal 2-inch
(5 1 mm) ledgers attached to the sides of the
roof framing members for a minimum dis-
tance of 4 feet (1220 mm).

6. Where the wall is permitted to have at least 25 per-
cent of the exterior wall areas containing unpro-
tected openings based on fire separation distance as
determined in accordance with Section 705.8.

705.11.1 Parapet construction. Parapets shall have the
same fire-resistance rating as that required for the sup-
porting wall, and on any side adjacent to a roof surface,
shall have noncombustible faces for the uppermost 18
inches (457 mm), including counterflashing and coping
materials. The height of the parapet shall not be less than
30 inches (762 mm) above the point where the roof surface
and the wall intersect. Where the roof slopes toward a par-
apet at a slope greater than two units vertical in 12 units
horizontal (16.7-percent slope), the parapet shall extend to
the same height as any portion of the roof within afire
separation distance where protection of wall openings is
required, but in no case shall the height be less than 30
inches (762 mm).

SECTION 706
FIRE WALLS

706. 1 General. Each portion of a building separated by one
or more fire walls that comply with the provisions of this sec-
tion shall be considered a separate building. The extent and
location of such fire walls shall provide a complete separa-

tion. Where a fire wall also separates occupancies that are
required to be separated by a fire barrier wall, the most
restrictive requirements of each separation shall apply.

706.1.1 Party walls. Any wall located on a lot line
between adjacent buildings, which is used or adapted for
joint service between the two buildings, shall be con-
structed as a fire wall in accordance with Section 706.
Party walls shall be constructed without openings and
shall create separate buildings.

Exception: Openings in a party wall separating an
anchor building and a mall shall be in accordance with
Section 402.7.3.1.

706.2 Structural stability. Fire walls shall have sufficient
structural stability under fire conditions to allow collapse of
construction on either side without collapse of the wall for the
duration of time indicated by the required fire-resistance rat-
ing or shall be constructed as double fire walls in accordance
withNFPA221.

706.3 Materials. Fire walls shall be of any approved non-
combustible materials.

Exception: Buildings of Type V construction.

706.4 Fire-resistance rating. Fire walls shall have a fire-
resistance rating of not less than that required by Table
706.4.

TABLE 706.4
FiRE WALL FIRE-RESISTANCE RATINGS

GROUP

FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING (hours)

A,B,E,H-4,I,R-1,R-2,U

3 a

F-l,H-3 b ,H-5,M, S-l

H-l.H-2

F-2, S-2, R-3, R-4

a. In Type II or V construction, walls shall be permitted to have a 2-hour
fire-resistance rating.

b. For Group H-l, H-2orH-3 buildings, also see Sections 415.6 and 41 5.7.

706.5 Horizontal continuity. Fire walls shall be continuous
from exterior wall to exterior wall and shall extend at least 1 8
inches (457 mm) beyond the exterior surface of exterior
walls.

Exceptions:

1 . Fire walls shall be permitted to terminate at the inte-
rior surface of combustible exterior sheathing or sid-
ing provided the exterior wall has & fire-resistance
rating of at least 1 hour for a horizontal distance of
at least 4 feet (1220 mm) on both sides of the fire
wall. Openings within such exterior walls shall be
protected by opening protectives having a fire pro-
tection rating of not less than 3 / 4 hour.

2. Fire walls shall be permitted to terminate at the inte-
rior surface of noncombustible exterior sheathing,
exterior siding or other noncombustible exterior fin-
ishes provided the sheathing, siding, or other exte-
rior noncombustible finish extends a horizontal
distance of at least 4 feet (1220 mm) on both sides of
the fire wall.

118

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES

3. Fire walls shall be permitted to terminate at the inte-
rior surface of noncombustible exterior sheathing
where the building on each side of the fire wall is
protected by an automatic sprinkler system installed
in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2.

706.5.1 Exterior walls. Where the fire wall intersects
exterior walls, the fire-resistance rating and opening pro-
tection of the exterior walls shall comply with one of the
following:

1. The exterior walls on both sides of the fire wall shall
have a 1-hour fire-resistance rating with 3 / 4 -hour
protection where opening protection is required by
Section 705.8. The. fire-resistance rating of the exte-
rior wall shall extend a minimum of 4 feet (1220
mm) on each side of the intersection of the fire wall
to exterior wall. Exterior wall intersections at fire
walls that form an angle equal to or greater than 180
degrees (3.14 rad) do not need exterior wall protec-
tion.

2. Buildings or spaces on both sides of the intersecting
fire wall shall assume to have an imaginary lot line
at the //re wall and extending beyond the exterior of
the fire wall. The location of the assumed line in
relation to the exterior walls and the fire wall shall
be such that the exterior wall and opening protection
meet the requirements set forth in Sections 705.5
and 705.8. Such protection is not required for exte-
rior walls terminating at fire walls that form an
angle equal to or greater than 180 degrees (3. 14 rad).

706.5.2 Horizontal projecting elements. Fire walls shall
extend to the outer edge of horizontal projecting elements
such as balconies, roof overhangs, canopies, marquees and
similar projections that are within 4 feet (1220 mm) of the
fire wall.

Exceptions:

1. Horizontal projecting elements without con-
cealed spaces, provided the exterior wall behind
and below the projecting element has not less
than 1 -hour fire-resistance-rated construction for
a distance not less than the depth of the projecting
element on both sides of the fire wall. Openings
within such exterior walls shall be protected by
opening protectives having a fire protection rat-
ing of not less than 3 / 4 hour.

2. Noncombustible horizontal projecting elements
with concealed spaces, provided a minimum 1-
hour fire-resistance-rated wall extends through
the concealed space. The projecting element shall
be separated from the building by a minimum of
1-hour fire-resistance-rated construction for a
distance on each side of the fire wall equal to the
depth of the projecting element. The wall is not
required to extend under the projecting element
where the building exterior wall is not less than
1 -hour fire-resistance rated for a distance on each
side of the fire wall equal to the depth of the pro-
jecting element. Openings within such exterior
walls shall be protected by opening protectives

having afire protection rating of not less than 3 / 4
hour.

3. For combustible horizontal projecting elements
with concealed spaces, the fire wall need only
extend through the concealed space to the outer
edges of the projecting elements. The exterior
wall behind and below the projecting element
shall be of not less than 1-hour fire-resistance-
rated construction for a distance not less than the
depth of the projecting elements on both sides of
the/(Ve wall. Openings within such exterior walls
shall be protected by opening protectives having
a fire-protection rating of not less than 3 / 4 hour.

706.6 Vertical continuity. Fire walls shall extend from the
foundation to a termination point at least 30 inches (762 mm)
above both adjacent roofs.

Exceptions:

1. Stepped buildings in accordance with Section
706.6.1.

2. Two-hour fire-resistance-rated walls shall be permit-
ted to terminate at the underside of the roof sheath-
ing, deck or slab, provided:

2.1. The lower roof assembly within 4 feet ( 1 220
mm) of the wall has not less than a 1-hour
fire-resistance rating and the entire length
and span of supporting elements for the rated
roof assembly has afire-resistance rating of
not less than 1 hour.

2.2. Openings in the roof shall not be located
within 4 feet (1220 mm) of the fire wall.

2.3. Each building shall be provided with not less
than a Class B roof covering.

3. Walls shall be permitted to terminate at the under-
side of noncombustible roof sheathing, deck or slabs
where both buildings are provided with not less than
a Class B roof covering. Openings in the roof shall
not be located within 4 feet (1220 mm) of the fire
wall.

4. In buildings of Type III, IV and V construction,
walls shall be permitted to terminate at the underside
of combustible roof sheathing or decks, provided:

4.1. There are no openings in the roof within 4
feet (1220 mm) of the fire wall,

4.2. The roof is covered with a minimum Class B
roof covering, and

4.3. The roof sheathing or deck is constructed of
fire-retardant-treated wood for a distance of
4 feet (1220 mm) on both sides of the wall or
the roof is protected with 5 / 8 -inch (15.9 mm)
Type X gypsum board directly beneath the
underside of the roof sheathing or deck, sup-
ported by a minimum of 2-inch (51 mm)
nominal ledgers attached to the sides of the
roof framing members for a minimum dis-

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

119

FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES

tance of 4 feet (1220 mm) on both sides of
they're wall.

5. In buildings designed in accordance with Section
510. 2, fire walls located above the 3-hour horizontal
assembly required by Section 510.2, Item 1 shall be
permitted to extend from the top of this horizontal
assembly.

6. Buildings with sloped roofs in accordance with Sec-
tion 706.6.2.

706.6.1 Stepped buildings. Where afire wall serves as an
exterior wall for a building and separates buildings having
different roof levels, such wall shall terminate at a point
not less than 30 inches (762 mm) above the lower roof
level, provided the exterior wall for a height of 15 feet
(4572 mm) above the lower roof is not less than 1-hour
fire-resistance-rated construction from both sides with
openings protected by fire assemblies having afire protec-
tion rating of not less than 3 / 4 hour.

Exception: Where the, fire wall terminates at the under-
side of the roof sheathing, deck or slab of the lower
roof, provided:

1. The lower roof assembly within 10 feet (3048
mm) of the wall has not less than a 1-hour fire-
resistance rating and the entire length and span
of supporting elements for the rated roof assem-
bly has a fire-resistance rating of not less than 1
hour.

2. Openings in the lower roof shall not be located
within 10 feet (3048 mm) of they're wall.

706.6.2 Buildings with sloped roofs. Where a fire wall
serves as an interior wall for a building, and the roof on
one side or both sides of the fire wall slopes toward the
fire wall at a slope greater than two units vertical in 12
units horizontal (2:12), the fire wall shall extend to a
height equal to the height of the roof located 4 feet (1219
mm) from the fire wall plus 30 inches (762 mm). In no
case shall the extension of the fire wall be less than 30
inches (762 mm).

706.7 Combustible framing in fire walls. Adjacent combus-
tible members entering into a concrete or masonry fire wall
from opposite sides shall not have less than a 4-inch (102
mm) distance between embedded ends. Where combustible
members frame into hollow walls or walls of hollow units,
hollow spaces shall be solidly filled for the full thickness of
the wall and for a distance not less than 4 inches (102 mm)
above, below and between the structural members, with non-
combustible materials approved for fireblocking.

706.8 Openings. Each opening through afire wall shall be
protected in accordance with Section 716.5 and shall not
exceed 156 square feet (15 m 2 ). The aggregate width of open-
ings at any floor level shall not exceed 25 percent of the
length of the wall.

Exceptions:

1. Openings are not permitted in party walls con-
structed in accordance with Section 706.1.1.

2. Openings shall not be limited to 156 square feet (15
m 2 ) where both buildings are equipped throughout
with an automatic sprinkler system installed in
accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.

706.9 Penetrations. Penetrations of fire walls shall comply
with Section 714.

706.10 Joints. Joints made in or between fire walls shall
comply with Section 715.

706.11 Ducts and air transfer openings. Ducts and air
transfer openings shall not penetrate fire walls.

Exception: Penetrations by ducts and air transfer openings
of fire walls that are not on a lot line shall be allowed pro-
vided the penetrations comply with Section 717. The size
and aggregate width of all openings shall not exceed the
limitations of Section 706.8.

SECTION 707
FIRE BARRIERS

707.1 General. Fire barriers installed as required elsewhere
in this code or the International Fire Code shall comply with
this section.

707.2 Materials. Fire barriers shall be of materials permitted
by the building type of construction.

707.3 Fire-resistance rating. The fire-resistance rating of
fire barriers shall comply with this section.

707.3.1 Shaft enclosures. The fire-resistance rating of the
fire barrier separating building areas from a shaft shall
comply with Section 713.4.

707.3.2 Interior exit stairway and ramp construction.
The fire-resistance rating of the fire barrier separating
building areas from an interior exit stairway or ramp shall
comply with Section 1022.1.

707.3.3 Enclosures for exit access stairways. The fire-
resistance rating of the fire barrier separating building
areas from an exit access stairway or ramp shall comply
with Section 1009.3.1.2.

707.3.4 Exit passageway. The fire-resistance rating of
the fire barrier separating building areas from an exit pas-
sageway shall comply with Section 1023.3.

707.3.5 Horizontal exit. The fire-resistance rating of the
separation between building areas connected by a horizon-
tal exit shall comply with Section 1025.1.

707.3.6 Atriums. The fire-resistance rating of the fire
barrier separating atriums shall comply with Section
404.6.

707.3.7 Incidental uses. The fire barrier separating inci-
dental uses from other spaces in the building shall have a
fire-resistance rating of not less than that indicated in
Table 509.

707.3.8 Control areas. Fire barriers separating control
areas shall have a fire-resistance rating of not less than
that required in Section 414.2.4.

707.3.9 Separated occupancies. Where the provisions of
Section 508.4 are applicable, the fire barrier separating

120

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES

mixed occupancies shall have a fire-resistance rating of
not less than that indicated in Table 508.4 based on the
occupancies being separated.

707.3.10 Fire areas. The fire barriers or horizontal
assemblies, or both, separating a single occupancy into
different fire areas shall have a fire-resistance rating of
not less than that indicated in Table 707.3. 10. The fire bar-
riers or horizontal assemblies, or both, separating fire
areas of mixed occupancies shall have a fire-resistance
rating of not less than the highest value indicated in Table
707.3.10 for the occupancies under consideration.

TABLE 707.3.10

FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING REQUIREMENTS FOR FIRE

BARRIER ASSEMBLIES OR HORIZONTAL ASSEMBLIES

BETWEEN FIRE AREAS

OCCUPANCY GROUP

FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING (hours)

H-l,H-2

F-I.H-3, S-1

A, B, E, F-2, H-4, H-5,
I, M, R, S-2

707.4 Exterior walls. Where exterior walls serve as a part of
a required fire-resistance-rated shaft or stairway or ramp
enclosure, or separation, such walls shall comply with the
requirements of Section 705 for exterior walls and the fire-
resistance-rated enclosure or separation requirements shall
not apply.

Exception: Exterior walls required to be fire-resistance
rated in accordance with Section 1019 for exterior egress
balconies, Section 1022.7 for interior exit stairways and
ramps and Section 1026.6 for exterior exit stairways and
ramp.

707.5 Continuity. Fire barriers shall extend from the top of
the foundation or floor/ceiling assembly below to the under-
side of the floor or roof sheathing, slab or deck above and
shall be securely attached thereto. Such fire barriers shall be
continuous through concealed space, such as the space above
a suspended ceiling. Joints and voids at intersections shall
comply with Sections 707.8 and 707.9

707.5.1 Supporting construction. The supporting con-
struction for afire barrier shall be protected to afford the
required fire- resistance rating of the fire barrier sup-
ported. Hollow vertical spaces within afire barrier shall
be fireblocked in accordance with Section 718.2 at every
floor level.

Exceptions:

1 . The maximum required fire-resistance rating for
assemblies supporting fire barriers separating
tank storage as provided for in Section 415.8.2.1
shall be 2 hours, but not less than required by
Table 601 for the building construction type.

2. Shaft enclosures shall be permitted to terminate
at a top enclosure complying with Section
713.12.

3. Supporting construction for 1-hour fire barriers
required by Table 509 in buildings of Type IIB,

IIIB and VB construction is not required to be
fire-resistance rated unless required by other sec-
tions of this code.

4. Interior exit stairway and ramp enclosures
required by Section 1022.2 and exit access stair-
way and ramp enclosures required by Section
1009.3 shall be permitted to terminate at a top
enclosure complying with Section 713.12.

707.6 Openings. Openings in a fire barrier shall be protected
in accordance with Section 716. Openings shall be limited to
a maximum aggregate width of 25 percent of the length of the
wall, and the maximum area of any single opening shall not
exceed 156 square feet (15 m 2 ). Openings in enclosures for
exit access stairways and ramps, interior exit stairways and
ramps and exit passageways shall also comply with Sections
1022.3 and 1023.5, respectively.

Exceptions:

1. Openings shall not be limited to 156 square feet (15
m 2 ) where adjoining floor areas are equipped
throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in
accordance with Section 903.3.1 .1.

2. Openings shall not be limited to 156 square feet (15
m 2 ) or an aggregate width of 25 percent of the length
of the wall where the opening protective is a fire
door serving enclosures for exit access stairways,
exit access ramps, interior exit stairways and interior
exit ramps.

3. Openings shall not be limited to 156 square feet (15
m 2 ) or an aggregate width of 25 percent of the length
of the wall where the opening protective has been
tested in accordance with ASTM E 119 or UL 263
and has a minimum fire-resistance rating not less
than the fire-resistance rating of the wall.

4. Fire window assemblies permitted in atrium separa-
tion walls shall not be limited to a maximum aggre-
gate width of 25 percent of the length of the wall.

5. Openings shall not be limited to 156 square feet (15
m 2 ) or an aggregate width of 25 percent of the length
of the wall where the opening protective is a fire
door assembly in a fire barrier separating an enclo-
sures for exit access stairways, exit access ramps,
interior exit stairways and interior exit ramps from
an exit passageway in accordance with Section
1022.2.1.

707.7 Penetrations. Penetrations of fire barriers shall com-
ply with Section 714.

707.7.1 Prohibited penetrations. Penetrations into enclo-
sures for exit access stairways, exit access ramps, interior
exit stairways, interior exit ramps or an exit passageway
shall be allowed only when permitted by Section
1009.3.1.5, 1022.5 or 1023.6, respectively.

707.8 Joints. Joints made in or between fire barriers, and
joints made at the intersection of fire barriers with underside
of a fire-resistance rated floor or roof sheathing, slab, or deck
above, and the exterior vertical wall intersection shall comply
with Section 715.

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

121

FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES

707.9 Voids at intersections. The voids created at the inter-
section of a fire barrier and a non-fire-resistance-rated roof
assembly shall be filled. An approved material or system
shall be used to fill the void, shall be securely installed in or
on the intersection for its entire length so as not to dislodge,
loosen or otherwise impair its ability to accommodate
expected building movements and to retard the passage of
fire and hot gases.

707.10 Ducts and air transfer openings. Penetrations in a
fire barrier by ducts and air transfer openings shall comply
with Section 717.

SECTION 708
FIRE PARTITIONS

708.1 General. The following wall assemblies shall comply
with this section.

1 . Walls separating dwelling units in the same building as
required by Section 420.2.

2. Walls separating sleeping units in the same building as
required by Section 420.2.

3. Walls separating tenant spaces in covered and open
mall buildings as required by Section 402.4.2.1.

4. Corridor walls as required by Section 1018.1.

5. Elevator lobby separation as required by Section
713.14.1.

708.2 Materials. The walls shall be of materials permitted by
the building type of construction.

708.3 Fire-resistance rating. Fire partitions shall have afire-
resistance rating of not less than 1 hour.

Exceptions:

1. Corridor walls permitted to have a V 2 hour fire- resis-
tance rating by Table 1018.1.

2. Dwelling unit and sleeping unit separations in build-
ings of Type IIB, MB and VB construction shall
have fire-resistance ratings of not less than V 2 hour
in buildings equipped throughout with an automatic
sprinkler system in accordance with Section
903.3.1.1.

708.4 Continuity. Fire partitions shall extend from the top of
the foundation or floor/ceiling assembly below to the under-
side of the floor or roof sheathing, slab or deck above or to
the fire-resistance-rated floor/ceiling or roof/ceiling assembly
above, and shall be securely attached thereto. In combustible
construction where the fire partitions are not required to be
continuous to the sheathing, deck or slab, the space between
the ceiling and the sheathing, deck or slab above shall be fire-
blocked or draftstopped in accordance with Sections 718.2
and 718.3 at the partition line. The supporting construction
shall be protected to afford the required fire-resistance rating
of the wall supported, except for walls separating tenant
spaces in covered and open mall buildings, walls separating

dwelling units, walls separating sleeping units and corridor
walls, in buildings of Type IIB, IIIB and VB construction.

Exceptions:

1 . The wall need not be extended into the crawl space
below where the floor above the crawl space has a
minimum 1-hour fire-resistance rating.

2. Where the room-side fire-resistance-rated mem-
brane of the corridor is carried through to the under-
side of the floor or roof sheathing, deck or slab of a
fire-resistance-rated floor or roof above, the ceiling
of the corridor shall be permitted to be protected by
the use of ceiling materials as required for a 1 -hour
fire-resistance-rated floor or roof system.

3. Where the corridor ceiling is constructed as
required for the corridor walls, the walls shall be
permitted to terminate at the upper membrane of
such ceiling assembly.

4. The fire partitions separating tenant spaces in a cov-
ered or open mall building, complying with Section
402.7.2, are not required to extend beyond the
underside of a ceiling that is not part of a fire-resis-
tance-rated assembly. A wall is not required in attic
or ceiling spaces above tenant separation walls.

5. Attic fireblocking or draftstopping is not required at |
the partition line in Group R-2 buildings that do not
exceed four stories above grade plane, provided the
attic space is subdivided by draftstopping into areas
not exceeding 3,000 square feet (279 m 2 ) or above
every two dwelling units, whichever is smaller.

6. Fireblocking or draftstopping is not required at the
partition line in buildings equipped with an auto-
matic sprinkler system installed throughout in accor-
dance with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2, provided
that automatic sprinklers are installed in combusti-
ble floor/ceiling and roof/ceiling spaces.

708.5 Exterior wails. Where exterior walls serve as a part of
a required fire-resistance-rated separation, such walls shall
comply with the requirements of Section 705 for exterior
walls, and the fire-resistance-rated separation requirements
shall not apply.

Exception: Exterior walls required to be fire-resistance
rated in accordance with Section 1019.2 for exterior egress
balconies, Section 1022.7 for interior exit stairways and
ramps and Section 102.6.6 for exterior exit stairways and
ramps.

708.6 Openings. Openings in a fire partition shall be pro-
tected in accordance with Section 716.

708.7 Penetrations. Penetrations of fire partitions shall com-
ply with Section 714.

708.8 Joints. Joints made in or between fire partitions shall
comply with Section 715.

122

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES

708.9 Ducts and air transfer openings. Penetrations in afire
partition by ducts and air transfer openings shall comply with
Section 717.

SECTION 709
SMOKE BARRIERS

709.1 General. Smoke barriers shall comply with this sec-
tion.

709.2 Materials. Smoke barriers shall be of materials permit-
ted by the building type of construction.

709.3 Fire-resistance rating. A 1-hour fire-resistance rating
is required for smoke barriers.

Exception: Smoke barriers constructed of minimum 0. 10-
inch-thick (2.5 mm) steel in Group 1-3 buildings.

709.4 Continuity. Smoke barriers shall form an effective
membrane continuous from outside wall to outside wall and
from the top of the foundation or floor/ceiling assembly
below to the underside of the floor or roof sheathing, deck or
slab above, including continuity through concealed spaces,
such as those found above suspended ceilings, and interstitial
structural and mechanical spaces. The supporting construc-
tion shall be protected to afford the required fire-resistance
rating of the wall or floor supported in buildings of other than
Type IIB, IIIB or VB construction.

Exceptions:

1. Smoke-barrier walls are not required in interstitial
spaces where such spaces are designed and con-
structed with ceilings that provide resistance to the
passage of fire and smoke equivalent to that pro-
vided by the smoke-barrier walls.

2. Smoke barriers used for elevator lobbies in accor-
dance with Section 405.4.3, 3007.4.2 or 3008.11.2
are not required to extend from outside wall to out-
side wall.

3. Smoke barriers used for areas of refuge in accor-
dance with Section 1007.6.2 are not required to
extend from outside wall to outside wall.

709.5 Openings. Openings in a smoke barrier shall be pro-
tected in accordance with Section 716.

Exceptions:

1. In Group 1-2 and ambulatory care facilities, where
doors are installed across corridors, a pair of oppo-
site-swinging doors without a center mullion shall
be installed having vision panels with fire-protec-
tion-rated glazing materials in fire-protection-rated
frames, the area of which shall not exceed that
tested. The doors shall be close fitting within opera-
tional tolerances, and shall not have undercuts in
excess of 3 / 4 -inch, louvers or grilles. The doors shall
have head and jamb stops, astragals or rabbets at
meeting edges and shall be automatic-closing by
smoke detection in accordance with Section
716.5.9.3. Where permitted by the door manufac-
turer's listing, positive-latching devices are not
required.

2. In Group 1-2 and ambulatory care facilities, horizon- j
tal sliding doors installed in accordance with Section
1008.1.4.3 and protected in accordance with Section
716.

709.6 Penetrations. Penetrations of smoke barriers shall
comply with Section 714.

709.7 Joints. Joints made in or between smoke barriers shall
comply with Section 715.

709.8 Ducts and air transfer openings. Penetrations in a
smoke barrier by ducts and air transfer openings shall comply
with Section 717.

SECTION 710
SMOKE PARTITIONS

710.1 General. Smoke partitions installed as required else-
where in the code shall comply with this section.

710.2 Materials. The walls shall be of materials permitted by
the building type of construction.

710.3 Fire-resistance rating. Unless required elsewhere in
the code, smoke partitions are not required to have afire-
resistance rating.

710.4 Continnity. Smoke partitions shall extend from the top
of the foundation or floor below to the underside of the floor
or roof sheathing, deck or slab above or to the underside of
the ceiling above where the ceiling membrane is constructed
to limit the transfer of smoke.

710.5 Openings. Openings in smoke partitions shall comply
with Sections 710.5.1 and 710.5.2.

710.5.1 Windows. Windows in smoke partitions shall be
sealed to resist the free passage of smoke or be automatic-
closing upon detection of smoke.

710.5.2 Doors. Doors in smoke partitions shall comply
with Sections 710.5.2.1 through 710.5.2.3.

710.5.2.1 Louvers. Doors in smoke partitions shall not
include louvers.

710.5.2.2 Smoke and draft control doors. Where
required elsewhere in the code, doors in smoke parti-
tions shall meet the requirements for a smoke and draft
control door assembly tested in accordance with UL
1784. The air leakage rate of the door assembly shall
not exceed 3.0 cubic feet per minute per square foot
(0.015424 m 3 /(s • nr)) of door opening at 0.10 inch
(24.9 Pa) of water for both the ambient temperature test
and the elevated temperature exposure test. Installation
of smoke doors shall be in accordance with NFPA 105.

710.5.2.3 Self- or automatic-closing doors. Where
required elsewhere in the code, doors in smoke parti-
tions shall be self- or automatic-closing by smoke
detection in accordance with Section 716.5.9.3.

710.6 Penetrations. The space around penetrating items shall j
be filled with an approved material to limit the free passage
of smoke.

710.7 Joints. Joints shall be filled with an approved material 1
to limit the free passage of smoke. |

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

123

FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES

710.8 Ducts and air transfer openings. The space around a
duct penetrating a smoke partition shall be filled with an
approved material to limit the free passage of smoke. Air
transfer openings in smoke partitions shall be provided with a
smoke damper complying with Section 717.3.2.2.

Exception: Where the installation of a smoke damper will
interfere with the operation of a required smoke control
system in accordance with Section 909, approved alterna-
tive protection shall be utilized.

SECTION 711
HORIZONTAL ASSEMBLIES

711.1 General. Floor and roof assemblies required to have a
fire-resistance rating shall comply with this section. Nonfire-
resi stance-rated floor and roof assemblies shall comply with
Section 714.4.2.

711.2 Materials. The floor and roof assemblies shall be of
materials permitted by the building type of construction.

711.3 Fire-resistance rating. The. fire-resistance rating of
floor and roof assemblies shall not be less than that required
by the building type of construction. Where the floor assem-
bly separates mixed occupancies, the assembly shall have a
fire- resistance rating of not less than that required by Section

508.4 based on the occupancies being separated. Where the
floor assembly separates a single occupancy into different
fire areas, the assembly shall have afire-resistance rating of
not less than that required by Section 707.3.10. Horizontal
assemblies separating dwelling units in the same building and
horizontal assemblies separating sleeping units in the same
building shall be a minimum of 1-hour fire-resistance-rated
construction.

Exception: Dwelling unit and sleeping unit separations in
buildings of Type IIB, IIIB and VB construction shall
have fire-resistance ratings of not less than 7 2 hour in
buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprin-
kler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.

711.3.1 Ceiling panels. Where the weight of lay-in ceiling
panels, used as part of fire-resistance-rated floor/ceiling or
roof/ceiling assemblies, is not adequate to resist an upward
force of 1 pound per square foot (48 Pa), wire or other
approved devices shall be installed above the panels to
prevent vertical displacement under such upward force.

711.3.2 Access doors. Access doors shall be permitted in
ceilings of fire-resistance-rated floor/ceiling and roof/ceil-
ing assemblies provided such doors are tested in accor-
dance with ASTM E 119 or UL 263 as horizontal
assemblies and labeled by an approved agency for such
purpose.

711.3.3 Unusable space. In 1-hour fire-resistance-rated
floor assemblies, the ceiling membrane is not required to
be installed over unusable crawl spaces. In 1-hour fire-
resistance-rated roof assemblies, the floor membrane is
not required to be installed where unusable attic space
occurs above.

711.4 Continuity. Assemblies shall be continuous without
openings, penetrations or joints except as permitted by this

section and Sections 712.1, 714.4, 715, 1009.3 and 1022.1. |
Skylights and other penetrations through a fire-resistance-
rated roof deck or slab are permitted to be unprotected, pro-
vided that the structural integrity of the fire-resistance-rated
roof assembly is maintained. Unprotected skylights shall not
be permitted in roof assemblies required to be fire-resistance
rated in accordance with Section 705.8.6. The supporting
construction shall be protected to afford the required fire-
resistance rating of the horizontal assembly supported.

Exception: In buildings of Type IIB, IIIB or VB construc-
tion, the construction supporting the horizontal assembly
is not required to be fire-resistance-rated at the following:

1. Horizontal assemblies at the separations of inciden-
tal uses as specified by Table 509, provided the
required fire-resistance rating does not exceed 1
hour.

2. Horizontal assemblies at the separations of dwelling
units and sleeping units as required by Section
420.3.

3. Horizontal assemblies at smoke barriers constructed
in accordance with Section 709.

711.4.1 Nonfire-resistance-rated assemblies. Joints in or
between floor assemblies without a required fire-resis-
tance rating shall comply with one of the following:

1. The joint shall be concealed within the cavity of a
wall.

2. The joint shall be located above a ceiling.

3. The joint shall be sealed, treated or covered with an
approved material or system to resist the free pas-
sage of flame and the products of combustion.

Exception: Joints meeting one of the joint exceptions
listed in Section 715.1.

711.5 Penetrations. Penetrations of horizontal assemblies,
whether concealed or unconcealed, shall comply with Section

714.

711.6 Joints. Joints made in or between horizontal assem-
blies shall comply with Section 715. The void created at the
intersection of a floor/ceiling assembly and an exterior cur-
tain wall assembly shall be protected in accordance with Sec-
tion 715.4.

711.7 Ducts and air transfer openings. Penetrations in hori-
zontal assemblies by ducts and air transfer openings shall
comply with Section 717.

711.8 Floor lire door assemblies. Floor fire door assemblies
used to protect openings in fire-resistance-rated floors shall
be tested in accordance with NFPA 288, and shall achieve a
fire-resistance rating not less than the assembly being pene-
trated. Floor fire door assemblies shall be labeled by an
approved agency. The label shall be permanently affixed and
shall specify the manufacturer, the test standard and the fire-
resistance rating.

711.9 Smoke barrier. Where horizontal assemblies are
required to resist the movement of smoke by other sections of
this code in accordance with the definition of smoke barrier,
penetrations and joints in such horizontal assemblies shall be

124

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES

protected as required for smoke barriers in accordance with
Sections 714.5 and 715.6. Regardless of the number of stories
connected by elevator shaft enclosures, doors located in ele-
vator shaft enclosures that penetrate the horizontal assembly
shall be protected by enclosed elevator lobbies complying
with Section 713.14.1. Openings through horizontal assem-
blies shall be protected by shaft enclosures complying with
Section 713. Horizontal assemblies shall not be allowed to
have unprotected vertical openings.

** SECTION 712

VERTICAL OPENINGS

712.1 General. The provisions of this section shall apply to
the vertical opening applications listed in Sections 712.1.1
through 712.1.18.

712.1.1 Shaft enclosures. Vertical openings contained
entirely within a shaft enclosure complying with Section
713 shall be permitted.

712.1.2 Individual dwelling unit. Unconcealed vertical
openings totally within an individual residential dwelling
unit and connecting four stories or less shall be permitted.

712.1.3 Escalator openings. Where a building is
equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in
accordance with Section 903.3.1.1, an escalator opening
shall be protected according to Section 712.1.3.1 or
712.1.3.2.

712.1.3.1 Opening size. Protection by a draft curtain
and closely spaced sprinklers in accordance with NFPA
13 shall be permitted where the area of the vertical
opening between stories does not exceed twice the hor-
izontal projected area of the escalator. In other than
Groups B and M, this application is limited to openings
that do not connect more than four stories.

712.1.3.2 Automatic shutters. Protection of the open-
ing by approved shutters at every penetrated floor shall
be permitted in accordance with this section. The shut-
ters shall be of noncombustible construction and have a
fire -resistance rating of not less than 1.5 hours. The
shutter shall be so constructed as to close immediately
upon the actuation of a smoke detector installed in
accordance with Section 907.3.1 and shall completely
shut off the well opening. Escalators shall cease opera-
tion when the shutter begins to close. The shutter shall
operate at a speed of not more than 30 feet per minute
(152.4 mm/s) and shall be equipped with a sensitive
leading edge to arrest its progress where in contact with
any obstacle, and to continue its progress on release
there from.

712.1.4 Penetrations. Penetrations shall be protected in
accordance with Section 714.

712.1.5 Ducts. Penetrations by ducts shall be protected in
accordance with Section 717.6. Grease ducts shall be pro-
tected in accordance with the International Mechanical
Code.

712.1.6 Atriums. In other than Group H occupancies, atri-
ums complying with Section 404 shall be permitted.

712.1.7 Masonry chimney. Approved masonry chimneys
shall be permitted where the annular space is fireblocked
at each floor level in accordance with Section 718.2.5.

712.1.8 Two-story openings. In other than Groups 1-2 and
1-3, a floor opening that is not used as one of the applica-
tions listed in this section shall be permitted if it complies
with all of the items below.

1 . Does not connect more than two stories.

2. Does not contain a stairway or ramp required by
Chapter 10.

3. Does not penetrate a horizontal assembly that sepa-
rates fire areas or smoke barriers that separate
smoke compartments.

4. Is not concealed within the construction of a wall or
a floor/ceiling assembly.

5. Is not open to a corridor in Group I and R occupan-
cies.

6. Is not open to a corridor on nonsprinklered floors.

7. Is separated from floor openings and air transfer
openings serving other floors by construction con-
forming to required shaft enclosures.

712.1.9 Parking garages. Automobile ramps in open and
enclosed parking garages shall be permitted where con-
structed in accordance with Sections 406.5 and 406.6,
respectively.

712.1.10 Mezzanine. Vertical openings between a mezza-
nine complying with Section 505 and the floor below shall
be permitted.

712.1.11 Joints. Joints shall be permitted where comply-
ing with Section 715.

712.1.12 Unenclosed stairs and ramps. Vertical floor
openings created by unenclosed stairs or ramps in accor-
dance with Sections 1009.2 and 1009.3 shall be permitted.

712.1.13 Floor fire doors. Vertical openings shall be per-
mitted where protected by floor fire doors in accordance
with Section 711.8.

712.1.14. Group 1-3. In Group 1-3 occupancies, vertical
openings shall be permitted in accordance with Section
408.5.

712.1.15 Elevators in parking garages. Vertical open-
ings for elevator hoistways in open or enclosed parking
garages that serve only the parking garage, and complying
with Sections 406.5 and 406.6 respectively, shall be per-
mitted.

712.1.16 Duct systems in parking garages. Vertical
openings for mechanical exhaust or supply duct systems in
open or enclosed parking garages complying with Sections
406.5 and 406.6 respectively, shall be permitted to be
unenclosed where such duct system is contained within
and serves only the parking garage.

712.1.17 Nonfire-resistance-rated joints. Joints in or
between floors without a required fire-resistance rating
shall be permitted in accordance with Section 71 1.4.1.

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

125

FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES

712.1.18 Openings otherwise permitted. Vertical open-
ings shall be permitted where allowed by other sections of
this code.

** SECTION 713

SHAFT ENCLOSURES

713.1 General. The provisions of this section shall apply to
shafts required to protect openings and penetrations through
floor/ceiling and roof/ceiling assemblies. Exit access stair-
ways and exit access ramps shall be protected in accordance
with the applicable provisions of Section 1009. Interior exit
stairways and interior exit ramps shall be protected in accor-
dance with the requirements of Section 1022.

713.2 Construction. Shaft enclosures shall be constructed as
fire barriers in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal
assemblies in accordance with Section 71 1, or both.

713.3 Materials. The shaft enclosure shall be of materials
permitted by the building type of construction.

713.4 Fire-resistance rating. Shaft enclosures shall have a
fire-resistance rating of not less than 2 hours where connect-
ing four stories or more, and not less than 1 hour where con-
necting less than four stories. The number of stories
connected by the shaft enclosure shall include any basements
but not any mezzanines. Shaft enclosures shall have a fire-
resistance rating not less than the floor assembly penetrated,
but need not exceed 2 hours. Shaft enclosures shall meet the
requirements of Section 703.2.1.

713.5 Continuity. Shaft enclosures shall be constructed as
fire barriers in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal
assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 711, or
both, and shall have continuity in accordance with Section

707.5 for fire barriers or Section 711.4 for horizontal assem-
blies as applicable.

713.6 Exterior walls. Where exterior walls serve as a part of
a required shaft enclosure, such walls shall comply with the
requirements of Section 705 for exterior walls and the fire-
resistance-rated enclosure requirements shall not apply.

Exception: Exterior walls required to be fire-resistance
rated in accordance with Section 101 9.2 for exterior egress

I balconies, Section 1022.7 for interior exit stairways and
ramps and Section 1026.6 for exterior exit stairways and
ramps.

713.7 Openings. Openings in a shaft enclosure shall be pro-
tected in accordance with Section 716 as required for fire
barriers. Doors shall be self- or automatic-closing by smoke
detection in accordance with Section 716.5.9.3.

713.7.1 Prohibited openings. Openings other than those
necessary for the purpose of the shaft shall not be permit-
ted in shaft enclosures.

713.8 Penetrations. Penetrations in a shaft enclosure shall be
protected in accordance with Section 714 as required foxfire

| barriers. Structural elements, such as beams or joists, where

protected in accordance with Section 714 shall be permitted
to penetrate a shaft enclosure.

713.8.1 Prohibited penetrations. Penetrations other than
those necessary for the purpose of the shaft shall not be
permitted in shaft enclosures.

713.9 Joints. Joints in a shaft enclosure shall comply with
Section 715.

713.10 Duct and air transfer openings. Penetrations of a
shaft enclosure by ducts and air transfer openings shall com-
ply with Section 717.

713.11 Enclosure at the bottom. Shafts that do not extend to
the bottom of the building or structure shall comply with one
of the following:

1. They shall be enclosed at the lowest level with con-
struction of the same fire-resistance rating as the low-
est floor through which the shaft passes, but not less
than the rating required for the shaft enclosure.

2. They shall terminate in a room having a use related to
the purpose of the shaft. The room shall be separated
from the remainder of the building by fire barriers con-
structed in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal
assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 711,
or both. The fire-resistance rating and opening protec-
tives shall be at least equal to the protection required
for the shaft enclosure.

3. They shall be protected by approved fire dampers
installed in accordance with their listing at the lowest
floor level within the shaft enclosure.

Exceptions:

1. The fire-resistance-rated room separation is not
required, provided there are no openings in or pene-
trations of the shaft enclosure to the interior of the
building except at the bottom. The bottom of the
shaft shall be closed off around the penetrating items
with materials permitted by Section 718.3.1 for
draftstopping, or the room shall be provided with an
approved automatic sprinkler system.

2. A shaft enclosure containing a refuse chute or laun-
dry chute shall not be used for any other purpose and
shall terminate in a room protected in accordance
with Section 713.13.4.

3. The fire-resistance-rated room separation and the
protection at the bottom of the shaft are not required
provided there are no combustibles in the shaft and
there are no openings or other penetrations through
the shaft enclosure to the interior of the building.

713.12 Enclosure at top. A shaft enclosure that does not
extend to the underside of the roof sheathing, deck or slab of
the building shall be enclosed at the top with construction of
the same fire-resistance rating as the topmost floor pene-
trated by the shaft, but not less than the fire-resistance rating
required for the shaft enclosure.

126

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES

1713.13 Refuse and laundry chutes. In other than Group 1-2,
refuse and laundry chutes, access and termination rooms and
incinerator rooms shall meet the requirements of Sections
713.13.1 through 713.13.6.

Exceptions:

1. Chutes serving and contained within a single dwell-
ing unit.

2. Refuse and laundry chutes in Group 1-2 shall com-
ply with the provisions of NFPA 82, Chapter 5.

713.13.1 Refuse, recycling and laundry chute enclo-
sures. A shaft enclosure containing a refuse, recycling, or
laundry chute shall not be used for any other purpose and
shall be enclosed in accordance with Section 713.4. Open-
ings into the shaft, including those from access rooms and
termination rooms, shall be protected in accordance with
this section and Section 716. Openings into chutes shall
not be located in corridors. Doors shall be self- or auto-
matic-closing upon the actuation of a smoke detector in
accordance with Section 716.5.9.3, except that heat-acti-
vated closing devices shall be permitted between the shaft
and the termination room.

713.13.2 Materials. A shaft enclosure containing a refuse,
| recycling, or laundry chute shall be constructed of materi-
als as permitted by the building type of construction.

1713.13.3 Refuse, recycling and laundry chute access
rooms. Access openings for refuse, recycling and laundry
chutes shall be located in rooms or compartments enclosed
by not less than 1-hour fire barriers constructed in accor-
dance with Section 707 or horizontal assemblies con-
structed in accordance with Section 711, or both.
Openings into the access rooms shall be protected by
opening protectives having afire protection rating of not
less than 3 / 4 hour. Doors shall be self- or automatic-closing
upon the detection of smoke in accordance with Section
716.5.9.3.

| 713.13.4 Termination room. Refuse, recycling, and laun-
dry chutes shall discharge into an enclosed room separated
from the remainder of the building by fire barriers con-
structed in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal
assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 7 1 1 , or
both. Openings into the termination room shall be pro-
tected by opening protectives having & fire protection rat-

| ing equal to the protection required for the shaft enclosure.
Doors shall be self- or automatic-closing upon the detec-
tion of smoke in accordance with Section 716.5.9.3.
Refuse chutes shall not terminate in an incinerator room.

| Refuse, recycling and laundry rooms that are not provided
with chutes need only comply with Table 509.

713.13.5 Incinerator room. Incinerator rooms shall com-
ply with Table 509.

713.13.6 Automatic sprinkler system. An approved
automatic sprinkler system shall be installed in accordance
with Section 903.2.11.2.

713.14 Elevator, dumbwaiter and other hoistways. Eleva-
tor, dumbwaiter and other hoistway enclosures shall be con-
structed in accordance with Section 713 and Chapter 30.

713.14.1 Elevator lobby. An enclosed elevator lobby
shall be provided at each floor where an elevator shaft
enclosure connects more than three stories. The lobby
enclosure shall separate the elevator shaft enclosure doors
from each floor by fire partitions. In addition to the
requirements in Section 708 for fire partitions, doors pro-
tecting openings in the elevator lobby enclosure walls
shall also comply with Section 716.5.3 as required for cor-
ridor walls and penetrations of the elevator lobby enclo-
sure by ducts and air transfer openings shall be protected
as required for corridors in accordance with Section
717.5.4.1. Elevator lobbies shall have at least one means of
egress complying with Chapter 10 and other provisions
within this code.

Exceptions:

1. Enclosed elevator lobbies are not required at the
level(s) of exit discharge, provided the level(s) of
equipped with an automatic
in accordance with Section

exit discharge is
sprinkler system
903.3.1.1.

2. Elevators not required to be located in a shaft in
accordance with Section 712.1 are not required to
have enclosed elevator lobbies.

3. Enclosed elevator lobbies are not required where
additional doors are provided at the hoistway
opening in accordance with Section 3002.6. Such
doors shall comply with the smoke and draft con-
trol door assembly requirements in Section
716.5.3.1 when tested in accordance with UL
1784 without an artificial bottom seal.

4. Enclosed elevator lobbies are not required where
the building is protected by an automatic sprin-
kler system installed in accordance with Section
903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2. This exception shall not
apply to the following:

4.1. Group 1-2 occupancies;

4.2. Group 1-3 occupancies; and

4.3. Elevators serving floor levels over 75 feet
(22 860 mm) above the lowest level of
fire department vehicle access in high-rise
buildings.

5. Smoke partitions shall be permitted in lieu of fire
partitions to separate the elevator lobby at each
floor where the building is equipped throughout
with an automatic sprinkler system installed in
accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2.
In addition to the requirements in Section 710 for
smoke partitions, doors protecting openings in
the smoke partitions shall also comply with Sec-
tions 710.5.2.2, 710.5.2.3, and 716.5.9 and duct
penetrations of the smoke partitions shall be pro-
tected as required for corridors in accordance
with Section 717.5.4.1.

6. Enclosed elevator lobbies are not required where
the elevator hoistway is pressurized in accor-
dance with Section 909.21.

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

127

FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES

7. Enclosed elevator lobbies are not required where
the elevator serves only open parking garages in
accordance with Section 406.5.

713.14.1.1 Areas of refuge. Areas of refuge shall be
provided as required in Section 1007.

SECTION 714
PENETRATIONS

714.1 Scope. The provisions of this section shall govern the
materials and methods of construction used to protect
through penetrations and membrane penetrations of horizon-
tal assemblies and fire-resistance-rated wall assemblies.

714.1.1 Ducts and air transfer openings. Penetrations of
fire-resistance-rated walls by ducts that are not protected
with dampers shall comply with Sections 714.2 through
714.3.3. Penetrations of horizontal assemblies not pro-
tected with a shaft as permitted by Section 717.6, and not
required to be protected with fire dampers by other sec-
tions of this code, shall comply with Sections 714.4
through 714.4.2.2. Ducts and air transfer openings that are
protected with dampers shall comply with Section 717.

714.2 Installation details. Where sleeves are used, they shall
be securely fastened to the assembly penetrated. The space
between the item contained in the sleeve and the sleeve itself
and any space between the sleeve and the assembly pene-
trated shall be protected in accordance with this section. Insu-
lation and coverings on or in the penetrating item shall not
penetrate the assembly unless the specific material used has
been tested as part of the assembly in accordance with this
section.

714.3 Fire-resistance-rated walls. Penetrations into or
through fire walls, fire barriers, smoke barrier walls and /if re
partitions shall comply with Sections 714.3.1 through
714.3.3. Penetrations in smoke barrier walls shall also com-
ply with Section 714.5.

714.3.1 Through penetrations. Through penetrations of
fire-resistance-rated walls shall comply with Section
714.3.1.1 or 714.3. 1.2.

Exception: Where the penetrating items are steel, fer-
rous or copper pipes, tubes or conduits, the annular
space between the penetrating item and the fire-resis-
tance-rated wall is permitted to be protected as follows:

1 . In concrete or masonry walls where the penetrat-
ing item is a maximum 6-inch (152 mm) nominal
diameter and the area of the opening through the
wall does not exceed 144 square inches (0.0929
m 2 ), concrete, grout or mortar is permitted where
it is installed the full thickness of the wall or the
thickness required to maintain the fire-resistance
rating; or

2. The material used to fill the annular space shall
prevent the passage of flame and hot gases suffi-
cient to ignite cotton waste when subjected to
ASTM E 119 or UL 263 time-temperature fire

conditions under a minimum positive pressure
differential of 0.01 inch (2.49 Pa) of water at the
location of the penetration for the time period
equivalent to the. fire- resistance rating of the con-
struction penetrated.

714.3.1.1 Fire-resistance-rated assemblies. Penetra-
tions shall be installed as tested in an approved fire-
resistance-rated assembly.

714.3.1.2 Through-penetration firestop system.
Through penetrations shall be protected by an
approved penetration firestop system installed as tested
in accordance with ASTM E 814 or UL 1479, with a
minimum positive pressure differential of 0.01 inch
(2.49 Pa) of water and shall have an F rating of not less
than the required fire-resistance rating of the wall pen-
etrated.

714.3.2 Membrane penetrations. Membrane penetra-
tions shall comply with Section 714.3.1. Where walls or
partitions are required to have a fire-resistance rating,
recessed fixtures shall be installed such that the required
fire-resistance will not be reduced.

Exceptions:

1 . Membrane penetrations of maximum 2-hour fire-
resistance-rated walls and partitions by steel elec-
trical boxes that do not exceed 16 square inches
(0.0 103 m 2 ) in area, provided the aggregate area
of the openings through the membrane does not
exceed 100 square inches (0.0645 m 2 ) in any 100
square feet (9.29 m 2 ) of wall area. The annular
space between the wall membrane and the box
shall not exceed V 8 inch (3.1 mm). Such boxes on
opposite sides of the wall or partition shall be
separated by one of the following:

1.1. By a horizontal distance of not less than
24 inches (610 mm) where the wall or
partition is constructed with individual
noncommunicating stud cavities;

1.2. By a horizontal distance of not less than
the depth of the wall cavity where the
wall cavity is filled with cellulose loose-
fill, rockwool or slag mineral wool insula-
tion;

1.3. By solid fireblocking in accordance with
Section 718.2.1;

1.4. By protecting both outlet boxes with
listed putty pads; or

1.5. By other listed materials and methods.

2. Membrane penetrations by listed electrical boxes
of any material, provided such boxes have been
tested for use in fire-resistance-rated assemblies
and are installed in accordance with the instruc-
tions included in the listing. The annular space
between the wall membrane and the box shall not
exceed V 8 inch (3.1 mm) unless listed otherwise.

128

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

FIRE AMD SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES

Such boxes on opposite sides of the wall or parti-
tion shall be separated by one of the following:

2. 1 . By the horizontal distance specified in the
listing of the electrical boxes;

2.2. By solid fireblocking in accordance with
Section 718.2.1;

2.3. By protecting both boxes with listed putty
pads; or

2.4. By other listed materials and methods.

3. Membrane penetrations by electrical boxes of
any size or type, which have been listed as part of
a wall opening protective material system for use
in fire-resistance-rated assemblies and are
installed in accordance with the instructions
included in the listing.

4. Membrane penetrations by boxes other than elec-
trical boxes, provided such penetrating items and
the annular space between the wall membrane
and the box, are protected by an approved mem-
brane penetration firestop system installed as
tested in accordance with ASTM E 814 or UL
1479, with a minimum positive pressure differen-
tial of 0.01 inch (2.49 Pa) of water, and shall have
an F and T rating of not less than the required
fire-resistance rating of the wall penetrated and
be installed in accordance with their listing.

5. The annular space created by the penetration of
an automatic sprinkler, provided it is covered by
a metal escutcheon plate.

714.3.3 Dissimilar materials. Noncombustible penetrat-
ing items shall not connect to combustible items beyond
the point of firestopping unless it can be demonstrated that
the fire-resistance integrity of the wall is maintained.

714.4 Horizontal assemblies. Penetrations of a floor, floor/
ceiling assembly or the ceiling membrane of a roof/ceiling
assembly not required to be enclosed in a shaft by Section
712.1 shall be protected in accordance with Sections 714.4.1
through 714.4.2.2.

714.4.1 Fire-resistance-rated assemblies. Penetrations of
the fire-resistance-rated floor, floor/ceiling assembly or
the ceiling membrane of a roof/ceiling assembly shall
comply with Sections 714.4.1.1 through 714.4.1.4. Pene-
trations in horizontal smoke barriers shall also comply
with 714.5.

714.4.1.1 Through penetrations. Through penetra-
tions of fire-resistance-rated horizontal assemblies
shall comply with Section 714.4.1.1.1 or 714.4.1.1.2.

Exceptions:

1. Penetrations by steel, ferrous or copper con-
duits, pipes, tubes or vents or concrete or
masonry items through a single fire-resis-
tance-rated floor assembly where the annular
space is protected with materials that prevent

the passage of flame and hot gases sufficient
to ignite cotton waste when subjected to
ASTM E 1 19 or UL 263 time- temperature fire
conditions under a minimum positive pressure
differential of 0.01 inch (2.49 Pa) of water at
the location of the penetration for the time
period equivalent to the fire-resistance rating
of the construction penetrated. Penetrating
items with a maximum 6-inch (152 mm) nom-
inal diameter shall not be limited to the pene-
tration of a single fire-resistance-rated floor
assembly, provided the aggregate area of the
openings through the assembly does not
exceed 144 square inches (92 900 mm 2 ) in any
1 00 square feet (9.3 m 2 ) of floor area.

2. Penetrations in a single concrete floor by steel,
ferrous or copper conduits, pipes, tubes or
vents with a maximum 6-inch (152 mm) nom-
inal diameter, provided the concrete, grout or
mortar is installed the full thickness of the
floor or the thickness required to maintain the
fire-resistance rating. The penetrating items
shall not be limited to the penetration of a sin-
gle concrete floor, provided the area of the
opening through each floor does not exceed
144 square inches (92 900 mm 2 ).

3. Penetrations by listed electrical boxes of any
material, provided such boxes have been
tested for use in fire-resistance-rated assem-
blies and installed in accordance with the
instructions included in the listing.

714.4.1.1.1 Installation. Through penetrations shall
be installed as tested in the approved fire-resistance-
rated assembly.

714.4.1.1.2 Through-penetration firestop system.
Through penetrations shall be protected by an
approved through- penetration firestop system
installed and tested in accordance with ASTM E 814
or UL 1479, with a minimum positive pressure dif-
ferential of 0.01 inch of water (2.49 Pa). The system
shall have an F rating/T rating of not less than 1 hour
but not less than the required rating of the floor pen-
etrated.

Exceptions:

1. Floor penetrations contained and located
within the cavity of a wall above the floor
or below the floor do not require a T rating.

2. Floor penetrations by floor drains, tub
drains or shower drains contained and
located within the concealed space of a hor-
izontal assembly do not require a T rating.

714.4.1.2 Membrane penetrations. Penetrations of
membranes that are part of a horizontal assembly shall
comply with Section 714.4.1.1.1 or 714.4.1.1.2. Where
floor/ceiling assemblies are required to have a fire-

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

129

FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES

resistance rating, recessed fixtures shall be installed
such that the required fire resistance will not be
reduced.

Exceptions:

1. Membrane penetrations by steel, ferrous or
copper conduits, pipes, tubes or vents, or con-
crete or masonry items where the annular
space is protected either in accordance with
Section 714.4.1.1 or to prevent the free pas-
sage of flame and the products of combustion.
The aggregate area of the openings through
the membrane shall not exceed 100 square
inches (64 500 mm 2 ) in any 100 square feet
(9.3 m 2 ) of ceiling area in assemblies tested
without penetrations.

2. Ceiling membrane penetrations of maximum
2-hour horizontal assemblies by steel electri-
cal boxes that do not exceed 1 6 square inches
(10 323 mm 2 ) in area, provided the aggregate
area of such penetrations does not exceed 100
square inches (44 500 mm 2 ) in any 100 square
feet (9.29 m 2 ) of ceiling area, and the annular
space between the ceiling membrane and the
box does not exceed 7 8 inch (3.2 mm).

3. Membrane penetrations by electrical boxes of
any size or type, which have been listed as part
of an opening protective material system for
use in horizontal assemblies and are installed
in accordance with the instructions included in
the listing.

4. Membrane penetrations by listed electrical
boxes of any material, provided such boxes
have been tested for use in fire-resistance-
rated assemblies and are installed in accor-
dance with the instructions included in the list-
ing. The annular space between the ceiling
membrane and the box shall not exceed 7 g
inch (3.2 mm) unless listed otherwise.

5. The annular space created by the penetration
of a fire sprinkler, provided it is covered by a
metal escutcheon plate.

6. Noncombustible items that are cast into con-
crete building elements and that do not pene-
trate both top and bottom surfaces of the
element.

7. The ceiling membrane of 1- and 2-hour fire-
resistance-rated horizontal assemblies is per-
mitted to be interrupted with the double wood
top plate of a. fire-resistance- rated wall assem-
bly, provided that all penetrating items
through the double top plates are protected in
accordance with Section 714.4.1.1.1 or
714.4.1.1.2. The fire-resistance rating of the
wall shall not be less than the rating of the hor-
izontal assembly.

714.4.1.3 Dissimilar materials. Noncombustible pene-
trating items shall not connect to combustible materials

beyond the point of firestopping unless it can be dem-
onstrated that the fire-resistance integrity of the hori-
zontal assembly is maintained.

714.4.2 Nonftre-resistance-rated assemblies. Penetra-
tions of nonfire-resistance-rated floor or floor/ceiling
assemblies or the ceiling membrane of a nonfire-resis-
tance-rated roof/ceiling assembly shall meet the require-
ments of Section 713 or shall comply with Section
714.4.2.1 or 714.4.2.2.

714.4.2.1 Noncombustible penetrating items. Non-
combustible penetrating items that connect not more
than five stories are permitted, provided that the annu-
lar space is filled to resist the free passage of flame and
the products of combustion with an approved noncom-
bustible material or with a fill, void or cavity material
that is tested and classified for use in through-penetra-
tion firestop systems.

714.4.2.2 Penetrating items. Penetrating items that
connect not more than two stories are permitted, pro-
vided that the annular space is filled with an approved
material to resist the free passage of flame and the
products of combustion.

714.5 Penetrations in smoke barriers. Penetrations in
smoke barriers shall be protected by an approved through-
penetration firestop system installed and tested in accordance
with the requirements of UL 1479 for air leakage. The L rat-
ing of the system measured at 0.30 inch (7.47 Pa) of water in
both the ambient temperature and elevated temperature tests,
shall not exceed:

1 . 5.0 cfm per square foot (0.025m 3 / s • m 2 ) of penetration
opening for each through-penetration firestop system;
or

2. A total cumulative leakage of 50 cfm (0.024m 3 /s) for
any 100 square feet (9.3 m 2 ) of wall area, or floor area.

SECTION 715
FIRE-RESISTANT JOINT SYSTEMS

715.1 General. Joints installed in or between fire-resistance-
rated walls, floor or floor/ceiling assemblies and roofs or
roof/ceiling assemblies shall be protected by an approved
fire-resistant joint system designed to resist the passage of
fire for a time period not less than the required fire-resistance
rating of the wall, floor or roof in or between which it is
installed. Fire-resistant joint systems shall be tested in accor-
dance with Section 715.3.

Exception: Fire-resistant joint systems shall not be
required for joints in all of the following locations:

1 . Floors within a single dwelling unit.

2. Floors where the joint is protected by a shaft enclo-
sure in accordance with Section 713.

3. Floors within atriums where the space adjacent to
the atrium is included in the volume of the atrium
for smoke control purposes.

4. Floors within malls.

130

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES

5. Floors and ramps within open and enclosed parking
garages or structures constructed in accordance with
Sections 406.5 and 406.6, respectively.

6. Mezzanine floors.

7. Walls that are permitted to have unprotected open-
ings.

8. Roofs where openings are permitted.

9. Control joints not exceeding a maximum width of
0.625 inch (15.9 mm) and tested in accordance with
ASTME119orUL263.

715.1.1 Curtain wall assembly. The void created at the
intersection of a floor/ceiling assembly and an exterior
curtain wall assembly shall be protected in accordance
with Section 7 15.4.

715.2 Installation. A fire-resistant joint system shall be
| securely installed in accordance with the listing criteria in or

on the joint for its entire length so as not to dislodge, loosen
or otherwise impair its ability to accommodate expected
building movements and to resist the passage of fire and hot
gases.

715.3 Fire test criteria. Fire-resistant joint systems shall be
tested in accordance with the requirements of either ASTM E
1966 or UL 2079. Nonsymmetrical wall joint systems shall
be tested with both faces exposed to the furnace, and the
assigned fire-resistance rating shall be the shortest duration
obtained from the two tests. When evidence is furnished to
show that the wall was tested with the least fire-resistant side
exposed to the furnace, subject to acceptance of the building
official, the wall need not be subjected to tests from the oppo-
site side.

Exception: For exterior walls with a horizontal fire sepa-
ration distance greater than 5 feet (1524 mm), the joint
system shall be required to be tested for interior fire expo-
sure only.

715.4 Exterior curtain wall/floor intersection.Where fire
resistance-rated floor or floor/ceiling assemblies are required,
voids created at the intersection of the exterior curtain wall
assemblies and such floor assemblies shall be sealed with an
approved system to prevent the interior spread of fire.
Such systems shall be securely installed and tested in
accordance with ASTM E 2307 to provide an F rating for a
time period at least equal to the fire-resistance rating of the
floor assembly. Height and fire-resistance requirements for
curtain wall spandrels shall comply with Section 705.8.5.

Exception: Voids created at the intersection of the exte-
rior curtain wall assemblies and such floor assemblies
where the vision glass extends to the finished floor level
shall be permitted to be sealed with an approved material
to prevent the interior spread of fire. Such material shall be
securely installed and capable of preventing the passage of
flame and hot gases sufficient to ignite cotton waste where
subjected to ASTM E 119 time-temperature fire condi-
tions under a minimum positive pressure differential of
0.01 inch (0.254 mm) of water column (2.5 Pa) for the
time period at least equal to the fire- resistance rating of
the floor assembly.

715.4.1 Exterior curtain wall/nonfire-resistance-rated
floor assembly intersections. Voids created at the inter-
section of exterior curtain wall assemblies and nonfire-
resi stance-rated floor or floor/ceiling assemblies shall be
sealed with an approved material or system to retard the
interior spread of fire and hot gases between stories.

715.5 Spandrel wall. Height and fire-resistance requirements
for curtain wall spandrels shall comply with Section 705.8.5.
Where Section 705.8.5 does not require a fire-resistance-
rated spandrel wall, the requirements of Section 715.4 shall
still apply to the intersection between the spandrel wall and
the floor.

715.6 Fire-resistant joint systems in smoke barriers. Fire-
resistant joint systems in smoke barriers, and joints at the
intersection of a horizontal smoke barrier and an exterior cur-
tainwall, shall be tested in accordance with the requirements
of UL 2079 for air leakage. The L rating of the joint system |
shall not exceed 5 cfm per linear foot (0.00775 m 3 /s m) of
joint at 0.30 inch (7.47 Pa) of water for both the ambient tem-
perature and elevated temperature tests.

SECTION 716
OPENING PROTECTIVES

716.1 General. Opening protectives required by other sec-
tions of this code shall comply with the provisions of this sec-
tion.

716.2 Fire-resistance-rated glazing. Fire-resistance-rated
glazing tested as part of a fire-resistance-rated wall assembly
in accordance with ASTM E 119 or UL 263 and labeled in
accordance with Section 703.5 shall be permitted in fire
doors and fire window assemblies where tested and installed j
in accordance with their listings and shall not otherwise be
required to comply with this section.

716.3 Marking fire-rated glazing assemblies. Fire-rated
glazing assemblies shall be marked in accordance with
Tables 716.3, 716.5, and 716.6.

716.3.1 Fire-rated glazing that exceeds the code
requirements. Fire-rated glazing assemblies marked as
complying with hose stream requirements (H) shall be per-
mitted in applications that do not require compliance with
hose stream requirements. Fire-rated glazing assemblies
marked as complying with temperature rise requirements
(T) shall be permitted in applications that do not require
compliance with temperature rise requirements. Fire-rated
glazing assemblies marked with ratings (XXX) that
exceed the ratings required by this code shall be permitted.

716.4 Alternative methods for determining fire protection
ratings. The application of any of the alternative methods
listed in this section shall be based on the fire exposure and
acceptance criteria specified in NFPA 252, NFPA 257 or UL
9. The required fire resistance of an opening protective shall
be permitted to be established by any of the following meth-
ods or procedures:

1 . Designs documented in approved sources.

2. Calculations performed in an approved manner.

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

131

FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES

3. Engineering analysis based on a comparison of opening
protective designs having fire protection ratings as
determined by the test procedures set forth in NFPA

252,NFPA257orUL9.

4. Alternative protection methods as allowed by Section
104.11.

716.5 Fire door and shutter assemblies. Approved fire door
and fire shutter assemblies shall be constructed of any mate-
rial or assembly of component materials that conforms to the
test requirements of Section 716.5.1, 716.5.2 or 716.5.3 and
the, fire protection rating indicated in Table 716.5. Fire door
frames with transom lights, sidelights or both shall be permit-
ted in accordance with Section 716.5.6. Fire door assemblies
and shutters shall be installed in accordance with the provi-
sions of this section and NFPA 80.

Exceptions:

1. Labeled protective assemblies that conform to the
requirements of this section or UL 10A, UL 14B and
UL 14C for tin-clad fire door assemblies.

2. Floor fire door assemblies in accordance with Sec-
tion 71 1.8.

716.5.1 Side-hinged or pivoted swinging doors. Fire
door assemblies with side-hinged and pivoted swinging
doors shall be tested in accordance with NFPA 252 or UL
IOC. After 5 minutes into the NFPA 252 test, the neutral
pressure level in the furnace shall be established at 40
inches (1016 mm) or less above the sill.

716.5.2 Other types of assemblies. Fire door assemblies
with other types of doors, including swinging elevator
doors and fire shutter assemblies, bottom and side-hinged
chute intake doors, and top-hinged chute discharge doors,
shall be tested in accordance with NFPA 252 or UL 10B.
The pressure in the furnace shall be maintained as nearly
equal to the atmospheric pressure as possible. Once estab-
lished, the pressure shall be maintained during the entire
test period.

716.5.3 Door assemblies in corridors and smoke barri-
ers. Fire door assemblies required to have a minimum fire
protection rating of 20 minutes where located in corridor
walls or smoke barrier walls having a. fire-resistance rat-

ing in accordance with Table 716.5 shall be tested in
accordance with NFPA 252 or UL 10C without the hose
stream test.

Exceptions:

1. Viewports that require a hole not larger than 1
inch (25 mm) in diameter through the door, have
at least a 0.25-inch-thick (6.4 mm) glass disc and
the holder is of metal that will not melt out where
subject to temperatures of 1,700°F (927°C).

2. Corridor door assemblies in occupancies of
Group 1-2 shall be in accordance with Section

407.3.1.

3. Unprotected openings shall be permitted for cor-
ridors in multitheater complexes where each
motion picture auditorium has at least one-half of
its required exit or exit access doorways opening
directly to the exterior or into an exit passageway.

4. Horizontal sliding doors in smoke barriers that
comply with Sections 408.3 and 408.8.4 in occu-
pancies in Group 1-3.

716.5.3.1 Smoke and draft control. Fire door assem-
blies shall also meet the requirements for a smoke and
draft control door assembly tested in accordance with
UL 1784. The air leakage rate of the door assembly
shall not exceed 3.0 cubic feet per minute per square
foot (0.01524 m 3 /s • m 2 ) of door opening at 0.10 inch
(24.9 Pa) of water for both the ambient temperature and
elevated temperature tests. Louvers shall be prohibited.
Installation of smoke doors shall be in accordance with
NFPA 105.

716.5.3.2 Glazing in door assemblies. In a 20-minute
fire door assembly, the glazing material in the door
itself shall have a minimum fire-protection-rated glaz-
ing of 20 minutes and shall be exempt from the hose
stream test. Glazing material in any other part of the
door assembly, including transom lights and sidelights,
shall be tested in accordance with NFPA 257 or UL 9,
including the hose stream test, in accordance with Sec-
tion 716.6.

TABLE 716.3
MARKING FIRE-RATED GLAZING ASSEMBLIES

FIRE TEST STANDARD

MARKING

DEFINITION OF MARKING

ASTME119orUL263

Meets wall assembly criteria.

NFPA 257 or UL 9

Meets fire window assembly criteria including the hose stream test.

NFPA 252 or UL 10B or UL 10C

D
H

Meets fire door assembly criteria.

Meets fire door assembly "Hose Stream" test.

Meets 450°F temperature rise criteria for 30 minutes

XXX

The time in minutes of the fire resistance or fire protection
rating of the glazing assembly

ForSI:°C = [(°F)-32]/1.8.

132

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES

TABLE 716.5
OPENING FIRE PROTECTION ASSEMBLIES, RATINGS AND MARKINGS

TYPE OF
ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED
WALL

ASSEMBLY
RATING
(hours)

MINIMUM
FIRE DOOR
AND FIRE
SHUTTER
ASSEMBLY
RATING

DOOR VISION
PANEL SIZE

FIRE RATED

GLAZING MARKING

DOOR VISION PANEL"

MINIMUM SIDELIGHT/

TRANSOM ASSEMBLY

RATING (hours)

FIRE-RATED GLAZING MARKING
SIDELITEATRANSOM PANEL

Fire protection

Fire
resistance

Fire protection

Fire
resistance

(hours)

Fire walls and fire
baniers having a
required fire-resis-
tance rating
greater than 1 hour

Not Permitted

W-240

Not Permitted

W-180

l'/ 2

100 sq. in. c

<100sq.in. = D-H-90
>100 sq.in.=
D-H-W-90

Not Permitted

W-1.20

l 1 /,

IV,

100 sq. in. 1

<100sq.in. = D-H-90
>100 sq.in.=

Not Permitted

IV,

Not Permitted

W-90

D-H-W-90

Shaft, exit enclo-
sures and exit pas-
sageway walls

l'/ 2

100sq.in. cd

<100sq.in. = D-H-90

> 100 sq.in.=
D-H-T-or D-H-T-W-90

Not Permitted

W-120

Fire barriers hav-

ing a required fire-

resistance rating

of 1 hour:

Enclosures for

<100 sq.in. = D-H-60

shafts, exit access
stairways, exit ac-

lOOsq. in. cd

>100 sq.in.=
D-H-T-60orD-H-T-W-

Not
Permitted

Not Permitted

W-60

cess ramps, inte-

rior exit stairways,

interior exit ramps

and exit

passageway walls

Fire protection

Other fire barriers

Maximum
size tested

D-H-NT-45

Fire partitions:

Maximum
size tested

D-20

D-HOH-45

Corridor walls

0.5

Maximum
size tested

D-20

D-H-OH-20

Other fire

Maximum
size tested

D-H-45

partitions

0.5

Maximum

size tested

D-H-20

(continued)

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

133

FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES

TABLE 716.5— continued
OPENING FIRE PROTECTION ASSEMBLIES, RATINGS AND MARKINGS

TYPE OF
ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED
WALL

ASSEMBLY
RATING
(hours)

MINIMUM

FIRE DOOR

AND FIRE

SHUTTER

ASSEMBLY

RATING

(hours)

DOOR VISION
PANEL SIZE

FIRE RATED

GLAZING MARKING

DOOR VISION PANEL 6

MINIMUM SIDELIGHT/

TRANSOM ASSEMBLY

RATING (hours)

FIRE-RATED GLAZING

MARKING SIDELITE/TRANSOM
PANEL

Fire
protection

Fire
resistance

Fire protection

Fire
resistance

Exterior walls

1V 2

100sq.in. c

<100 sq.in. = D-H-90
>100 sq.in = D-H-W-90

Not Permitted

W-180

1V 2

lOOsq. in. c

<100 sq.in. = D-H-90
>100 sq.in. = D-H-W-90

Not Permitted

W-120

Fire Protection

Maximum
size tested

D-H-45

Smoke barriers

Fire protection

l/b

Maximum
size tested

D-20

3 / 4

D-H-OH-45

For SI: I square inch = 645.2 mm.

a. Two doors, each with a fire protection rating of 1 7, hours, installed on opposite sides of the same opening in a fire wall, shall be deemed equivalent in fire
protection rating to one 3 -hour fire door.

b. For testing requirements, see Section 716.6.3.

c. Fire-resistance-rated glazing tested to ASTM E 1 19 in accordance with Section 716.2 shall be permitted, in the maximum size tested.

d. Except where the building is equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler and the fire-rated glazing meets the criteria established in Section 716.5.5.

e. Under the column heading "Fire-rated glazing marking door vision panel," W refers to the fire-resistance rating of the glazing, not the frame.

134

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES

716.5.4 Door assemblies in other fire partitions. Fire
door assemblies required to have a minimum fire protec-
tion rating of 20 minutes where located in other fire parti-
tions having a fire-resistance rating of 0.5 hour in
accordance with Table 716.5 shall be tested in accordance
with NFPA 252, UL 10B or UL IOC with the hose stream
test.

716.5.5 Doors in interior exit stairways and ramps and

exit passageways. Fire door assemblies in interior exit
stairways and ramps and exit passageways shall have a
maximum transmitted temperature rise of not more than
450°F (250°C) above ambient at the end of 30 minutes of
standard fire test exposure.

Exception: The maximum transmitted temperature
rise is not required in buildings equipped throughout
with an automatic sprinkler system installed in accor-
dance with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2.

716.5.5.1 Glazing in doors. Fire-protection-rated glaz-
ing in excess of 100 square inches (0.065 m 2 ) is not per-
mitted. Fire-resistance-rated glazing in excess of 100
square inches (0.065 m 2 ) shall be permitted in fire door
assemblies when tested as components of the door
assemblies, and not as glass lights, and shall have a
maximum transmitted temperature rise of 450° F (250°
C) in accordance with Section 716.5.5.

716.5.6 Fire door frames with transom lights and side-
lights. Door frames with transom lights, sidelights, or
both, shall be permitted where a 3 / 4 -hour fire protection
rating or less is required in accordance with Table 716.5.
Fire door frames with transom lights, sidelights, or both,
installed with fire-resistance-rated glazing tested as an
assembly in accordance with ASTM E 119 or UL 263
shall be permitted where a fire protection rating exceeding
3 / 4 hour is required in accordance with Table 716.5.

716.5.7 Labeled protective assemblies. Fire door assem-
blies shall be labeled by an approved agency. The labels
shall comply with NFPA 80, and shall be permanently
affixed to the door or frame.

716.5.7.1 Fire door labeling requirements. Fire
doors shall be labeled showing the name of the manu-
facturer or other identification readily traceable back to
the manufacturer, the name or trademark of the third-
party inspection agency, the fire protection rating and,
where required for fire doors in interior exit stairways
and ramps and exit passageways by Section 716.5.5,
the maximum transmitted temperature end point.
Smoke and draft control doors complying with UL
1784 shall be labeled as such and shall also comply
with Section 716.5.7.3. Labels shall be approved and
permanently affixed. The label shall be applied at the
factory or location where fabrication and assembly are
performed.

716.5.7.1.1 Light kits, louvers and components.
Listed light kits and louvers and their required prep-
arations shall be considered as part of the labeled
door where such installations are done under the list-
ing program of the third-party agency. Where tested
for such use, fire doors and door assemblies shall be

permitted to consist of components, including glaz-
ing, vision light kits and hardware that are labeled,
listed or classified by different third-party agencies.

716.5.7.2 Oversized doors. Oversized fire doors shall
bear an oversized fire door label by an approved
agency or shall be provided with a certificate of inspec-
tion furnished by an approved testing agency. When a
certificate of inspection is furnished by an approved
testing agency, the certificate shall state that the door
conforms to the requirements of design, materials and
construction, but has not been subjected to the fire test.

716.5.7.3 Smoke and draft control door labeling
requirements. Smoke and draft control doors comply-
ing with UL 1784 shall be labeled in accordance with
Section 716.5.6.1 and shall show the letter "S" on the
fire-rating label of the door. This marking shall indicate
that the door and frame assembly are in compliance
when listed or labeled gasketing is also installed.

716.5.7.4 Fire door frame labeling requirements.
Fire door frames shall be labeled showing the names of
the manufacturer and the third-party inspection agency.

716.5.8 Glazing material. Fire-protection-rated glazing
conforming to the opening protection requirements in Sec-
tion 716.5 shall be permitted in fire door assemblies.

716.5.8.1 Size limitations. Fire-protection-rated glaz-
ing shall comply with the size limitations of NFPA 80,
and as provided in Sections 716.5.8.1.1 and
716.5.8.1.2.

716.5.8.1.1 Fire-resistance-rated glazing in door
assemblies in fire walls and fire barriers rated

greater than 1 hour. Fire-resistance-rated glazing
tested to ASTM E 119 or UL 263 and NFPA 252,
UL 10B or UL 10C shall be permitted in fire door
assemblies located in fire walls and in fire barriers
in accordance with Table 716.5 to the maximum size
tested and in accordance with their listings.

716.5.8.1.2 Fire-protection-rated glazing in door
assemblies in fire walls and fire barriers rated
greater than 1 hour. Fire-protection-rated glazing
shall be prohibited in fire walls and fire barriers
except as provided in Sections 716.5.8.1.2.1 and
716.5.8.1.2.2.

716.5.8.1.2.1 Horizontal exits. Fire-protection-
rated glazing shall be permitted as vision panels
in self-closing swinging fire door assemblies
serving as horizontal exits in fire walls where
limited to 100 square inches (0.065 m 2 ) with no
dimension exceeding 10 inches (0.3 mm).

716.5.8.1.2.2 Fire barriers. Fire-protection-rated
glazing shall be permitted in fire doors having a
lV 2 -hour fire protection rating intended for
installation in fire barriers, where limited to 100
square inches (0.065 m 2 ).

716.5.8.2 Elevator, stairway and ramp protectives.
Approved fire-protection-rated glazing used in fire
door assemblies in elevator, stairways and ramps enclo-
sures shall be so located as to furnish clear vision of the

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

135

FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES

passageway or approach to the elevator, stairway or
ramp.

716.5.8.3 Labeling. Fire-protection-rated glazing shall
bear a label or other identification showing the name of
the manufacturer, the test standard and information
required in Section 716.5.8.3.1 that shall be issued by
an approved agency and shall be permanently identi-
fied on the glazing.

716.5.8.3.1 Identification. For fire -protection-rated
glazing, the label shall bear the following four part
identification: "D - H or NH - T or NT - XXX." "D"
indicates that the glazing shall be used in fire door
assemblies and that the glazing meets the fire pro-
tection requirements of NFPA 252. "H" shall indi-
cate that the glazing meets the hose stream
requirements of NFPA 252. "NH" shall indicate that
the glazing does not meet the hose stream require-
ments of the test. "T" shall indicate that the glazing
meets the temperature requirements of Section
716.5.5.1. "NT" shall indicate that the glazing does
not meet the temperature requirements of Section
716.5.5.1. The placeholder "XXX" shall specify the
fire-protection-rating period, in minutes.

716.5.8.4 Safety glazing. Fire-protection-rated glazing
installed in fire doors in areas subject to human impact
in hazardous locations shall comply with Chapter 24.

716.5.9 Door closing. Fire doors shall be self- or auto-
matic-closing in accordance with this section. Self-closing
chute intake doors shall not fail in a "door open" position
in the event of a closer failure.

Exceptions:

1. Fire doors located in common walls separating
sleeping units in Group R-l shall be permitted
without automatic- or self-closing devices.

2. The elevator car doors and the associated hoist-
way enclosure doors at the floor level designated
for recall in accordance with Section 3003.2 shall
be permitted to remain open during Phase I emer-
gency recall operation.

716.5.9.1 Latch required. Unless otherwise specifi-
cally permitted, single fire doors and both leaves of
pairs of side-hinged swinging fire doors shall be pro-
vided with an active latch bolt that will secure the door
when it is closed.

716.5.9.1.1 Chute intake door latching. Chute
intake doors shall be positive latching, remaining
latched and closed in the event of latch spring failure
during a fire emergency.

716.5.9.2 Automatic-closing tire door assemblies.
Automatic-closing fire door assemblies shall be self-
closing in accordance with NFPA 80.

716.5.9.3 Smoke-activated doors. Automatic-closing
doors installed in the following locations shall be auto-
matic-closing by the actuation of smoke detectors
installed in accordance with Section 907.3 or by loss of
power to the smoke detector or hold-open device.

Doors that are automatic-closing by smoke detection
shall not have more than a 10-second delay before the
door starts to close after the smoke detector is actuated:

1 . Doors installed across a corridor.

2. Doors that protect openings in exits or corri-
dors required to be of fire-resistance-rated con-
struction.

3. Doors that protect openings in walls that are
capable of resisting the passage of smoke in
accordance with Section 509.4.

4. Doors installed in smoke barriers in accordance
with Section 709.5.

5. Doors installed in fire partitions in accordance
with Section 708.6.

6. Doors installed in a. fire wall in accordance with
Section 706.8.

7. Doors installed in shaft enclosures in accor-
dance with Section 713.7.

8. Doors installed in refuse and laundry chutes
and access and termination rooms in accor-
dance with Section 713.13. Automatic-closing
chute intake doors installed in refuse and laun-
dry chutes shall also meet the requirements of
Sections 716.5.9 and 716.5.9.1.1.

9. Doors installed in the walls for compartmenta-
tion of underground buildings in accordance
with Section 405.4.2.

10. Doors installed in the elevator lobby walls of
underground buildings in accordance with Sec-
tion 405.4.3.

11. Doors installed in smoke partitions in accor-
dance with Section 710.5.2.3.

716.5.9.4 Doors in pedestrian ways. Vertical sliding
or vertical rolling steel fire doors in openings through
which pedestrians travel shall be heat activated or acti-
vated by smoke detectors with alarm verification.

716.5.10 Swinging fire shutters. Where fire shutters of
the swinging type are installed in exterior openings, not
less than one row in every three vertical rows shall be
arranged to be readily opened from the outside, and shall
be identified by distinguishing marks or letters not less
than 6 inches (152 mm) high.

716.5.11 Rolling fire shutters. Where fire shutters of the
rolling type are installed, such shutters shall include
approved automatic-closing devices.

716.6 Fire-protection-rated glazing. Glazing in/f>e window
assemblies shall be fire protection rated in accordance with
this section and Table 716.6. Glazing in fire door assemblies
shall comply with Section 716.5.8. Fire-protection-rated glaz-
ing in fire window assemblies shall be tested in accordance
with and shall meet the acceptance criteria of NFPA 257 or
UL 9. Fire-protection-rated glazing shall also comply with
NFPA 80. Openings in nonfire-resistance-rated exterior wall
assemblies that require protection in accordance with Section
705.3, 705.8, 705.8.5 or 705.8.6 shall have a fire protection

136

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES

rating of not less than % hour. Fire-protection-rated glazing in
0.5-hour fire-resistance-rated partitions is permitted to have a
0.33-hour fire protection rating.

716.6.1 Testing under positive pressure. NFPA 257 or
UL 9 shall evaluate fire-protection-rated glazing under
positive pressure. Within the first 10 minutes of a test, the
pressure in the furnace shall be adjusted so at least two-
thirds of the test specimen is above the neutral pressure
plane, and the neutral pressure plane shall be maintained at
that height for the balance of the test.

716.6.2 Nonsymmetrical glazing systems. Nonsymmetri-
cal fire-protection-rated glazing systems in fire partitions,
fire barriers or in exterior walls with a fire separation dis-
tance of 5 feet (1524 mm) or less pursuant to Section 705
shall be tested with both faces exposed to the furnace, and
the assigned fire protection rating shall be the shortest
duration obtained from the two tests conducted in compli-
ance with NFPA 257 or UL 9.

716.6.3 Safety glazing. Fire-protection-rated glazing
installed in fire window assemblies in areas subject to
human impact in hazardous locations shall comply with
Chapter 24.

716.6.4 Glass and glazing. Glazing in fire window assem-
blies shall be fire-protection-rated glazing installed in
accordance with and complying with the size limitations
set forth in NFPA 80.

716.6.5 Installation. Fire-protection-rated glazing shall be
in the fixed position or be automatic-closing and shall be
installed in approved frames.

716.6.6 Window mullions. Metal mullions that exceed a
nominal height of 12 feet (3658 mm) shall be protected
with materials to afford the same fire-resistance rating as
required for the wall construction in which the protective
is located.

716.6.7 Interior fire window assemblies. Fire-protec-
tion-rated glazing used m fire window assemblies located
in fire partitions and fire barriers shall be limited to use in
assemblies with a maximum fire-resistance rating of 1
hour in accordance with this section.

716.6.7.1 Where 3 / 4 -hour fire protection window
assemblies permitted. Fire-protection-rated glazing
requiring 45-minute opening protection in accordance
with Table 716.6 shall be limited to fire partitions
designed in accordance with Section 708 and /ire barri-
ers utilized in the applications set forth in Sections
707.3.6 and 707.3.8 where the fire-resistance rating
does not exceed 1 hour. Fire-resistance-rated glazing
assemblies tested in accordance with ASTM E 1 19 or
UL 263 shall not be subject to the limitations of this
section.

716.6.7.2 Area limitations. The total area of the glaz-
ing in fire-protection-rated windows assemblies shall
not exceed 25 percent of the area of a common wall
with any room.

716.6.7.3 Where 7,-hour fire-protection window
assemblies permitted. Fire-protection-rated glazing
shall be permitted in window assemblies tested to
NFPA 257 or UL 9 in smoke barriers and fire parti-
tions requiring V 3 -hour opening protection in accor-
dance with Table 716.6.

716.6.8 Labeling requirements. Fire -protection-rated
glazing shall bear a label or other identification showing
the name of the manufacturer, the test standard and infor-
mation required in Table 716.6 that shall be issued by an
approved agency and shall be permanently identified on
the glazing.

TABLE 716.6
FIRE WINDOW ASSEMBLY FIRE PROTECTION RATINGS

TYPE OF WALL

ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED WALL

ASSEMBLY RATING

(hours)

MINIMUM FIRE

WINDOW ASSEMBLY

RATING (hours)

FIRE-RATED
GLAZING MARKING

Interior walls
Fire walls

Fire barriers

Incidental use areas (707.3.6),

Mixed occupancy separations (707.3.8)

Fire partitions

Smoke barriers

All
>1

1
0.5

NP a
NF
NP a

3 / 4

%
V,

w-xxx b

W-XXX b

w-xxx b

OH-45 or W-60

OH-45 or W-60
OH-20orW-30
OH-45 or W-60

Exterior walls

0.5

7 5

OH-90 or W-XXX b
OH-45 or W-60
OH-20 or W-30

Party wall

All

Not Applicable

NP - Not Permitted.

a. Not permitted except fire-resistance-rated glazing assemblies tested to ASTM E 1 1 9 or UL 263, as specified in Section 7 1 6.2.

b. XXX = The fire rating duration period in minutes, which shall be equal to the fire-resistance rating required for the wall assembly.

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

137

FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES

SECTION 717
DUCTS AND AIR TRANSFER OPENINGS

717.1 General. The provisions of this section shall govern
the protection of duct penetrations and air transfer openings
in assemblies required to be protected and duct penetrations
in nonfire-resi stance-rated floor assemblies.

717.1.1 Ducts that penetrate fire-resistance-rated
assemblies without dampers. Ducts that penetrate fire-
resistance-rated assemblies and are not required by this
section to have dampers shall comply with the require-
ments of Sections 714.2 through 714.3.3. Ducts that pene-
trate horizontal assemblies not required to be contained
within a shaft and not required by this section to have
dampers shall comply with the requirements of Sections
714.4 through 714.4.2.2.

717.1.1.1 Ducts that penetrate nonfire-resistance-
rated assemblies. The space around a duct penetrating
a nonfire-resistance-rated floor assembly shall comply
with Section 717.6.3.

717.2 Installation. Fire dampers, smoke dampers, combina-
tion fire/smoke dampers and ceiling radiation dampers
located within air distribution and smoke control systems
shall be installed in accordance with the requirements of this
section, the manufacturer's installation instructions and the
dampers' listing.

717.2.1 Smoke control system. Where the installation of
a fire damper will interfere with the operation of a
required smoke control system in accordance with Section
909, approved alternative protection shall be utilized.
Where mechanical systems including ducts and dampers
utilized for normal building ventilation serve as part of the
smoke control system, the expected performance of these
systems in smoke control mode shall be addressed in the
rational analysis required by Section 909.4.

717.2.2 Hazardous exhaust ducts. Fire dampers for haz-
ardous exhaust duct systems shall comply with the Inter-
national Mechanical Code.

717.3 Damper testing, ratings and actuation. Damper test-
ing, ratings and actuation shall be in accordance with Sec-
tions 717.3.1 through 717.3.3.

717.3.1 Damper testing. Dampers shall be listed and
labeled in accordance with the standards in this section.
Fire dampers shall comply with the requirements of UL
555. Only fire dampers labeled for use in dynamic systems
shall be installed in heating, ventilation and air-condition-
ing systems designed to operate with fans on during a fire.
Smoke dampers shall comply with the requirements of UL
555S. Combination fire/smoke dampers shall comply with
the requirements of both UL 555 and UL 555S. Ceiling
radiation dampers shall comply with the requirements of
UL 555C or shall be tested as part of a fire-resistance-rated
floor/ceiling or roof/ceiling assembly in accordance with
ASTME119orUL263.

717.3.2 Damper rating. Damper ratings shall be in accor-
dance with Sections 717.3.2.1 through 717.3.2.3.

717.3.2.1 Fire damper ratings. Fire dampers shall
have the minimum fire protection rating specified in
Table 717.3.2.1 for the type of penetration.

TABLE 717.3.2.1
FIRE DAMPER RATING

TYPE OF
PENETRATION

MINIMUM

DAMPER

RATING (hours)

Less than 3-hour fire-resistance-rated assemblies

1.5

3-hour or greater fire-resistance-rated assemblies

717.3.2.2 Smoke damper ratings. Smoke damper
leakage ratings shall be Class I or II. Elevated tempera- |
ture ratings shall not be less than 250°F (121°C).

717.3.2.3 Combination fire/smoke damper ratings.

Combination fire/smoke dampers shall have the mini-
mum fire protection rating specified foxfire dampers in
Table 717.3.2.1 for the type of penetration and shall
also have a minimum smoke damper rating as specified |
in Section 717.3.2.2. 1

717.3.3 Damper actuation. Damper actuation shall be in
accordance with Sections 717.3.3.1 through 717.3.3.4 as
applicable.

717.3.3.1 Fire damper actuation device. The fire
damper actuation device shall meet one of the follow-
ing requirements:

1. The operating temperature shall be approxi-
mately 50°F (10°C) above the normal tempera-
ture within the duct system, but not less than
160°F(7rC).

2. The operating temperature shall be not more than
350°F (177°C) where located in a smoke control
system complying with Section 909.

717.3.3.2 Smoke damper actuation. The smoke
damper shall close upon actuation of a listed smoke
detector or detectors installed in accordance with Sec-
tion 907.3 and one of the following methods, as appli-
cable:

1. Where a smoke damper is installed within a duct,
a smoke detector shall be installed in the duct
within 5 feet (1524 mm) of the damper with no
air outlets or inlets between the detector and the
damper. The detector shall be listed for the air
velocity, temperature and humidity anticipated at
the point where it is installed. Other than in
mechanical smoke control systems, dampers
shall be closed upon fan shutdown where local
smoke detectors require a minimum velocity to
operate.

2. Where a smoke damper is installed above smoke
barrier doors in a smoke barrier, a spot-type
detector listed for releasing service shall be
installed on either side of the smoke barrier door
opening.

138

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

F!RE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES

3. Where a smoke damper is installed within an air
transfer opening in a wall, a spot-type detector
listed for releasing service shall be installed
within 5 feet (1524 mm) horizontally of the
damper.

4. Where a smoke damper is installed in a corridor
wall or ceiling, the damper shall be permitted to
be controlled by a smoke detection system
installed in the corridor.

5. Where a total-coverage smoke detector system is
provided within areas served by a heating, venti-
lation and air-conditioning (HVAC) system,
smoke dampers shall be permitted to be con-
trolled by the smoke detection system.

717.3.3.3 Combination fire/smoke damper actua-
tion. Combination fire/smoke damper actuation shall be
in accordance with Sections 717.3.3.1 and 717.3.3.2.
Combination fire/smoke dampers installed in smoke
control system shaft penetrations shall not be activated
by local area smoke detection unless it is secondary to
the smoke management system controls.

717.3.3.4 Ceiling radiation damper actuation. The
operating temperature of a ceiling radiation damper
actuation device shall be 50°F (27.8°C) above the nor-
mal temperature within the duct system, but not less
thanl60°F(71°C).

717.4 Access and identification. Fire and smoke dampers
shall be provided with an approved means of access, which is
large enough to permit inspection and maintenance of the
damper and its operating parts. The access shall not affect the
integrity of fire-resistance-rated assemblies. The access open-
ings shall not reduce the fire-resistance rating of the assem-
bly. Access points shall be permanently identified on the
exterior by a label having letters not less than V 2 inch (12.7
mm) in height reading: FIRE/SMOKE DAMPER, SMOKE
DAMPER or FIRE DAMPER. Access doors in ducts shall be
tight fitting and suitable for the required duct construction.

717.5 Where required. Fire dampers, smoke dampers and
combination fire/smoke dampers shall be provided at the
locations prescribed in Sections 717.5.1 through 717.5.7 and
717.6. Where an assembly is required to have both fire damp-
ers and smoke dampers, combination fire/smoke dampers or a
fire damper and a smoke damper shall be required.

717.5.1 Fire walls. Ducts and air transfer openings per-
mitted in fire walls in accordance with Section 706.11
shall be protected with listed fire dampers installed in
accordance with their listing.

717.5.1.1 Horizontal exits. A listed smoke damper
designed to resist the passage of smoke shall be pro-
vided at each point a duct or air transfer opening pene-
trates afire wall that serves as a horizontal exit.

717.5.2 Fire barriers. Ducts and air transfer openings of
fire barriers shall be protected with approved fire dampers
installed in accordance with their listing. Ducts and air

| transfer openings shall not penetrate enclosures for stair-

ways, ramps and exit passageways except as permitted by
Sections 1022.4 and 1023.6, respectively.

Exception: Fire dampers are not required at penetra-
tions of fire barriers where any of the following apply:

1 . Penetrations are tested in accordance with ASTM
E 119 or UL 263 as part of the fire-resistance-
rated assembly.

2. Ducts are used as part of an approved smoke con-
trol system in accordance with Section 909 and
where the use of a fire damper would interfere
with the operation of a smoke control system.

3. Such walls are penetrated by ducted HVAC sys-
tems, have a required fire-resistance rating of 1
hour or less, are in areas of other than Group H
and are in buildings equipped throughout with an
automatic sprinkler system in accordance with
Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2. For the purposes
of this exception, a ducted HVAC system shall be
a duct system for conveying supply, return or
exhaust air as part of the structure's HVAC sys-
tem. Such a duct system shall be constructed of
sheet steel not less than No. 26 gage thickness
and shall be continuous from the air-handling
appliance or equipment to the air outlet and inlet
terminals.

717.5.2.1 Horizontal exits. A listed smoke damper
designed to resist the passage of smoke shall be pro-
vided at each point a duct or air transfer opening pene-
trates a fire barrier that serves as a horizontal exit .
717.5.3 Shaft enclosures. Shaft enclosures that are per-
mitted to be penetrated by ducts and air transfer openings
shall be protected with approved fire and smoke dampers
installed in accordance with their listing.

Exceptions:

1. Fire dampers are not required at penetrations of
shafts where:

1.1. Steel exhaust subducts are extended at
least 22 inches (559 mm) vertically in
exhaust shafts, provided there is a contin-
uous airflow upward to the outside; or

1.2. Penetrations are tested in accordance with
ASTM E 119 or UL 263 as part of the
fire-resistance-rated assembly; or

1.3. Ducts are used as part of an approved
smoke control system designed and
installed in accordance with Section 909
and where the fire damper will interfere
with the operation of the smoke control
system; or

1.4. The penetrations are in parking garage
exhaust or supply shafts that are separated
from other building shafts by not less than
2-hour fire-resistance-rated construction.

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

139

FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES

2. In Group B and R occupancies equipped through-
out with an automatic sprinkler system in accor-
dance with Section 903.3.1.1, smoke dampers are
not required at penetrations of shafts where:

2.1. Kitchen, clothes dryer, bathroom and toi-
let room exhaust openings are installed
with steel exhaust subducts, having a
minimum wall thickness of 0.0187-inch
(0.4712 mm) (No. 26 gage);

2.2. The subducts extend at least 22 inches
(559 mm) vertically; and

2.3. An exhaust fan is installed at the upper
terminus of the shaft that is powered con-
tinuously in accordance with the provi-
sions of Section 909.1 1, so as to maintain
a continuous upward airflow to the out-
side.

3. Smoke dampers are not required at penetration of
exhaust or supply shafts in parking garages that
are separated from other building shafts by not
less than 2-hour fire-resistance-rated construc-
tion.

4. Smoke dampers are not required at penetrations
of shafts where ducts are used as part of an
approved mechanical smoke control system
designed in accordance with Section 909 and
where the smoke damper will interfere with the
operation of the smoke control system.

5. Fire dampers and combination fire/smoke damp-
ers are not required in kitchen and clothes dryer
exhaust systems when installed in accordance
with the International Mechanical Code.

717.5.4 Fire partitions. Ducts and air transfer openings
that penetrate fire partitions shall be protected with listed
fire dampers installed in accordance with their listing.

Exceptions: In occupancies other than Group H, fire
dampers are not required where any of the following
apply:

1. Corridor walls in buildings equipped throughout
with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance
with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2 and the duct
is protected as a through penetration in accor-
dance with Section 714.

2. Tenant partitions in covered and open mall build-
ings where the walls are not required by provi-
sions elsewhere in the code to extend to the
underside of the floor or roof sheathing, slab or
deck above.

3. The duct system is constructed of approved mate-
rials in accordance with the International
Mechanical Code and the duct penetrating the
wall complies with all of the following require-
ments:

3.1. The duct shall not exceed 100 square
inches (0.06 m 2 ).

3.2. The duct shall be constructed of steel a
minimum of 0.0217 inch (0.55 mm) in
thickness.

3.3. The duct shall not have openings that
communicate the corridor with adjacent
spaces or rooms.

3.4. The duct shall be installed above a ceil-
ing.

3.5. The duct shall not terminate at a wall reg-
ister in the fire-resistance-rated wall.

3.6. A minimum 12-inch-long (305 mm) by
0.060-inch-thick (1.52 mm) steel sleeve
shall be centered in each duct opening.
The sleeve shall be secured to both sides
of the wall and all four sides of the sleeve
with minimum l'/ 2 -inch by l'/ 2 -inch by
0.060-inch (38 mm by 38 mm by 1.52
mm) steel retaining angles. The retaining
angles shall be secured to the sleeve and
the wall with No. 10 (M5) screws. The
annular space between the steel sleeve
and the wall opening shall be filled with
mineral wool batting on all sides.

4. Such walls are penetrated by ducted HVAC sys-
tems, have a required fire-resistance rating of 1
hour or less, and are in buildings equipped
throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in
accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2.
For the purposes of this exception, a ducted
HVAC system shall be a duct system for convey-
ing supply, return or exhaust air as part of the
structure's HVAC system. Such a duct system
shall be constructed of sheet steel not less than
No. 26 gage thickness and shall be continuous
from the air-handling appliance or equipment to
the air outlet and inlet terminals.

717.5.4.1 Corridors. A listed smoke damper designed
to resist the passage of smoke shall be provided at each
point a duct or air transfer opening penetrates a corri-
dor enclosure required to have smoke and draft control
doors in accordance with Section 7 1 6.5.3.

Exceptions:

1. Smoke dampers are not required where the
building is equipped throughout with an
approved smoke control system in accordance
with Section 909, and smoke dampers are not
necessary for the operation and control of the
system.

2. Smoke dampers are not required in corridor
penetrations where the duct is constructed of
steel not less than 0.019 inch (0.48 mm) in
thickness and there are no openings serving
the corridor.

717.5.5 Smoke barriers. A listed smoke damper designed
to resist the passage of smoke shall be provided at each

140

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES

point a duct or air transfer opening penetrates a smoke bar-
rier. Smoke dampers and smoke damper actuation meth-
ods shall comply with Section 717.3.3.2.

Exception: Smoke dampers are not required where the
openings in ducts are limited to a single smoke com-
partment and the ducts are constructed of steel.

717.5.6 Exterior walls. Ducts and air transfer openings in
fire-resistance-rated exterior walls required to have pro-
tected openings in accordance with Section 705.10 shall
be protected with listed fire dampers installed in accor-
dance with their listing.

717.5.7 Smoke partitions. A listed smoke damper
designed to resist the passage of smoke shall be provided
at each point that an air transfer opening penetrates a
smoke partition. Smoke dampers and smoke damper actua-
tion methods shall comply with Section 717.3.3.2.

Exception: Where the installation of a smoke damper
will interfere with the operation of a required smoke
control system in accordance with Section 909,
approved alternative protection shall be utilized.

717.6 Horizontal assemblies. Penetrations by ducts and air
transfer openings of a floor, floor/ceiling assembly or the
ceiling membrane of a roof/ceiling assembly shall be pro-
tected by a shaft enclosure that complies with Section 713 or
shall comply with Sections 717.6.1 through 717.6.3.

717.6.1 Through penetrations. In occupancies other than
Groups 1-2 and 1-3, a duct constructed of approved materi-
als in accordance with the International Mechanical Code
that penetrates a fire-resistance-rated floor/ceiling assem-
bly that connects not more than two stories is permitted
without shaft enclosure protection, provided a listed fire
damper is installed at the floor line or the duct is protected
in accordance with Section 714.4. For air transfer open-
ings, see Section 712.1.8.

Exception: A duct is permitted to penetrate three floors
or less without & fire damper at each floor, provided
such duct meets all of the following requirements:

1. The duct shall be contained and located within
the cavity of a wall and shall be constructed of
steel having a minimum wall thickness of 0.0187
inches (0.4712 mm) (No. 26 gage).

2. The duct shall open into only one dwelling or
sleeping unit and the duct system shall be contin-
uous from the unit to the exterior of the building.

3. The duct shall not exceed 4-inch (102 mm) nomi-
nal diameter and the total area of such ducts shall
not exceed 100 square inches (0.065 m 2 ) in any
100 square feet (9.3 m 2 ) of floor area.

4. The annular space around the duct is protected
with materials that prevent the passage of flame
and hot gases sufficient to ignite cotton waste
where subjected to ASTM E 1 19 or UL 263 time-
temperature conditions under a minimum posi-
tive pressure differential of 0.01 inch (2.49 Pa) of
water at the location of the penetration for the

time period equivalent to the fire-resistance rat-
ing of the construction penetrated.

5. Grille openings located in a ceiling of a fire-resis-
tance-rated floor/ceiling or roof/ceiling assembly
shall be protected with a listed ceiling radiation
damper installed in accordance with Section
717.6.2.1.

717.6.2 Membrane penetrations. Ducts and air transfer
openings constructed of approved materials in accordance
with the International Mechanical Code that penetrate the
ceiling membrane of a fire-resistance-rated floor/ceiling or
roof/ceiling assembly shall be protected with one of the
following:

1. A shaft enclosure in accordance with Section 713.

2. A listed ceiling radiation damper installed at the
ceiling line where a duct penetrates the ceiling of a
fire-resistance-rated floor/ceiling or roof/ceiling
assembly.

3. A listed ceiling radiation damper installed at the
ceiling line where a diffuser with no duct attached
penetrates the ceiling of a fire-resistance-rated floor/
ceiling or roof/ceiling assembly.

717.6.2.1 Ceiling radiation dampers. Ceiling radia-
tion dampers shall be tested in accordance with Section
717.3.1. Ceiling radiation dampers shall be installed in
accordance with the details listed in the fire-resistance-
rated assembly and the manufacturer's installation
instructions and the listing. Ceiling radiation dampers
are not required where either of the following applies:

1 . Tests in accordance with ASTM E 1 19 or UL 263
have shown that ceiling radiation dampers are
not necessary in order to maintain the fire-resis-
tance rating of the assembly.

2. Where exhaust duct penetrations are protected in
accordance with Section 714.4.1.2, are located
within the cavity of a wall and do not pass
through another dwelling unit or tenant space.

717.6.3 Nonfire-resistance-rated floor assemblies. Duct
systems constructed of approved materials in accordance
with the International Mechanical Code that penetrate
nonfire-resistance-rated floor assemblies shall be pro-
tected by any of the following methods:

1 . A shaft enclosure in accordance with Section 713.

2. The duct connects not more than two stories, and the
annular space around the penetrating duct is pro-
tected with an approved noncombustible material
that resists the free passage of flame and the prod-
ucts of combustion.

3. The duct connects not more than three stories, and
the annular space around the penetrating duct is
protected with an approved noncombustible mate-
rial that resists the free passage of flame and the
products of combustion and a fire damper is
installed at each floor line.

Exception: Fire dampers are not required in
ducts within individual residential dwelling units.

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

141

FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES

717.7 Flexible ducts and air connectors. Flexible ducts and
air connectors shall not pass through any fire -resistance-rated
assembly. Flexible air connectors shall not pass through any

wall, floor or ceiling.

SECTION 718
CONCEALED SPACES

718.1 General. Fireblocking and draftstopping shall be
installed in combustible concealed locations in accordance
with this section. Fireblocking shall comply with Section
718.2. Draftstopping in floor/ceiling spaces and attic spaces
shall comply with Sections 718.3 and 718.4, respectively.
The permitted use of combustible materials in concealed
spaces of buildings of Type I or II construction shall be lim-
ited to the applications indicated in Section 718.5.

718.2 Fireblocking. In combustible construction, fireblock-
ing shall be installed to cut off concealed draft openings (both
vertical and horizontal) and shall form an effective barrier
between floors, between a top story and a roof or attic space.
Fireblocking shall be installed in the locations specified in
Sections 718.2.2 through 718.2.7.

718.2.1 Fireblocking materials. Fireblocking shall con-
sist of the following materials:

1. Two-inch (51 mm) nominal lumber.

2. Two thicknesses of 1-inch (25 mm) nominal lumber
with broken lap joints.

3. One thickness of 0.719-inch (18.3 mm) wood struc-
tural panels with joints backed by 0.719-inch (18.3
mm) wood structural panels.

4. One thickness of 0.75-inch (19.1 mm) particleboard
with joints backed by 0.75-inch (19 mm) particle-
board.

5. One-half-inch (12.7 mm) gypsum board.

6. One-fourth-inch (6.4 mm) cement-based millboard.

7. Batts or blankets of mineral wool, mineral fiber or
other approved materials installed in such a manner
as to be securely retained in place.

8. Cellulose insulation installed as tested for the spe-
cific application.

718.2.1.1 Batts or blankets of mineral wool or min-
eral Fiber. Batts or blankets of mineral wool or mineral
fiber or other approved nonrigid materials shall be per-
mitted for compliance with the 10-foot (3048 mm) hor-
izontal fireblocking in walls constructed using parallel
rows of studs or staggered studs.

718.2.1.2 Unfaced fiberglass. Unfaced fiberglass batt
insulation used as fireblocking shall fill the entire cross
section of the wall cavity to a minimum height of 16
inches (406 mm) measured vertically. When piping,
conduit or similar obstructions are encountered, the
insulation shall be packed tightly around the obstruc-
tion.

718.2.1.3 Loose-Fill insulation material. Loose-fill
insulation material, insulating foam sealants and caulk

materials shall not be used as a fireblock unless specifi-
cally tested in the form and manner intended for use to
demonstrate its ability to remain in place and to retard
the spread of fire and hot gases.

718.2.1.4 Fireblocking integrity. The integrity of fire-
blocks shall be maintained.

718.2.1.5 Double stud walls. Batts or blankets of min-
eral or glass fiber or other approved nonrigid materials
shall be allowed as fireblocking in walls constructed
using parallel rows of studs or staggered studs.

718.2.2 Concealed wall spaces. Fireblocking shall be
provided in concealed spaces of stud walls and partitions,
including furred spaces, and parallel rows of studs or stag-
gered studs, as follows:

1. Vertically at the ceiling and floor levels.

2. Horizontally at intervals not exceeding 10 feet (3048
mm).

718.2.3 Connections between horizontal and vertical
spaces. Fireblocking shall be provided at interconnections
between concealed vertical stud wall or partition spaces
and concealed horizontal spaces created by an assembly of
floor joists or trusses, and between concealed vertical and
horizontal spaces such as occur at soffits, drop ceilings,
cove ceilings and similar locations.

718.2.4 Stairways. Fireblocking shall be provided in con-
cealed spaces between stair stringers at the top and bottom
of the run. Enclosed spaces under stairs shall also comply
with Section 1009.9.3.

718.2.5 Ceiling and floor openings. Where required by
Section 712.1.7, Exception 1 of Section 714.4.1.2 or Sec-
tion 714.4.2, fireblocking of the annular space around
vents, pipes, ducts, chimneys and fireplaces at ceilings and
floor levels shall be installed with a material specifically
tested in the form and manner intended for use to demon-
strate its ability to remain in place and resist the free pas-
sage of flame and the products of combustion.

718.2.5.1 Factory-built chimneys and fireplaces.

Factory-built chimneys and fireplaces shall be fire-
blocked in accordance with UL 103 and UL 127.

718.2.6 Exterior wall coverings. Fireblocking shall be
installed within concealed spaces of exterior wall cover-
ings and other exterior architectural elements where per-
mitted to be of combustible construction as specified in
Section 1406 or where erected with combustible frames.
Fireblocking shall be installed at maximum intervals of 20
feet (6096 mm) in either dimension so that there will be no
concealed space exceeding 100 square feet (9.3 m 2 )
between fireblocking. Where wood furring strips are used,
they shall be of approved wood of natural decay resistance
or preservative-treated wood. If noncontinuous, such ele-
ments shall have closed ends, with at least 4 inches (102
mm) of separation between sections.

Exceptions:

1. Fireblocking of cornices is not required in single-
family dwellings. Fireblocking of cornices of a

142

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES

two-family dwelling is required only at the line of
dwelling unit separation.

2. Fireblocking shall not be required where the
exterior wall covering is installed on noncombus-
tible framing and the face of the exterior wall
covering exposed to the concealed space is cov-
ered by one of the following materials:

2. 1 . Aluminum having a minimum thickness
of 0.019 inch (0.5 mm).

2.2. Corrosion-resistant steel having a base
metal thickness not less than 0.016 inch
(0.4 mm) at any point.

2.3. Other approved noncombustible materi-
als.

3. Fireblocking shall not be required where the
exterior wall covering has been tested in accor-
dance with, and complies with the acceptance cri-
teria of, NFPA 285. The exterior wall covering
shall be installed as tested in accordance with
NFPA 285.

718.2.7 Concealed sleeper spaces. Where wood sleepers
are used for laying wood flooring on masonry or concrete
fire-resistance-rated floors, the space between the floor
slab and the underside of the wood flooring shall be filled
with an approved material to resist the free passage of
flame and products of combustion or fireblocked in such a
manner that there will be no open spaces under the floor-
ing that will exceed 100 square feet (9.3 m 2 ) in area and
such space shall be filled solidly under permanent parti-
tions so that there is no communication under the flooring
between adjoining rooms.

Exceptions:

1. Fireblocking is not required for slab-on-grade
floors in gymnasiums.

2. Fireblocking is required only at the juncture of
each alternate lane and at the ends of each lane in
a bowling facility.

718.3 Draftstopping in floors. In combustible construction,
draftstopping shall be installed to subdivide floor/ceiling
assemblies in the locations prescribed in Sections 718.3.2
through 718.3.3.

718.3.1 Draftstopping materials. Draftstopping materials
shall not be less than V 2 -inch (12.7 mm) gypsum board, 3 / 8 -
inch (9.5 mm) wood structural panel, 3 / g -inch (9.5 mm)
particleboard, 1-inch (25-mm) nominal lumber, cement
fiberboard, batts or blankets of mineral wool or glass fiber,
or other approved materials adequately supported. The
integrity of draftstops shall be maintained.

718.3.2 Groups R-l, R-2, R-3 and R-4. Draftstopping
shall be provided in floor/ceiling spaces in Group R-l
buildings, in Group R-2 buildings with three or more
dwelling units, in Group R-3 buildings with two dwelling
units and in Group R-4 buildings. Draftstopping shall be

located above and in line with the dwelling unit and sleep-
ing unit separations.

Exceptions:

1. Draftstopping is not required in buildings
equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler
system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.

2. Draftstopping is not required in buildings
equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler
system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.2,
provided that automatic sprinklers are also
installed in the combustible concealed spaces
where the draftstopping is being omitted. [

718.3.3 Other groups. In other groups, draftstopping shall
be installed so that horizontal floor areas do not exceed
1,000 square feet (93 m 2 ).

Exception: Draftstopping is not required in buildings
equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler sys-
tem in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.

718.4 Draftstopping in attics. In combustible construction,
draftstopping shall be installed to subdivide attic spaces and
concealed roof spaces in the locations prescribed in Sections
718.4.2 and 718.4.3. Ventilation of concealed roof spaces
shall be maintained in accordance with Section 1203.2.

718.4.1 Draftstopping materials. Materials utilized for
draftstopping of attic spaces shall comply with Section
718.3.1.

718.4.1.1 Openings. Openings in the partitions shall be
protected by self-closing doors with automatic latches
constructed as required for the partitions.

718.4.2 Groups R-l and R-2. Draftstopping shall be pro-
vided in attics, mansards, overhangs or other concealed
roof spaces of Group R-2 buildings with three or more
dwelling units and in all Group R-l buildings. Draftstop-
ping shall be installed above, and in line with, sleeping
unit and dwelling unit separation walls that do not extend
to the underside of the roof sheathing above.

Exceptions:

1 . Where corridor walls provide a sleeping unit or
dwelling unit separation, draftstopping shall only
be required above one of the corridor walls.

2. Draftstopping is not required in buildings
equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler
system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.

3. In occupancies in Group R-2 that do not exceed
four stories above grade plane, the attic space
shall be subdivided by draftstops into areas not
exceeding 3,000 square feet (279 m 2 ) or above
every two dwelling units, whichever is smaller.

4. Draftstopping is not required in buildings
equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler
system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.2,
provided that automatic sprinklers are also
installed in the combustible concealed space
where the draftstopping is being omitted. |

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

143

FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES

718.4.3 Other groups. Draftstopping shall be installed in
attics and concealed roof spaces, such that any horizontal
area does not exceed 3,000 square feet (279 m 2 ).

Exception: Draftstopping is not required in buildings
equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler sys-
tem in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.

718.5 Combustible materials in concealed spaces in Type I
or II construction. Combustible materials shall not be per-
mitted in concealed spaces of buildings of Type I or II con-
struction.

Exceptions:

1. Combustible materials in accordance with Section
603.

2. Combustible materials exposed within plenums
complying with Section 602 of the International
Mechanical Code.

3. Class A interior finish materials classified in accor-
dance with Section 803.

4. Combustible piping within partitions or shaft enclo-
sures installed in accordance with the provisions of
this code.

5. Combustible piping within concealed ceiling spaces
installed in accordance with the International
Mechanical Code and the International Plumbing
Code.

6. Combustible insulation and covering on pipe and
tubing, installed in concealed spaces other than ple-
nums, complying with Section 720.7.

SECTION 719

FIRE-RESISTANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR

PLASTER

719.1 Thickness of plaster. The minimum thickness of gyp-
sum plaster or Portland cement plaster used in a fire-resis-
tance-rated system shall be determined by the prescribed fire
tests. The plaster thickness shall be measured from the face of
the lath where applied to gypsum lath or metal lath.

719.2 Plaster equivalents. For fire -resistance purposes, 7 2
inch (12.7 mm) of unsanded gypsum plaster shall be deemed
equivalent to V 4 inch (19.1 mm) of one-to-three gypsum sand
plaster or 1 inch (25 mm) of Portland cement sand plaster.

719.3 Noncombustible furring. In buildings of Type 1 and II
construction, plaster shall be applied directly on concrete or
masonry or on approved noncombustible plastering base and
furring.

719.4 Double reinforcement. Plaster protection more than 1
inch (25 mm) in thickness shall be reinforced with an addi-
tional layer of approved lath embedded at least 3 / 4 inch (19.1
mm) from the outer surface and fixed securely in place.

Exception: Solid plaster partitions or where otherwise
determined by fire tests.

719.5 Plaster alternatives for concrete. In reinforced con-
crete construction, gypsum plaster or Portland cement plaster
is permitted to be substituted for V 2 inch (12.7 mm) of the

required poured concrete protection, except that a minimum
thickness of V 8 inch (9.5 mm) of poured concrete shall be pro-
vided in reinforced concrete floors and 1 inch (25 mm) in
reinforced concrete columns in addition to the plaster finish.
The concrete base shall be prepared in accordance with Sec-
tion 2510.7.

SECTION 720
THERMAL- AND SOUND-INSULATING MATERIALS

720.1 General. Insulating materials, including facings such
as vapor retarders and vapor-permeable membranes, similar
coverings and all layers of single and multilayer reflective
foil insulations, shall comply with the requirements of this
section. Where a flame spread index or a smoke-developed
index is specified in this section, such index shall be deter-
mined in accordance with ASTM E 84 or UL 723. Any mate-
rial that is subject to an increase in flame spread index or
smoke-developed index beyond the limits herein established
through the effects of age, moisture or other atmospheric con-
ditions shall not be permitted.

Exceptions:

1. Fiberboard insulation shall comply with Chapter 23.

2. Foam plastic insulation shall comply with Chapter
26.

3. Duct and pipe insulation and duct and pipe cover-
ings and linings in plenums shall comply with the
International Mechanical Code.

4. All layers of single and multilayer reflective plastic
core insulation shall comply with Section 2613.

720.2 Concealed installation. Insulating materials, where
concealed as installed in buildings of any type of construc-
tion, shall have a flame spread index of not more than 25 and
a smoke-developed index of not more than 450.

Exception: Cellulose loose-fill insulation that is not spray
applied, complying with the requirements of Section
720.6, shall only be required to meet the smoke-developed
index of not more than 450.

720.2.1 Facings. Where such materials are installed in
concealed spaces in buildings of Type III, IV or V con-
struction, the flame spread and smoke-developed limita-
tions do not apply to facings, coverings, and layers of
reflective foil insulation that are installed behind and in
substantial contact with the unexposed surface of the ceil-
ing, wall or floor finish.

Exception: All layers of single and multilayer reflec-
tive plastic core insulation shall comply with Section
2613.

720.3 Exposed installation. Insulating materials, where
exposed as installed in buildings of any type of construction,
shall have a flame spread index of not more than 25 and a
smoke-developed index of not more than 450.

Exception: Cellulose loose-fill insulation that is not spray
applied complying with the requirements of Section 720.6
shall only be required to meet the smoke-developed index
of not more than 450.

144

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES

720.3.1 Attic floors. Exposed insulation materials
installed on attic floors shall have a critical radiant flux of
not less than 0.12 watt per square centimeter when tested
in accordance with ASTM E 970.

720.4 Loose-fill insulation. Loose-fill insulation materials
that cannot be mounted in the ASTM E 84 or UL 723 appara-
tus without a screen or artificial supports shall comply with
the flame spread and smoke-developed limits of Sections
720.2 and 720.3 when tested in accordance with CAN/ULC
SI 02.2.

Exception: Cellulose loose-fill insulation shall not be
required to be tested in accordance with CAN/ULC
S102.2, provided such insulation complies with the
requirements of Section 720.2 or 720.3, as applicable, and
Section 720.6.

720.5 Roof insulation. The use of combustible roof insula-
tion not complying with Sections 720.2 and 720.3 shall be
permitted in any type of construction provided it is covered
with approved roof coverings directly applied thereto.

720.6 Cellulose loose-fill insulation. Cellulose loose-fill
insulation shall comply with CPSC 16 CFR Part 1209 and
CPSC 16 CFR Part 1404. Each package of such insulating
material shall be clearly labeled in accordance with CPSC 16
CFR Part 1209 and CPSC 16 CFR Part 1404.

720.7 Insulation and covering on pipe and tubing. Insula-
tion and covering on pipe and tubing shall have a flame
spread index of not more than 25 and a smoke-developed
index of not more than 450.

Exception: Insulation and covering on pipe and tubing
installed in plenums shall comply with the International
Mechanical Code.

SECTION 721
PRESCRIPTIVE FIRE RESISTANCE

721.1 General. The provisions of this section contain pre-
scriptive details of fire-resistance-rated building elements,
components or assemblies. The materials of construction
listed in Tables 721.1(1), 721.1(2), and 721.1(3) shall be
assumed to have the fire-resistance ratings prescribed
therein. Where materials that change the capacity for heat dis-
sipation are incorporated into a fire-resistance-rated assem-
bly, fire test results or other substantiating data shall be made
available to the building official to show that the required
fire-resistance-rating time period is not reduced.

721.1.1 Thickness of protective coverings. The thickness
of fire-resistant materials required for protection of struc-

tural members shall be not less than set forth in Table
721.1(1), except as modified in this section. The figures
shown shall be the net thickness of the protecting materials
and shall not include any hollow space in back of the pro-
tection.

721.1.2 Unit masonry protection. Where required, metal
ties shall be embedded in bed joints of unit masonry for
protection of steel columns. Such ties shall be as set forth
in Table 721.1(1) or be equivalent thereto.

721.1.3 Reinforcement for cast-in-place concrete col-
umn protection. Cast-in-place concrete protection for
steel columns shall be reinforced at the edges of such
members with wire ties of not less than 0. 1 8 inch (4.6 mm)
in diameter wound spirally around the columns on a pitch
of not more than 8 inches (203 mm) or by equivalent rein-
forcement.

721.1.4 Plaster application. The finish coat is not
required for plaster protective coatings where they comply
with the design mix and thickness requirements of Tables
721.1(1), 721.1(2) and 721.1(3).

721.1.5 Bonded prestressed concrete tendons. For mem-
bers having a single tendon or more than one tendon
installed with equal concrete cover measured from the
nearest surface, the cover shall not be less than that set
forth in Table 721.1(1). For members having multiple ten-
dons installed with variable concrete cover, the average
tendon cover shall not be less than that set forth in Table
721.1(1), provided:

1. The clearance from each tendon to the nearest
exposed surface is used to determine the average
cover.

2. In no case can the clear cover for individual tendons
be less than one-half of that set forth in Table
721.1(1). A minimum cover of 3 / 4 inch (19.1 mm)
for slabs and 1 inch (25 mm) for beams is required
for any aggregate concrete.

3. For the purpose of establishing a fire-resistance rat-
ing, tendons having a clear covering less than that
set forth in Table 721.1(1) shall not contribute more
than 50 percent of the required ultimate moment
capacity for members less than 350 square inches
(0.226 m 2 ) in cross-sectional area and 65 percent for
larger members. For structural design purposes,
however, tendons having a reduced cover are
assumed to be fully effective.

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

145

FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES

TABLE 721.1(1)

MINIMUM PROTECTION OF STRUCTURAL PARTS BASED ON TIME PERIODS

FOR VARIOUS NONCOMBUSTIBLE INSULATING MATERIALS" 1

STRUCTURAL
PARTS TO BE
PROTECTED

ITEM
NUMBER

INSULATING MATERIAL USED

MINIMUM THICKNESS OF

INSULATING MATERIAL

FOR THE FOLLOWING

FIRE-RESISTANCE

PERIODS (inches)

4
hours

hours

2
hours

1
hour

1 . Steel columns
and all of primary
trusses
(continued)

1-1.1

Carbonate, lightweight and sand-lightweight aggregate concrete, members 6" x 6" or
greater (not including sandstone, granite and siliceous gravel)."

2V 2

IV,

1-1.2

Carbonate, lightweight and sand-lightweight aggregate concrete, members 8" x 8" or
greater (not including sandstone, granite and siliceous gravel)."

1V 2

1-1.3

Carbonate, lightweight and sand-lightweight aggregate concrete, members
12" x 12" or greater (not including sandstone, granite and siliceous gravel)."

1V 2

1-1.4

Siliceous aggregate concrete and concrete excluded in Item 1-1.1, members 6" x 6" or
greater."

l'/ 2

1-1.5

Siliceous aggregate concrete and concrete excluded in Item 1-1.1, members 8" x 8" or
greater."

1-1.6

Siliceous aggregate concrete and concrete excluded in Item 1-1.1, members
12" x 12" or greater."

1-2.1

Clay or shale brick with brick and mortar fill."

—

2-V,

1-3.1

4" hollow clay tile in two 2" layers; 7 2 " mortar between tile and column; V 8 " metal mesh
0.046" wire diameter in horizontal joints; tile fill."

—

1-3.2

2" hollow clay tile; V 4 " mortar between tile and column; 3 / s " metal mesh 0.046" wire
diameter in horizontal joints; limestone concrete fill"; plastered with 3 / 4 " gypsum plas-
ter.

—

1-3.3

2" hollow clay tile with outside wire ties 0.08" diameter at each course of tile or 3 / s "
metal mesh 0.046" diameter wire in horizontal joints; limestone or trap-rock concrete
fill" extending 1" outside column on all sides.

—

1-3.4

2" hollow clay tile with outside wire ties 0.08" diameter at each course of tile with or
without concrete fill; 3 / 4 " mortar between tile and column.

—

1-4.1

Cement plaster over metal lath wire tied to V 4 " cold-rolled vertical channels with 0.049"
(No. 18 B.W. gage) wire ties spaced 3" to 6" on center. Plaster mixed
1:2 7, by volume, cement to sand.

—

27,"

1-5.1

Vermiculite concrete, 1 :4 mix by volume over paperbacked wire fabric lath wrapped
directly around column with additional 2" x 2" 0.065" /0.065" (No. 16/16 B.W. gage)
wire fabric placed 3 / 4 " from outer concrete surface. Wire fabric tied with 0.049" (No. 1 8
B.W. gage) wire spaced 6" on center for inner layer and 2" on center for outer layer.

—

1-6.1

Perlite or vermiculite gypsum plaster over metal lath wrapped around column and
furred 1 V 4 " from column flanges. Sheets lapped at ends and tied at 6" intervals with
0.049" (No. 18 B.W. gage) tie wire. Plaster pushed through to flanges.

l7 2

—

1-6.2

Perlite or vermiculite gypsum plaster over self-furring metal lath wrapped directly
around column, lapped 1 " and tied at 6" intervals with 0.049" (No. 18 B.W. gage) wire.

l 3 / 4

l 5 / g

—

1-6.3

Perlite or vermiculite gypsum plaster on metal lath applied to 3 / 4 " cold-rolled channels
spaced 24" apart vertically and wrapped flatwise around column.

l'/ 2

—

1-6.4

Perlite or vermiculite gypsum plaster over two layers of '/," plain full-length gypsum
lath applied tight to column flanges. Lath wrapped with 1 " hexagonal mesh of No. 20
gage wire and tied with doubled 0.035" diameter (No. 18 B.W. gage) wire ties spaced
23" on center. For three-coat work, the plaster mix for the second coat shall not exceed
1 00 pounds of gypsum to 27 2 cubic feet of aggregate for the 3-hour system.

2V 2

—

(continued)

146

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES

TABLE 721.1(1)— continued

MINIMUM PROTECTION OF STRUCTURAL PARTS BASED ON TIME PERIODS

FOR VARIOUS NONCOMBUSTIBLE INSULATING MATERIALS" 1

STRUCTURAL
PARTS TO BE
PROTECTED

ITEM
NUMBER

INSULATING MATERIAL USED

MINIMUM THICKNESS OF

INSULATING MATERIAL

FOR THE FOLLOWING

FIRE-RESISTANCE

PERIODS (inches)

4
hours

3
hours

2
hours

1
hour

1-6.5

Perlite or vermiculite gypsum plaster over one layer of 7 2 " plain full-length gypsum
lath applied tight to column flanges. Lath tied with doubled 0.049" (No. 18 B.W. gage)
wire ties spaced 23" on center and scratch coat wrapped with 1 " hexagonal mesh 0.035"
(No. 20 B.W. gage) wire fabric. For three-coat work, the plaster mix for the second coat
shall not exceed 100 pounds of gypsum to 2 7 2 cubic feet of aggregate.

-7.1

Multiple layers of 7 2 " gypsum wallboard c adhesively d secured to column flanges and
successive layers. Wallboard applied without horizontal joints. Corner edges of each
layer staggered. Wallboard layer below outer layer secured to column with doubled
0.049" (No. 1 8 B.W. gage) steel wire ties spaced 15" on center. Exposed corners taped
and treated.

1-7.2

Three layers of 5 / g " Type X gypsum wallboard. c First and second layer held in place by
V g " diameter by l 3 / g " long ring shank nails with V l6 " diameter heads spaced 24" on cen-
ter at corners. Middle layer also secured with metal straps at mid-height and 18" from
each end, and by metal corner bead at each corner held by the metal straps. Third layer
attached to corner bead with 1" long gypsum wallboard screws spaced 12" on center.

1 . Steel columns
and all of primary
trusses

1-7.3

Three layers of 7 g " Type X gypsum wallboard, each layer screw attached to l 5 / g " steel
studs 0.01 8" thick (No. 25 carbon sheet steel gage) at each corner of column. Middle
layer also secured with 0.049" (No. 18 B.W. gage) double-strand steel wire ties, 24" on
center. Screws are No. 6 by 1" spaced 24" on center for inner layer, No. 6 by l 5 / g "
spaced 12" on center for middle layer and No. !
layer.

by 27 4 " spaced 12" on center for outer

1-8.1

Wood-fibered gypsum plaster mixed 1:1 by weight gypsum-to-sand aggregate applied
over metal lath. Lath lapped 1" and tied 6" on center at all end, edges and spacers with
0.049" (No. 18 B.W. gage) steel tie wires. Lath applied over '/ 2 " spacers made of 3 / 4 "
furring channel with 2" legs bent around each corner. Spacers located 1" from top and
bottom of member and a maximum of 40" on center and wire tied with a single strand
of 0.049" (No. 18 B.W. gage) steel tie wires. Corner bead tied to the lath at 6" on center
along each corner to provide plaster thickness.

17.

1-9.1

Minimum W8x35 wide flange steel column (w/d > 0.75) with each web cavity filled
even with the flange tip with normal weight carbonate or siliceous aggregate concrete
(3,000 psi minimum compressive strength with 145 pcf ± 3 pcf unit weight). Reinforce
the concrete in each web cavity with a minimum No. 4 deformed reinforcing bar
installed vertically and centered in the cavity, and secured to the column web with a
minimum No. 2 horizontal deformed reinforcing bar welded to the web every 18" on
center vertically. As an alternative to the No. 4 rebar, 3 / 4 " diameter by 3" long headed
studs, spaced at 12" on center vertically, shall be welded on each side of the web mid-
way between the column flanges.

See

Note

2-1.1

2. Webs or flanges
of steel beams and
girders
(continued)

Carbonate, lightweight and sand-lightweight aggregate concrete (not including sand-
stone, granite and siliceous gravel) with 3" or finer metal mesh placed 1" from the fin-
ished surface anchored to the top flange and providing not less than 0.025 square inch
of steel area per foot in each direction.

17,

2-1.2

Siliceous aggregate concrete and concrete excluded in Item 2-1.1 with 3" or finer metal
mesh placed 1" from the finished surface anchored to the top flange and providing not
less than 0.025 square inch of steel area per foot in each direction.

27,

IV,

2-2.

Cement plaster on metal lath attached to 3 / 4 " cold-rolled channels with 0.04" (No. 18
B.W. gage) wire ties spaced 3" to 6" on center. Plaster mixed 1 :2 7 2 by volume, cement
to sand.

27 2 "

(continued)

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

147

FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES

TABLE 721 .1 (1 )— continued

MINIMUM PROTECTION OF STRUCTURAL PARTS BASED ON TIME PERIODS

FOR VARIOUS NONCOMBUSTIBLE INSULATING MATERIALS" 1

STRUCTURAL
PARTS TO BE
PROTECTED

ITEM
NUMBER

INSULATING MATERIAL USED

MINIMUM THICKNESS OF

INSULATING MATERIAL

FOR THE FOLLOWING

FIRE-RESISTANCE

PERIODS (inches)

4
hours

3
hours

2
hours

1
hour

2-3.1

Vermiculite gypsum plaster on a metal lath cage, wire tied to 0.165" diameter (No. 8
B.W. gage) steel wire hangers wrapped around beam and spaced 16" on center. Metal
lath ties spaced approximately 5" on center at cage sides and bottom.

2-4.1

2. Webs or
flanges of steel
beams and
girders

Two layers of 5 / g " Type X gypsum wallboard c are attached to U-shaped brackets spaced
24" on center. 0.018" thick (No. 25 carbon sheet steel gage) l 5 / g " deep by 1" galvanized
steel runner channels are first installed parallel to and on each side of the top beam
flange to provide a 7 2 " clearance to the flange. The channel runners are attached to steel
deck or concrete floor construction with approved fasteners spaced 1 2" on center. U-
shaped brackets are formed from members identical to the channel runners. At the bent
portion of the U-shaped bracket, the flanges of the channel are cut out so that l 5 / g " deep
corner channels can be inserted without attachment parallel to each side of the lower
flange.

As an alternative, 0.021" thick (No. 24 carbon sheet steel gage) 1" x 2" runner and cor-
ner angles may be used in lieu of channels, and the web cutouts in the U-shaped brackets
may be omitted. Each angle is attached to the bracket with V 2 "-long No. 8 self-drilling
screws. The vertical legs of the U-shaped bracket are attached to the runners with one
'/," long No. 8 self-drilling screw. The completed steel framing provides a 2V g " and 1 V 2 "
space between the inner layer of wallboard and the sides and bottom of the steel beam,
respectively. The inner layer of wallboard is attached to the top runners and bottom cor-
ner channels or corner angles with l'/ 4 "-long No. 6 self-drilling screws spaced 16" on
center. The outer layer of wallboard is applied with l 3 / 4 "-long No. 6 self-drilling screws
spaced 8" on center. The bottom corners are reinforced with metal corner beads.

IV,

2-4.2

Three layers of 5 / 8 " Type X gypsum wallboard attached to a steel suspension system as
described immediately above utilizing the 0.018" thick (No. 25 carbon sheet steel gage)
1 " x 2" lower corner angles. The framing is located so that a 2'/ s " and 2" space is pro-
vided between the inner layer of wallboard and the sides and bottom of the beam,
respectively. The first two layers of wallboard are attached as described immediately
above. A layer of 0.035" thick (No. 20 B.W. gage) 1 " hexagonal galvanized wire mesh is
applied under the soffit of the middle layer and up the sides approximately 2". The mesh
is held in position with the No. 6 l 5 / 8 "-long screws installed in the vertical leg of the bot-
tom corner angles. The outer layer of wallboard is attached with No. 6 2'/ 4 "-long screws
spaced 8" on center. One screw is also installed at the mid-depth of the bracket in each
layer. Bottom corners are finished as described above.

17 a

3. Bonded pre-
tensioned rein-
forcement in
prestressed
concrete 6

3-1.1

Carbonate, lightweight, sand-lightweight and siliceous f aggregate concrete
Beams or girders

Solid '

2V,

I 1 /,

IV,

(continued)

148

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES

TABLE 721.1(1)— continued

MINIMUM PROTECTION OF STRUCTURAL PARTS BASED ON TIME PERIODS

FOR VARIOUS NONCOMBUSTIBLE INSULATING MATERIALS" 1

STRUCTURAL
PARTS TO BE
PROTECTED

ITEM
NUMBER

INSULATING MATERIAL USED

MINIMUM THICKNESS OF

INSULATING MATERIAL

FOR THE FOLLOWING

FIRE-RESISTANCE

PERIODS (inches)

4
hours

3
hours

2
hours

hour

4. Bonded or
unbonded post-
tensioned ten-
dons in pre-
stressed
concrete 6 ' '

4-1.1

Carbonate, lightweight, sand-lightweight and siliceous' aggregate concrete
Unrestrained members:
Solid slabs' 1
Beams and girders J
8" wide
greater than 12" wide

4'/ 2
2'/ 2

1'A

1%
l'/ 2

4-1.2

Carbonate, lightweight, sand-lightweight and siliceous aggregate
Restrained members: k
Solid slabs' 1
Beams and girders'
8" wide
greater than 1 2" wide

iv 4

27 2

2
l 3 / 4

iv 2

—

5. Reinforcing
steel in rein-
forced concrete
columns, beams
girders and
trusses

5-1.1

Carbonate, lightweight and sand-lightweight aggregate concrete, members 12" or
larger, square or round. (Size limit does not apply to beams and girders monolithic
with floors.)

Siliceous aggregate concrete, members 12" or larger, square or round. (Size limit does
not apply to beams and girders monolithic with floors.)

l'/ 2

l'/ 2
l'/ 2

l'/ 2

i'/ 2

17,
17 2

6. Reinforcing
steel in rein-
forced concrete
joists'

6-1.1
6-1.2

Carbonate, lightweight and sand-lightweight aggregate concrete
Siliceous aggregate concrete

l'/ 4
1%

iv 4

l'/ 2

1
1

X
X

7. Reinforcing
and tie rods in
floor and roof
slabs'

7-1.1
7-1.2

Carbonate, lightweight and sand-lightweight aggregate concrete
Siliceous aggregate concrete

i'/ 4

1
1

X
X

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 square inch = 645.2 mm 2 , 1 cubic foot = 0.0283 m 3 , I pound per cubic foot = 16.02 kg/m 3 .

a. Reentrant parts of protected members to be filled solidly.

b. Two layers of equal thickness with a 3 / 4 -inch airspace between.

c. For all of the construction with gypsum wallboard described in Table 721.1(1), gypsum base for veneer plaster of the same size, thickness and core type shall
be permitted to be substituted for gypsum wallboard, provided attachment is identical to that specified for the wallboard and the joints on the face layer are
reinforced, and the entire surface is covered with a minimum of 7 l6 -inch gypsum veneer plaster.

d. An approved adhesive qualified under ASTM E 119 or UL 263.

e. Where lightweight or sand-lightweight concrete having an oven-dry weight of 1 10 pounds per cubic foot or less is used, the tabulated minimum cover shall be
permitted to be reduced 25 percent, except that in no case shall the cover be less than 3 / 4 inch in slabs or l'/ 2 inches in beams or girders.

f. For solid slabs of siliceous aggregate concrete, increase tendon cover 20 percent.

g. Adequate provisions against spalling shall be provided by U-shaped or hooped stirrups spaced not to exceed the depth of the member with a clear cover of 1
inch.

h. Prestressed slabs shall have a thickness not less than that required in Table 721.1(3) for the respective fire-resistance time period.

i. Fire coverage and end anchorages shall be as follows: Cover to the prestressing steel at the anchor shall be 7 2 inch greater than that required away from the

anchor. Minimum cover to steel-bearing plate shall be 1 inch in beams and 3 / 4 inch in slabs,
j. For beam widths between 8 inches and 12 inches, cover thickness shall be permitted to be determined by interpolation,
k. Interior spans of continuous slabs, beams and girders shall be permitted to be considered restrained.
1. For use with concrete slabs having a comparable fire endurance where members are framed into the structure in such a manner as to provide equivalent

performance to that of monolithic concrete construction,
m. Generic fire-resistance ratings (those not designated as PROPRIETARY* in the listing) in GA 600 shall be accepted as if herein listed,
n. No additional insulating material is required on the exposed outside face of the column flange to achieve a 1-hour fire-resistance rating.

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

149

FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES

TABLE 721 .1(2)
RATED FIRE-RESISTANCE PERIODS FOR VARIOUS WALLS AND PARTITIONS ao ' p

MATERIAL

ITEM
NUMBER

CONSTRUCTION

MINIMUM FINISHED
THICKNESS FACE-TO-

FACE" (inches)

4
hours

3
hours

2
hours

1
hour

1. Brick of clay
or shale

1-1.1

Solid brick of clay or shale .

4.9

3.8

2.7

1-1.2

Hollow brick, not filled.

5.0

4.3

3.4

2.3

1-1.3

Hollow brick unit wall, grout or filled with perlite vermiculite or expanded shale aggre-
gate.

6.6

5.5

4.4

3.0

1-2.1

4" nominal thick units at least 75 percent solid backed with a hat-shaped metal furring
channel 3 / 4 " thick formed from 0.021" sheet metal attached to the brick wall on 24" cen-
ters with approved fasteners, and V 2 " Type X gypsum wallboard attached to the metal
furring strips with l"-long Type S screws spaced 8" on center.

—

5 d

—

2. Combination
of clay brick and
load-bearing hol-
low clay tile

2-1.1

4" solid brick and 4" tile (at least 40 percent solid).

—

2-1.2

4" solid brick and 8" tile (at least 40 percent solid).

—

3. Concrete
masonry units

3- 1 . 1 r - g

Expanded slag or pumice.

4.7

4.0

3.2

2.1

3-1.2 f ' 8

Expanded clay, shale or slate.

5.1

4.4

3.6

2.6

3-1. 3 f

Limestone, cinders or air-cooled slag.

5.9

5.0

4.0

2.7

3-1.4 rg

Calcareous or siliceous gravel.

6.2

5.3

4.2

2.8

4. Solid con-
crete 11 ' '

4-1.1

Siliceous aggregate concrete.

7.0

6.2

5.0

3.5

Carbonate aggregate concrete.

6.6

5.7

4.6

3.2

Sand-lightweight concrete.

5.4

4.6

3.8

2.7

Lightweight concrete.

5.1

4.4

3.6

2.5

5. Glazed or
unglazed facing
tile, nonload-
bearing

5-1.1

One 2" unit cored 15 percent maximum and one 4" unit cored 25 percent maximum with
3 / 4 " mortar-filled collar joint. Unit positions reversed in alternate courses.

—

5-1.2

One 2" unit cored 15 percent maximum and one 4" unit cored 40 percent maximum with
3 / 4 " mortar-filled collar joint. Unit positions side with 3 / 4 " gypsum plaster. Two wythes
tied together every fourth course with No. 22 gage corrugated metal ties.

—

6 3 / 4

—

5-1.3

One unit with three cells in wall thickness, cored 29 percent maximum.

—

5-1.4

One 2" unit cored 22 percent maximum and one 4" unit cored 41 percent maximum with
7 4 " mortar-filled collar joint. Two wythes tied together every third course with 0.030"
(No. 22 galvanized sheet steel gage) corrugated metal ties.

—

5-1.5

One 4" unit cored 25 percent maximum with 3 / 4 " gypsum plaster on one side.

—

5-1.6

One 4" unit with two cells in wall thickness, cored 22 percent maximum.

—

5-1.7

One 4" unit cored 30 percent maximum with 3 / 4 " vermiculite gypsum plaster on one side.

—

5-1.8

One 4" unit cored 39 percent maximum with V 4 " gypsum plaster on one side.

—

4V 2

(continued)

150

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

MATERIAL

6. Solid gypsum
plaster

7. Solid perlite
and Portland
cement

8. Solid neat
wood fibered
gypsum plaster

9. Solid wall-
board partition

FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES

TABLE 721.1(2)— continued
RATED FIRE-RESISTANCE PERIODS FOR VARIOUS WALLS AND PARTITIONS "■"•"

ITEM
NUMBER

6-1.1

6-1.2

10. Hollow (stud
less) gypsum
wallboard parti-
tion

6-1.3

6-2.1

CONSTRUCTION

V 4 " by 0.055" (No. 16 carbon sheet steel gage) vertical cold-rolled channels, 16" on cen-
ter with 2.6-pound flat metal lath applied to one face and tied with 0.049" (No. 18 B.W.
Gage) wire at 6" spacing. Gypsum plaster each side mixed 1:2 by weight, gypsum to
sand aggregate. __

3 / 4 " by 0.05" (No. 16 carbon sheet steel gage) cold-rolled channels 16" on center with
metal lath applied to one face and tied with 0.049" (No. 18 B.W. gage) wire at 6" spac-
ing. Perlite or vermiculite gypsum plaster each side. For three-coat work, the plaster mix
for the second coat shall not exceed 1 00 pounds of gypsum to 2 ' / 2 cubic feet of aggregate
for the 1-hour system.

3 / 4 " by 0.055" (No. 16 carbon sheet steel gage) vertical cold-rolled channels, 16" on cen-
ter with 3 / 8 " gypsum lath applied to one face and attached with sheet metal clips. Gyp-
sum plaster each side mixed 1 :2 by weight, gypsum to sand aggregate.

MINIMUM FINISHED

THICKNESS FACE-TO-

FACE"(inches)

4
hours

Studless with 7 2 " full-length plain gypsum lath and gypsum plaster each side. Plaster
mixed 1:1 for scratch coat and 1:2 for brown coat, by weight, gypsum to sand aggregate.

6-2.2

Studless with 7 2 " full-length plain gypsum lath and perlite or vermiculite gypsum plaster
each side.

6-2.3

7-1.1

8-1.1

9-1.1

10-1.1

Studless partition with %" rib metal lath installed vertically adjacent edges tied 6" on
center with No. 18 gage wire ties, gypsum plaster each side mixed 1 :2 by weight, gyp-
sum to sand aggregate.

Perlite mixed in the ratio of 3 cubic feet to 100 pounds of Portland cement and machine
applied to stud side of 1 7 2 " mesh by 0.058-inch (No. 17 B.W. gage) paper-backed
woven wire fabric lath wire-tied to 4"-deep steel trussed wire" studs 16" on center. Wire
ties of 0.049" (No. 18 B.W. gage) galvanized steel wire 6" on center vertically.

3 / 4 " by 0.055-inch (No. 16 carbon sheet steel gage) cold-rolled channels, 12" on center
with 2.5-pound flat metal lath applied to one face and tied with 0.049" (No. 18 B.W.
gage) wire at 6" spacing. Neat gypsum plaster applied each side. ___

3
hours

2
hours

27/

One full-length layer V 2 " Type X gypsum wallboard 6 laminated to each side of 1" full-
length V-edge gypsum coreboard with approved laminating compound. Vertical joints
of face layer and coreboard staggered at least 3".

One full-length layer of 7 S " Type X gypsum wallboard e attached to both sides of wood
or metal top and bottom runners laminated to each side of l"x 6" full-length gypsum
coreboard libs spaced 2" on center with approved laminating compound. Ribs centered
at vertical joints of face plies and joints staggered 24" in opposing faces. Ribs may be
recessed 6" from the top and bottom.

10-1.2

1 " regular gypsum V-edge full-length backing board attached to both sides of wood or
metal top and bottom runners with nails or l 5 / 8 " drywall screws at 24" on center. Mini-
mum width of rumors l 5 / s ". Face layer of 7 2 " regular full-length gypsum wallboard lam
inated to outer faces of backing board with approved laminating compound.

27;

hour

37'

4 5 /'

(continued)

2 d

27;

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

151

FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES

TABLE 721.1(2) —continued
RATED FIRE-RESISTANCE PERIODS FOR VARIOUS WALLS AND PARTITIONS a ° "

MATERIAL

ITEM
NUMBER

CONSTRUCTION

MINIMUM FINISHED

THICKNESS FACE-TO-

FACE b (inches)

4
hours

3
hours

2
hours

1
hour

1 1 . Noncombusti-
ble studs-interior
partition with
plaster each side

11-1.1

3'/ 4 " x 0.044" (No. 18 carbon sheet steel gage) steel studs spaced 24" on center. 7 8 " gyp-
sum plaster on metal lath each side mixed 1:2 by weight, gypsum to sand aggregate.

—

4 3 //

11-1.2

3V g " x 0.055" (No. 16 carbon sheet steel gage) approved nailable k studs spaced 24" on
center. 5 / 8 " neat gypsum wood-fibered plaster each side over 3 / 8 " rib metal lath nailed to
studs with 6d common nails, 8" on center. Nails driven l'/ 4 " and bent over.

—

11-1.3

4" x 0.044" (No. 18 carbon sheet steel gage) channel-shaped steel studs at 16" on center.
On each side approved resilient clips pressed onto stud flange at 16" vertical spacing, '/
4 " pencil rods snapped into or wire tied onto outer loop of clips, metal lath wire-tied to
pencil rods at 6" intervals, 1" perlite gypsum plaster, each side.

—

7 5/d
' '8

—

11-1.4

2'/ 2 " x 0.044" (No. 18 carbon sheet steel gage) steel studs spaced 16" on center. Wood
fibered gypsum plaster mixed 1:1 by weight gypsum to sand aggregate applied on 3 / 4 -
pound metal lath wire tied to studs, each side. 3 / 4 " plaster applied over each face, includ-
ing finish coat.

—

47 4 d

—

1 2. Wood studs
interior partition
with plaster each
side

12-1. l lm

2" x 4" wood studs 16" on center with 5 / 8 " gypsum plaster on metal lath. Lath attached
by 4d common nails bent over or No. 14 gage by 1 V 4 " by 3 / 4 " crown width staples spaced
6" on center. Plaster mixed 1:1'/, for scratch coat and 1 :3 for brown coat, by weight,
gypsum to sand aggregate.

—

5'/ 8

12-1.2'

2" x 4" wood studs 16" on center with metal lath and 7 / 8 " neat wood-fibered gypsum
plaster each side. Lath attached by 6d common nails, 7" on center. Nails driven 1 7 4 " and
bent over.

—

57 2 d

—

12-1.3'

2" x 4" wood studs 16" on center with 3 / 8 " perforated or plain gypsum lath and V," gyp-
sum plaster each side. Lath nailed with l'/ 8 " by No. 13 gage by 19 / 64 " head plasterboard
blued nails, 4" on center. Plaster mixed 1:2 by weight, gypsum to sand aggregate.

—

5V 4

12-1.4'

2" x 4" wood studs 16" on center with 7 S " Type X gypsum lath and V 2 " gypsum plaster
each side. Lath nailed with 1 7 8 " by No. 13 gage by '%„" head plasterboard blued nails,
5" on center. Plaster mixed 1 :2 by weight, gypsum to sand aggregate.

—

5'4

13. Noncombusti-
ble studs-interior
partition with gyp-
sum wallboard
each side

13-1.1

0.018" (No. 25 carbon sheet steel gage) channel -shaped studs 24" on center with one
full-length layer of V 8 " Type X gypsum wallboard 8 applied vertically attached with 1 "
long No. 6 drywall screws to each stud. Screws are 8" on center around the perimeter
and 12" on center on the intermediate stud. The wallboard may be applied horizontally
when attached to 3 5 / 8 " studs and the horizontal joints are staggered with those on the
opposite side. Screws for the horizontal application shall be 8" on center at vertical
edges and 12" on center at intermediate studs.

—

13-1.2

0.018" (No. 25 carbon sheet steel gage) channel-shaped studs 25" on center with two
full-length layers of 7," Type X gypsum wallboard" applied vertically each side. First
layer attached with 1 "-long, No. 6 drywall screws, 8" on center around the perimeter and
12" on center on the intermediate stud. Second layer applied with vertical joints offset
one stud space from first layer using 1%" long, No. 6 drywall screws spaced 9" on center
along vertical joints, 12" on center at intermediate studs and 24" on center along top and
sottom runners.

—

3% d

—

13-1.3

0.055" (No. 16 carbon sheet steel gage) approved nailable metal studs' 24" on center
with full-length 5 / 8 " Type X gypsum wallboard applied vertically and nailed 7" on center
with 6d cement-coated common nails. Approved metal fastener grips used with nails at
vertical butt joints along studs.

—

4 7 4

(continued)

152

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

F!RE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES

TABLE 721.1(2)— continued
RATED FIRE-RESISTANCE PERIODS FOR VARIOUS WALLS AND PARTITIONS ao p

MATERIAL

ITEM
NUMBER

CONSTRUCTION

MINIMUM FINISHED

THICKNESS FACE-TO-

FACE b (inches)

4
hours

hours

2
hours

1
hour

14. Wood
studs-interior par-
tition with gyp-
sum wallboard
each side

14-1. l h - m

2" x 4" wood studs 16" on center with two layers of 7 8 " regular gypsum
wallboard 6 each side, 4d cooler" or wallboard" nails at 8" on center first layer, 5d
cooler" or wallboard" nails at 8" on center second layer with laminating compound
between layers, joints staggered. First layer applied full length vertically, second
layer applied horizontally or vertically.

—

14-1.2'-™

2" x 4" wood studs 16" on center with two layers '/," regular gypsum wallboard' -
applied vertically or horizontally each side k , joints staggered. Nail base layer with 5d
cooler" or wallboard" nails at 8" on center face layer with 8d cooler" or wallboard"
nails at 8" on center.

—

57. 2

14-1.3'-™

2" x 4" wood studs 24" on center with 5 / 8 " Type X gypsum wallboard 6 applied verti-
cally or horizontally nailed with 6d cooler" or wallboard" nails at 7" on center with
end joints on nailing members. Stagger joints each side.

—

4-V 4

14-1.4'

2" x 4" fire-retardant-treated wood studs spaced 24" on center with one layer of
5 / s " Type X gypsum wallboard' applied with face paper grain (long dimension) paral-
lel to studs. Wallboard attached with 6d cooler" or wallboard" nails at 7" on center.

—

4-7 4 d

14-1.5'- m

2" x 4" wood studs 16" on center with two layers V g " Type X gypsum wallboard 6
each side. Base layers applied vertically and nailed with 6d cooler" or wallboard"
nails at 9" on center. Face layer applied vertically or horizontally and nailed with 8d
cooler" or wallboard" nails at 7" on center. For nail-adhesive application, base layers
are nailed 6" on center. Face layers applied with coating of approved wallboard
adhesive and nailed 12" on center.

—

14-1.6'

2" x 3" fire-retardant-treated wood studs spaced 24" on center with one layer of
5 / b " Type X gypsum wallboard 6 applied with face paper grain (long dimension) at
right angles to studs. Wallboard attached with 6d cement-coated box nails spaced 7"
on center.

—

3% d

15. Exterior or
interior walls
(continued)

15-1. I 1 '" 1

Exterior surface with 3 / 4 " drop siding over V 2 " gypsum sheathing on 2" x 4" wood
studs at 1 6" on center, interior surface treatment as required for 1 -hour-rated exterior
or interior 2" x 4" wood stud partitions. Gypsum sheathing nailed with l 3 / 4 " by No.
1 1 gage by 7 / ]6 " head galvanized nails at 8" on center. Siding nailed with 7d galva-
nized smooth box nails.

—

Var-
ies

15-1.2""

2" x 4" wood studs 16" on center with metal lath and V 4 " cement plaster on each
side. Lath attached with 6d common nails 7" on center driven to 1 " minimum pene-
tration and bent over. Plaster mix 1:4 for scratch coat and 1:5 for brown coat, by vol-
ume, cement to sand.

—

15-1.3 m

2" x 4" wood studs 1 6" on center with 7 / 8 " cement plaster (measured from the face of
studs) on the exterior surface with interior surface treatment as required for interior
wood stud partitions in this table. Plaster mix 1 :4 for scratch coat and 1 :5 for brown
coat, by volume, cement to sand.

—

Var-
ies

15-1.4

3 5 / 8 " No. 16 gage noncombustible studs 16" on center with 7 / 8 " cement plaster (mea-
sured from the face of the studs) on the exterior surface with interior surface treat-
ment as required for interior, nonhealing, noncombustible stud partitions in this
table. Plaster mix 1 :4 for scratch coat and 1:5 for brown coat, by volume, cement to
sand.

—

— -

—

Var-

ies d

(continued)

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

153

FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES

TABLE 721 .1 (2)— continued
RATED FIRE-RESISTANCE PERIODS FOR VARIOUS WALLS AND PARTITIONS a ° p

MATERIAL

ITEM
NUMBER

CONSTRUCTION

MINIMUM FINISHED

THICKNESS FACE-TO-

FACE" (inches)

4
hours

3
hours

2
hours

1
hour

15-1.5"

2'/ 4 " x 3 3 / 4 " clay face brick with cored holes over V 2 " gypsum sheathing on exterior sur-
face of 2" x 4" wood studs at 16" on center and two layers 5 / g " Type X gypsum wallboard 6
on interior surface. Sheathing placed horizontally or vertically with vertical joints over
studs nailed 6" on center with l 3 / 4 " x No. 11 gage by 7 / l6 " head galvanized nails. Inner
layer of wallboard placed horizontally or vertically and nailed 8" on center with 6d cool-
er" or wallboard" nails. Outer layer of wallboard placed horizontally or vertically and
nailed 8" on center with 8d cooler" or wallboard" nails. All joints staggered with vertical
joints over studs. Outer layer joints taped and finished with compound. Nail heads cov-
ered with joint compound. 0.035 inch (No. 20 galvanized sheet gage) corrugated galva-
nized steel wall ties 3 / 4 " by 6 5 / 8 " attached to each stud with two 8d cooler" or wallboard"
nails every sixth course of bricks.

15-1.6'-

15. Exterior or
interior walls
(continued)

2" x 6" fire-retardant-treated wood studs 16" on center. Interior face has two layers of 5 / 8 "
Type X gypsum with the base layer placed vertically and attached with 6d box nails 12"
on center. The face layer is placed horizontally and attached with 8d box nails 8" on cen-
ter at joints and 12" on center elsewhere. The exterior face has a base layer of 5 / 8 " Type X
gypsum sheathing placed vertically with 6d box nails 8" on center at joints and 12" on
center elsewhere. An approved building paper is next applied, followed by self-furred
exterior lath attached with 2'/ 2 ", No. 12 gage galvanized roofing nails with a 3 / 8 " diameter
head and spaced 6" on center along each stud. Cement plaster consisting of a'/ 2 " brown
coat is then applied. The scratch coat is mixed in the proportion of 1:3 by weight, cement
to sand with 10 pounds of hydrated lime and 3 pounds of approved additives or admix-
tures per sack of cement. The brown coat is mixed in the proportion of 1 :4 by weight,
cement to sand with the same amounts of hydrated lime and approved additives or admix-
tures used in the scratch coat.

15-1.7 1 '

2" x 6" wood studs 16" on center. The exterior face has a layer of 5 / 8 " Type X gypsum
sheathing placed vertically with 6d box nails 8" on center at joints and 12" on center else-
where. An approved building paper is next applied, followed by 1" by No. 18 gage self-
furred exterior lath attached with 8d by 2'/ 2 " long galvanized roofing nails spaced 6" on
center along each stud. Cement plaster consisting of a'/ 2 " scratch coat, a bonding agent
and a 1 /," brown coat and a finish coat is then applied. The scratch coat is mixed in the
proportion of 1 :3 by weight, cement to sand with 10 pounds of hydrated lime and 3
pounds of approved additives or admixtures per sack of cement. The brown coat is mixed
in the proportion of 1:4 by weight, cement to sand with the same amounts of hydrated
lime and approved additives or admixtures used in the scratch coat. The interior is cov-
ered with 3 / 8 " gypsum lath with 1" hexagonal mesh of 0.035 inch (No. 20 B.W. gage)
woven wire lath furred out 5 /, 6 " and I" perlite or vermiculite gypsum plaster. Lath nailed
with 1 7 8 " by No. 13 gage by 19 / 64 " head plasterboard glued nails spaced 5" on center.
Mesh attached by l 3 / 4 " by No. 12 gage by 3 / 8 " head nails with 3 / s " furrings, spaced 8" on
center. The plaster mix shall not exceed 100 pounds of gypsum to 2'/ 2 cubic feet of aggre-
gate.

(continued)

154

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES

TABLE 721.1(2)— continued
RATED FIRE-RESISTANCE PERIODS FOR VARIOUS WALLS AND PARTITIONS aop

MATERIAL

ITEM
NUMBER

15-1.8'-

CONSTRUCTION

15. Exterior or
interior walls
(continued)

15-1.9

15-1.10

15-1.11

i5-1.12 cl

2" x 6" wood studs 16" on center. The exterior face has a layer of 5 / 8 " Type X gypsum
sheathing placed vertically with 6d box nails 8" on center at joints and 12" on center
elsewhere. An approved building paper is next applied, followed by 1 7 2 " by No. 17 gage
self-furred exterior lath attached with 8d by 2'/ 2 " long galvanized roofing nails spaced 6"
on center along each stud. Cement plaster consisting of a V 2 " scratch coat, and a'/ 2 "
brown coat is then applied. The plaster may be placed by machine. The scratch coat is
mixed in the proportion of 1:4 by weight, plastic cement to sand. The brown coat is
mixed in the proportion of 1 :5 by weight, plastic cement to sand. The interior is covered
with 3 / s " gypsum lath with 1" hexagonal mesh of No. 20 gage woven wire lath furred out
5 / ]6 " and 1" perlite or vermiculite gypsum plaster. Lath nailed with l'/ 8 " by No. 13 gage
by l9 / 64 " head plasterboard glued nails spaced 5" on center. Mesh attached by l 3 / 4 " by No.
12 gage by %" head nails with V 8 " furrings, spaced 8" on center. The plaster mix shall
not exceed 1 00 pounds of gypsum to 2 V 2 cubic feet of aggregate.

4" No. 18 gage, nonload-bearing metal studs, 16" on center, with 1" Portland cement
lime plaster [measured from the back side of the 3 / 4 -pound expanded metal lath] on the
exterior surface. Interior surface to be covered with 1" of gypsum plaster on 3 / 4 -pound
expanded metal lath proportioned by weight- 1 :2 for scratch coat, 1 :3 for brown, gypsum
to sand. Lath on one side of the partition fastened to V 4 " diameter pencil rods supported
by No. 20 gage metal clips, located 16" on center vertically, on each stud. 3" thick min-
eral fiber insulating batts friction fitted between the studs.

MINIMUM FINISHED

THICKNESS FACE-TO-

FACE" (inches)

4
hours

3
hours

Steel studs 0.060" thick, 4" deep or 6" at 16" or 24" centers, with V 2 " Glass Fiber Rein-
forced Concrete (GFRC) on the exterior surface. GFRC is attached with flex anchors at
24" on center, with 5" leg welded to studs with two V 2 "-long flare-bevel welds, and 4"
foot attached to the GFRC skin with 5 / g " thick GFRC bonding pads that extend 2'/ 2 "
beyond the flex anchor foot on both sides. Interior surface to have two layers of V 2 " Type
X gypsum wallboard. 6 The first layer of wallboard to be attached with 1 "-long Type S
buglehead screws spaced 24" on center and the second layer is attached with l 5 / 8 "-long
Type S screws spaced at 12" on center. Cavity is to be filled with 5" of 4 pcf (nominal)
mineral fiber batts. GFRC has 1 V 2 " returns packed with mineral fiber and caulked on the
exterior.

Steel studs 0.060" thick, 4" deep or 6" at 16" or 24" centers, respectively, with V 2 " Glass
Fiber Reinforced Concrete (GFRC) on the exterior surface. GFRC is attached with flex
anchors at 24" on center, with 5" leg welded to studs with two V 2 "-long flare-bevel
welds, and 4" foot attached to the GFRC skin with 5 / 8 " -thick GFRC bonding pads that
extend 2'/ 2 " beyond the flex anchor foot on both sides. Interior surface to have one layer
of 5 / 8 " Type X gypsum wallboard , attached with 1 V 4 "-long Type S buglehead screws
spaced 12" on center. Cavity is to be filled with 5" of 4 pcf (nominal) mineral fiber batts.
GFRC has 1 V 2 " returns packed with mineral fiber and caulked on the exterior.

2" x 6" wood studs at 16" with double top plates, single bottom plate; interior and exte-
rior sides covered with %" Type X gypsum wallboard, 4' wide, applied horizontally or
vertically with vertical joints over studs, and fastened with 2'/ 4 " Type S drywall screws,
spaced 12" on center. Cavity to be filled with 5'/ 2 " mineral wool insulation.

hours

8V a

6V 2 d

1
hour

6V.

6 3 /,

(continued)

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

155

FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES

TABLE 721.1(2)— continued
RATED FIRE-RESISTANCE PERIODS FOR VARIOUS WALLS AND PARTITIONS aop

MATERIAL

ITEM
NUMBER

15-1.13"

1.5-1.14"

15-1.15"

CONSTRUCTION

x 6" wood studs at 16" with double top plates, single bottom plate; interior and exterior
sides covered with %" Type X gypsum wallboard, 4' wide, applied vertically with all joints
over framing or blocking and fastened with 2'/ 4 " Type S drywall screws, spaced 12" on
center. R- 19 mineral fiber insulation installed in stud cavity.

2" x 6" wood studs at 16" with double top plates, single bottom plate; interior and exterior
sides covered with %" Type X gypsum wallboard, 4' wide, applied horizontally or verti-
cally with vertical joints over studs, and fastened with 27 4 " Type S drywall screws, spaced
7" on center.

2" x 4" wood studs at 16" with double top plates, single bottom plate; interior and exterior
sides covered with 5 / s " Type X gypsum wallboard and sheathing, respectively, 4' wide,
applied horizontally or vertically with vertical joints over studs, and fastened with 2'/ 4 "
Type S drywall screws, spaced 12" on center. Cavity to be filled with 37 2 " mineral wool
insulation.

15-1.16"

15. Exterior or
interior walls
(continued)

2" x 6" wood studs at 24" centers with double top plates, single bottom plate; interior and
exterior side covered with two layers of 5 / 8 " Type X gypsum wallboard, 4' wide, applied
horizontally with vertical joints over studs. Base layer fastened with 27 4 " Type S drywall
screws, spaced 24" on center and face layer fastened with Type S drywall screws, spaced
on center, wallboard joints covered with paper tape and joint compound, fastener heads
covered with joint compound. Cavity to be filled with 57 2 " mineral wool insulation.

15-2.1"

15-2.2"

15-2.3'

MINIMUM FINISHED

THICKNESS FACE-TO-

FACE" (inches)

4
hours

3%" No. 16 gage steel studs at 24" on center or 2" x 4" wood studs at 24" on center. Metal
lath attached to the exterior side of studs with minimum 1" long No. 6 drywall screws at 6"
on center and covered with minimum V 4 " thick Portland cement plaster. Thin veneer brick
units of clay or shale complying with ASTM C 1088, Grade TBS or better, installed in run-
ning bond in accordance with Section 1405.10. Combined total thickness of the Portland
cement plaster, mortar and thin veneer brick units shall be not less than l7 4 ". Interior side
covered with one layer of 3 / 8 " thick Type X gypsum wallboard attached to studs with 1"
long No. 6 drywall screws at 12" on center.

3 5 / 8 " No. 16 gage steel studs at 24" on center or 2" x 4" wood studs at 24" on center. Metal
lath attached to the exterior side of studs with minimum 1" long No. 6 drywall screws at 6"
on center and covered with minimum V 4 " thick Portland cement plaster. Thin veneer brick
units of clay or shale complying with ASTM C 1088, Grade TBS or better, installed in run-
ning bond in accordance with Section 1405.10. Combined total thickness of the Portland
cement plaster, mortar and thin veneer brick units shall be not less than 2". Interior side
covered with two layers of 5 / 8 " thick Type X gypsum wallboard. Bottom layer attached to
studs with 1" long No. 6 drywall screws at 24" on center. Top layer attached to studs with
l 5 / 8 " long No. 6 drywall screws at 12" on center.

3 5 / 8 " No. 16 gage steel studs at 16" on center or 2"x 4" wood studs at 16" on center. Where
metal lath is used, attach to the exterior side of studs with minimum 1" long No. 6 drywall
screws at 6" on center. Brick units of clay or shale not less than 2%" thick complying with
ASTM C 216 installed in accordance with Section 1405.6 with a minimum 1" air space.
Interior side covered with one layer of 7 8 " thick Type X gypsum wallboard attached to
studs with 1" long No. 6 drywall screws at 12" on center.

hours

2
hours

1
hour

67,

4 3 / 4

67 8

7 7 /,

(continued)

156

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES

TABLE 721.1(2)— continued
RATED FIRE-RESISTANCE PERIODS FOR VARIOUS WALLS AND PARTITIONS aop

MATERIAL

ITEM
NUMBER

CONSTRUCTION

MINIMUM FINISHED

THICKNESS FACE-TO-

FACE" (inches)

4
hours

3
hours

hours

1
hour

15. Exterior or
interior walls

15-2.4"

3 5 / 8 " No. 16 gage steel studs at 16" on center or 2" x 4" wood studs at 16" on center.
Where metal lath is used, attach to the exterior side of studs with minimum 1 " long No. 6
drywall screws at 6" on center. Brick units of clay or shale not less than 2 5 / 8 " thick com-
plying with ASTM C 216 installed in accordance with Section 1405.6 with a minimum
1 " air space. Interior side covered with two layers of 5 / 8 " thick Type X gypsum wall-
board. Bottom layer attached to studs with 1 " long No. 6 drywall screws at 24" on center.
Top layer attached to studs with l 5 / s " long No. 6 drywall screws at 12" on center.

—

87,

—

16. Exterior walls
rated for fire
resistance from
the inside only in
accordance with
Section 705.5.

16-1.1"

2" x 4" wood studs at 16" centers with double top plates, single bottom plate; interior
side covered with 5 / g " Type X gypsum wallboard, 4" wide, applied horizontally
unblocked, and fastened with 2'/ 4 " Type S drywall screws, spaced 12" on center, wall-
board joints covered with paper tape and joint compound, fastener heads covered with
joint compound. Exterior covered with 3 / 8 " wood structural panels, applied vertically,
horizontal joints blocked and fastened with 6d common nails (bright) — 12" on center in
the field, and 6" on center panel edges. Cavity to be filled with 3'/ 2 " mineral wool insula-
tion. Rating established for exposure from interior side only.

—

4V 2

16-1.2"

2" x 6" wood studs at 16" centers with double top plates, single bottom plate; interior
side covered with 5 / 8 " Type X gypsum wallboard, 4" wide, applied horizontally or verti-
cally with vertical joints over studs and fastened with 2'/ 4 " Type S drywall screws,
spaced 12" on center, wallboard joints covered with paper tape and joint compound, fas-
tener heads covered with joint compound, exterior side covered with 7 /| 6 " wood struc-
tural panels fastened with 6d common nails (bright) spaced 12" on center in the field and
6" on center along the panel edges. Cavity to be filled with 5'/ 2 " mineral wool insulation.
Rating established from the gypsum-covered side only.

—

6'/ l6

16-1.3"

2" x 6" wood studs at 16" centers with double top plates, single bottom plates; interior
side covered with %" Type X gypsum wallboard, 4" wide, applied vertically with all
joints over framing or blocking and fastened with 2 V 4 " Type S drywall screws spaced 7"
on center. Joints to be covered with tape and joint compound. Exterior covered with 3 / 8 "
wood structural panels, applied vertically with edges over framing or blocking and fas-
tened with 6d common nails (bright) at 1 2" on center in the field and 6" on center on
panel edges. R-19 mineral fiber insulation installed in stud cavity. Rating established
from the gypsum-covered side only.

—

6'/ 2

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 square inch = 645.2 mm 2 , 1 cubic foot = 0.0283 m 3 .

a. Staples with equivalent holding power and penetration shall be permitted to be used as alternate fasteners to nails for attachment to wood framing.

b. Thickness shown for brick and clay tile is nominal thicknesses unless plastered, in which case thicknesses are net. Thickness shown for concrete masonry and
clay masonry is equivalent thickness defined in Section 722.3.1 for concrete masonry and Section 722.4.1.1 for clay masonry. Where all cells are solid
grouted or filled with silicone-treated perlite loose-fill insulation; vermiculite loose-fill insulation; or expanded clay, shale or slate lightweight aggregate, the
equivalent thickness shall be the thickness of the block or brick using specified dimensions as defined in Chapter 21. Equivalent thickness may also include
the thickness of applied plaster and lath or gypsum wallboard, where specified.

c. For units in which the net cross-sectional area of cored brick in any plane parallel to the surface containing the cores is at least 75 percent of the gross cross-
sectional area measured in the same plane.

d. Shall be used for nonbearing purposes only.

e. For all of the construction with gypsum wallboard described in this table, gypsum base for veneer plaster of the same size, thickness and core type shall be
permitted to be substituted for gypsum wallboard, provided attachment is identical to that specified for the wallboard, and the joints on the face layer are
reinforced and the entire surface is covered with a minimum of V ]6 -inch gypsum veneer plaster.

f. The fire-resistance time period for concrete masonry units meeting the equivalent thicknesses required for a 2-hour fire-resistance rating in Item 3, and having
a thickness of not less than 7 5 / 8 inches is 4 hours when cores which are not grouted are filled with silicone-treated perlite loose-fill insulation; vermiculite
loose-fill insulation; or expanded clay, shale or slate lightweight aggregate, sand or slag having a maximum particle size of 3 / 8 inch.

g. The fire-resistance rating of concrete masonry units composed of a combination of aggregate types or where plaster is applied directly to the concrete
masonry shall be determined in accordance with ACI 216.1/TMS 0216. Lightweight aggregates shall have a maximum combined density of 65 pounds per
cubic foot.

(continued)

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

157

FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES

TABLE 721.1(2)— continued
RATED FIRE-RESISTANCE PERIODS FOR VARIOUS WALLS AND PARTITIONS ao '

See also Note b. The equivalent thickness shall be permitted to include the thickness of cement plaster or 1 .5 times the thickness of gypsum plaster applied in
accordance with the requirements of Chapter 25.

Concrete walls shall be reinforced with horizontal and vertical temperature reinforcement as required by Chapter 19.
Studs are welded truss wire studs with 0.1 8 inch (No. 7 B.W. gage) flange wire and 0. 18 inch (No. 7 B.W. gage) truss wires.
Nailable metal studs consist of two channel studs spot welded back to back with a crimped web forming a nailing groove.

Wood structural panels shall be permitted to be installed between the fire protection and the wood studs on either the interior or exterior side of the wood
frame assemblies in this table, provided the length of the fasteners used to attach the fire protection is increased by an amount at least equal to the thickness of
the wood structural panel.

.For studs with a slenderness ratio, l/d, greater than 33, the design stress shall be reduced to 78 percent of allowable F" c . For studs with a slenderness ratio,
l/d, not exceeding 33, the design stress shall be reduced to 78 percent of the adjusted stress F 1 ^ calculated for studs having a slenderness ratio l/d of 33.
For properties of cooler or wallboard nails, see ASTM C 514, ASTM C 547 or ASTM F 1667.

Generic fire-resistance ratings (those not designated as PROPRIETARY* in the listing) in the GA 600 shall be accepted as if herein listed.
NCMA TEK 5-8A shall be permitted for the design of fire walls.
The design stress of studs shall be equal to a maximum of 1 00 percent of the allowable F' c calculated in accordance with Section 2306.

TABLE 721.1(3)
MINIMUM PROTECTION FOR FLOOR AND ROOF SYSTEMS 3 "

FLOOR OR ROOF
CONSTRUCTION

ITEM
NUMBER

CEILING CONSTRUCTION

THICKNESS OF FLOOR OR

ROOF SLAB

(inches)

MINIMUM THICKNESS OF
CEILING
(inches)

4
hours

3
hours

2
hours

1
hour

4
hours

hours

2
hours

1
hour

1. Siliceous aggre-
gate concrete

1-1.1

Slab (no ceiling required). Minimum cover over nonpre-
stressed reinforcement shall not be less than

3, ,. b
'4 '

7.0

6.2

5.0

3.5

—

2. Carbonate
aggregate concrete

2-1.1

6.6

5.7

4.6

3.2

—

3. Sand-light-
weight concrete

3-1.1

5.4

4.6

3.8

2.7

—

4. Lightweight
concrete

4-1.1

5.1

4.4

3.6

2.5

—

5. Reinforced
concrete

5-1.1

Slab with suspended ceiling of vermiculite gypsum plaster
over metal lath attached to 3 / 4 " cold-rolled channels spaced
12" on center. Ceiling located 6" minimum below joists.

—

5-2.1

3 / 8 " Type X gypsum wallboard" attached to 0.018 inch (No.
25 carbon sheet steel gage) by 7 / g " deep by 27 s " hat-shaped
galvanized steel channels with 1 "-long No. 6 screws. The
channels are spaced 24" on center, span 35" and are sup-
ported along their length at 35" intervals by 0.033" (No. 21
galvanized sheet gage) galvanized steel flat strap hangers
having formed edges that engage the lips of the channel.
The strap hangers are attached to the side of the concrete
joists with %," by l'/ 4 " long power-driven fasteners. The
wallboard is installed with the long dimension perpendicu-
lar to the channels. All end joints occur on channels and
supplementary channels are installed parallel to the main
channels, 12" each side, at end joint occurrences. The fin-
ished ceiling is located approximately 12" below the soffit
of the floor slab.

—

(continued)

158

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES

TABLE 721.1(3)— continued
MINIMUM PROTECTION FOR FLOOR AND ROOF SYSTEMS 3 "

FLOOR OR ROOF
CONSTRUCTION

ITEM
NUMBER

CEILING CONSTRUCTION

THICKNESS OF FLOOR

OR ROOF SLAB

(inches)

MINIMUM THICKNESS OF
CEILING
(inches)

hours

3
hours

2
hours

1
hour

4
hours

3
hours

hours

1
hour

6. Steel joists con-
structed with a
poured reinforced
concrete slab on
metal lath forms or
steel form units' 1, e

6-1.1

Gypsum plaster on metal lath attached to the bottom cord
with single No. 16 gage or doubled No. 18 gage wire ties
spaced 6" on center. Plaster mixed 1:2 for scratch coat, 1:3
for brown coat, by weight, gypsum-to-sand aggregate for 2-
hour system. For 3-hour system plaster is neat.

—

2'/ 4

—

6-2.1

Vermiculite gypsum plaster on metal lath attached to the
bottom chord with single No. 16 gage or doubled 0.049-
inch (No. 18 B.W. gage) wire ties 6" on center.

—

6-3.1

Cement plaster over metal lath attached to the bottom chord
of joists with single No. 16 gage or doubled 0.049" (No. 18
B.W. gage) wire ties spaced 6" on center. Plaster mixed 1 :2
for scratch coat, 1:3 for brown coat for 1-hour system and
1 : 1 for scratch coat, 1:1 '/ 2 for brown coat for 2-hour sys-
tem, by weight, cement to sand.

—

6-4.1

Ceiling of 5 / g " Type X wallboard c attached to 7 / 8 " deep by
2 5 / B " by 0.021 inch (No. 25 carbon sheet steel gage) hat-
shaped furring channels 12" on center with 1" long No. 6
wallboard screws at 8" on center. Channels wire tied to bot-
tom chord of joists with doubled 0.049 inch (No. 18 B.W.
gage) wire or suspended below joists on wire hangers. 8

—

27 2

—

6-5.1

Wood-fibered gypsum plaster mixed 1:1 by weight gypsum
to sand aggregate applied over metal lath. Lath tied 6" on
center to V 4 " channels spaced 13'/ 2 " on center. Channels
secured to joists at each intersection with two strands of
0.049 inch (No. 18 B.W. gage) galvanized wire.

—

2V 2

—

7. Reinforced con-
crete slabs and joists
with hollow clay tile
fillers laid end to
end in rows 2'/," or
more apart; rein-
forcement placed
between rows and
concrete cast around
and over tile.

7-1.1

'%" gypsum plaster on bottom of floor or roof construction.

—

8 h

—

7-1.2

None

—

57 2 '

—

8. Steel joists con-
structed with a rein-
forced concrete slab
on top poured on a V
," deep steel deck. e

8-1.1

Vermiculite gypsum plaster on metal lath attached to V 4 "
cold-rolled channels with 0.049" (No. 1 8 B.W. gage) wire
ties spaced 6" on center.

2'A j

—

J / 4

—

(continued)

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

159

FiRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES

TABLE 721.1(3)— continued
MINIMUM PROTECTION FOR FLOOR AND ROOF SYSTEMS 8 "

FLOOR OR ROOF
CONSTRUCTION

ITEM
NUMBER

CEILING CONSTRUCTION

THICKNESS OF FLOOR OR
ROOF SLAB

(inches)

MINIMUM THICKNESS OF
CEILING
(inches)

4
hours

3
hours

2
hours

hour

4
hours

3
hours

2
hours

1
hour

9. 3" deep cellular
steel deck with
concrete slab on
top. Slab thickness
measured to top.

9-1.1

Suspended ceiling of vermiculite gypsum plaster base coat
and vermiculite acoustical plaster on metal lath attached at
6" intervals to 3 / 4 " cold-rolled channels spaced 12" on cen-
ter and secured to 1 7 2 " cold-rolled channels spaced 36" on
center with 0.065" (No. 16 B.W. gage) wire. 1 '/," channels
supported by No. 8 gage wire hangers at 36" on center.
Beams within envelope and with a 27," airspace between
beam soffit and lath have a 4-hour rating.

27 2

—

17/

—

10. 1 V,"-deep steel
roof deck on steel
framing. Insula-
tion board, 30 pcf
density, composed
of wood fibers with
cement binders of
thickness shown
bonded to deck
with unified
asphalt adhesive.
Covered with a
Class A or B roof
covering.

10-1.1

Ceiling of gypsum plaster on metal lath. Lath attached to
3 / 4 " furring channels with 0.049" (No. 18 B.W. gage) wire
ties spaced 6" on center. 3 / 4 " channel saddle tied to 2" chan-
nels with doubled 0.065" (No. 16 B.W. gage) wire ties. 2"
channels spaced 36" on center suspended 2" below steel
framing and saddle-tied with 0.165" (No. 8 B.W. gage)
wire. Plaster mixed 1:2 by weight, gypsum-to-sand aggre-
gate.

—

i 7 4

—

11. l'/ 2 "-deep steel
roof deck on steel-
framing wood fiber
insulation board,
17.5 pcf density on
top applied over a
15-lb asphalt-satu-
rated felt. Class A
or B roof covering.

11-1.1

Ceiling of gypsum plaster on metal lath. Lath attached to
3 / 4 " furring channels with 0.049" (No. 18 B.W. gage) wire
ties spaced 6" on center. V 4 " channels saddle tied to 2"
channels with doubled 0.065" (No. 16 B.W. gage) wire ties.
2" channels spaced 36" on center suspended 2" below steel
framing and saddle tied with 0.165" (No. 8 B.W. gage)
wire. Plaster mixed 1:2 for scratch coat and 1:3 for brown
coat, by weight, gypsum-to-sand aggregate for 1-hour sys-
tem. For 2-hour system, plaster mix is 1:2 by weight, gyp-
sum-to-sand aggregate.

—

l7 2

—

X s

\ l

(continued)

160

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE 8

FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES

TABLE 721.1(3) —continued
MINIMUM PROTECTION FOR FLOOR AND ROOF SYSTEMS 3 ''

FLOOR OR ROOF
CONSTRUCTION

ITEM
NUMBER

CEILING CONSTRUCTION

THICKNESS OF FLOOR

OR ROOF SLAB

(inches)

MINIMUM THICKNESS OF
CEILING
(inches)

4
hours

3
hours

2
hours

1
hour

4
hours

3
hours

2
hours

1
hour

12. l'/ 2 " deep steel
roof deck on steel-
framing insulation
of rigid board con-
sisting of expanded
perlite and fibers
impregnated with
integral asphalt
waterproofing; den-
sity 9 to 12pcf
secured to metal
roof deck by 7 2 "
wide ribbons of
waterproof, cold-
process liquid adhe-
sive spaced 6"
apart. Steel joist or
light steel construc-
tion with metal roof
deck, insulation,
and Class A or B
built-up roof cover-
ing. 6

12-1.1

Gypsum-vermiculite plaster on metal lath wire tied at 6"
intervals to V 4 " furring channels spaced 1 2" on center and
wire tied to 2" runner channels spaced 32" on center.
Runners wire tied to bottom chord of steel joists.

—

13. Double wood
floor over wood
joists spaced 16" on
center. mn

13-1.1

Gypsum plaster over 3 / s " Type X gypsum lath. Lath initially
applied with not less than four 1 7 S " by No. 13 gage by ,9 / 64 "
head plasterboard blued nails per bearing. Continuous strip-
ping over lath along all joist lines. Stripping consists of 3"
wide strips of metal lath attached by 1 7 2 " by No. 11 gage
by 7 2 " head roofing nails spaced 6" on center. Alternate
stripping consists of 3" wide 0.049" diameter wire stripping
weighing 1 pound per square yard and attached by No. 16
gage by 1 7," by 3 / 4 " crown width staples, spaced 4" on cen-
ter. Where alternate stripping is used, the lath nailing may
consist of two nails at each end and one nail at each inter-
mediate bearing. Plaster mixed 1 :2 by weight, gypsum-to-
sand aggregate.

—

7 / 8

13-1.2

Cement or gypsum plaster on metal lath. Lath fastened with
l7 2 " by No. 1 1 gage by 7 / 16 " head barbed shank roofing
nails spaced 5" on center. Plaster mixed 1 :2 for scratch coat
and 1 :3 for brown coat, by weight, cement to sand aggre-
gate.

13-1.3

Perlite or vermiculite gypsum plaster on metal lath secured
to joists with 1 7 2 " by No. 1 1 gage by 7 / 16 " head barbed
shank roofing nails spaced 5" on center.

—

13-1.4

7," Type X gypsum wallboard nailed to joists with 5d
cooler" or wallboard" nails at 6" on center. End joints of
wallboard centered on joists.

(continued)

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE 8

161

FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES

TABLE 721 .1 (3) —continued
MINIMUM PROTECTION FOR FLOOR AND ROOF SYSTEMS 3 "

FLOOR OR ROOF
CONSTRUCTION

ITEM
NUMBER

CEILING CONSTRUCTION

THICKNESS OF FLOOR

OR ROOF SLAB

(inches)

MINIMUM THICKNESS OF
CEILING
(inches)

4
hours

3
hours

2
hours

1
hour

4
hours

3
hours

2
hours

1
hour

14. Plywood
stressed skin panels
consisting of 5 / 8 " -
thick interior C-D
(exterior glue) top
stressed skin on 2" x
6" nominal (mini-
mum) stringers.
Adjacent panel
edges joined with 8d
common wire nails
spaced 6" on center.
Stringers spaced 1 2"
maximum on center.

14-1.1

'/," -thick wood fiberboard weighing 15 to 18 pounds per
cubic foot installed with long dimension parallel to string-
ers or V 8 " C-D (exterior glue) plywood glued and/or nailed
to stringers. Nailing to be with 5d cooler or wallboard
nails at 12" on center. Second layer of 7 2 " Type X gypsum
wallboard 1 ' applied with long dimension perpendicular to
joists and attached with 8d cooler or wallboard" nails at 6"
on center at end joints and 8" on center elsewhere. Wall-
board joints staggered with respect to fiberboard joints.

15. Vermiculite con-
crete slab propor-
tioned 1:4 (Portland
cement to vermicu-
lite aggregate) on a
l'/ 2 " -deep steel
deck supported on
individually pro-
tected steel framing.
Maximum span of
deck 6'- 10" where
deck is less than
0.019 inch (No. 26
carbon steel sheet
gage) or greater.
Slab reinforced with
4" x 8" 0.109/0.083"
(No. I2 / I4 B.W. gage)
welded wire mesh.

15-1.1

None

—

16. Perlite concrete
slab proportioned
1 :6 (Portland cement
to perlite aggregate)
on a 1V 4 " -deep steel
deck supported on
individually pro-
tected steel framing.
Slab reinforced with
4" x 8" 0.109/0.083"
(No.' 2 /, 4 B.W.gage)
welded wire mesh.

16-1.1

None

—

3V 2 J

—

(continued)

162

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES

TABLE 721.1(3)— continued
MINIMUM PROTECTION FOR FLOOR AND ROOF SYSTEMS 3 "

FLOOR OR ROOF
CONSTRUCTION

17. Perlite concrete
slab proportioned
1:6 (Portland
cement to perlite
aggregate) on a 9 / 16 "
deep steel deck
supported by steel
joists 4' on center.
Class A or B roof
covering on top.

ITEM
NUMBER

CEILING CONSTRUCTION

THICKNESS OF FLOOR

OR ROOF SLAB

(inches)

4
hours

17-1.1

18. Perlite concrete
slab proportioned
1:6 (Portland
cement to perlite
aggregate) on 1 '//
deep steel deck sup-
ported on individu-
ally protected steel
framing. Maximum
span of deck 6'- 10"
where deck is less
than 0.019" (No. 26
carbon sheet steel
gage) and 8'-0"
where deck is
0.019" (No. 26 car-
bon sheet steel
gage) or greater.
Slab reinforced with
0.042" (No. 19
B.W. gage) hexago-
nal wire mesh.
Class A or B roof
covering on top.

Perlite gypsum plaster on metal lath wire tied to V 4 " furring
channels attached with 0.065" (No. 1 6 B.W. gage) wire ties
to lower chord of joists.

3
hours

2
hours

18-1.1

19. Floor and beam
construction con-
sisting of 3" -deep
cellular steel floor
unit mounted on
steel members with
1:4 (proportion of
Portland cement to
perlite aggregate)
perlite-concrete
floor slab on top.

19-1.1

None

Suspended envelope ceiling of perlite gypsum plaster on
metal lath attached to 3 / 4 " cold-rolled channels, secured to
1 V 2 " cold-rolled channels spaced 42" on center supported
by 0.203 inch (No. 6 B.W. gage) wire 36" on center. Beams
in envelope with 3" minimum airspace between beam soffit
and lath have a 4-hour rating.

27/

1
hour

MINIMUM THICKNESS OF
CEILING
(inches)

4
hours

27/

3
hours

2
hours

1
hour

(continued)

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

163

FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES

TABLE 721.1(3)— continued
MINIMUM PROTECTION FOR FLOOR AND ROOFSYSTEMS aq

FLOOR OR ROOF
CONSTRUCTION

20. Perlite concrete proportioned 1:6
(Portland cement to perlite aggre-
gate) poured to V s " thickness above
top of corrugations of 1 5 / 16 " -deep gal-
vanized steel deck maximum span 8'-
0" for 0.024" (No. 24 galvanized
sheet gage) or 6?0" for 0.019" (No. 26
galvanized sheet gage) with deck sup-
ported by individually protected steel
framing. Approved polystyrene foam
plastic insulation board having a
flame spread not exceeding 75 (1 " to
4" thickness) with vent holes that
approximate 3 percent of the board
surface area placed on top of perlite
slurry. A 2' by 4' insulation board
contains six 2 3 / 4 " diameter holes.
Board covered with 2'/ 4 " minimum
perlite concrete slab. Slab reinforced
with mesh consisting of 0.042" (No.
19 B.W. gage) galvanized steel wire
twisted together to form 2" hexagons
with straight 0.065" (No. 16 B.W.
gage) galvanized steel wire woven
into mesh and spaced 3". Alternate
slab reinforcement shall be permitted
to consist of 4" x 8" , 0.109/0.238"
(No. 12/4 B.W. gage), or 2" x 2" ,
0.083/0.083" (No. 14/14 B.W. gage)
welded wire fabric. Class A or B roof
covering on top.

ITEM

NUMBER

20-

CEILING CONSTRUCTION

THICKNESS OF FLOOR OR

ROOF SLAB

(inches)

4
hours

None

3
hours

21. Wood joists, wood I-joists, floor
trusses and flat or pitched roof trusses
spaced a maximum 24" o.c. with '/,"
wood structural panels with exterior
glue applied at right angles to top of
joist or top chord of trusses with 8d
nails. The wood structural panel
thickness shall not be less than nomi-
nal V," nor less than required by
Chapter 23.

21-1.1

Base layer 5 / g " Type X gypsum wall-
board applied at right angles to joist or
truss 24" o.c. with 1 7 4 " Type S or Type
W drywall screws 24" o.c. Face layer 5 /
" Type X gypsum wallboard or veneer
base applied at right angles to joist or
truss through base layer with l 7 / 8 " Type
S or Type W drywall screws 12" o.c. at
joints and intermediate joist or truss.
Face layer Type G drywall screws
placed 2" back on either side of face
layer end joints, 12" o.c.

2
hours

Varies

1
hour

MINIMUM THICKNESS

OF CEILING

(inches)

4
hours

3
hours

Varies

2
hours

1
hour

17,

(continued)

164

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES

TABLE 721.1(3)— continued
MINIMUM PROTECTION FOR FLOOR AND ROOF SYSTEMS 8 "

FLOOR OR ROOF
CONSTRUCTION

ITEM
NUMBER

CEILING CONSTRUCTION

THICKNESS OF FLOOR OR

ROOF SLAB

(inches)

MINIMUM THICKNESS OF
CEILING
(inches)

4
hours

3
hours

2
hours

1
hour

4
hours

3
hours

2
hours

1
hour

22. Steel joists, floor trusses and flat
or pitched roof trusses spaced a
maximum 24" ox. with V 2 " wood
structural panels with exterior glue
applied at right angles to top of joist
or top chord of trusses with No. 8
screws. The wood structural panel
thickness shall not be less than nom-
inal V 2 " nor less than required by
Chapter 23.

22-1.1

Base layer 5 / g " Type X gypsum board
applied at right angles to steel framing 24"
on center with 1 " Type S drywall screws
spaced 24" on center. Face layer 5 / s " Type
X gypsum board applied at right angles to
steel framing attached through base layer
with l 5 / 8 " Type S drywall screws 12" on
center at end joints and intermediate joints
and 1 V 2 " Type G drywall screws 12 inches
on center placed 2" back on either side of
face layer end joints. Joints of the face
layer are offset 24" from the joints of the
base layer.

—

Varies

—

l'/ 4

23. Wood I-joist (minimum joist
depth 9V 4 " with a minimum flange
depth of l 5 / l6 " and a minimum
flange cross-sectional area of 2.3
square inches) at 24" o.c. spacing
with 1 inch by 4 inch (nominal)
wood furring strip spacer applied
parallel to and covering the bottom
of the bottom flange of each mem-
ber, tacked in place. 2" mineral wool
insulation, 3.5 pcf (nominal)
installed adjacent to the bottom
flange of the I-joist and supported by
the 1 " x 4" furring strip spacer.

23-1.1

'/ 2 " deep single leg resilient channel 16" on
center (channels doubled at wallboard end
joints), placed perpendicular to the furring
ship and joist and attached to each joist by
l 7 / 8 " Type S drywall screws. 5 / 8 " Type C
gypsum wallboard applied perpendicular
to the channel with end joints staggered at
least 4' and fastened with 1 7 8 " Type S dry-
wall screws spaced 7" on center. Wall-
board joints to be taped and covered with
joint compound.

—

Varies

—

24. Wood I-joist (minimum I-joist
depth 9'/ 4 " with a minimum flange
depth of 1 7 2 " and a minimum flange
cross-sectional area of 5.25 square
inches; minimum web thickness of
3 / 8 ") @ 24" o.c, l l / 2 " mineral wool
insulation (2.5 pcf -nominal) resting
on hat-shaped furring channels.

24-1.1

Minimum 0.026" thick hat-shaped channel
16" o.c (channels doubled at wallboard
end joints), placed perpendicular to the
joist and attached to each joist by 1 V g "
Type S drywall screws. 7 8 " Type C gyp-
sum wallboard applied perpendicular to
the channel with end joints staggered and
fastened with 1 7 8 " Type S drywall screws
spaced 12" o.c. in the field and 8" o.c. at
the wallboard ends. Wallboard joints to be
taped and covered with joint compound.

—

Varies

—

25. Wood I-joist (minimum I-joist
depth 9'/ 4 " with a minimum flange
depth of 1 V 2 " and a minimum flange
cross-sectional area of 5.25 square
inches; minimum web thickness of
7 / 16 ") @ 24" o.c, 1 '/," mineral wool
insulation (2.5 pcf-nominal) resting
on resilient channels.

25-1.1

Minimum 0.019" thick resilient channel
16" o.c. (channels doubled at wallboard
end joints), placed perpendicular to the
joist and attached to each joist by l 5 / s "
Type S drywall screws. 5 / 8 " Type C gyp-
sum wallboard applied perpendicular to
the channel with end joints staggered and
fastened with 1 " Type S drywall screws
spaced 12" o.c in the field and 8" o.c. at
the wallboard ends. Wallboard joints to be
taped and covered with joint compound.

—

Varies

—

(continued)

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

165

FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES

TABLE 721.1(3)— continued
MINIMUM PROTECTION FOR FLOOR AND ROOF SYSTEMS 3 "

FLOOR OR ROOF
CONSTRUCTION

ITEM

NUMBER

CEILING CONSTRUCTION

THICKNESS OF FLOOR OR

ROOF SLAB

(inches)

MINIMUM THICKNESS OF
CEILING
(inches)

4
hours

3
hours

hours

1
hour

4
hours

hours

1
hour

26. Wood I-joist (minimum 1-joist
depth 9'/ 4 " with a minimum flange
thickness of 1 '/," and a minimum
flange cross-sectional area of 2.25
square inches; minimum web thick-
ness of 3 / 8 ") @ 24" ox.

26-1.1

Two layers of V 2 " Type X gypsum wall-
board applied with the long dimension
perpendicular to the I-joists with end
joints staggered. The base layer is fas-
tened with l 5 / g " Type S dry wall screws
spaced 12" ox. and the face layer is fas-
tened with 2" Type S drywall screws
spaced 12" ox. in the field and 8" ox. on
the edges. Face layer end joints shall not
occur on the same I-joist as base layer end
joints and edge joints shall be offset 24"
from base layer joints. Face layer to also
be attached to base layer with 1 '/," Type
G drywall screws spaced 8" o.c. placed 6"
from face layer end joints. Face layer
wallboard joints to be taped and covered
with joint compound.

—

Varies

—

27. Wood I-joist (minimum I-joist
depth 9'/ 2 " with a minimum flange
depth of 1 5 / 16 " and a minimum
flange cross-sectional area of 1.95
square inches; minimum web thick-
ness of
V) @ 24" ox.

27-1.1

Minimum 0.019" thick resilient channel
16" o.c. (channels doubled at wallboard
end joints), placed perpendicular to the
joist and attached to each joist by l 5 / 8 "
Type S drywall screws. Two layers of V 2 "
Type X gypsum wallboard applied with
the long dimension perpendicular to the I-
joists with end joints staggered. The base
layer is fastened with 1 7 4 " Type S drywall
screws spaced 1 2" o.c. and the face layer
is fastened with l 3 / 8 " Type S drywall
screws spaced 12" o.c. Face layer end
joints shall not occur on the same I-joist
as base layer end joints and edge joints
shall be offset 24" from base layer joints.
Face layer to also be attached to base
layer with 1 '/," Type G drywall screws
spaced 8" o.c. placed 6" from face layer
end joints. Face layer wallboard joints to
be taped and covered with joint com-
pound.

—

Varies

—

(continued)

166

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE 8

F!RE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES

TABLE 721.1(3)— continued
MINIMUM PROTECTION FOR FLOOR AND ROOF SYSTEMS" q

FLOOR OR ROOF
CONSTRUCTION

ITEM
NUMBER

CEILING CONSTRUCTION

THICKNESS OF FLOOR OR
ROOF SLAB (inches)

MINIMUM THICKNESS OF
CEILING (inches)

4
hours

3
hours

2
hours

1
hour

4
hours

3
lours

hours

1
hour

28. Wood I-joist (minimum I-joist
depth 9'/ 4 " with a minimum flange
depth of 1 '/," and a minimum flange
cross-sectional area of 2.25 square
inches; minimum web thickness of
7 S ") @ 24" o.c. Unfaced fiberglass
insulation is installed between the I-
joists supported on the upper surface
of the flange by stay wires spaced
12" o.c.

28-1.1

Base layer of 5 / 8 " Type C gypsum wall-
Doard attached directly to I-joists with
1V 8 " Type S drywall screws spaced 12"
o.c. with ends staggered. Minimum
0.0179" thick hat-shaped 7 / g -inch fur-
ring channel 16" o.c. (channels doubled
at wallboard end joints), placed perpen-
dicular to the joist and attached to each
joist by l 5 / s " Type S drywall screws
after the base layer of gypsum wall-
board has been applied. The middle and
face layers of V s " Type C gypsum wall-
board applied perpendicular to the
channel with end joints staggered. The
middle layer is fastened with 1 " Type S
drywall screws spaced 12" o.c. The face
layer is applied parallel to the middle
layer but with the edge joints offset 24"
from those of the middle layer and fas-
tened with l 5 / 8 " Type S drywall screws
8" o.c. The joints shall be taped and
covered with joint compound.

—

Varies

—

29. Channel-shaped 18 gage steel
joists (minimum depth 8" ) spaced a
maximum 24" o.c. supporting
tongue-and-groove wood structural
panels (nominal minimum 3 / 4 " thick)
applied perpendicular to framing
members. Structural panels attached
with l 5 / s " Type S-12 screws spaced
12" o.c.

29-1.1

Base layer V g " Type X gypsum board
applied perpendicular to bottom of
framing members with 1 V s " Type S-12
screws spaced 12" o.c. Second layer 7 8 "
Type X gypsum board attached perpen-
dicular to framing members with l 5 / 8 "
Type S-12 screws spaced 12" o.c. Sec-
ond layer joints offset 24" from base
layer. Third layer V 8 " Type X gypsum
board attached perpendicular to framing
members with 2 3 / s " Type S-12 screws
spaced 12" o.c. Third layer joints offset
12" from second layer joints. Hat-
shaped 7 / 8 -inch rigid furring channels
applied at right angles to framing mem-
bers over third layer with two 2 3 / 8 " Type
S-12 screws at each framing member.
Face layer %" Type X gypsum board
applied at right angles to furring chan-
nels with l'/ 8 " Type S screws spaced
12" o.c.

—

Varies

—

(continued)

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

167

FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES

TABLE 721.1(3)— continued
MINIMUM PROTECTION FOR FLOOR AND ROOF SYSTEMS" q

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 ram, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound = 0.454 kg, I cubic foot = 0.0283 m 3 ,
1 pound per square inch = 6.895 kPa, 1 pound per linear foot = 1 .4882 kg/m.

a. Staples with equivalent holding power and penetration shall be permitted to be used as alternate fasteners to nails for attachment to wood framing.

b. When the slab is in an unrestrained condition, minimum reinforcement cover shall not be less than l 5 / 8 inches for 4 hours (siliceous aggregate only); 1 '/„
inches for 4 and 3 hours; 1 inch for 2 hours (siliceous aggregate only); and 3 / 4 inch for all other restrained and unrestrained conditions.

c. For all of the construction with gypsum wallboard described in this table, gypsum base for veneer plaster of the same size, thickness and core type shall be
permitted to be substituted for gypsum wallboard, provided attachment is identical to that specified for the wallboard, and the joints on the face layer are
reinforced and the entire surface is covered with a minimum of 7 l6 -inch gypsum veneer plaster.

d. Slab thickness over steel joists measured at the joists for metal lath form and at the top of the form for steel form units.

e. (a)The maximum allowable stress level for H-Series joists shall not exceed 22,000 psi.

(b)The allowable stress for K-Series joists shall not exceed 26,000 psi, the nominal depth of such joist shall not be less than 10 inches and the nominal joist
weight shall not be less than 5 pounds per linear foot.

f. Cement plaster with 1 5 pounds of hydrated lime and 3 pounds of approved additives or admixtures per bag of cement.

g. Gypsum wallboard ceilings attached to steel framing shall be permitted to be suspended with lV 2 -inch cold-formed carrying channels spaced 48 inches on
center, which are suspended with No. 8 SWG galvanized wire hangers spaced 48 inches on center. Cross-furring channels are tied to the carrying channels
with No. 1 8 SWG galvanized wire hangers spaced 48 inches on center. Cross-furring channels are tied to the carrying channels with No. 1 8 SWG galvanized
wire (double strand) and spaced as required for direct attachment to the framing. This alternative is also applicable to those steel framing assemblies
recognized under Note q.

h. Six-inch hollow clay tile with 2-inch concrete slab above.

i. Four-inch hollow clay tile with 1 '/ 2 -inch concrete slab above.

j. Thickness measured to bottom of steel form units.

k. Five-eighths inch of vermiculite gypsum plaster plus V 2 inch of approved vermiculite acoustical plastic.

1. Furring channels spaced 12 inches on center.

m. Double wood floor shall be permitted to be either of the following:

(a) Subfloor of 1-inch nominal boarding, a layer of asbestos paper weighing not less than 14 pounds per 100 square feet and a layer of 1-inch nominal
tongue-and-groove finished flooring; or

(b) Subfloor of 1 -inch nominal tongue-and-groove boarding or 15 / 3 ,-inch wood structural panels with exterior glue and a layer of 1-inch nominal tongue-and-
groove finished flooring or 1 % 2 -inch wood structural panel finish flooring or a layer of Type I Grade M-l particleboard not less than 5 / 8 -inch thick.

n. The ceiling shall be permitted to be omitted over unusable space, and flooring shall be permitted to be omitted where unusable space occurs above.

o. For properties of cooler or wallboard nails, see ASTM C 5 14, ASTM C 547 or ASTM F 1667.

p. Thickness measured on top of steel deck unit.

q. Generic fire-resistance ratings (those not designated as PROPRIETARY* in the listing) in the GA 600 shall be accepted as if herein listed.

SECTION 722
CALCULATED FIRE RESISTANCE

722.1 General. The provisions of this section contain proce-
dures by which the fire resistance of specific materials or
combinations of materials is established by calculations.
These procedures apply only to the information contained in
this section and shall not be otherwise used. The calculated
fire resistance of concrete, concrete masonry and clay
masonry assemblies shall be permitted in accordance with
ACI 216.1/TMS 0216. The calculated fire resistance of steel
assemblies shall be permitted in accordance with Chapter 5 of
ASCE 29. The calculated fire resistance of exposed wood
members and wood decking shall be permitted in accordance
with Chapter 16 of ANSI/AF&PA National Design Specifi-
cation for Wood Construction (NDS).

722.1.1 Definitions. The following terms are defined in
Chapter 2:

CERAMIC FIBER BLANKET.

CONCRETE, CARBONATE AGGREGATE.

CONCRETE, CELLULAR.

CONCRETE, LIGHTWEIGHT AGGREGATE.

CONCRETE, PERLITE.

CONCRETE, SAND-LIGHTWEIGHT.

CONCRETE, SILICEOUS AGGREGATE.

CONCRETE, VERMICULITE.

GLASS FIBERBOARD.

MINERAL BOARD.

722.2 Concrete assemblies. The provisions of this section
contain procedures by which the fire-resistance ratings of
concrete assemblies are established by calculations.

722.2.1 Concrete walls. Cast-in-place and precast con-
crete walls shall comply with Section 722.2.1.1. Multi-
wythe concrete walls shall comply with Section 722.2.1.2.
Joints between precast panels shall comply with Section
722.2.1.3. Concrete walls with gypsum wallboard or plas-
ter finish shall comply with Section 722.2.1.4.

722.2.1.1 Cast-in-place or precast walls. The mini-
mum equivalent thicknesses of cast-in-place or precast
concrete walls for fire-resistance ratings of 1 hour to 4
hours are shown in Table 722.2.1.1. For solid walls
with flat vertical surfaces, the equivalent thickness is
the same as the actual thickness. The values in Table
722.2.1.1 apply to plain, reinforced or prestressed con-
crete walls.

722.2.1.1.1 Hollow-core precast wall panels. For
hollow-core precast concrete wall panels in which
the cores are of constant cross section throughout
the length, calculation of the equivalent thickness by
dividing the net cross-sectional area (the gross cross
section minus the area of the cores) of the panel by
its width shall be permitted

168

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES

TABLE 722.2.1.1

MINIMUM EQUIVALENT THICKNESS OF CAST-IN-PLACE OR

PRECAST CONCRETE WALLS, LOAD-BEARING OR

NONLOAD-BEARING

For At > s > 2t, the thickness to be used shall be

CONCRETE
TYPE

MINIMUM SLAB THICKNESS (inches)
FOR FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING OF

1 hour

17 2 hours

2 hours

3 hours

4 hours

Siliceous

3.5

4.3

5.0

6.2

7.0

Carbonate

3.2

4.0

4.6

5.7

6.6

Sand-lightweight

2.7

3.3

3.8

4.6

5.4

Lightweight

2.5

3.1

3.6

4.4

5.1

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

722.2.1.1.2 Core spaces filled. Where all of the core
spaces of hollow-core wall panels are filled with
loose-fill material, such as expanded shale, clay, or
slag, or vermiculite or perlite, the fire-resistance rat-
ing of the wall is the same as that of a solid wall of
the same concrete type and of the same over all
thickness.

722.2.1.1.3 Tapered cross sections. The thickness
of panels with tapered cross sections shall be that
determined at a distance It or 6 inches (152 mm),
whichever is less, from the point of minimum thick-
ness, where f is the minimum thickness.

722.2.1.1.4 Ribbed or undulating surfaces. The
equivalent thickness of panels with ribbed or undu-
lating surfaces shall be determined by one of the fol-
lowing expressions:

For s > At, the thickness to be used shall be t

For s < It, the thickness to be used shall be f e

1 +

-m e -t)

(Equation 7-3)

where:

s = Spacing of ribs or undulations.

t = Minimum thickness.

t e = Equivalent thickness of the panel calculated as
the net cross-sectional area of the panel
divided by the width, in which the maximum
thickness used in the calculation shall not

exceed 2t.

722.2.1.2 Multiwythe walls. For walls that consist of
two wythes of different types of concrete, the fire-resis-
tance ratings shall be permitted to be determined from
Figure 722,2.1.2.

722.2.1.2.1 Two or more wythes. The fire-resis-
tance rating for wall panels consisting of two or
more wythes shall be permitted to be determined by
the formula:

R = (R^ + R 2 - 59 +...+ R n 0S9 ) u (Equation 7-4)

where:

7? = The fire endurance of the assembly, minutes.

/?,, R 2 , and R n - The fire endurances of the individual
wythes, minutes. Values of R„° 59 for use in Equation
7-4 are given in Table 722.2.1.2(1). Calculated fire-
resistance, ratings are shown in Table 722.2.1.2(2).

CO > LU

sll

u--J — .
Oqlij

g°§

INSIDE WYTHE
CARBONATE

INSIDE WYTHE
SILICEOUS

12345 " 12345
THICKNESS OF INSIDE WYTHE, INCHES

OUTSIDE WYTHE
CARBONATE

OUTSIDE WYTHE
SILICEOUS

tr
lli ouj

£2* z
gSStt

^ooo

*UjUJZ

THICKNESS OF INSIDE WYTHE OF SAND-LIGHTWEIGHT CONCRETE, INCHES

For SI: I inch = 25.4 mm.

FIGURE 722.2.1.2
FIRE-RESISTANCE RATINGS OF TWO-WYTHE CONCRETE WALLS

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

169

FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES

TABLE 722.2.1.2(1)
VALUES OF /? n 059 FOR USE IN EQUATION 7-4

TYPE OF MATERIAL

THICKNESS OF MATERIAL (inches)

1'/,

4V,

5V,

BV,

Siliceous aggregate concrete

5.3

6.5

8.1

9.5

11.3

13.0

14.9

16.9

18.8

20.7

22.8

25.1

Carbonate aggregate concrete

5.5

7.1

8.9

10.4

12.0

14.0

16.2

18.1

20.3

21.9

24.7

27.2 C

Sand-lightweight concrete

6.5

8.2

10.5

12.8

15.5

18.1

20.7

23.3

26.0 C

Notec

Lightweight concrete

6.6

8.8

11.2

13.7

16.5

19.1

21.9

24.7

27.8 C

Notec

Insulating concrete"

9.3

13.3

16.6

18.3

23.1

26.5 C

Notec

Airspace 13

—

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, ] pound per cubic foot = 16.02 kg/m 3 .

a. Dry unit weight of 35 pcf or less and consisting of cellular, perlite or vermiculite concrete.

b. The /?„ 055 value for one 7 2 " to 37 2 " airspace is 3.3. The R„ 055 value for two 7," to37 2 " airspaces is 6.7.

c. The fire-resistance rating for this thickness exceeds 4 hours.

TABLE 722.2.1.2(2)
FIRE-RESISTANCE RATINGS BASED ON R 05

R°, MINUTES

120

180

240

a. Based on Equation 7-4.

11.20

16.85

21.41

25.37

722.2.1.2.2 Foam plastic insolation. The fire-resis-
tance ratings of precast concrete wall panels con-
sisting of a layer of foam plastic insulation
sandwiched between two wythes of concrete shall
be permitted to be determined by use of Equation 7-
4. Foam plastic insulation with a total thickness of
less than 1 inch (25 mm) shall be disregarded. The
R„ value for thickness of foam plastic insulation of 1
inch (25 mm) or greater, for use in the calculation, is
5 minutes; therefore /? n 059 = 2.5.

722.2.1.3 Joints between precast wall panels.
Joints between precast concrete wall panels which
are not insulated as required by this section shall be
considered as openings in walls. Uninsulated joints
shall be included in determining the percentage of
openings permitted by Table 705.8. Where openings
are not permitted or are required by this code to be
protected, the provisions of this section shall be used
to determine the amount of joint insulation required.
Insulated joints shall not be considered openings for
purposes of determining compliance with the allow-
able percentage of openings in Table 705.8.

722.2.1.3.1 Ceramic fiber joint protection. Figure
722.2. 1.3.1 shows thicknesses of ceramic fiber blan-
kets to be used to insulate joints between precast
concrete wall panels for various panel thicknesses
and for joint widths of V 8 inch (9.5 mm) and 1 inch
(25 mm) for fire-resistance ratings of 1 hour to 4
hours. For joint widths between 3 / 8 inch (9.5 mm)
and 1 inch (25 mm), the thickness of ceramic fiber
blanket is allowed to be determined by direct inter-

3 4 5 6 7 8
PANEL THICKNESS, INCHES

3 4 5 6 7
PANEL THICKNESS, INCHES

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

5
o

z
*:
o

1 INCH MAXIMUM REGARDLESS
OF OPENING RATING

- CERAMIC FIBER
BLANKET

— b=| [*a —

JOINT
WIDTH

CARBONATE OR

■ SILICEOUS AGGREGATE

CONCRETE

SAND-LIGHTWEIGHT

■ OR LIGHTWEIGHT

CONCRETE

FIGURE 722.2.1.3.1
CERAMIC FIBER JOINT PROTECTION

polation. Other tested and labeled materials are
acceptable in place of ceramic fiber blankets.

722.2.1.4 Walls with gypsum wallboard or plaster
finishes. The fire-resistance rating of cast-in-place or
precast concrete walls with finishes of gypsum wall-
board or plaster applied to one or both sides shall be
permitted to be calculated in accordance with the provi-
sions of this section.

170

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE 8

722.2.1.4.1 Nonflre-exposed side. Where the finish
of gypsum wallboard or plaster is applied to the side
of the wall not exposed to fire, the contribution of
the finish to the total fire-resistance rating shall be
determined as follows: The thickness of the finish
shall first be corrected by multiplying the actual
thickness of the finish by the applicable factor deter-
mined from Table 722.2.1.4(1) based on the type of
aggregate in the concrete. The corrected thickness of
finish shall then be added to the actual or equivalent
thickness of concrete and fire-resistance rating of

FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES

the concrete and finish determined from Table
722.2.1.1, Figure 722.2.1.2 or Table 722.2.1.2(1).

722.2.1.4.2 Fire-exposed side. Where gypsum wall-
board or plaster is applied to the fire-exposed side of
the wall, the contribution of the finish to the total
fire-resistance rating shall be determined as fol-
lows: The time assigned to the finish as established
by Table 722.2.1.4(2) shall be added to the fire-
resistance rating determined from Table 722.2.1. 1
or Figure 722.2.1.2, or Table 722.2.1.2(1) for the
concrete alone, or to the rating determined in Sec-

TABLE 722.2.1.4(1)
MULTIPLYING FACTOR FOR FINISHES ON NONFIRE-EXPOSED SIDE OF WALL

TYPE OF FINISH APPLIED TO CONCRETE
OR CONCRETE MASONRY WALL

TYPE OF AGGREGATE USED IN CONCRETE OR CONCRETE MASONRY

Concrete: siliceous

or carbonate

Concrete Masonry:

siliceous or carbonate;

solid clay brick

Concrete: sand-lightweight

Concrete Masonry: clay

tile; hollow clay brick;

concrete masonry units of

expanded shale and < 20%

sand

Concrete: lightweight

Concrete Masonry:

concrete masonry units of

expanded shale, expanded

clay, expanded slag, or

pumice < 20% sand

Concrete Masonry:
concrete masonry units

of expanded slag,
expanded clay, or pumice

Portland cement- sand plaster

1.00

0.75 a

0.75"

0.50"

Gypsum-sand plaster

1.25

1.00

Gypsum-vermiculite or perlite plaster

1.75

1.50

1.25

Gypsum wallboard

3.00

2.25

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

a. For Portland cement-sand plaster V 8 inch or less in thickness and applied directly to the concrete or concrete masonry on the nonfire-exposed side of the wall,
the multiplying factor shall be 1 .00.

TABLE 722.2.1.4(2)
TIME ASSIGNED TO FINISH MATERIALS ON FIRE-

EXPOSED SIDE OF WALL

FINISH DESCRIPTION

TIME (minutes)

Gypsum wallboard

3 / 8 inch

7 2 inch

5 / 8 inch

2 layers of 3 / 8 inch

1 layer 3 / 8 inch, 1 layer '/ 2 inch

2 layers 7 2 inch

Type X gypsum wallboard

V 2 inch

5 / s inch

Portland cement-sand plaster applied directly to concrete masonry

See Note a

Portland cement-sand plaster on metal lath

3 / 4 inch

7 / s inch

1 inch

Gypsum sand plaster on 3 / 8 -inch gypsum lath

'/ 2 inch

5 / s inch

3 / 4 inch

Gypsum sand plaster on metal lath

3 / 4 inch

7 / s inch

1 inch

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

a. The actual thickness of Portland cement-sand plaster, provided it is 5 / g inch or less in thickness, shall be permitted to be included in determining the equivalent
thickness of the masonry for use in Table 722.3.2.

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE 11

171

FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES

tion 722.2.1.4.1 for the concrete and finish on the
nonfire-exposed side.

722.2.1.4.3 Nonsymmetrical assemblies. For a wall
having no finish on one side or different types or
thicknesses of finish on each side, the calculation
procedures of Sections 722.2.1.4.1 and 722.2.1.4.2
shall be performed twice, assuming either side of the
wall to be the fire-exposed side. The fire-resistance
rating of the wall shall not exceed the lower of the
two values.

Exception: For an exterior wall with a fire sepa-
ration distance greater than 5 feet (1524 mm) the
fire shall be assumed to occur on the interior side
only.

722.2.1.4.4 Minimum concrete fire-resistance rat-
ing. Where finishes applied to one or both sides of a
concrete wall contribute to the fire-resistance rating,
the concrete alone shall provide not less than one-
half of the total required fire-resistance rating.
Additionally, the contribution to the fire resistance
of the finish on the nonfire-exposed side of a load-
bearing wall shall not exceed one-half the contribu-
tion of the concrete alone.

722.2.1.4.5 Concrete finishes. Finishes on concrete
walls that are assumed to contribute to the total fire-
resistance rating of the wall shall comply with the
installation requirements of Section 722.3.2.5.

722.2.2 Concrete floor and roof slabs. Reinforced and
prestressed floors and roofs shall comply with Section
722.2.2.1. Multicourse floors and roofs shall comply with
Sections 722.2.2.2 and 722.2.2.3, respectively.

722.2.2.1 Reinforced and prestressed floors and
roofs. The minimum thicknesses of reinforced and pre-
stressed concrete floor or roof slabs tor fire-resistance
ratings of 1 hour to 4 hours are shown in Table

722.2.2.1.

TABLE 722.2.2.1
MINIMUM SLAB THICKNESS (inches)

DETERMINE THICKNESS HERE

CONCRETE TYPE

FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING (hours)

Siliceous

3.5

4.3

6.2

Carbonate

3.2

4.6

5.7

6.6

Sand-lightweight

2.7

3.3

3.8

4.6

5.4

Lightweight

2.5

3.1

3.6

4.4

5.1

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

722.2.2.1.1 Hollow-core prestressed slabs. For
hollow-core prestressed concrete slabs in which the
cores are of constant cross section throughout the
length, the equivalent thickness shall be permitted to
be obtained by dividing the net cross-sectional area
of the slab including grout in the joints, by its width.

722.2.2.1.2 Slabs with sloping soffits. The thick-
ness of slabs with sloping soffits (see Figure
722.2.2.1 .2) shall be determined at a distance 2t or 6
inches (152 mm), whichever is less, from the point

2t OR 6 INCHES,
WHICHEVER IS LESS

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

FIGURE 722.2.2.1.2

DETERMINATION OF SLAB THICKNESS

FOR SLOPING SOFFITS

of minimum thickness, where t is the minimum
thickness.

722.2.2.1.3 Slabs with ribbed soffits. The thickness
of slabs with ribbed or undulating soffits (see Figure
722.2.2.1.3) shall be determined by one of the fol-
lowing expressions, whichever is applicable:

For s > At, the thickness to be used shall be t

For s < It, the thickness to be used shall be t e

For At > s > 2f, the thickness to be used shall be

t + ( A -l-\){t e -t)

(Equation 7-5)

where:

s = Spacing of ribs or undulations.

t = Minimum thickness.

t c = Equivalent thickness of the slab calculated as
the net area of the slab divided by the width, in
which the maximum thickness used in the
calculation shall not exceed 2t.

722.2.2.2 Multicourse floors. The fire-resistance rat-
ings of floors that consist of a base slab of concrete

NEGLECT SHADED AREA IN CALCULATION OF EQUIVALENT THICKNESS

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

FIGURE 722.2.2.1.3
SLABS WITH RIBBED OR UNDULATING SOFFITS

172

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE 8

FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES

with a topping (overlay) of a different type of concrete
shall comply with Figure 722.2.2.2.

CARBONATE BASE

SILICEOUS BASE

12345 12345

THICKNESS OF NORMAL-WEIGHT CONCRETE BASE SLAB, INCHES

CARBONATE OVERLAY

SILICEOUS OVERLAY

_____ ! ( !

^\ '

V \ \ y hr -

V \ \\ 4nr -

\\V\ "

\ \2h\ \
\lhr.\ \\

, \x\\

1
n

i i \ i \ i\

12345 " 12345

THICKNESS OF SAND-LIGHTWEIGHT CONCRETE BASE SLAB, INCHES

For SI: J inch = 25.4 mm.

FIGURE 722.2.2.2

FIRE-RESISTANCE RATINGS FOR

TWO-COURSE CONCRETE FLOORS

722.2.2.3 Multicourse roofs. The fire-resistance rat-
ings of roofs which consist of a base slab of concrete
with a topping (overlay) of an insulating concrete or
with an insulating board and built-up roofing shall
comply with Figures 722.2.2.3(1) and 722.2.2.3(2).

722.2.2.3.1 Heat transfer. For the transfer of heat,
three-ply built-up roofing contributes 10 minutes to
the fire-resistance rating. The fire-resistance rating
for concrete assemblies such as those shown in Fig-
ure 722.2.2.3(1) shall be increased by 10 minutes.
This increase is not applicable to those shown in
Figure 722.2.2.3(2).

722.2.2.4 Joints in precast slabs. Joints between adja-
cent precast concrete slabs need not be considered in
calculating the slab thickness provided that a concrete
topping at least 1 inch (25 mm) thick is used. Where no
concrete topping is used, joints must be grouted to a
depth of at least one-third the slab thickness at the joint,
but not less than 1 inch (25 mm), or the joints must be
made fire resistant by other approved methods.

722.2.3 Concrete cover over reinforcement. The mini-
mum thickness of concrete cover over reinforcement in

concrete slabs, reinforced beams and prestressed beams
shall comply with this section.

722.2.3.1 Slab cover. The minimum thickness of con-
crete cover to the positive moment reinforcement shall
comply with Table 722.2.3(1) for reinforced concrete
and Table 722.2.3(2) for prestressed concrete. These
tables are applicable for solid or hollow-core one-way
or two-way slabs with flat undersurfaces. These tables
are applicable to slabs that are either cast in place or
precast. For precast prestressed concrete not covered
elsewhere, the procedures contained in PCI MNL 124
shall be acceptable.

722.2.3.2 Reinforced beam cover. The minimum
thickness of concrete cover to the positive moment
reinforcement (bottom steel) for reinforced concrete
beams is shown in Table 722.2.3(3) for fire -resistance
ratings of 1 hour to 4 hours.

722.2.3.3 Prestressed beam cover. The minimum
thickness of concrete cover to the positive moment pre-
stressing tendons (bottom steel) for restrained and unre-
strained prestressed concrete beams and stemmed units
shall comply with the values shown in Tables
722.2.3(4) and 722.2.3(5) foxfire-resistance ratings of
1 hour to 4 hours. Values in Table 722.2.3(4) apply to
beams 8 inches (203 mm) or greater in width. Values in
Table 722.2.3(5) apply to beams or stems of any width,
provided the cross-section area is not less than 40
square inches (25 806 mm 2 ). In case of differences
between the values determined from Table 722.2.3(4)
or 722.2.3(5), it is permitted to use the smaller value.
The concrete cover shall be calculated in accordance
with Section 722.2.3.3.1. The minimum concrete cover
for nonprestressed reinforcement in prestressed con-
crete beams shall comply with Section 722.2.3.2.

722.2.3.3.1 Calculating concrete cover. The con-
crete cover for an individual tendon is the minimum
thickness of concrete between the surface of the ten-
don and the fire-exposed surface of the beam, except
that for ungrouted ducts, the assumed cover thick-
ness is the minimum thickness of concrete between
the surface of the duct and the fire-exposed surface
of the beam. For beams in which two or more ten-
dons are used, the cover is assumed to be the aver-
age of the minimum cover of the individual tendons.
For corner tendons (tendons equal distance from the
bottom and side), the minimum cover used in the
calculation shall be one-half the actual value. For
stemmed members with two or more prestressing
tendons located along the vertical centerline of the
stem, the average cover shall be the distance from
the bottom of the member to the centroid of the ten-
dons. The actual cover for any individual tendon
shall not be less than one-half the smaller value
shown in Tables 722.2.3(4) and 722.2.3(5), or 1 inch
(25 mm), whichever is greater.

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE*

173

FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES

CELLULAR CONCRETE

'■ CONCRETE'

CARBONATE BASE

SILICEOUS BASE

SAND-LIGHTWEIGHT BASE

THICKNESS OF CONCRETE BASE SLAB, INCHES

VERMICULITE CONCRETE

*■ CONCRETE •

CARBONATE BASE

(c)

LU —1

> <z

j i 1 — r

v ">0 , 4hr.

"»> v / , 3hr>N.

. 2hr.,\X

1hr. \JS,

SAND-LIGHTWEIGHT BASE
4c

y z
i-o

THICKNESS OF CONCRETE BASE SLAB, INCHES

W<
Ul O

(e) zm
*(£

O UJ

n
w

-STANDARD 3-PLY
BUILT-UP ROOFING

sss

MINERAL BOARD

■=. CONCRETE ■» • ■»■

sss

CARBONATE BASE

SILICEOUS BASE

SAND-LIGHTWEIGHT BASE

THICKNESS OF CONCRETE BASE SLAB, INCHES

-STANDARD 3-PLY
BUILD-UP ROOFING

■GLASS FIBER BOARD,

*. CONCRETE

2ZZZZ

CARBONATE BASE

SILICEOUS BASE

SAND-LIGHTWEIGHT BASE

THICKNESS OF CONCRETE BASE SLAB, INCHES

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

FIGURE 722.2.2.3(1)
FIRE-RESISTANCE RATINGS FOR
CONCRETE ROOF ASSEMBLIES

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

FIGURE 722.2.2.3(2)

FIRE-RESISTANCE RATINGS

FOR CONCRETE ROOF ASSEMBLIES

COVER THICKNESS FOR REI

TABLE 722.2.3(1)
NFORCED CONCRETE FLOOR OR ROOF SL/

FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING

^BS (inches)

CONCRETE AGGREGATE TYPE

(hours)

Restrained

Unrestrained

1V 2

1V,

Siliceous

3 / 4

l'/ 4

Carbonate

X j

iv 4

IV,

Sand-lightweight or lightweight

iv 4

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

TABLE 722.2.3(2)
COVER THICKNESS FOR PRESTRESSED CONCRETE FLOOR OR ROOF SLABS (inches)

CONCRETE AGGREGATE TYPE

FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING (hours)

Restrained

Unrestrained

IV,

1V,

Siliceous

1'/,

17,

Carbonate

l 3 / s

27 s

27„

Sand-lightweight or lightweight

17 2

27 4

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 i

174

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES

TABLE 722.2.3(3)

MINIMUM COVER FOR MAIN REINFORCING BARS OF REINFORCED CONCRETE BEAMS

(APPLICABLE TO ALL TYPES OF STRUCTURAL CONCRETE)

RESTRAINED OR
UNRESTRAINED"

BEAM
WIDTH b (inches)

FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING (hours)

IV,

Restrained

>10

X
X

X
X
X

X
X

11/ «

1 '4

X
X

Unrestrained

>10

X
X

3
1%

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, I foot = 304.8 mm.

a. Tabulated values for restrained assemblies apply to beams spaced more than 4 feet on center. For restrained beams spaced 4 feet or less on center, minimum

cover of V 4 inch is adequate for ratings of 4 hours or less,
b For beam widths between the tabulated values, the minimum cover thickness can be determined by direct interpolation,
c The cover for an individual reinforcing bar is the minimum thickness of concrete between the surface of the bar and the fire-exposed surface of the beam. For

beams in which several bars are used, the cover for corner bars used in the calculation shall be reduced to one-half of the actual value. The cover for an

individual bar must be not less than one-half of the value given in Table 722.2.3(3) nor less than 3 / 4 inch.

TABLE 722.2.3(4)
MINIMUM COVER FOR PRESTRESSED CONCRETE BEAMS 8 INCHES OR GREATER IN WIDTH"

RESTRAINED OR
UNRESTRAINED'

CONCRETE
AGGREGATE TYPE

BEAM WIDTH
(inches)

FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING (hours)

1V 2

Restrained

Carbonate or siliceous

Sand lightweight

8
>12

iv 2

17 2

17,
17 2

17,
17 2
17 2

IV,

17 2

17/
17 2
17,
17 2

27/

T
I 5 //

Unrestrained

Carbonate or siliceous

Sand lightweight

8
>12

IV,
17,

17,
17,

17 4
1V 2
17,
IV,

27,

1 7 V
2

5 C
27 2
37.

3
27 2

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm. . .

a. Tabulated values for restrained assemblies apply to beams spaced more than 4 feet on center. For restrained beams spaced 4 feet or less on center, minimum
cover of 3 / 4 inch is adequate for 4-hour ratings or less.

b. For beam widths between 8 inches and 12 inches, minimum cover thickness can be determined by direct interpolation.

c. Not practical for 8-inch-wide beam but shown for purposes of interpolation.

TABLE 722.2.3(5)
MINIMUM COVER FOR PRESTRESSED CONCRETE BEAMS OF ALL WIDTHS

RESTRAINED OR

UNRESTRAINED 3

CONCRETE AGGREGATE TYPE

BEAM AREA"
A (square inches)

FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING (hours)

1V,

Restrained

All

40 < A < 150

17 2

27,

—

Carbonate or
siliceous

150 < A < 300

17 2

1V 4

27 2

300 < A

17,

17 2

Sand lightweight

150 < A

17 2

Unrestrained

All

40 < A < 150

—

Carbonate or
siliceous

150 < A < 300

17 2

27 2

—

300 < A

17 2

17,

3 C

4 C

Sand lightweight

150 < A

17 2

3 c

4 C

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm. . .

a. Tabulated values for restrained assemblies apply to beams spaced more than 4 feet on center. For restrained beams spaced 4 feet or less on center, minimum
cover of 7, inch is adequate for 4-hour ratings or less.

b. The cross-sectional area of a stem is permitted to include a portion of the area in the flange, provided the width of the flange used in the calculation does not
exceed three times the average width of the stem.

c. U-shaped or hooped stirrups spaced not to exceed the depth of the member and having a minimum cover of 1 inch shall be provided.

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

175

FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES

722.2.4 Concrete columns. Concrete columns shall com-
ply with this section.

TABLE 722.2.4
MINIMUM DIMENSION OF CONCRETE COLUMNS (inches)

TYPES OF CONCRETE

FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING (hours)

IV,

2 a

4 b

Siliceous

Carbonate

Sand-lightweight

8'/ 2

107 2

For SI: 1 inch = 25 mm.

a. The minimum dimension is permitted to be reduced to 8 inches for
rectangular columns with two parallel sides at least 36 inches in length.

b. The minimum dimension is permitted to be reduced to 10 inches for
rectangular columns with two parallel sides at least 36 inches in length.

722.2.4.1 Minimum size. The minimum overall
dimensions of reinforced concrete columns for fire-
resistance ratings of 1 hour to 4 hours for exposure to
fire on all sides shall comply with this section.

722.2.4.1.1 Concrete strength less than or equal
to 12,000 psi. For columns made with concrete hav-
ing a specified compressive strength,/',.., of less than
or equal to 12,000 psi (82.7 MPa), the minimum
dimension shall comply with Table 722.2.4.

722.2.4.1.2 Concrete strength greater than 12,000
psi. For columns made with concrete having a speci-
fied compressive strength, / \, greater than 12,000
psi (82.7 MPa), for fire-resistance ratings of 1 hour
to 4 hours the minimum dimension shall be 24
inches (610 mm).

722.2.4.2 Minimum cover for R/C columns. The min-
imum thickness of concrete cover to the main longitu-
dinal reinforcement in columns, regardless of the type
of aggregate used in the concrete and the specified
compressive strength of concrete, / ' c , shall not be less
than 1 inch (25 mm) times the number of hours of
required fire resistance or 2 inches (51 mm), whichever
is less.

722.2.4.3 Tie and spiral reinforcement. For concrete
columns made with concrete having a specified com-
pressive strength,/;, greater than 12,000 psi (82.7
MPa), tie and spiral reinforcement shall comply with
the following:

1. The free ends of rectangular ties shall terminate
with a 135-degree (2.4 rad) standard tie hook.

2. The free ends of circular ties shall terminate with
a 90-degree (1.6 rad) standard tie hook.

3. The free ends of spirals, including at lap splices,
shall terminate with a 90-degree (1.6 rad) stan-
dard tie hook.

The hook extension at the free end of ties and spirals
shall be the larger of six bar diameters and the exten-

sion required by Section 7.1.3 of ACI 318. Hooks shall
project into the core of the column.

722.2.4.4 Columns built into walls. The minimum
dimensions of Table 722.2.4 do not apply to a rein-
forced concrete column that is built into a concrete or
masonry wall provided all of the following are met:

1. The fire-resistance rating for the wall is equal to
or greater than the required rating of the column;

2. The main longitudinal reinforcing in the column
has cover not less than that required by Section
722.2.4.2; and

3. Openings in the wall are protected in accordance
with Table 716.5.

Where openings in the wall are not protected as
required by Section 716.5, the minimum dimension of
columns required to have afire-resistance rating of 3
hours or less shall be 8 inches (203 mm), and 10 inches
(254 mm) for columns required to have a fire- resis-
tance rating of 4 hours, regardless of the type of aggre-
gate used in the concrete.

722.2.4.5 Precast cover units for steel columns. See

Section 722.5.1.4.

722.3 Concrete masonry. The provisions of this section con-
tain procedures by which the fire-resistance ratings of con-
crete masonry are established by calculations.

722.3.1 Equivalent thickness. The equivalent thickness
of concrete masonry construction shall be determined in
accordance with the provisions of this section.

722.3.1.1 Concrete masonry unit plus finishes. The
equivalent thickness of concrete masonry assemblies,
T ea , shall be computed as the sum of the equivalent
thickness of the concrete masonry unit, T e , as deter-
mined by Section 722.3.1.2, 722.3.1.3 o/ 722.3.1.4,
plus the equivalent thickness of finishes, T eft deter-
mined in accordance with Section 722.3.2:

T =T+ T,

(Equation 7-6)

722.3.1.2 Ungrouted or partially grouted construc-
tion. T e shall be the value obtained for the concrete
masonry unit determined in accordance with ASTM C
140.

722.3.1.3 Solid grouted construction. The equivalent
thickness, T e , of solid grouted concrete masonry units is
the actual thickness of the unit.

722.3.1.4 Airspaces and cells filled with loose-fill

material. The equivalent thickness of completely filled
hollow concrete masonry is the actual thickness of the
unit when loose-fill materials are: sand, pea gravel,
crushed stone, or slag that meet ASTM C 33 require-
ments; pumice, scoria, expanded shale, expanded clay,
expanded slate, expanded slag, expanded fly ash, or
cinders that comply with ASTM C 331; or perlite or
vermiculite meeting the requirements of ASTM C 549
and ASTM C 516, respectively.

176

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES

722.3.2 Concrete masonry walls. The. fire-resistance rat-
ing of walls and partitions constructed of concrete
masonry units shall be determined from Table 722.3.2.
The rating shall be based on the equivalent thickness of
the masonry and type of aggregate used.

722.3.2.1 Finish on nonfire-exposed side. Where plas-
ter or gypsum wallboard is applied to the side of the
wall not exposed to fire, the contribution of the finish to
the total fire-resistance rating shall be determined as
follows: The thickness of gypsum wallboard or plaster
shall be corrected by multiplying the actual thickness of
the finish by applicable factor determined from Table
722.2.1.4(1). This corrected thickness of finish shall be
added to the equivalent thickness of masonry and the
fire-resistance rating of the masonry and finish deter-
mined from Table 722.3.2.

722.3.2.2 Finish on fire-exposed side. Where plaster
or gypsum wallboard is applied to the fire-exposed side
of the wall, the contribution of the finish to the total
fire-resistance rating shall be determined as follows:
The time assigned to the finish as established by Table
722.2.1.4(2) shall be added to the fire-resistance rating
determined in Section 722.3.2 for the masonry alone, or
in Section 722.3.2.1 for the masonry and finish on the
nonfire-exposed side.

722.3.2.3 Nonsymmetrical assemblies. For a wall
having no finish on one side or having different types
or thicknesses of finish on each side, the calculation
procedures of this section shall be performed twice,
assuming either side of the wall to be the fire-exposed
side. The fire-resistance rating of the wall shall not
exceed the lower of the two values calculated.

Exception: For exterior walls with afire separation
distance greater than 5 feet (1524 mm) the fire shall
be assumed to occur on the interior side only.

722.3.2.4 Minimum concrete masonry fire-resis-
tance rating. Where the finish applied to a concrete
masonry wall contributes to its fire-resistance rating,
the masonry alone shall provide not less than one-half
the total required fire-resistance rating.

722.3.2.5 Attachment of finishes. Installation of fin-
ishes shall be as follows:

1. Gypsum wallboard and gypsum lath applied to
concrete masonry or concrete walls shall be
secured to wood or steel furring members spaced
not more than 16 inches (406 mm) on center
(o.c).

2. Gypsum wallboard shall be installed with the
long dimension parallel to the furring members
and shall have all joints finished.

3. Other aspects of the installation of finishes shall
comply with the applicable provisions of Chap-
ters 7 and 25.

722.3.3 Multiwythe masonry walls. The fire-resistance
rating of wall assemblies constructed of multiple wythes
of masonry materials shall be permitted to be based on the
fire-resistance rating period of each wythe and the contin-
uous airspace between each wythe in accordance with the
following formula:

R A = (A, 059 + R 2 059 + ... + tf„ 059 + A, + A 2 + ... +A n ) L1

(Equation 7-7)

where:

R A = Fire-resistance rating of the assembly (hours).

R l: R 2 , ..., R n = Fire- resistance rating of wythes for 1, 2,
n (hours), respectively.

A,, A 2 , ...., A n = 0.30, factor for each continuous airspace
for 1, 2, ...n, respectively, having a depth
of V 2 inch (12.7 mm) or more between
wythes.

722.3.4 Concrete masonry lintels. Fire-resistance rat-
ings for concrete masonry lintels shall be determined
based upon the nominal thickness of the lintel and the
minimum thickness of concrete masonry or concrete, or
any combination thereof, covering the main reinforcing
bars, as determined according to Table 722.3.4, or by
approved alternate methods.

TABLE 722.3.2
MINIMUM EQUIVALENT THICKNESS (inches) OF BEARING OR NONBEARING CONCRETE MASONRY WALLS abcd

TYPE OF AGGREGATE

FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING (hours)

1V 4

1V 2

2V,

3V.

3 3 / 4

Pumice or expanded slag

1.5

1.9

2.1

2.5

2.7

3.0

3.2

3.4

3.6

3.8

4.0

4.2

4.4

4.5

4.7

Expanded shale, clay or slate

1.8

2.2

2.6

2.9

3.3

3.4

3.6

3.8

4.0

4.2

4.4

4.6

4.8

4.9

5.1

Limestone, cinders or unexpanded slag

1.9

2.3

2.7

3.1

3.4

3.7

4.0

4.3

4.5

4.8

5.0

5.2

5.5

5.7

5.9

Calcareous or siliceous gravel

2.0

2.4

2.8

3.2

3.6

3.9

4.2

4.5

4.8

5.0

5.3

5.5

5.8

6.0

6.2

For SI: t inch = 25.4 mm.

a. Values between those shown in the table can be determined by direct interpolation.

b. Where combustible members are framed into the wall, the thickness of solid material between the end of each member and the opposite face of the wall, or
between members set in from opposite sides, shall not be less than 93 percent of the thickness shown in the table.

c. Requirements of ASTM C 55, ASTM C 73, ASTM C 90 or ASTM C 744 shall apply.

d. Minimum required equivalent thickness corresponding to the hourly fire-resistance rating for units with a combination of aggregate shall be determined by
linear interpolation based on the percent by volume of each aggregate used in manufacture.

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

177

FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES

TABLE 722.3.4

MINIMUM COVER OF LONGITUDINAL REINFORCEMENT IN

FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED REINFORCED CONCRETE

TABLE 722.3.5

MINIMUM DIMENSION OF CONCRETE

MASONRY COLUMNS (inches)

NOMINAL WIDTH
OF LINTEL (inches)

FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING (hours)

—

iv 2

l7 2

10 or greater

l 1 /.

1V 2

17 2

l 3 /

1 M

FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING (hours)

8 inches

1 inches

1 2 inches

1 4 inches

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

722.3.5 Concrete masonry columns. The fire-resistance
rating of concrete masonry columns shall be determined
based upon the least plan dimension of the column in
accordance with Table 722.3.5 or by approved alternate
methods.

722.4 Clay brick and tile masonry. The provisions of this
section contain procedures by which the fire-resistance rat-
ings of clay brick and tile masonry are established by calcula-
tions.

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

722.4.1 Masonry walls. The fire- resistance rating of
masonry walls shall be based upon the equivalent thick-
ness as calculated in accordance with this section. The cal-
culation shall take into account finishes applied to the wall
and airspaces between wythes in multiwythe construction.

722.4.1.1 Equivalent thickness. The fire-resistance
ratings of walls or partitions constructed of solid or
hollow clay masonry units shall be determined from
Table 722.4.1(1) or 722.4.1(2). The equivalent thick-
ness of the clay masonry unit shall be determined by
Equation 7-8 when using Table 722.4.1(1). The fire -

TABLE 722.4.1(1)
FIRE-RESISTANCE PERIODS OF CLAY MASONRY WALLS

MATERIAL TYPE

MINIMUM REQUIRED EQUIVALENT THICKNESS FOR FIRE RESISTANCE" ° '(inches)

1 hour

2 hours

3 hours

4 hours

Solid brick of clay or shale 11

2.7

3.8

4.9

6.0

Hollow brick or tile of clay or shale, unfilled

2.3

3.4

4.3

5.0

Hollow brick or tile of clay or shale, grouted

or filled with materials specified in Section 722.4.1.1.3

3.0

4.4

5.5

6.6

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

a. Equivalent thickness as determined from Section 722.4.1 .1.

b. Calculated fire resistance between the hourly increments listed shall be determined by linear interpolation.

c. Where combustible members are framed in the wall, the thickness of solid material between the end of each member and the opposite face of the wall, or
between members set in from opposite sides, shall not be less than 93 percent of the thickness shown.

d. For units in which the net cross-sectional area of cored brick in any plane parallel to the surface containing the cores is at least 75 percent of the gross cross-
sectional area measured in the same plane.

TABLE 722.4.1(2)
FIRE-RESISTANCE RATINGS FOR BEARING STEEL FRAME BRICK VENEER WALLS OR PARTITIONS

WALL OR PARTITION ASSEMBLY

PLASTER SIDE
EXPOSED (hours)

BRICK FACED SIDE
EXPOSED (hours)

Outside facing of steel studs:

V," wood fiberboard sheathing next to studs, 3 / 4 " airspace formed with

3 / 4 " x l 5 / 8 " wood strips placed over the fiberboard and secured to the studs;

metal or wire lath nailed to such strips, 3 3 / 4 " brick veneer held in place by filling 3 / 4 " airspace between

the brick and lath with mortar. Inside facing of studs: 3 / 4 " unsanded gypsum plaster on metal or wire

lath attached to s f l6 " wood strips secured to edges of the studs.

1.5

Outside facing of steel studs:

1" insulation board sheathing attached to studs, 1" airspace, and 3 3 / 4 " brick veneer attached to steel
frame with metal ties every 5th course. Inside facing of studs: 7 / 8 " sanded gypsum plaster (1:2 mix)
applied on metal or wire lath attached directly to the studs.

1.5

Same as above except use 7 / 8 " vermiculite-gypsum plaster or 1" sanded gypsum plaster (1:2 mix)
applied to metal or wire.

Outside facing of steel studs:

7," gypsum sheathing board, attached to studs, and 3 3 / 4 " brick veneer attached to steel frame with
metal ties every 5th course. Inside facing of studs: 7 2 " sanded gypsum plaster (1:2 mix) applied to '/,"
perforated gypsum lath securely attached to studs and having strips of metal lath 3 inches wide
applied to all horizontal joints of gypsum lath.

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

178

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES

resistance rating determined from Table 722.4.1(1)
shall be permitted to be used in the calculated fire-
resistance rating procedure in Section 722.4.2.

T = V ILH (Equation 7-8)

where:

T e = The equivalent thickness of the clay masonry unit

(inches).
V n = The net volume of the clay masonry unit (inch 3 ).
L = The specified length of the clay masonry unit

(inches).
H = The specified height of the clay masonry unit

(inches).

722.4.1.1.1 Hollow clay units. The equivalent
thickness, T e , shall be the value obtained for hollow
clay units as determined in accordance with Equa-
tion 7-8. The net volume, V n , of the units shall be
determined using the gross volume and percentage
of void area determined in accordance with ASTM
C67.

722.4.1.1.2 Solid grouted clay units. The equiva-
lent thickness of solid grouted clay masonry units
shall be taken as the actual thickness of the units.

722.4.1.1.3 Units with filled cores. The equivalent
thickness of the hollow clay masonry units is the
actual thickness of the unit when completely filled
with loose-fill materials of: sand, pea gravel,
crushed stone, or slag that meet ASTM C 33 require-
ments; pumice, scoria, expanded shale, expanded
clay, expanded slate, expanded slag, expanded fly
ash, or cinders in compliance with ASTM C 331 ; or
perlite or vermiculite meeting the requirements of
ASTM C 549 and ASTM C 516, respectively.

722.4.1.2 Plaster finishes. Where plaster is applied to
the wall, the total fire -re si stance rating shall be deter-
mined by the formula:

R = (R n 059 + pi) ' 7 (Equation 7-9)

where:

R =The fire-resistance rating of the assembly

(hours).
i? n = The fire-resistance rating of the individual wall

(hours).
pi = Coefficient for thickness of plaster.

Values for R°- 59 for use in Equation 7-9 are given in
Table 722.4.1(3). Coefficients for thickness of plaster
shall be selected from Table 722.4.1(4) based on the
actual thickness of plaster applied to the wall or parti-
tion and whether one or two sides of the wall are plas-
tered.

TABLE 722.4.1(3)
VALUES OF R„ ° 59

F)„ 0.59

A (hours)

1.0

1.50

1.91

2.27

TABLE 722.4.1(4)
COEFFICIENTS FOR PLASTER, pi"

THICKNESS OF PLASTER (inch)

ONE SIDE

TWO SIDES

0.3

0.6

0.37

0.75

0.45

0.90

For SI: I inch = 25.4 mm.

a. Values listed in table are for 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster.

TABLE 722.4.1(5)
REINFORCED MASONRY LINTELS

NOMINAL
LINTEL WIDTH (inches)

MINIMUM LONGITUDINAL REINFORCEMENT

COVER

FOR FIRE RESISTANCE (inches)

1 hour

2 hours

3 hours

4 hours

1V 2

17,

1V 2

10 or more

1V 2

l'/ 2

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.
NP = Not permitted.

TABLE 722.4.1(6)
REINFORCED CLAY MASONRY COLUMNS

COLUMN SIZE

FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING
(hours)

Minimum column dimension
(inches)

ForSLl inch = 25.4 mm.

722.4.1.3 Multiwythe walls with airspace. Where a
continuous airspace separates multiple wythes of the
wall or partition, the total fire-resistance rating shall be
determined by the formula:

R = (fl, 059 + R 2°' 59 + -+R n 059 +as) IJ (Equation 7-10)

where:

R = The fire-resistance rating of the assembly
(hours).

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

179

FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES

R t ,R 2 and R n = The fire-resistance rating of the
individual wythes (hours).

as = Coefficient for continuous airspace.

Values for R n 059 for use in Equation 7-10 are given
in Table 722.4.1(3). The coefficient for each continu-
ous airspace of 7 2 inch to 3V 2 inches (12.7 to 89 mm)
separating two individual wythes shall be 0.3.

722.4.1.4 Nonsymmetrical assemblies. For a wall
having no finish on one side or having different types
or thicknesses of finish on each side, the calculation
procedures of this section shall be performed twice,
assuming either side to be the fire-exposed side of the
wall. The fire resistance of the wall shall not exceed the
lower of the two values determined.

Exception: For exterior walls with a fire separation
distance greater than 5 feet (1524 mm), the fire shall
be assumed to occur on the interior side only.

722.4.2 Multiwythe wails. The fire -resistance rating for
walls or partitions consisting of two or more dissimilar
wythes shall be permitted to be determined by the for-
mula:

R = (R° 59 + R 2 (y59 + ...+Rf- 59 ) ,: '
where:

(Equation 7-11)

R - The fire-resistance rating of the assembly (hours).

R,, R 2 and R n - The fire-resistance rating of the
individual wythes (hours).

Values for R n 059 for use in Equation 7-1 1 are given in
Table 722.4.1(3).

722.4.2.1 Multiwythe walls of different material. For

walls that consist of two or more wythes of different
materials (concrete or concrete masonry units) in com-
bination with clay masonry units, the fire-resistance
rating of the different materials shall be permitted to be
determined from Table 722.2.1.1 for concrete; Table
722.3.2 for concrete masonry units or Table 722.4.1(1)
or 722.4.1(2) for clay and tile masonry units.

722.4.3 Reinforced clay masonry lintels. Fire-resistance
ratings for clay masonry lintels shall be determined based
on the nominal width of the lintel and the minimum cover-
ing for the longitudinal reinforcement in accordance with

Table 722.4.1(5).

722.4.4 Reinforced clay masonry columns. The fire-
resistance ratings shall be determined based on the last
plan dimension of the column in accordance with Table
722.4.1(6). The minimum cover for longitudinal reinforce-
ment shall be 2 inches (51 mm).

722.5 Steel assemblies. The provisions of this section con-
tain procedures by which the fire-resistance ratings of steel
assemblies are established by calculations.

722.5.1 Structural steel columns. The fire-resistance rat-
ings of steel columns shall be based on the size of the ele-
ment and the type of protection provided in accordance
with this section.

722.5.1.1 General. These procedures establish a basis for
determining the fire resistance of column assemblies as a
function of the thickness of fire-resistant material and, the
weight, W, and heated perimeter, D, of steel columns. As
used in these sections, W is the average weight of a struc-
tural steel column in pounds per linear foot. The heated
perimeter, D, is the inside perimeter of the fire-resistant
material in inches as illustrated in Figure 722.5.1(1).

D=4bf+2d-2t w

D=2(a+d)

D=2(b f + d)

FIGURE 722.5.1(1)

DETERMINATION OF THE HEATED PERIMETER OF

STRUCTURAL STEEL COLUMNS

722.5.1.1.1 Nonload-bearing protection. The
application of these procedures shall be limited to
column assemblies in which the fire-resistant mate-
rial is not designed to carry any of the load acting on
the column.

722.5.1.1.2 Embedments. In the absence of sub-
stantiating fire-endurance test results, ducts, conduit,
piping, and similar mechanical, electrical, and
plumbing installations shall not be embedded in any
required fire-resistant materials.

722.5.1.1.3 Weight-to-perimeter ratio. Table
722.5.1(1) contains weight-to-heated-perimeter
ratios (W/D) for both contour and box fire-resistant
profiles, for the wide flange shapes most often used
as columns. For different fire-resistant protection
profiles or column cross sections, the weight-to-
heated-perimeter ratios (W/D) shall be determined in
accordance with the definitions given in this section.

722.5.1.2 Gypsum wallboard protection. The fire
resistance of structural steel columns with weight-to-
heated-perimeter ratios ( W/D) less than or equal to 3.65
and which are protected with Type X gypsum wall-
board shall be permitted to be determined from the fol-
lowing expression:

R = 130

h(W'/D) 015

(Equation 7-12)

where:

R = Fire resistance (minutes).

h = Total thickness of gypsum wallboard (inches).

D = Heated perimeter of the structural steel column
(inches).

W = Total weight of the structural steel column and
gypsum wallboard protection (pounds per linear
foot).

W' = W+ 50hD/l44.

180

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES

722.5.1.2.1 Attachment. The gypsum wallboard
shall be supported as illustrated in either Figure
722.5.1(2) for fire-resistance ratings of 4 hours or
less, or Figure 722.5.1(3) for fire-resistance ratings
of 3 hours or less.

722.5.1.2.2 Gypsum wallboard equivalent to con-
crete. The determination of the fire resistance of
structural steel columns from Figure 722.5.1(4) is
permitted for various thicknesses of gypsum wall-
board as a function of the weight-to-heated-perime-
ter ratio {W/D) of the column. For structural steel
columns with weight-to-heated-perimeter ratios (W/D)

No.8x1/2" SHEET STEEL
SCREWS SPACED 12-o.c.

SNAP-LOCK PITTSBURGH SEAM

CORNER JOINT DETAILS (A)

FIGURE 722.5.1(2)

GYPSUM WALLBOARD PROTECTED STRUCTURAL STEEL

COLUMNS WITH SHEET STEEL COLUMN COVERS

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 305 mm.

1. Structural steel column, either wide flange or tubular shapes.

2. Type X gypsum wallboard in accordance with ASTM C 1396. For single-
layer applications, the wallboard shall be applied vertically with no
horizontal joints. For multiple-layer applications, horizontal joints are
permitted at a minimum spacing of 8 feet, provided that the joints in
successive layers are staggered at least 12 inches. The total required
thickness of wallboard shall be determined on the basis of the specified
fire-resistance rating and the weight-to-heated-perimeter ratio (W/D) of
the column. For fire-resistance ratings of 2 hours or less, one of the
required layers of gypsum wallboard may be applied to the exterior of the
sheet steel column covers with 1-inch long Type S screws spaced 1 inch
from the wallboard edge and 8 inches on center. For such installations,
0.0149-inch minimum thickness galvanized steel corner beads with 1 72-
inch legs shall be attached to the wallboard with Type S screws spaced 12
inches on center.

3. For fire-resistance ratings of 3 hours or less, the column covers shall be
fabricated from 0.0239-inch minimum thickness galvanized or stainless
steel. For 4-hour fire-resistance ratings, the column covers shall be
fabricated from 0.0239-inch minimum thickness stainless steel. The
column covers shall be erected with the Snap Lock or Pittsburgh joint
details.

For fire-resistance ratings of 2 hours or less, column covers fabricated
from 0.0269-inch minimum thickness galvanized or stainless steel shall be
permitted to be erected with lap joints. The lap joints shall be permitted to
be located anywhere around the perimeter of the column cover. The lap
joints shall be secured with 7,-inch-long No. 8 sheet metal screws spaced
12 inches on center.

The column covers shall be provided with a minimum expansion
clearance of '/„ inch per linear foot between the ends of the cover and any
restraining construction.

greater than 3.65, the thickness of gypsum wall-
board required for specified fire-resistance ratings
shall be the same as the thickness determined for a
W14 x 233 wide flange shape.

722.5.1.3 Sprayed fire-resistant materials. The fire
resistance of wide-flange structural steel columns pro-
tected with sprayed fire-resistant materials, as illus-
trated in Figure 722.5.1(5), shall be permitted to be
determined from the following expression:

R = [C^W/D) + C 2 )h (Equation 7-13)

©— -f

1 LAYER = 5/8" OR 1/2"

2 LAYERS = 1 1/4" OR 1"

3 LAYERS = 1 7/8" OR 1 1/2"

4 LAYERS = 2 1/2" OR 2"

FIGURE 722.5.1(3)

GYPSUM WALLBOARD PROTECTED STRUCTURAL STEEL

COLUMNS WITH STEEL STUD/SCREW ATTACHMENT SYSTEM

For SI: I inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = -305 mm.

1 . Structural steel column, either wide flange or tubular shapes.

2. 1%-inch deep studs fabricated from 0.0179-inch minimum thickness
galvanized steel with l 5 / l6 or F/ l6 -inch legs. The length of the steel studs
shall be 7 2 inch less than the height of the assembly.

3. Type X gypsum wallboard in accordance with ASTM C 1396. For single-
layer applications, the wallboard shall be applied vertically with no
horizontal joints. For multiple-layer applications, horizontal joints are
permitted at a minimum spacing of 8 feet, provided that the joints in
successive layers are staggered at least 12 inches. The total required
thickness of wallboard shall be determined on the basis of the specified
fire-resistance rating and the weight-to-heated-perimeter ratio (W/D) of
the column.

4. Galvanized 0.0149-inch minimum thickness steel corner beads with l7 2 -
inch legs attached to the wallboard with 1 -inch-long Type S screws
spaced 1 2 inches on center.

5. No. 18 SWG steel tie wires spaced 24 inches on center.

6. Sheet metal angles with 2-inch legs fabricated from 0.0221 -inch
minimum thickness galvanized steel.

7. Type S screws, 1 inch long, shall be used for attaching the first layer of
wallboard to the steel studs and the third layer to the sheet metal angles at
24 inches on center. Type S screws l 3 / 4 -inch long shall be used for
attaching the second layer of wallboard to the steel studs and the fourth
layer to the sheet metal angles at 12 inches on center. Type S screws 2'/ 4
inches long shall be used for attaching the third layer of wallboard to the
steel studs at 1 2 inches on center.

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

181

FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES

fire-resistant material

where:

R = Fire resistance (minutes).

h - Thickness of sprayed
(inches).

D - Heated perimeter of the structural steel column
(inches).

C, and C 2 = Material-dependent constants.

W = Weight of structural steel columns (pounds per
linear foot).

The fire resistance of structural steel columns pro-
tected with intumescent or mastic fire-resistant coatings
shall be determined on the basis of fire-resistance tests
in accordance with Section 703.2.

722.5.1.3.1 Material-dependent constants. The
material-dependent constants, Q and C 2 , shall be
determined for specific fire-resistant materials on
the basis of standard fire endurance tests in accor-
dance with Section 703.2. Unless evidence is sub-
mitted to the building official substantiating a
broader application, this expression shall be limited
to determining the fire resistance of structural steel
columns with weight-to-heated-perimeter ratios (W/
D) between the largest and smallest columns for
which standard fire-resistance test results are avail-
able.

722.5.1.3.2 Identification. Sprayed fire-resistant
materials shall be identified by density and thickness
required for a given fire-resistance rating.

2
1 1/2

2 1/2"

7 1 7/8"

1 1/2"

1 1/4"

5/8"
1/2"

1.0

2.0

WEIGHT-TO-HEATED-PERIMETER RATIO (WIDf

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 pound per linear foot/inch = 0.059 kg/m/mm.

FIGURE 722.5.1(4)

FiRE RESISTANCE OF STRUCTURAL STEEL COLUMNS

PROTECTED WITH VARIOUS THICKNESSES OF TYPE X

GYPSUM WALLBOARD

(Equation 7-14)

moisture

722.5.1.4 Concrete-protected columns. The fire resis-
tance of structural steel columns protected with con-
crete, as illustrated in Figure 722.5.1(6) (a) and (b),
shall be permitted to be determined from the following

expression:

R = R o (l+0.03J

where:

/?„= 10 (W/Z3) 07 + 17 (h ] % - 2 ) x
[1+26 {H/p c c c h(L + h)} 0S ]

As used in these expressions:

R = Fire endurance at equilibrium
conditions (minutes).

R = Fire endurance at zero moisture content
(minutes).

m = Equilibrium moisture content of the concrete by
volume (percent).

W = Average weight of the steel column (pounds per
linear foot).

D = Heated perimeter of the steel column (inches).

h = Thickness of the concrete cover (inches).

k c = Ambient temperature thermal conductivity of the
concrete (Btu/hr ft °F).

H = Ambient temperature thermal capacity of the
steel column = 0. 1 1W (Btu/ ft °F).

p c = Concrete density (pounds per cubic foot).

c c = Ambient temperature specific heat of concrete
(Btu/lb °F).

L = Interior dimension of one side of a square
concrete box protection (inches).

722.5.1.4.1 Reentrant space filled. For wide-flange
steel columns completely encased in concrete with
all reentrant spaces filled [Figure 722.5. l(6)(c)], the
thermal capacity of the concrete within the reentrant
spaces shall be permitted to be added to the thermal
capacity of the steel column, as follows:

H = 0.UW+ GW 144) (bjd - A,)

(Equation 7-15)

a. The W/D ratios for typical wide flange columns are listed in Table
721.5.1(1). For other column shapes, the W/D ratios shall be determined
in accordance with Section 721.5.1.1.

FIGURE 721.5.1(5)

WIDE FLANGE STRUCTURE STEEL COLUMNS WITH

SPRAYED FIRE-RESISTANT MATERIALS

182

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES

where:

b f = Flange width of the steel column (inches).

d = Depth of the steel column (inches).

A s = Cross-sectional area of the steel column
(square inches).

722.5.1.4.2 Concrete properties unknown. If spe-
cific data on the properties of concrete are not avail-
able, the values given in Table 722.5.1(2) are
permitted.

722.5.1.4.3 Minimum concrete cover. For struc-
tural steel column encased in concrete with all reen-
trant spaces filled, Figure 722.5. l(6)(c) and Tables
722.5.1(7) and 722.5.1(8) indicate the thickness of

concrete cover required for various fire-resistance
ratings for typical wide-flange sections. The thick-
nesses of concrete indicated in these tables also
apply to structural steel columns larger than those
listed.

722.5.1.4.4 Minimum precast concrete cover. For
structural steel columns protected with precast con-
crete column covers as shown in Figure
722.5. l(6)(a), Tables 722.5.1(9) and 722.5.1(10)
indicate the thickness of the column covers required
for various fire-resistance ratings for typical wide-
flange shapes. The thicknesses of concrete given in
these tables also apply to structural steel columns
larger than those listed.

mtm

(a)

(b)

(c)

PRECAST

CONCRETE

ENCASED

COLUMN

STRUCTURAL

WIDE-FLANGE

COVERS

TUBE

SHAPE

FIGURE 722.5.1(6)

CONCRETE PROTECTED STRUCTURAL STEEL COLUMNS 3 "

a. When the inside perimeter of the concrete protection is not square, L shall be taken as the average of L, and L 2 . When the thickness of concrete cover is not
constant, h shall be taken as the average of h t and h 2 .

b. Joints shall be protected with a minimum 1 inch thickness of ceramic fiber blanket but in no case less than one-half the thickness of the column cover (see
Section 722.2.1.3).

D=2(w+d)+2(w-t web )
w

□

nan

D = izd

nan

D
□
a

LO
CM

a
a

nan

ana

0.25p

D
D
D

W SHAPE COLUMN STEEL PIPE COLUMN STRUCTURAL TUBE COLUMN

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

d - Depth of a wide flange column, outside diameter of pipe column, or outside dimension of structural tubing column (inches).

«,„,, = Thickness of web of wide flange column (inches).

w = Width of flange of wide flange column (inches).

FIGURE 722.5.1 (7)
CONCRETE OR CLAY MASONRY PROTECTED STRUCTURAL STEEL COLUMNS

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

183

FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES

TABLE 722.5.1(1)
W/D RATIOS FOR STEEL COLUMNS

STRUCTURAL SHAPE

CONTOUR PROFILE

BOX
PROFILE

STRUCTURAL SHAPE

CONTOUR PROFILE

BOX
PROFILE

W14x233

2.55

3.65

WlOx 112

1.81

2.57

x211

2.32

3.35

xlOO

1.64

2.33

xl93

2.14

3.09

x88

1.45

2.08

x 176

1.96

2.85

x77

1.28

1.85

xl59 j

1.78

2.60

x68

1.15

1.66

x 145

1.64 1

2.39

x60

1.01

1.48

x!32

1.56

2.25

x54

0.922

1.34

xl20

1.42

2.06

x49

0.84

1.23

x 109

1.29

1.88

x45

0.888

1.24

x99

1.18

1.72

x39

0.78

1.09

x90

1.08

1.58

x33

0.661

0.93

x82

1.23

1.68

x74

1.12

1.53

W8x67

1.37

1.94

x68

1.04

1.41

x58

1.20

1.71

x61

0.928

1.28

x48

1.00

1.44

x53

0.915

1.21

x40

0.849

1.23

x48

0.835

1.10

x35

0.749

1.08

x43

0.752

0.99

x31

0.665

0.97

x28

0.688

0.96

W12xl90

2.50

3.51

x24

0.591

0.83

xl70

2.26

3.20

x21

0.577

0.77

xl52

2.04

2.90

xl8

0.499

0.67

x 136

1.86

2.63

x 120

1.65

2.36

W6x25

0.696

1.00

x 106

1.47

2.11

x20

0.563

0.82

x96

1.34

1.93

xl6

0.584

0.78

x87

1.22

1.76

xl5

0.431

0.63

x79

1.11

1.61

xl2

0.448

0.60

x72

1.02

1.48

0.338

0.46

x65

0.925

1.35

x58

0.925

1.31

W5xl9

0.644

0.93

x53

0.855

1.20

xl6

0.55

0.80

x50

0.909

1.23

x45

0.829

1.12

| W4xl3

0.556

0.79

x40

0.734

1.00

For SI: 1 pound per linear foot per inch = 0.059 kg/m/mm.

TABLE 722.5.1(2)
PROPERTIES OF CONCRETE

PROPERTY

NORMAL-WEIGHT CONCRETE

STRUCTURAL LIGHTWEIGHT CONCRETE

Thermal conductivity (fc c )

0.95 Btu/hr • ft • °F

0.35 Btu/hr • ft • °F

Specific heat (c c )

0.20 Btu/lb °F

Density (P c )

145 lb/ft 3

110 lb/ft 3

Equilibrium (free) moisture content (m) by volume

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 lb/ft 3 = 1 6.01 85 kg/nr\ Btu/hr . ft • °F = 1.73 1 W/(m • K).

184

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES

TABLE 722.5.1(3)
THERMAL CONDUCTIVITY OF CONCRETE OR CLAY MASONRY UNITS

DENSITY (d m ) OF UNITS (lb/ft 3 )

THERMAL CONDUCTIVITY (K) OF UNITS (Btu/hr • ft • °F)

Concrete Masonry Units

0.207

0.228

0.252

0.278

100

0.308

105

0.340

110

0.376

115

0.416

120

0.459

125

0.508

130

0.561

135

0.620

140

0.685

145

0.758

150

0.837

Clay Masonry Units

120

1.25

130

2.25

For SI: 1 pound per cubic foot = 16.0185 kg/m\ Btu/hr -ft • °F= 1.731 W/(m ■ K).

TABLE 722.5.1(4)
WEIGHT-TO-HEATED-PERIMETER RATIOS (W/D) FOR TYPICAL WIDE FLANGE BEAM AND GIRDER SHAPES

STRUCTURAL SHAPE

CONTOUR PROFILE

BOX PROFILE

STRUCTURAL SHAPE

CONTOUR PROFILE

BOX PROFILE

W36 x 300

2.50

3.33

W24 x 68

0.942

1.21

x280

2.35

3.12

x62

0.934

1.14

x260

2.18

2.92

x55

0.828

1.02

x245

2.08

2.76

x230

1.95

2.61

W21 x 147

1.87

2.60

x210

1.96

2.45

x 132

1.68

2.35

xl94

1.81

2.28

xl22

1.57

2.19

x 182

1.72

2.15

x 111

1.43

2.01

x 170

1.60

2.01

x 101

1.30

1.84

xl60

1.51

1.90

x93

1.40

1.80

xl50

1.43

1.79

x83

1.26

1.62

xl35

1.29

1.63

x73

1.11

1.44

x68

1.04

1.35

(continued)

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE 8

185

FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES

TABLE 722.5.1(4)— continued
WEIGHT-TO-HEATED-PERIMETER RATIOS (W/O) FOR TYPICAL WIDE FLANGE BEAM AND GIRDER SHAPES

STRUCTURAL SHAPE

CONTOUR PROFILE

BOX PROFILE

STRUCTURAL SHAPE

CONTOUR PROFILE

BOX PROFILE

W33 x 241

2.13

2.86

W21 x 62

0.952

1.23

x221

1.97

2.64

x57

0.952

1.17

x201

1.79

2.42

x50

0.838

1.04

xl52

1.53

1.94

x44

0.746

0.92

xl41

1.43

1.80

xl30

1.32

1.67

W18xll9

1.72

2.42

xll8

1.21

1.53

xl06

1.55

2.18

x97

1.42

2.01

W30x211

2.01

2.74

x86

1.27

1.80

xl91

1.85

2.50

x76

1.13

1.60

xl73

1.66

2.28

x71

1.22

1.59

x 132

1.47

1.85

x65

1.13

1.47

xl24

1.39

1.75

x60

1.04

1.36

x 1 16

1.30

1.65

x55

0.963

1.26

x 108

1.21

1.54

x50

0.88

1.15

x99

1.12

1.42

x46

0.878

1.09

x40

0.768

0.96

W27 x 178

1.87

2.55

x35

0.672

0.85

x 161

1.70

2.33

xl46

1.55

2.12

W16xl00

1.59

2.25

xll4

1.39

1.76

x89

1.43

2.03

xl02

1.24

1.59

x77

1.25

1.78

x94

1.15

1.47

x67

1.09

1.56

x84

1.03

1.33

x57

1.09

1.43

x50

0.962

1.26

x45

0.870

1.15

W24xl62

1.88

2.57

x40

0.780

1.03

xl46

1.70

2.34

x36

0.702

0.93

xl31

1.54

2.12

x31

0.661

0.83

x 117

1.38

1.91

x26

0.558

0.70

x 104

1.24

1.71

x94

1.28

1.63

W14xl32

1.89

3.00

x84

1.15

1.47

xl20

1.71

2.75

x76

1.05

1.34

xl09

1.57

2.52

W14 x 99

1.43

2.31

W10x30

0.806

1.12

x90

1.31

2.11

x26

0.708

0.98

x82

1.45

2.12

x22

0.606

0.84

x74

1.32

1.93

xl9

0.607

0.78

x68

1.22

1.78

xl7

0.543

0.70

x61

1.10

1.61

xl5

0.484

0.63

x53

1.06

1.48 | xl2

0.392

0.51

x48

0.970

1-35 I

(continued)

186

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE 8 '

FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES

TABLE 722.5.1(4)— continued
WEIGHT-TO-HEATED-PERIMETER RATIOS (W/D) FOR TYPICAL WIDE FLANGE BEAM AND GIRDER SHAPES

STRUCTURAL SHAPE

CONTOUR PROFILE

BOX PROFILE STRUCTURAL SHAPE

CONTOUR PROFILE

BOX PROFILE

W14x43

0.874

1.22

W8x67

1.65

2.55

x38

0.809

1.09

x58

1.44

2.26

x34

0.725

0.98

x48

1.21

1.91

x30

0.644

0.87

x40

1.03

1.63

x26

0.628

0.79

x35

0.907

1.44

x22

0.534

0.68

x31

0.803

1.29

x28

0.819

1.24

W12x87

1.47

2.34

x24

0.704

1.07

x79

1.34

2.14

x21

0.675

0.96

x72

1.23

1.97

xl8

0.583

0.84

x65

1.11

1.79

x 15

0.551

0.74

x58

1.10

1.69

xl3

0.483

0.65

x53

1.02

1.55

xlO

0.375

0.51

x50

1.06

1.54

x45

0.974

1.40

W6x25

0.839

1.33

x40

0.860

1.25

x20

0.678

1.09

x35

0.810

1.11

x 16

0.684

0.96

x30

0.699

0.96

xl5

0.521

0.83

x26

0.612

0.84

xl2

0.526

0.75

x22

0.623

0.77

0.398

0.57

xl9

0.540

0.67

x 16

0.457

0.57

W5xl9

0.776

1.24

xl4

0.405

0.50

x 16

0.664

1.07

WlOx 112

2.17

3.38

W4xl3

0.670

1.05

xlOO

1.97

3.07

x88

1.74

2.75

x77

1.54

2.45

x68

1.38

2.20

x60

1.22

1.97

x54

1.11

1.79

x49

1.01

1.64

x45

1.06

1.59

x39

0.94

1.40

x33

0.77

1.20

For SI: I pound per linear foot per inch = 0.059 kg/m/mm.

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

187

FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES

TABLE 722.5.1(5)
FIRE RESISTANCE OF CONCRETE MASONRY PROTECTED STEEL COLUMNS

COLUMN SIZE

CONCRETE

MASONRY

DENSITY

POUNDS PER

CUBIC FOOT

MINIMUM REQUIRED EQUIVALENT
THICKNESS FOR FIRE-RESISTANCE

RATING OF CONCRETE MASONRY
PROTECTION ASSEMBLY, 7 e (inches)

COLUMN SIZE

CONCRETE

MASONRY

DENSITY

POUNDS PER

CUBIC FOOT

MINIMUM REQUIRED EQUIVALENT
THICKNESS FOR FIRE-RESISTANCE

RATING OF CONCRETE MASONRY
PROTECTION ASSEMBLY, TJinches)

1 hour

2 hours

3 hours

4 hours

1 hour

2 hours

3 hours

4 hours

W14x82

0.74

1.61

2.36

3.04

W10x68

0.72

1.58

2.33

3.01

100

0.89

1.85

2.67

3.40

100

0.87

1.83

2.65

3.38

110

0.96

1.97

2.81

3.57

110

0.94

1.95

2.79

3.55

120

1.03

2.08

2.95

3.73

120

1.01

2.06

2.94

3.72

W14x68

0.83

1.70

2.45

3.13

W10x54

0.88

1.76

2.53

3.21

100

0.99

1.95

2.76

3.49

100

1.04

2.01

2.83

3.57

110

1.06

2.06

2.91

3.66

110

1.11

2.12

2.98

3.73

120

1.14

2.18

3.05

3.82

120

1.19

2.24

3.12

3.90

W14x53

0.91

1.81

2.58

3.27

W10x45

0.92

1.83

2.60

3.30

100

1.07

2.05

2.88

3.62

100

1.08

2.07

2.90

3.64

110

1.15

2.17

3.02

3.78

110

1.16

2.18

3.04

3.80

120

1.22

2.28

3.16

3.94

120

1.23

2.29

3.18

3.96

W14x43

1.01

1.93

2.71

3.41

W10x33

1.06

2.00

2.79

3.49

100

1.17

2.17

3.00

3.74

100

1.22

2.23

3.07

3.81

1.25

2.28

3.14

3.90

110

1.30

2.34

3.20

3.96

120

1.32

2.38

3.27

4.05

120

1.37

2.44

3.33

4.12

W12x72

0.81

1.66

2.41

3.09

W8x40

0.94

1.85

2.63

3.33

100

0.91

1.88

2.70

3.43

100

1.10

2.10

2.93

3.67

110

0.99

1.99

2.84

3.60

110

1.18

2.21

3.07

3.83

120

1.06

2.10

2.98

3.76

120

1.25

2.32

3.20

3.99

W12x58

0.88

1.76

2.52

3.21

W8x31

1.06

2.00

2.78

3.49

100

1.04

2.01

2.83

3.56

100

1.22

2.23

3.07

3.81

110

1.11

2.12

2.97

3.73

110

1.29

2.33

3.20

3.97

120

1.19

2.23

3.11

3.89

120

1.36

2.44

3.33

4.12

W12x50

0.91

1.81

2.58

3.27

W8x24

1.14

2.09

2.89

3.59

100

1.07

2.05

2.88

3.62

100

1.29

2.31

3.16

3.90

110

1.15

2.17

3.02

3.78

110

1.36

2.42

3.28

4.05

120

1.22

2.28

3.16

3.94

120

1.43

2.52

3.41

4.20

W12x40

1.01

1.94

2.72

3.41

W8xl8

1.22

2.20

3.01

3.72

100

1.17

2.17

3.01

3.75

100

1.36

2.40

3.25

4.01

110

1.25

2.28

3.14

3.90

110

1.42

2.50

3.37

4.14

120

1.32

2.39

3.27

4.06

120

1.48

2.59

3.49

4.28

4 x 4 x V, wall
thickness

0.93

1.90

2.71

3.43

4 double extra

strong 0.674

wall thickness

0.80

1.75

2.56

3.28

100

1.08

2.13

2.99

3.76

100

0.95

1.99

2.85

3.62

110

1.16

2.24

3.13

3.91

110

1.02

2.10

2.99

3.78

120

1.22

2.34

3.26

4.06

120

1.09

2.20

3.12

3.93

4x4x 3 / 8 wall
thickness

1.05

2.03

2.84

3.57

4 extra strong
0.337 wall
thickness

1.12

2.11

2.93

3.65

100

1.20

2.25

3.11

3.88

100

1.26

2.32

3.19

3.95

110

1.27

2.35

3.24

4.02

110

1.33

2.42

3.31

4.09

120

1.34

2.45

3.37

4.17

120

1.40

2.52

3.43

4.23

(continued)

188

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES

TABLE 722.5.1(5)— continued
FIRE RESISTANCE OF CONCRETE MASONRY PROTECTED STEEL COLUMNS

COLUMN SIZE

CONCRETE

MASONRY

DENSITY

POUNDS PER

CUBIC FOOT

MINIMUM REQUIRED EQUIVALENT
THICKNESS FOR FIRE-RESISTANCE

RATING OF CONCRETE MASONRY
PROTECTION ASSEMBLY, T, (inches)

COLUMN SIZE

CONCRETE

MASONRY

DENSITY

POUNDS PER

CUBIC FOOT

MINIMUM REQUIRED EQUIVALENT
THICKNESS FOR FIRE-RESISTANCE

RATING OF CONCRETE MASONRY
PROTECTION ASSEMBLY, T, (inches)

1 hour

2 hours

3 hours

4 hours

1 hour

2 hours

3 hours

4 hours

4x4x V 4 wall
thickness

1.21

2.20

3.01

3.73

4 standard
0.237 wall
thickness

1.26

2.25

3.07

3.79

100

1.35

2.40

3.26

4.02

100

1.40

2.45

3.31

4.07

110

1.41

2.50

3.38

4.16

110

1.46

2.55

3.43

4.21

120

1.48

2.59

3.50

4.30

120

1.53

2.64

3.54

4.34

6x6 x V 2 wall
thickness

0.82

1.75

2.54

3.25

5 double extra

strong 0.750

wall thickness

0.70

1.61

2.40

3.12

100

0.98

1.99

2.84

3.59

100

0.85

1.86

2.71

3.47

110

1.05

2.10

2.98

3.75

110

0.91

1.97

2.85

3.63

120

1.12

2.21

3.11

3.91

120

0.98

2.02

2.99

3.79

6 x 6 x 3 / s wall
thickness

0.96

1.91

2.71

3.42

5 extra strong
0.375 wall
thickness

1.04

2.01

2.83

3.54

100

1.12

2.14

3.00

3.75

100

1.19

2.23

3.09

3.85

110

1.19

2.25

3.13

3.90

110

1.26

2.34

3.22

4.00

120

1.26

2.35

3.26

4.05

120

1.32

2.44

3.34

4.14

6 x 6x 7 4 wall
thickness

1.14

2.11

2.92

3.63

5 standard
0.258 wall
thickness

1.20

2.19

3.00

3.72

100

1.29

2.32

3.18

3.93

100

1.34

2.39

3.25

4.00

110

1.36

2.43

3.30

4.08

110

1.41

2.49

3.37

4.14

120

1.42

2.52

3.43

4.22

120

1.47

2.58

3.49

4.28

8x8x'/ 2 wall
thickness

0.77

1.66

2.44

3.13

6 double extra

strong 0.864

wall thickness

0.59

1.46

2.23

2.92

100

0.92

1.91

2.75

3.49

100

0.73

1.71

2.54

3.29

110

1.00

2.02

2.89

3.66

110

0.80

1.82

2.69

3.47

120

1.07

2.14

3.03

3.82

120

0.86

1.93

2.83

3.63

8x8x 3 / 8 wall
thickness

0.91

1.84

2.63

3.33

6 extra strong
0.432 wall
thickness

0.94

1.90

2.70

3.42

100

1.07

2.08

2,92

3.67

100

1.10

2.13

2.98

3.74

110

1.14

2.19

3.06

3.83

110

1.17

2.23

3.11

3.89

120

1.21

2.29

3.19

3.98

120

1.24

2.34

3.24

4.04

8 x 8 x V 4 wall
thickness

1.10

2.06

2.86

3.57

6 standard
0.280 wall
thickness

1.14

2.12

2.93

3.64

100

1.25

2.28

3.13

3.87

100

1.29

2.33

3.19

3.94

110

1.32

2.38

3.25

4.02

110

1.36

2.43

3.31

4.08

120

1.39

2.48

3.38

4.17

120

1.42

2.53

3.43

4.22

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 pound per cubic feet = 16.02 kg/m 3 .

Note: Tabulated values assume 1-inch air gap between masonry and steel section.

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

189

FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES

TABLE 722.5.1(6)
FIRE RESISTANCE OF CLAY MASONRY PROTECTED STEEL COLUMNS

COLUMN SIZE

CLAY

MASONRY

DENSITY,

POUNDS PER

CUBIC FOOT

MINIMUM REQUIRED EQUIVALENT
THICKNESS FOR FIRE-RESISTANCE

RATING OF CLAY MASONRY
PROTECTION ASSEMBLY, 7" e (inches)

COLUMN SIZE

CLAY

MASONRY

DENSITY,

POUNDS PER

CUBIC FOOT

MINIMUM REQUIRED EQUIVALENT
THICKNESS FOR FIRE-RESISTANCE

RATING OF CLAY MASONRY
PROTECTION ASSEMBLY, T e (inches)

1 hour

2 hours

3 hours

4 hours

1 hour

2 hours

3 hours

4 hours

W14x82

120

1.23

2.42

3.41

4.29

W10x68

120

1.27

2.46

3.26

4.35

130

1.40

2.70

3.78

4.74

130

1.44

2.75

3.83

4.80

Wl4 x 68

120

1.34

2.54

3.54

4.43

W10 x 54

120

1.40

2.61

3.62

4.51

130

1.51

2.82

3.91

4.87

130

1.58

2.89

3.98

4.95

W14x53

120

1.43

2.65

3.65

4.54

W10x45

120

1.44

2.66

3.67

4.57

130

1.61

2.93

4.02

4.98

130

1.62

2.95

4.04

5.01

W14x43

120

1.54

2.76

3.77

4.66

W10x33

120

1.59

2.82

3.84

4.73

130

1.72

3.04

4.13

5.09

130

1.77

3.10

4.20

5.13

W12x72

120

1.32

2.52

3.51

4.40

W8x40

120

1.47

2.70

3.71

4.61

130

1.50

2.80

3.88

4.84

130

1.65

2.98

4.08

5.04

W12x58

120

1.40

2.61

3.61

4.50

W8 x 31

120

1.59

2.82

3.84

4.73

130

1.57

2.89

3.98

4.94

130

1.77

3.10

4.20

5.17

WI2x50

120

1.43

2.65

3.66

4.55

W8x24

120

1.66

2.90

3.92

4.82

130

1.61

2.93

4.02

4.99

130

1.84

3.18

4.28

5.25

W12x40

120

1.54

2.77

3.78

4.67

W8xl8

120

1.75

3.00

4.01

4.91

130

1.72

3.05

4.14

5.10

130

1.93

3.27

4.37

5.34

STEEL TUBING

STEEL PIPE

NOMINAL TUBE
SIZE (Inches)

CLAY

MASONRY

DENSITY,

POUNDS PER

CUBIC FOOT

MINIMUM REQUIRED EQUIVALENT
THICKNESS FOR FIRE-RESISTANCE

RATING OF CLAY MASONRY
PROTECTION ASSEMBLY, ^(inches)

NOMINAL PIPE
SIZE (inches)

CLAY

MASONRY

DENSITY,

POUNDS PER

CUBIC FOOT

MINIMUM REQUIRED EQUIVALENT
THICKNESS FOR FIRE-RESISTANCE

RATING OF CLAY MASONRY
PROTECTION ASSEMBLY, ^(inches)

1 hour

2 hours

3 hours

4 hours

1 hour

2 hours

3 hours

4 hours

4x4x V 2 wall
thickness

120

1.44

2.72

3.76

4.68

4 double extra

strong 0.674

wall thickness

120

1.26

2.55

3.60

4.52

130

1.62

3.00

4.12

5.11

130

1.42

2.82

3.96

4.95

4 x 4 x 3 / s wall
thickness

120

1.56

2.84

3.88

4.78

4 extra strong
0.337 wall
thickness

120

1.60

2.89

3.92

4.83

130

1.74

3.12

4.23

5.21

130

1.77

3.16

4.28

5.25

4 x4x V 4 wall
thickness

120

1.72

2.99

4.02

4.92

4 standard
0.237 wall
thickness

120

1.74

3.02

4.05

4.95

130

1.89

3.26

4.37

5.34

130

1.92

3.29

4.40

5.37

6x6 x V 2 wall
thickness

120

1.33

2.58

3.62

4.52

5 double extra

strong 0.750

wall thickness

120

1.17

2.44

3.48

4.40

130

1.50

2.86

3.98

4.96

130

1.33

2.72

3.84

4.83

6 x 6 x V 8 wall
thickness

120

1.48

2.74

3.76

4.67

5 extra strong

0.375
wall thickness

120

r 1.55

2.82

3.85

4.76

130

1.65

3.01

4.13

5.10

130

1.72

3.09

4.21

5.18

6x6x '/ 4 wall
thickness

120

1.66

2.91

3.94

4.84

5 standard
0.258 wall
thickness

120

1.71

2.97

4.00

4.90

130

1.83

3.19

4.30

5.27

130

1.88

3.24

4.35

5.32

8x8xV 2 wall
thickness

120

1.27

2.50

3.52

4.42

6 double extra

strong 0.864

wall thickness

120

1.04

2.28

3.32

4.23

130

1.44

2.78

3.89

4.86

130

1.19

2.60

3.68

4.67

8x8x 3 / 8 wall
thickness

120

1.43

2.67

3.69

4.59

6 extra strong

120

1.45

2.71

3.75

4.65

130

1.60

2.95

4.05

5.02

0.432 wall
thickness

130

1.62

2.99

4.10

5.08

8x8x'/ 4 wall
thickness

120

1.62

2.87

3.89

4.78

6 standard

120

1.65

2.91

3.94

4.84

130

1.79

3.14

4.24

5.21

0.280 wall
thickness

130

1.82

3.19

4.30

5.27

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 pound per cubic foot = 1 6.02 kg/m 3 .

190

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

TABLE 722.5.1(7)

MINIMUM COVER (inch) FOR STEEL COLUMNS ENCASED IN

NORMAL-WEIGHT CONCRETE 3 [FIGURE 722.5.1 (6)(c)]

STRUCTURAL SHAPE

FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING (hours)

1V,

W14 x 233

17,

x 176

27 2

xl32

x90

1V 2

x61

x48

iv 2

27 2

x43

W12x 152

27 2

x96

x65

lV 2

IV,

x50

27 2

x40

W10x88

l'/ 2

1V 2

x49

27 2

x45

x39

37 2

x33

W8x67

1V 2

27 2

x58

x48

l'/ 2

37,

x31

x21

x 18

W6x25

1V 2

37 2

x20

2'/ 2

x 16

37 2

xl5

■ iv 2

FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES

TABLE 722.5.1(8)

MINIMUM COVER (inch) FOR STEEL COLUMNS ENCASED IN

STRUCTURAL LIGHTWEIGHT CONCRETE 3 [FIGURE

722.5.1 (6)(c)]

STRUCTURAL SHAPE

FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING (HOURS)

1V,

W14 x 233

l'/ 2

xl93

17 2

x74

x61

27 2

x43

i'/ 2

W12x65

1V 2

x53

x40

17 2

W10X112

l'/ 2

x88

x60

x33

17,

W8x35

iv 2

27,

x28

x24

27,

xl8

1V 2

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

a. The tabulated thicknesses are based upon the assumed properties of
structural lightweight concrete given in Table 722.5.1(2).

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

a. The tabulated thicknesses are based upon the assumed properties of
normal-weight concrete given in Table 722.5.1(2).

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

191

FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES

TABLE 722.5.1(9)
MINIMUM COVER (inch) FOR STEEL COLUMNS IN NORMAL-
WEIGHT PRECAST COVERS" [FIGURE 722.5.1 (6)(a)]

STRUCTURAL SHAPE

FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING (hours)

W14 x 233

1V 2

l'/ 2

17 2

27,

x211

37 2

xl76

xl45

x 109

27 2

x99

x61

37 2

x43

47,

W12x 190

17 2

l7 2

17 2

27 2

37 2

xl52

x 120

x96

x87

27,

37,

x58

47 2

x40

W10xll2

1 7,

l7 2

37 2

x88

x77

27 2

x54

37 2

x33

47,

W8x67

1V 2

17,

x58

27,

37 2

x48

x28

47 2

x21

27 2

xl8

W6x25

17,

27 2

37 2

47 2

x20

27,

x 16

xl2

TABLE 722.5.1(10)

MINIMUM COVER (inch) FOR STEEL COLUMNS IN

STRUCTURAL LIGHTWEIGHT PRECAST COVERS 3 [FIGURE

722.5. 1(6)(a)]

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 ram.

a. The tabulated thicknesses are based upon the assumed properties of
normal-weight concrete given in Table 722.5.1(2).

STRUCTURAL SHAPE

FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING (hours)

IV,

W14 x 233

17 2

27 2

x 176

xl45

27 2

xl32

xl09

x99

x68

37,

x43

W12 x 190

17 2

27,

xl52

xl36

xl06

x96

37 2

x87

x65

x40

W10xll2

I V 2

17,

17 2

xlOO

27 2

x88

x77

37,

x60

x39

x33

W8x67

17 2

27 2

x48

37,

x35

x28

xl8

27 2

W6x25

17 2

37 2

xl5

27,

37 2

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

a. The tabulated thicknesses are based upon the assumed properties of
structural lightweight concrete given in Table 722.5. 1 (2).

192

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES

722.5.1.4.5 Masonry protection. The fire resis-
tance of structural steel columns protected with con-
crete masonry units or clay masonry units as
illustrated in Figure 722.5.1(7), shall be permitted to
be determined from the following expression:

R = 0.17 (W/D) 01 + [0.285 (T e '- 6 /K 02 )]
[1.0 + 42.7 {(A/d m T e )/(0.25p + T e )} M ]

(Equation 7-16)

where:
R

Fire-resistance rating of column assembly
(hours).

Average weight of steel column (pounds per
foot).

D =

T =

d =

P =

Heated perimeter of steel column (inches) [see
Figure 722.5.1(7)].

Equivalent thickness of concrete or clay
masonry unit (inches) (see Table 722.3.2 Note
a or Section 722.4.1).

Thermal conductivity of concrete or clay
masonry unit (Btu/hr ■ ft • °F) [see Table
722.5.1(3)].

Cross-sectional area of steel column (square
inches).

Density of the concrete or clay masonry unit
(pounds per cubic foot).

Inner perimeter of concrete or clay masonry
protection (inches) [see Figure 722.5.1(7)].

722.5.1.4.6 Equivalent concrete masonry thick-
ness. For structural steel columns protected with
concrete masonry, Table 722.5.1(5) gives the equiv-
alent thickness of concrete masonry required for
various fire-resistance ratings for typical column
shapes. For structural steel columns protected with
clay masonry, Table 722.5.1(6) gives the equivalent
thickness of concrete masonry required for various
fire-resistance ratings for typical column shapes.

722.5.2 Structural steel beams and girders. The fire-
resistance ratings of steel beams and girders shall be
based upon the size of the element and the type of protec-
tion provided in accordance with this section.

722.5.2.1 Determination of fire resistance. These pro-
cedures establish a basis for determining resistance of
structural steel beams and girders which differ in size
from that specified in approved fire-resistance-rated
assemblies as a function of the thickness of fire-resis-
tant material and the weight (W) and heated perimeter
(D) of the beam or girder. As used in these sections, W
is the average weight of a structural steel member in
pounds per linear foot (plf). The heated perimeter, D, is
the inside perimeter of the fire-resistant material in
inches as illustrated in Figure 722.5.2.

D = 3bf + 2d -2t m

D = 2d*b f

FIGURE 722.5.2

DETERMINATION OF THE HEATED PERIMETER OF

STRUCTURAL STEEL BEAMS AND GIRDERS

722.5.2.1.1 Weight-to-heated perimeter. The
weight-to-heated-perimeter ratios (W/D), for both
contour and box fire-resistant protection profiles, for
the wide flange shapes most often used as beams or
girders are given in Table 722.5.1(4). For different
shapes, the weight-to-heated-perimeter ratios (W/D)
shall be determined in accordance with the defini-
tions given in this section.

722.5.2.1.2 Beam and girder substitutions. Except
as provided for in Section 722.5.2.2, structural steel
beams in approved fire-resistance-rated assemblies
shall be considered the minimum permissible size.
Other beam or girder shapes shall be permitted to be
substituted provided that the weight- to-heated-
perimeter ratio (W/D) of the substitute beam is equal
to or greater than that of the beam specified in the
approved assembly.

722.5.2.2 Sprayed fire-resistant materials. The provi-
sions in this section apply to structural steel beams and
girders protected with sprayed fire-resistant materials.
Larger or smaller beam and girder shapes shall be per-
mitted to be substituted for beams specified in
approved unrestrained or restrained fire-resistance-
rated assemblies, provided that the thickness of the fire-
resistant material is adjusted in accordance with the fol-
lowing expression:

h 2 = h. [(W, /£>.) + 0.60] / [(W 2 /D 2 ) + 0.60]

(Equation 7-17)
where:
h = Thickness of sprayed fire-resistant material in

inches.
W = Weight of the structural steel beam or girder in

pounds per linear foot.

D = Heated perimeter of the structural steel beam in
inches.

Subscript 1 refers to the beam and fire-resistant
material thickness in the approved assembly.

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

193

FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES

Subscript 2 refers to the substitute beam or girder
and the required thickness of fire-resistant material.

The fire resistance of structural steel beams and
girders protected with intumescent or mastic fire-resis-
tant coatings shall be determined on the basis of fire-
resistance tests in accordance with Section 703.2.

722.5.2.2.1 Minimum thickness. The use of Equa-
tion 7-17 is subject to the following conditions:

1. The weight-to-heated-perimeter ratio for the
substitute beam or girder (W/D 2 ) shall not be
less than 0.37.

2. The thickness of fire protection materials cal-
culated for the substitute beam or girder (7 ; )
shall not be less than 3 /„ inch (9.5 mm).

3. The unrestrained or restrained beam rating
shall not be less than 1 hour.

4. When used to adjust the material thickness for
a restrained beam, the use of this procedure is
limited to steel sections classified as compact
in accordance with the A1SC Specification for
Structural Steel Buildings, (AISC 360-05).

722.5.2.3 Structural steel trusses. The fire resistance
of structural steel trusses protected with fire-resistant
materials sprayed to each of the individual truss ele-
ments shall be permitted to be determined in accor-
dance with this section. The thickness of the fire-
resistant material shall be determined in accordance
with Section 722.5.1.3. The weight-to-heated-perimeter
ratio (W/D) of truss elements that can be simultane-
ously exposed to fire on all sides shall be determined on
the same basis as columns, as specified in Section
722.5.1.1. The weight-to-heated-perimeter ratio (W/D)
of truss elements that directly support floor or roof
assembly shall be determined on the same basis as
beams and girders, as specified in Section 722.5.2.1.

The fire resistance of structural steel trusses pro-
tected with intumescent or mastic fire-resistant coatings
shall be determined on the basis of fire-resistance tests
in accordance with Section 703.2.

722.6 Wood assemblies. The provisions of this section con-
tain procedures by which the fire-resistance ratings of wood
assemblies are established by calculations.

722.6.1 General. This section contains procedures for cal-
culating the fire-resistance ratings of walls, floor/ceiling
and roof/ceiling assemblies based in part on the standard
method of testing referenced in Section 703.2.

722.6.1.1 Maximum fire-resistance rating. Fire resis-
tance ratings calculated for assemblies using the meth-
ods in Section 722.6 shall be limited to a maximum of 1
hour.

722.6.1.2 Dissimilar membranes. Where dissimilar
membranes are used on a wall assembly, the calcula-
tion shall be made from the least fire-resistant (weaker)
side.

722.6.2 Walls, floors and roofs. These procedures apply
to both load-bearing and nonload-bearing assemblies.

722.6.2.1 Fire-resistance rating of wood frame
assemblies. The fire-resistance rating of a wood frame
assembly is equal to the sum of the time assigned to the
membrane on the fire-exposed side, the time assigned
to the framing members and the time assigned for addi-
tional contribution by other protective measures such as
insulation. The membrane on the unexposed side shall
not be included in determining the fire resistance of the
assembly.

722.6.2.2 Time assigned to membranes. Table
722.6.2(1) indicates the time assigned to membranes on
the fire-exposed side.

TABLE 722.6.2(1)
TIME ASSIGNED TO WALLBOARD MEMBRANES 8 ' bcd

DESCRIPTION OF FINISH

TIME e (minutes)

3 / s -inch wood structural panel bonded with
exterior glue

15 / 32 -inch wood structural panel bonded with
exterior glue

l % 2 -inch wood structural panel bonded with
exterior glue

3 / 8 -inch gypsum wallboard

' c -inch gypsum wallboard

5 / 8 -inch gypsum wallboard

7,-inch Type X gypsum wallboard

5 / 8 -inch Type X gypsum wallboard

Double 3 / 8 -inch gypsum wallboard

7,-inch + 3 / 8 -inch gypsum wallboard

Double 7,-inch gypsum wallboard

For SI: J inch = 25.4 mm.

a. These values apply only when membranes are installed on framing
members which are spaced 16 inches o.c. or less.

b. Gypsum wallboard installed over framing or furring shall be installed so
that all edges are supported, except %-inch Type X gypsum wallboard
shall be permitted to be installed horizontally with the horizontal joints
staggered 24 inches each side and unsupported but finished.

c. On wood frame floor/ceiling or roof/ceiling assemblies, gypsum board
shall be installed with the long dimension perpendicular to framing
members and shall have all joints finished.

d. The membrane on the unexposed side shall not be included in determining
the fire resistance of the assembly. When dissimilar membranes are used
on a wall assembly, the calculation shall be made from the least fire-
resistant (weaker) side.

e. The time assigned is not a finished rating.

722.6.2.3 Exterior walls. For an exterior wall with a
fire separation distance greater than 10 feet (3048
mm), the wall is assigned a rating dependant on the
interior membrane and the framing as described in
Tables 722.6.2(1) and 722.6.2(2). The membrane on
the outside of the nonfire-exposed side of exterior walls
with a fire separation distance greater than 10 feet
(3048 mm) may consist of sheathing, sheathing paper
and siding as described in Table 722.6.2(3).

194

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

722.6.2.4 Floors and roofs. In the case of a floor or
roof, the standard test provides only for testing for fire
exposure from below. Except as noted in Section 703.3,
Item 5, floor or roof assemblies of wood framing shall
have an upper membrane consisting of a subfloor and
finished floor conforming to Table 722.6.2(4) or any
other membrane that has a contribution to fire resis-
tance of at least 1 5 minutes in Table 722.6.2(1).

FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES

722.6.2.5 Additional protection. Table 722.6.2(5)
indicates the time increments to be added to the fire
resistance where glass fiber, rockwool, slag mineral
wool or cellulose insulation is incorporated in the
assembly.

722.6.2.6 Fastening. Fastening of wood frame assem-
blies and the fastening of membranes to the wood fram-
ing members shall be done in accordance with Chapter
23.

TABLE 722.6.2(2)
TIME ASSIGNED FOR CONTRIBUTION OF WOOD FRAME abc

DESCRIPTION

TIME ASSIGNED TO FRAME (minutes)

Wood studs 16 inches ox.

Wood floor and roof joists 16 inches o.c.

For SI: I inch = 25.4 mm.

a. This table does not apply to studs or joists spaced more than 16 inches o.c.

b. All studs shall be nominal 2x4 and all joists shall have a nominal thickness of at least 2 inches.

c. Allowable spans for joists shall be determined in accordance with Sections 2308.8, 2308.10.2 and 2308.10.3.

TABLE 722.6.2(3)
MEMBRANE 3 ON EXTERIOR FACE OF WOOD STUD WALLS

SHEATHING

PAPER

EXTERIOR FINISH

V s -inch T & G lumber

Lumber siding

5 /i () -inch exterior glue wood structural panel

Sheathing paper

Wood shingles and shakes

V 2 -inch gypsum wallboard

7 4 -inch wood structural panels-exterior type

%-inch gypsum wallboard

7 4 -inch hardboard

7 2 -inch fiberboard

Metal siding

Stucco on metal lath

Masonry veneer

Vinyl siding

None

—

V 8 -inch exterior-grade wood structural panels

For SI: 1 pound/cubic foot = 16.0185 kg/m*.

a. Any combination of sheathing, paper and exterior finish is permitted.

TABLE 722.6.2(4)
FLOORING OR ROOFING OVER WOOD FRAMING 3

ASSEMBLY

STRUCTURAL MEMBERS

SUBFLOOR OR ROOF DECK

FINISHED FLOORING OR ROOFING

Floor

Wood

'%,-inch wood structural panels or
' 7 lf) -inch T & G softwood

Hardwood or softwood flooring on building paper resilient flooring,
parquet floor felted-synthetic fiber floor coverings, carpeting, or
ceramic tile on 3 / g -inch-thick panel-type underlay
Ceramic tile on 1 7 4 -inch mortar bed

Roof

Wood

l5 /, 2 -inch wood structural panels or
'7 16 -inchT&G softwood

Finished roofing material with or without insulation

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

a. This table applies only to wood joist construction. It is not applicable to wood truss construction.

TABLE 722.6.2(5)
TIME ASSIGNED FOR ADDITIONAL PROTECTION

DESCRIPTION OF ADDITIONAL PROTECTION

FIRE RESISTANCE (minutes)

Add to the fire-resistance rating of wood stud walls if the spaces between the studs are completely filled with
glass fiber mineral wool batts weighing not less than 2 pounds per cubic foot (0.6 pound per square foot of wall
surface) or rockwool or slag material wool batts weighing not less than 3.3 pounds per cubic foot (1 pound per
square foot of wall surface), or cellulose insulation having a nominal density not less than 2.6 pounds per cubic
foot.

For SI: I pound/cubic foot = 16.0185 kg/m 3 .

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

195

FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES

722.6.3 Design of fire-resistant exposed wood mem-
bers. The fire-resistance rating, in minutes, of timber
beams and columns with a minimum nominal dimension
of 6 inches (152 mm) is equal to:

Beams: 2.54Zb [4 -2(b/d)] for beams which may be
exposed to fire on four sides.

(Equation 7-18)

2.54Zb [4 -{b/dj] for beams which may be
exposed to fire on three sides.

(Equation 7-19)

Columns: 2.54ZJ [3 -(d/b)] for columns which may be
exposed to fire on four sides

(Equation 7-20)

2.54Zd [3 -(d/2b)] for columns which may be
exposed to fire on three sides.

(Equation 7-21)

where:

b = The breadth (width) of a beam or larger side of a
column before exposure to fire (inches).

d - The depth of a beam or smaller side of a column
before exposure to fire (inches).

Z = Load factor, based on Figure 722.6.3(1).

722.6.3.1 Equation 7-21. Equation 7-21 applies only
where the unexposed face represents the smaller side of
the column. If a column is recessed into a wall, its full
dimension shall be used for the purpose of these calcu-
lations.

722.6.3.2 Allowable loads. Allowable loads on beams
and columns are determined using design values given
in AF&PA NDS.

722.6.3.3 Fastener protection. Where minimum 1-
hour/ire resistance is required, connectors and fasten-
ers shall be protected from fire exposure by 1 7 2 inches
(38 mm) of wood, or other approved covering or coat-
ing for a 1-hour rating. Typical details for commonly
used fasteners and connectors are shown in AITC
Technical Note 7.

722.6.3.4 Minimum size. Wood members are limited
to dimensions of 6 inches (152 mm) nominal or greater.
Glued-laminated timber beams utilize standard lami-
nating combinations except that a core lamination is
removed. The tension zone is moved inward and the
equivalent of an extra nominal 2-inch-thick (51 mm)
outer tension lamination is added.

1.60

1.50

1.40

Z 1-30

1.20

1.10

1.0

COLUM

NS K e l/d <

L11

BEAMS

K e l/d>

- COLUM
11

MS V.

40 50 60 70 80 90 100

LOAD ON MEMBERS AS A PERCENT OF DESIGN LOAD

FIGURE 722.6.3(1)
LOAD FIGURE

K t = The effective length factor as noted in Figure 722.6.3(2).
/ = The unsupported length of columns (inches).

BUCKLING MODES

THEORETICAL Ke VALUE

RECOMMENDED DESIGN Kg
WHEN IDEAL CONDITIONS
APPROXIMATED

END CONDITION CODE

0.5

0.65

f
?

0.7

0.80

77,
I

1.0

1.2

'■f

1.0

77,
i

2.0

2.10

2.0

2.4

ROTATION FIXED, TRANSLATION FIXED

ROTATION FREE, TRANSLATION FIXED

ROTATION FIXED, TRANSLATION FREE
ROTATION FREE, TRANSLATION FREE

FIGURE 722.6.3(2)
EFFECTIVE LENGTH FACTORS

196

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

CHAPTER 8

INTERIOR FINISHES

SECTION 801
GENERAL

801.1 Scope. Provisions of this chapter shall govern the use
of materials used as interior finishes, trim and decorative
materials.

801.2 Interior wall and ceiling finish. The provisions of
Section 803 shall limit the allowable fire performance and
smoke development of interior wall and ceiling finish materi-
als based on occupancy classification.

801.3 Interior floor finish. The provisions of Section 804
shall limit the allowable fire performance of interior floor fin-
ish materials based on occupancy classification.

[F| 801.4 Decorative materials and trim. Decorative mate-
rials and trim shall be restricted by combustibility and the
flame propagation performance criteria of NFPA 701, in
accordance with Section 806.

801.5 Applicability. For buildings in flood hazard areas as
established in Section 1612.3, interior finishes, trim and dec-
orative materials below the elevation required by Section
1612 shall be flood-damage-resistant materials.

801.6 Application. Combustible materials shall be permitted
to be used as finish for walls, ceilings, floors and other inte-
rior surfaces of buildings.

801.7 Windows. Show windows in the exterior walls of the
first story above grade plane shall be permitted to be of wood
or of unprotected metal framing.

801.8 Foam plastics. Foam plastics shall not be used as inte-
rior finish except as provided in Section 803.4. Foam plastics
shall not be used as interior trim except as provided in Sec-
tion 806.3 or 2604.2. This section shall apply both to exposed
foam plastics and to foam plastics used in conjunction with a
textile or vinyl facing or cover.

SECTION 802

DEFINITIONS
802.1 Definitions. The following terms are defined in Chap-
ter 2:

EXPANDED VINYL WALL COVERING.
FLAME SPREAD.
FLAME SPREAD INDEX.
INTERIOR FINISH.
INTERIOR FLOOR FINISH.
INTERIOR FLOOR-WALL BASE.
INTERIOR WALL AND CEILING FINISH.
SITE-FABRICATED STRETCH SYSTEM.
SMOKE-DEVELOPED INDEX.
TRIM.

SECTION 803
WALL AND CEILING FINISHES
803.1 General. Interior wall and ceiling finish materials shall
be classified for fire performance and smoke development in
accordance with Section 803.1.1 or 803.1.2, except as shown
in Sections 803.2 through 803.13. Materials tested in accor-
dance with Section 803.1.2 shall not be required to be tested
in accordance with Section 803.1.1.

803.1.1 Interior wall and ceiling finish materials. Inte-
rior wall and ceiling finish materials shall be classified in
accordance with ASTM E 84 or UL 723. Such interior fin-
ish materials shall be grouped in the following classes in
accordance with their flame spread and smoke-developed
indexes.

Class A
Class B
Class C

Exception

803.1.2

Flame spread index 0-25; smoke-
developed index 0-450.
Flame spread index 26-75; smoke-
developed index 0-450.
Flame spread index 76-200; smoke-
developed index 0-450.

: Materials tested in accordance with Section

803.1.2 Room corner test tor interior wall or ceiling
finish materials. Interior wall or ceiling finish materials
shall be permitted to be tested in accordance with NFPA
286. Interior wall or ceiling finish materials tested in
accordance with NFPA 286 shall comply with Section
803.1.2.1.

803.1.2.1 Acceptance criteria for NFPA 286. The
interior finish shall comply with the following:

1. During the 40 kW exposure, flames shall not
spread to the ceiling.

2. The flame shall not spread to the outer extremity
of the sample on any wall or ceiling.

3. Flashover, as defined in NFPA 286, shall not
occur.

4. The peak heat release rate throughout the test
shall not exceed 800 kW.

5. The total smoke released throughout the test shall
not exceed 1 ,000 m 2 .

803.1.3 Room corner test for textile wall coverings and
expanded vinyl wall coverings. Textile wall coverings
and expanded vinyl wall coverings shall meet the criteria
of Section 803.1.3.1 when tested in the manner intended
for use in accordance with the Method B protocol of
NFPA 265 using the product-mounting system, including
adhesive.

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

197

INTERIOR FINISHES

803.1.3.1 Acceptance criteria for NFPA 265. The
interior finish shall comply with the following:

1. During the 40 kW exposure, flames shall not
spread to the ceiling.

2. The flame shall not spread to the outer extremi-
ties of the samples on the 8-foot by 12-foot (203
by 305 mm) walls.

3. Flashover, as defined in NFPA 265, shall not
occur.

4. The total smoke released throughout the test shall
not exceed 1 ,000 m 2 .

803.1.4 Acceptance criteria for textile and expanded
vinyl wall or ceiling coverings tested to ASTM E 84 or
UL 723. Textile wall and ceiling coverings and expanded
vinyl wall and ceiling coverings shall have a Class A
flame spread index in accordance with ASTM E 84 or UL
723 and be protected by an automatic sprinkler system
installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or
903.3.1.2. Test specimen preparation and mounting shall
be in accordance with ASTM E 2404.

803.2 Thickness exemption. Materials having a thickness
less than 0.036 inch (0.9 mm) applied directly to the surface
of walls or ceilings shall not be required to be tested.

803.3 Heavy timber exemption. Exposed portions of struc-
tural members complying with the requirements for buildings
of Type IV construction in Section 602.4 shall not be subject
to interior finish requirements.

803.4 Foam plastics. Foam plastics shall not be used as inte-
rior finish except as provided in Section 2603.10. This sec-
tion shall apply both to exposed foam plastics and to foam
plastics used in conjunction with a textile or vinyl facing or
cover.

803.5 Textile wall coverings. Where used as interior wall
finish materials, textile wall coverings, including materials
having woven or nonwoven, napped, tufted, looped or similar
surface and carpet and similar textile materials, shall be tested
in the manner intended for use, using the product mounting
system, including adhesive, and shall comply with the
requirements of Section 803.1 .2, 803.1.3 or 803.1.4.

803.6 Textile ceiling coverings. Where used as interior ceil-
ing finish materials, textile ceiling coverings, including mate-
rials having woven or nonwoven, napped, tufted, looped or
similar surface and carpet and similar textile materials, shall
be tested in the manner intended for use, using the product
mounting system, including adhesive, and shall comply with
the requirements of Section 803.1.2 or 803.1.4.

803.7 Expanded vinyl wall coverings. Where used as inte-
rior wall finish materials, expanded vinyl wall coverings shall
be tested in the manner intended for use, using the product
mounting system, including adhesive, and shall comply with
the requirements of Section 803.1.2, 803.1.3 or 803.1.4.

803.8 Expanded vinyl ceiling coverings. Where used as
interior ceiling finish materials, expanded vinyl ceiling cover-
ings shall be tested in the manner intended for use, using the
product mounting system, including adhesive, and shall com-
ply with the requirements of Section 803. 1 .2 or 803.1 .4.

803.9 Interior finish requirements based on group. Inte-
rior wall and ceiling finish shall have a flame spread index
not greater than that specified in Table 803.9 for the group
and location designated. Interior wall and ceiling finish mate-
rials tested in accordance with NFPA 286 and meeting the
acceptance criteria of Section 803.1.2.1, shall be permitted to
be used where a Class A classification in accordance with
ASTM E 84 or UL 723 is required.

803.10 Stability. Interior finish materials regulated by this
chapter shall be applied or otherwise fastened in such a man-
ner that such materials will not readily become detached
where subjected to room temperatures of 200°F (93°C) for
not less than 30 minutes.

803.11 Application of interior finish materials to Fire-
resistance-rated or noncombustible building elements. I
Where interior finish materials are applied on walls, ceilings
or structural elements required to have afire-resistance rat-
ing or to be of noncombustible construction, they shall com-
ply with the provisions of this section.

803.11.1 Direct attachment and furred construction.

Where walls and ceilings are required by any provision in
this code to be of fire-resistance-rated or noncombustible
construction, the interior finish material shall be applied
directly against such construction or to furring strips not
exceeding l7 4 inches (44 mm), applied directly against
such surfaces.

803.11.1.1 Furred construction. If the interior finish
material is applied to furring strips, the intervening
spaces between such furring strips shall comply with
one of the following:

1. Be filled with material that is inorganic or non-
combustible;

2. Be filled with material that meets the require-
ments of a Class A material in accordance with
Section 803.1.1 or 803.1.2; or

3. Be fireblocked at a maximum of 8 feet (2438
mm) in every direction in accordance with Sec- 1
tion718.

803.11.2 Set-out construction. Where walls and ceilings
are required to be of fire-resistance-rated or noncombusti-
ble construction and walls are set out or ceilings are
dropped distances greater than specified in Section
803.11.1, Class A finish materials, in accordance with
Section 803.1.1 or 803.1.2, shall be used.

Exceptions:

1. Where interior finish materials are protected on
both sides by an automatic sprinkler system in
accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2.

2. Where interior finish materials are attached to
noncombustible backing or furring strips
installed as specified in Section 803.11.1.1.

803.11.2.1 Hangers and assembly members. The

hangers and assembly members of such dropped ceil-
ings that are below the horizontal fire-resistance rated
floor or roof assemblies shall be of noncombustible
materials. The construction of each set-out wall and

198

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE #

INTERIOR FINISHES

TABLE 803.9
INTERIOR WALL AND CEILING FINISH REQUIREMENTS BY OCCUPANCY"

GROUP

SPRINKLERED'

NONSPRINKLERED

Interior exit stairways, interior

exit ramps and exit

passageways' *

Corridors and

enclosure for exit

access stairways

and exit access

ramps

Rooms and
enclosed
spaces

Interior exit stairways,

interior exit ramps and exit

passageways"' °

Corridors and

enclosure for exit

access stairways

and exit access

ramps

Rooms and
enclosed
spaces

A-1&A-2

B e

A-3 f , A-4, A-5

B,E,M,R-1

R-4

1-1

1-2

B M

1-3

A j

1-4

B h.i

R-2

R-3

No restrictions

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 square foot = 0.0929m 2 .

a. Class C interior finish materials shall be permitted for wainscotting or paneling of not more than 1,000 square feet of applied surface area in the grade lobby
where applied directly to a noncombustible base or over furring strips applied to a noncombustible base and fireblocked as required by Section 803.11.1.

b. In other than Group 1-2 occupanicies in buildings less than three stories above grade plane of other than Group 1-3, Class B interior finish for nonsprinklered
buildings and Class C interior finish for sprinklered buildings shall be permitted in interior exit stairways and ramps.

c. Requirements for rooms and enclosed spaces shall be based upon spaces enclosed by partitions. Where a fire-resistance rating is required for structural
elements, the enclosing partitions shall extend from the floor to the ceiling. Partitions that do not comply with this shall be considered enclosing spaces and the
rooms or spaces on both sides shall be considered one. In determining the applicable requirements for rooms and enclosed spaces, the specific occupancy
thereof shall be the governing factor regardless of the group classification of the building or structure.

d. Lobby areas in Group A-l, A-2 and A-3 occupancies shall not be less than Class B materials.

e. Class C interior finish materials shall be permitted in places of assembly with an occupant load of 300 persons or less.

f . For places of religious worship, wood used for ornamental purposes, trusses, paneling or chancel furnishing shall be permitted.

g. Class B material is required where the building exceeds two stories.

h. Class C interior finish materials shall be permitted in administrative spaces.

J-

Class C interior finish materials shall be permitted in rooms with a capacity of four persons or less.

Class B materials shall be permitted as wainscotting extending not more than 48 inches above the finished floor in corridors and exit access stairways and

ramps.

Finish materials as provided for in other sections of this code.

Applies when protected by an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1 .2.

horizontal fire-resistance rated floor or roof assembly
shall be of fire-resistance-rated construction as required
elsewhere in this code.

Exception: In Types III and V construction, fire-
retardant-treated wood shall be permitted for use as
hangers and assembly members of dropped ceilings.

803.11.3 Heavy timber construction. Wall and ceiling
finishes of all classes as permitted in this chapter that are
installed directly against the wood decking or planking of
Type IV construction or to wood furring strips applied
directly to the wood decking or planking shall be fire-
blocked as specified in Section 803.11.1.1.

803.11.4 Materials. An interior wall or ceiling finish
material that is not more than l A inch (6.4 mm) thick shall
be applied directly onto the wall, ceiling or structural ele-
ment without the use of furring strips and shall not be sus-

pended away from the building element to which it is
applied.

Exceptions:

1. Noncombustible interior finish materials.

2. Materials that meet the requirements of Class A
materials in accordance with Section 803.1.1 or
803.1.2 where the qualifying tests were made
with the material furred out from the noncombus-
tible backing shall be permitted to be used with
furring strips.

3. Materials that meet the requirements of Class A
materials in accordance with Section 803.1.1 or
803.1.2 where the qualifying tests were made
with the material suspended away from the non-
combustible backing shall be permitted to be
used suspended away from the building element.

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

199

INTERIOR FINISHES

803.12 High-density Polyethylene (HOPE) and Polypro-
pylene (PP). Where high-density polyethylene or polypro-
pylene is used as an interior finish it shall comply with
Section 803.1.2.

803.13 Site-fabricated stretch systems. Where used as inte-
rior wall or interior ceiling finish materials, site-fabricated
stretch systems containing all three components described in
the definition in Section 802 shall be tested in the manner
intended for use, and shall comply with the requirements of
Section 803.1.1 or 803.1.2. If the materials are tested in
accordance with ASTM E 84 or UL 723, specimen prepara-
tion and mounting shall be in accordance with ASTM E 2573.

SECTION 804
INTERIOR FLOOR FINISH

804.1 General. Interior floor finish and floor covering mate-
rials shall comply with Sections 804.2 through 804.4.2.

Exception: Floor finishes and coverings of a traditional
type, such as wood, vinyl, linoleum or terrazzo, and resil-
ient floor covering materials that are not comprised of
fibers.

804.2 Classification. Interior floor finish and floor covering
materials required by Section 804.4.2 to be of Class I or II
materials shall be classified in accordance with NFPA 253.
The classification referred to herein corresponds to the classi-
fications determined by NFPA 253 as follows: Class I, 0.45
watts/cm 2 or greater; Class II, 0.22 watts/cm 2 or greater.

804.3 Testing and identification. Interior floor finish and
floor covering materials shall be tested by an agency in accor-
dance with NFPA 253 and identified by a hang tag or other
suitable method so as to identify the manufacturer or supplier
and style, and shall indicate the interior floor finish or floor
covering classification according to Section 804.2. Carpet-
type floor coverings shall be tested as proposed for use,
including underlayment. Test reports confirming the informa-
tion provided in the manufacturer's product identification
shall be furnished to the building official upon request.

804.4 Interior floor finish requirements. Interior floor cov-
ering materials shall comply with Sections 804.4.1 and
804.4.2 and interior floor finish materials shall comply with
Section 804.4.2.

804.4.1 Test requirement. In all occupancies, interior
floor covering materials shall comply with the require-
ments of the DOC FF-1 "pill test" (CPSC 16 CFR Part
1630) or with ASTM D 2859.

804.4.2 Minimum critical radiant flux. In all occupan-
cies, interior floor finish and floor covering materials in
enclosures for stairways and ramps, exit passageways, cor-
ridors and rooms or spaces not separated from corridors by
partitions extending from the floor to the underside of the
ceiling shall withstand a minimum critical radiant flux.
The minimum critical radiant flux shall not be less than
Class I in Groups 1-1, 1-2 and 1-3 and not less than Class II
in Groups A, B, E, H, I- 4, M, R-l , R-2 and S.

Exception: Where a building is equipped throughout
with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with

Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2, Class II materials are
permitted in any area where Class I materials are
required, and materials complying with DOC FF-1 "pill
test" (CPSC 16 CFR Part 1630) or with ASTM D 2859
are permitted in any area where Class II materials are
required.

SECTION 805

COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS IN TYPES I AND II

CONSTRUCTION

805.1 Application. Combustible materials installed on or
embedded in floors of buildings of Type I or II construction
shall comply with Sections 805.1.1 through 805.1.3.

Exception: Stages and platforms constructed in accor-
dance with Sections 410.3 and 410.4, respectively.

805.1.1 Subfloor construction. Floor sleepers, bucks and
nailing blocks shall not be constructed of combustible
materials, unless the space between the fire-resistance-
rated floor assembly and the flooring is either solidly filled
with noncombustible materials or fireblocked in accor-
dance with Section 718, and provided that such open
spaces shall not extend under or through permanent parti-
tions or walls.

805.1.2 Wood finish flooring. Wood finish flooring is
permitted to be attached directly to the embedded or fire-
blocked wood sleepers and shall be permitted where
cemented directly to the top surface of fire-resistance-
rated floor assemblies or directly to a wood subfloor
attached to sleepers as provided for in Section 805.1.1.

805.1.3 Insulating boards. Combustible insulating boards
not more than V 2 inch (12.7 mm) thick and covered with
finish flooring are permitted where attached directly to a
noncombustible floor assembly or to wood subflooring
attached to sleepers as provided for in Section 805.1.1.

SECTION 806
DECORATIVE MATERIALS AND TRIM

[F] 806.1 General requirements. In occupancies in Groups
A, E, I and R-l and dormitories in Group R-2, curtains, drap-
eries, hangings and other decorative materials suspended
from walls or ceilings shall meet the flame propagation per-
formance criteria of NFPA 701 in accordance with Section
806.2 or be noncombustible.

Exceptions:

1. Curtains, draperies, hangings and other decorative
materials suspended from walls of sleeping units
and dwelling units in dormitories in Group R-2 pro-
tected by an approved automatic sprinkler system
installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1 and
such materials are limited to not more than 50 per-
cent of the aggregate area of walls.

2. Decorative materials, including, but not limited to,
photographs and paintings in dormitories in Group
R-2 where such materials are of limited quantities

200

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

INTERIOR FINISHES

such that a hazard of fire development or spread is
not present.

In Groups 1-1 and 1-2, combustible decorative materials
shall meet the flame propagation criteria of NFPA 701 unless
the decorative materials, including, but not limited to, photo-
graphs and paintings, are of such limited quantities that a haz-
ard of fire development or spread is not present. In Group 1-3,
combustible decorative materials are prohibited.

Fixed or movable walls and partitions, paneling, wall pads
and crash pads applied structurally or for decoration, acousti-
cal correction, surface insulation or other purposes shall be
considered interior finish if they cover 10 percent or more of
the wall or of the ceiling area, and shall not be considered
decorative materials or furnishings.

In Group B and M occupancies, fabric partitions sus-
pended from the ceiling and not supported by the floor shall
meet the flame propagation performance criteria in accor-
dance with Section 806.2 and NFPA 701 or shall be noncom-
bustible.

[F] 806.1.1 Noncombustible materials. The permissible
amount of noncombustible decorative material shall not be
limited.

[F] 806.1.2 Combustible decorative materials. The per-
missible amount of decorative materials meeting the
flame propagation performance criteria of NFPA 701 shall
not exceed 10 percent of the specific wall or ceiling area to
which it is attached.

Exceptions:

1. In auditoriums in Group A, the permissible
amount of decorative material meeting the flame
propagation performance criteria of NFPA 701
shall not exceed 75 percent of the aggregate wall
area where the building is equipped throughout
with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance
with Section 903.3.1.1 and where the material is
installed in accordance with Section 803.1 1.

2. The amount of fabric partitions suspended from
the ceiling and not supported by the floor in
Group B and M occupancies shall not be limited.

[F] 806.2 Acceptance criteria and reports. Where required
by Section 806.1, decorative materials shall be tested by an
agency and meet the flame propagation performance criteria
of NFPA 701 or such materials shall be noncombustible.
Reports of test results shall be prepared in accordance with
NFPA 701 and furnished to the building official upon request.

[F] 806.3 Foam plastic. Foam plastic used as trim in any
occupancy shall comply with Section 2604.2.

[F] 806.4 Pyroxylin plastic. Imitation leather or other mate-
rial consisting of or coated with a pyroxylin or similarly haz-
ardous base shall not be used in Group A occupancies.

[F] 806.5 Interior trim. Material, other than foam plastic
used as interior trim, shall have a minimum Class C flame
spread and smoke-developed index when tested in accor-
dance with ASTM E 84 or UL 723, as described in Section
803.1.1. Combustible trim, excluding handrails and guard-

rails, shall not exceed 10 percent of the specific wall or ceil-
ing area in which it is attached.

[F] 806.6 Interior floor- wall base. Interior floor-wall base
that is 6 inches (152 mm) or less in height shall be tested in
accordance with Section 804.2 and shall not be less than
Class II. Where a Class I floor finish is required, the floor-
wall base shall be Class I.

Exception: Interior trim materials that comply with Sec-
tion 806.5.

SECTION 807
INSULATION

807.1 Insulation. Thermal and acoustical insulation shall
comply with Section 720.

SECTION 808
ACOUSTICAL CEILING SYSTEMS

808.1 Acoustical ceiling systems. The quality, design, fabri-
cation and erection of metal suspension systems for acousti-
cal tile and lay-in panel ceilings in buildings or structures
shall conform with generally accepted engineering practice,
the provisions of this chapter and other applicable require-
ments of this code.

808.1.1 Materials and installation. Acoustical materials
complying with the interior finish requirements of Section
803 shall be installed in accordance with the manufac-
turer's recommendations and applicable provisions for
applying interior finish.

808.1.1.1 Suspended acoustical ceilings. Suspended
acoustical ceiling systems shall be installed in accor-
dance with the provisions of ASTM C 635 and ASTM
C636.

808.1.1.2 Fire-resistance-rated construction. Acous-
tical ceiling systems that are part of fire-resistance-
rated construction shall be installed in the same manner
used in the assembly tested and shall comply with the
provisions of Chapter 7.

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

201

202 201 2 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

CHAPTER 9

FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS

SECTION 901

GENERAL

901.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter shall specify
where fire protection systems are required and shall apply to
the design, installation and operation of fire protection sys-
tems.

901.2 Fire protection systems. Fire protection systems shall
be installed, repaired, operated and maintained in accordance
with this code and the International Fire Code.

Any fire protection system for which an exception or
reduction to the provisions of this code has been granted shall
be considered to be a required system.

Exception: Any fire protection system or portion thereof
not required by this code shall be permitted to be installed
for partial or complete protection provided that such sys-
tem meets the requirements of this code.

901.3 Modifications. No person shall remove or modify any
fire protection system installed or maintained under the provi-
sions of this code or the International Fire Code without
approval by the building official.

901.4 Threads. Threads provided for fire department con-
nections to sprinkler systems, standpipes, yard hydrants or
any other fire hose connection shall be compatible with the
connections used by the local fire department.

901.5 Acceptance tests. Fire protection systems shall be
tested in accordance with the requirements of this code and
the International Fire Code. When required, the tests shall be
conducted in the presence of the building official. Tests
required by this code, the International Fire Code and the
standards listed in this code shall be conducted at the expense
of the owner or the owner's representative. It shall be unlaw-
ful to occupy portions of a structure until the required fire
protection systems within that portion of the structure have
been tested and approved.

901.6 Supervisory service. Where required, fire protection
systems shall be monitored by an approved supervising sta-
tion in accordance with NFPA 72.

901.6.1 Automatic sprinkler systems. Automatic sprin-
kler systems shall be monitored by an approved supervis-
ing station.

Exceptions:

1. A supervising station is not required for auto-
matic sprinkler systems protecting one- and two-
family dwellings.

2. Limited area systems serving fewer than 20
sprinklers.

901.6.2 Fire alarm systems. Fire alarm systems required
by the provisions of Section 907.2 of this code and Sec-
tions 907.2 and 907.9 of the International Fire Code shall

be monitored by an approved supervising station in accor-
dance with Section 907.6.5.

Exceptions:

1. Single- and multiple-station smoke alarms
required by Section 907.2.11.

2. Smoke detectors in Group 1-3 occupancies.

3. Supervisory service is not required for automatic
sprinkler systems in one- and two-family dwell-
ings.

901.6.3 Group H. Supervision and monitoring of emer-
gency alarm, detection and automatic fire-extinguishing
systems in Group H occupancies shall be in accordance
with the International Fire Code.

901.7 Fire areas. Where buildings, or portions thereof, are
divided into fire areas so as not to exceed the limits estab-
lished for requiring a fire protection system in accordance
with this chapter, such fire areas shall be separated by fire
barriers constructed in accordance with Section 707 or hori-
zontal assemblies constructed in accordance with Section
711, or both, having ^fire-resistance rating of not less than
that determined in accordance with Section 707.3.10.

[F] 901.8 Pump and riser room size. Fire pump and auto-
matic sprinkler system riser rooms shall be designed with
adequate space for all equipment necessary for the installa-
tion, as defined by the manufacturer, with sufficient working
room around the stationary equipment. Clearances around
equipment to elements of permanent construction, including
other installed equipment and appliances, shall be sufficient
to allow inspection, service, repair or replacement without
removing such elements of permanent construction or dis-
abling the function of a required fire-resistance-rated assem-
bly. Fire pump and automatic sprinkler system riser rooms
shall be provided with a door(s) and unobstructed passage-
way large enough to allow removal of the largest piece of
equipment.

SECTION 902
DEFINITIONS

902.1 Definitions. The following terms are defined in Chap-
ter 2:

[F] ALARM NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE.
[F] ALARM SIGNAL.
[F] ALARM VERIFICATION FEATURE.
[F] ANNUNCIATOR.

[F] AUDIBLE ALARM NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE.
[F] AUTOMATIC.

[F] AUTOMATIC FIRE-EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM.
[F] AUTOMATIC SMOKE DETECTION SYSTEM.

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

203

FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS

[F] AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM.

[F] AVERAGE AMBIENT SOUND LEVEL.

[F] CARBON DIOXIDE EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS.

[F] CEILING LIMIT.

[F] CLEAN AGENT.

[F] CONSTANTLY ATTENDED LOCATION.

[F] DELUGE SYSTEM.

[F] DETECTOR, HEAT.

[F] DRY-CHEMICAL EXTINGUISHING AGENT.

[F] ELEVATOR GROUP.

[F] EMERGENCY ALARM SYSTEM.

[F] EMERGENCY VOICE/ALARM COMMUNICATIONS.

[F] FIRE ALARM BOX, MANUAL.

[F] FIRE ALARM CONTROL UNIT.

[F] FIRE ALARM SIGNAL.

[F] FIRE ALARM SYSTEM.

FIRE AREA.

[F] FIRE COMMAND CENTER.

[F] FIRE DETECTOR, AUTOMATIC.

[F] FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM.

[F] FIRE SAFETY FUNCTIONS.

[F] FOAM-EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM.

[F] HALOGENATED EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM.

[F] INITIATING DEVICE.

[F] MANUAL FIRE ALARM BOX.

[F] MULTIPLE-STATION ALARM DEVICE.

[F] MULTIPLE-STATION SMOKE ALARM.

[F] NOTIFICATION ZONE.

[F] NUISANCE ALARM.

[F] RECORD DRAWINGS.

[Fj SINGLE-STATION SMOKE ALARM.

[F] SMOKE ALARM.

[F] SMOKE DETECTOR.

[F] SMOKEPROOF ENCLOSURE.

[F] STANDPIPE SYSTEM, CLASSES OF.

Class I system.

Class II system.

Class III system.
[F] STANDPIPE, TYPES OF.

Automatic dry.

Automatic wet.

Manual dry.

Manual wet.

Semiautomatic dry.

[F] SUPERVISING STATION.

[F] SUPERVISORY SERVICE.

[F] SUPERVISORY SIGNAL.

[F] SUPERVISORY SIGNAL-INITIATING DEVICE.

[F] TIRES, BULK STORAGE OF.

[F] TROUBLE SIGNAL.

[F] VISIBLE ALARM NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE.

[F] WET-CHEMICAL EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM.

[F] WIRELESS PROTECTION SYSTEM.

[F] ZONE.

[F] ZONE, NOTIFICATION.

SECTION 903
AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEMS

[F] 903.1 General. Automatic sprinkler systems shall comply
with this section.

[F] 903.1.1 Alternative protection. Alternative automatic
fire-extinguishing systems complying with Section 904
shall be permitted in lieu of automatic sprinkler protection
where recognized by the applicable standard and approved
by the fire code official.

[F] 903.2 Where required. Approved automatic sprinkler
systems in new buildings and structures shall be provided in
the locations described in Sections 903.2.1 through 903.2.12.

Exception: Spaces or areas in telecommunications build-
ings used exclusively for telecommunications equipment,
associated electrical power distribution equipment, batter-
ies and standby engines, provided those spaces or areas are
equipped throughout with an automatic smoke detection
system in accordance with Section 907.2 and are separated
from the remainder of the building by not less than 1-hour
fire barriers constructed in accordance with Section 707
or not less than 2-hour horizontal assemblies constructed
in accordance with Section 71 1, or both.

[F] 903.2.1 Group A. An automatic sprinkler system shall
be provided throughout buildings and portions thereof
used as Group A occupancies as provided in this section.
For Group A-l, A-2, A-3 and A-4 occupancies, the auto-
matic sprinkler system shall be provided throughout the
floor area where the Group A-l, A-2, A-3 or A-4 occu-
pancy is located, and in all floors from the Group A occu-
pancy to, and including, the nearest level of exit discharge
serving the Group A occupancy. For Group A-5 occupan-
cies, the automatic sprinkler system shall be provided in
the spaces indicated in Section 903.2. 1 .5.

[F] 903.2.1.1 Group A-l. An automatic sprinkler sys-
tem shall be provided for Group A-l occupancies
where one of the following conditions exists:

1. The fire area exceeds 12,000 square feet (1115
nr);

2. The fire area has an occupant load of 300 or
more;

204

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS

3. The fire area is located on a floor other than a
level of exit discharge serving such occupancies;
or

4. The fire area contains a multitheater complex.

[F] 903.2.1.2 Group A-2. An automatic sprinkler sys-
tem shall be provided for Group A-2 occupancies
where one of the following conditions exists:

1. The fire area exceeds 5,000 square feet (464.5

2. The fire area has an occupant load of 100 or
more; or

3. The fire area is located on a floor other than a
level of exit discharge serving such occupancies.

[F] 903.2.1.3 Group A-3. An automatic sprinkler sys-
tem shall be provided for Group A-3 occupancies
where one of the following conditions exists:

1. The fire area exceeds 12,000 square feet (1115
m 2 );

2. The fire area has an occupant load of 300 or
more; or

3. The fire area is located on a floor other than a
level of exit discharge serving such occupancies.

[F] 903.2.1.4 Group A-4. An automatic sprinkler sys-
tem shall be provided for Group A-4 occupancies
where one of the following conditions exists:

1. The fire area exceeds 12,000 square feet (1115
m 2 );

2. The fire area has an occupant load of 300 or
more; or

3. The fire area is located on a floor other than a
level of exit discharge serving such occupancies.

[F] 903.2.1.5 Group A-5. An automatic sprinkler sys-
tem shall be provided for Group A-5 occupancies in the
following areas: concession stands, retail areas, press
boxes and other accessory use areas in excess of 1,000
square feet (93 m 2 ).
[F] 903.2.2 Ambulatory care facilities. An automatic
sprinkler system shall be installed throughout the entire
floor containing an ambulatory care facility where either
of the following conditions exist at any time:

1. Four or more care recipients are incapable of self-
preservation, whether rendered incapable by staff or
staff has accepted responsibility for care recipients
already incapable.

2. One or more care recipients that are incapable of
self-preservation are located at other than the level
of exit discharge serving such a facility.

In buildings where ambulatory care is provided on lev-
els other than the level of exit discharge, an automatic
sprinkler system shall be installed throughout the entire
floor where such care is provided as well as all floors
below, and all floors between the level of ambulatory care

and the nearest level of exit discharge, including the level
of exit discharge.

[F] 903.2.3 Group E. An automatic sprinkler system shall
be provided for Group E occupancies as follows:

1. Throughout all Group E fire areas greater than
12,000 square feet (1115 m 2 ) in area.

2. Throughout every portion of educational buildings
below the lowest level of exit discharge serving that
portion of the building.

Exception: An automatic sprinkler system is not
required in any area below the lowest level of exit
discharge serving that area where every class-
room throughout the building has at least one
exterior exit door at ground level.

[F] 903.2.4 Group F-l. An automatic sprinkler system
shall be provided throughout all buildings containing a
Group F-l occupancy where one of the following condi-
tions exists:

1. A Group F-l fire area exceeds 12,000 square feet
(1115 m 2 ).

2. A Group F- 1 fire area is located more than three sto-
ries above grade plane.

3. The combined area of all Group F-l fire areas on all
floors, including any mezzanines, exceeds 24,000
square feet (2230 m 2 ).

4. A Group F-l occupancy used for the manufacture of
upholstered furniture or mattresses exceeds 2,500
square feet (232 m 2 ).

[F] 903.2.4.1 Woodworking operations. An auto-
matic sprinkler system, shall be provided throughout all
Group F-l occupancy fire areas that contain wood-
working operations in excess of 2,500 square feet (232
m 2 ) in area which generate finely divided combustible
waste or use finely divided combustible materials.

[F] 903.2.5 Group H. Automatic sprinkler systems shall
be provided in high-hazard occupancies as required in
Sections 903.2.5.1 through 903.2.5.3.

[F] 903.2.5.1 General. An automatic sprinkler system
shall be installed in Group H occupancies.

[F] 903.2.5.2 Group H-5. An automatic sprinkler sys-
tem shall be installed throughout buildings containing
Group H-5 occupancies. The design of the sprinkler
system shall not be less than that required by this code
for the occupancy hazard classifications in accordance
with Table 903.2.5.2. Where the design area of the
sprinkler system consists of a corridor protected by one
row of sprinklers, the maximum number of sprinklers
required to be calculated is 13.

[F] 903.2.5.3 Pyroxylin plastics. An automatic sprin-
kler system shall be provided in buildings, or portions
thereof, where cellulose nitrate film or pyroxylin plas-
tics are manufactured, stored or handled in quantities
exceeding 100 pounds (45 kg).

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

205

FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS

[F] TABLE 903.2.5.2
GROUP H-5 SPRINKLER DESIGN CRITERIA

LOCATION

OCCUPANCY HAZARD
CLASSIFICATION

Fabrication areas

Ordinary Hazard Group 2

Service corridors

Ordinary Hazard Group 2

Storage rooms without dispensing

Ordinary Hazard Group 2

Storage rooms with dispensing

Extra Hazard Group 2

Corridors

Ordinary Hazard Group 2

[F] 903.2.6 Group I. An automatic sprinkler system shall
be provided throughout buildings with a Group I fire area.

Exceptions:

1. An automatic sprinkler system installed in accor-
dance with Section 903.3.1.2 shall be permitted
in Group 1-1 facilities.

2. An automatic sprinkler system installed in accor-
dance with Section 903.3.1.3 shall be allowed in
Group 1-1 facilities when in compliance with all
of the following:

2.1. A hydraulic design information sign is
located on the system riser;

2.2. Exception 1 of Section 903.4 is not
applied; and

2.3. Systems shall be maintained in accordance
with the requirements of Section 903.3.1.2.

3. An automatic sprinkler system is not required
where day care facilities are at the level of exit
discharge and where every room where care is
provided has at least one exterior exit door.

4. In buildings where Group 1-4 day care is pro-
vided on levels other than the level of exit dis-
charge, an automatic sprinkler system in
accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 shall be
installed on the entire floor where care is pro-
vided and all floors between the level of care and
the level of exit discharge, all floors below the
level of exit discharge, other than areas classified
as an open parking garage.

[F] 903.2.7 Group M. An automatic sprinkler system
shall be provided throughout buildings containing a Group
M occupancy where one of the following conditions
exists:

1 . A Group M fire area exceeds 1 2,000 square feet
(1115 m 2 ).

2. A Group Mfire area is located more than three sto-
ries above grade plane.

3. The combined area of all Group Mfire areas on all
floors, including any mezzanines, exceeds 24,000
square feet (2230 m 2 ).

4. A Group M occupancy used for the display and sale
of upholstered furniture or mattresses exceeds 5,000
square feet (464 m 2 ).

[F] 903.2.7.1 High-piled storage. An automatic sprin-
kler system shall be provided in accordance with the

International Fire Code in all buildings of Group M
where storage of merchandise is in high-piled or rack
storage arrays.

[F] 903.2.8 Group R. An automatic sprinkler system
installed in accordance with Section 903.3 shall be pro-
vided throughout all buildings with a Group Rfire area.

[F] 903.2.8.1 Group R-3 or R-4 congregate residences.

An automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance
with Section 903.3.1.3 shall be permitted in Group R-3 or
R-4 congregate residences with 1 6 or fewer residents.

[F] 903.2.8.2 Care facilities. An automatic sprinkler
system installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.3
shall be permitted in care facilities with 5 or fewer indi-
viduals in a single-family dwelling.

[F] 903.2.9 Group S-l. An automatic sprinkler system
shall be provided throughout all buildings containing a
Group S-l occupancy where one of the following condi-
tions exists:

1. A Group S-l fire area exceeds 12,000 square feet
(1115 m 2 ).

2. A Group S-l fire area is located more than three sto-
ries above grade plane.

3. The combined area of all Group S-l fire areas on all
floors, including any mezzanines, exceeds 24,000
square feet (2230 m 2 ).

4. A Group S-l fire area used for the storage of com-
mercial trucks or buses where the fire area exceeds
5,000 square feet (464 m 2 ).

5. A Group S-l occupancy used for the storage of
upholstered furniture or mattresses exceeds 2,500
square feet (232 m 2 ).

[F] 903.2.9.1 Repair garages. An automatic sprinkler
system, shall be provided throughout all buildings used
as repair garages in accordance with Section 406, as
shown:

1. Buildings having two or more stories above
grade plane, including basements, with a fire
area containing a repair garage exceeding 10,000
square feet (929 m 2 ).

2. Buildings no more than one story above grade
plane, with a fire area containing a repair garage
exceeding 12,000 square feet (1 1 15 nr).

3. Buildings with repair garages servicing vehicles
parked in basements.

4. A Group S- 1 fire area used for the repair of com-
mercial trucks or buses where the fire area
exceeds 5,000 square feet (464 m 2 ).

[F] 903.2.9.2 Bulk storage of tires. Buildings and
structures where the area for the storage of tires
exceeds 20,000 cubic feet (566 m 3 ) shall be equipped
throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in
accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.

[F] 903.2.10 Group S-2 enclosed parking garages. An
automatic sprinkler system shall be provided throughout

206

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE 8

FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS

buildings classified as enclosed parking garages in accor-
dance with Section 406.4 as follows:

1. Where the fire area of the enclosed parking garage
exceeds 12,000 square feet (11 15 m 2 ); or

2. Where the enclosed parking garage is located
beneath other groups.

Exception: Enclosed parking garages located
beneath Group R-3 occupancies.

[F] 903.2.10.1 Commercial parking garages. An
automatic sprinkler system shall be provided through-
out buildings used for storage of commercial trucks or
buses where the fire area exceeds 5,000 square feet
(464 nr).
[F] 903.2.11 Specific building areas and hazards. In all
occupancies other than Group U, an automatic sprinkler
system shall be installed for building design or hazards in
the locations set forth in Sections 903.2.11.1 through
903.2.11.6.

[F] 903.2.11.1 Stories without openings. An auto-
matic sprinkler system shall be installed throughout all
stories, including basements, of all buildings where the
floor area exceeds 1,500 square feet (139.4 m 2 ) and
where there is not provided at least one of the following
types of exterior wall openings:

1. Openings below grade that lead directly to
ground level by an exterior stairway complying
with Section 1009 or an outside ramp complying
with Section 1010. Openings shall be located in
each 50 linear feet (15 240 mm), or fraction
thereof, of exterior wall in the story on at least
one side. The required openings shall be distrib-
uted such that the lineal distance between adja-
cent openings does not exceed 50 feet (15 240
mm).

2. Openings entirely above the adjoining ground
level totaling at least 20 square feet (1 .86 m 2 ) in
each 50 linear feet (15 240 mm), or fraction
thereof, of exterior wall in the story on at least
one side. The required openings shall be distrib-
uted such that the lineal distance between adja-
cent openings does not exceed 50 feet (15 240
mm). The height of the bottom of the clear open-
ing shall not exceed 44 inches (1118 mm) mea-
sured from the floor.

[F] 903.2.11.1.1 Opening dimensions and access.

Openings shall have a minimum dimension of not
less than 30 inches (762 mm). Such openings shall
be accessible to the fire department from the exterior
and shall not be obstructed in a manner that fire
fighting or rescue cannot be accomplished from the
exterior.

[F] 903.2.11.1.2 Openings on one side only. Where
openings in a story are provided on only one side
and the opposite wall of such story is more than 75

feet (22 860 mm) from such openings, the story shall
be equipped throughout with an approved automatic
sprinkler system, or openings as specified above
shall be provided on at least two sides of the story.

[F] 903.2.11.1.3 Basements. Where any portion of a
basement is located more than 75 feet (22 860 mm)
from openings required by Section 903.2.11.1, or
where walls, partitions or other obstructions are
installed that restrict the application of water from
hose streams, the basement shall be equipped
throughout with an approved automatic sprinkler
system.
[F] 903.2.11.2 Rubbish and linen chutes. An auto-
matic sprinkler system shall be installed at the top of
rubbish and linen chutes and in their terminal rooms.
Chutes shall have additional sprinkler heads installed at
alternate floors and at the lowest intake. Where a rub-
bish chute extends through a building more than one
floor below the lowest intake, the extension shall have
sprinklers installed that are recessed from the drop area
of the chute and protected from freezing in accordance
with Section 903.3.1.1. Such sprinklers shall be
installed at alternate floors, beginning with the second
level below the last intake and ending with the floor
above the discharge. Chute sprinklers shall be accessi-
ble for servicing.

[F] 903.2.11.3 Buildings 55 feet or more in height.
An automatic sprinkler system shall be installed
throughout buildings with a floor level having an occu-
pant load of 30 or more that is located 55 feet (16 764
mm) or more above the lowest level of fire department
vehicle access.
Exceptions:

1 . Airport control towers.

2. Open parking structures.

3. Occupancies in Group F-2.

[F] 903.2.11.4 Ducts conveying hazardous exhausts.
Where required by the International Mechanical Code,
automatic sprinklers shall be provided in ducts convey-
ing hazardous exhaust, or flammable or combustible
materials.

Exception: Ducts in which the largest cross-sec-
tional diameter of the duct is less than 10 inches
(254 mm).
[F] 903.2.11.5 Commercial cooking operations. An
automatic sprinkler system shall be installed in com-
mercial kitchen exhaust hood and duct system where an
automatic sprinkler system is used to comply with Sec-
tion 904.

[F] 903.2.11.6 Other required suppression systems.
In addition to the requirements of Section 903.2, the
provisions indicated in Table 903.2.11.6 also require
the installation of a fire suppression system for certain
buildings and areas.

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

207

FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS

[F] TABLE 903.2.1 1.6
ADDITIONAL REQUIRED SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS

SECTION

402.10

403.3

404.3

405.3

SUBJECT

Covered and open mall buildings

High-rise buildings

Atriums

407.6

410.7

411.4

412.4.6,412.4.6.1,
412.6.5

415.10.11

416.5

417.4

507

509.4

1028.6.2.3

IFC

Underground structures

Group 1-2

Stages

Special amusement buildings

Aircraft hangars

Group H-5 HPM exhaust ducts

Flammable finishes

Drying rooms

Unlimited area buildings

Incidental uses

Smoke-protected assembly seating

Sprinkler system requirements as set forth in
Section 903.2.1 1.6 of the International Fire

Cade

[F] 903.2.12 During construction. Automatic sprinkler
systems required during construction, alteration and
demolition operations shall be provided in accordance
with Chapter 33 of the International Fire Code.

[F] 903.3 Installation requirements. Automatic sprinkler
systems shall be designed and installed in accordance with
Sections 903.3.1 through 903.3.6.

[F] 903.3.1 Standards. Sprinkler systems shall be
designed and installed in accordance with Section

903.3.1.1 unless otherwise permitted by Sections

903.3.1.2 and 903.3.1.3 and other chapters of this code, as
applicable.

[F] 903.3.1.1 NFPA 13 sprinkler systems. Where the
provisions of this code require that a building or portion
thereof be equipped throughout with an automatic
sprinkler system in accordance with this section, sprin-
klers shall be installed throughout in accordance with
NFPA 13 except as provided in Section 903.3.1.1.1.

[F] 903.3.1.1.1 Exempt locations. Automatic sprin-
klers shall not be required in the following rooms or
areas where such rooms or areas are protected with
an approved automatic fire detection system in
accordance with Section 907.2 that will respond to
visible or invisible particles of combustion. Sprin-
klers shall not be omitted from any room merely
because it is damp, of fire-resistance-rated construc-
tion or contains electrical equipment.

1. Any room where the application of water, or
flame and water, constitutes a serious life or
fire hazard.

2. Any room or space where sprinklers are con-
sidered undesirable because of the nature of

the contents, when approved by the fire code
official.

3. Generator and transformer rooms separated
from the remainder of the building by walls
and floor/ceiling or roof/ceiling assemblies
having a fire-resistance rating of not less than
2 hours.

4. Rooms or areas that are of noncombustible
construction with wholly noncombustible con-
tents.

5. Fire service access elevator machine rooms
and machinery spaces.

6. Machine rooms and machinery spaces associ- I
ated with occupant evacuation elevators 1
designed in accordance with Section 3008. |

[F] 903.3.1.2 NFPA 13R sprinkler systems. Auto-
matic sprinkler systems in Groupo R occupancies up to
and including four stories in height shall be permitted
to be installed throughout in accordance with NFPA
13R.

[F] 903.3.1.2.1 Balconies and decks. Sprinkler pro-
tection shall be provided for exterior balconies,
decks and ground floor patios of dwelling units
where the building is of Type V construction, pro-
vided there is a roof or deck above. Sidewall sprin-
klers that are used to protect such areas shall be
permitted to be located such that their deflectors are
within 1 inch (25 mm) to 6 inches (152 mm) below
the structural members and a maximum distance of
14 inches (356 mm) below the deck of the exterior
balconies and decks that are constructed of open
wood joist construction.

[F] 903.3.1.3 NFPA 13D sprinkler systems. Auto-
matic sprinkler systems installed in one- and two-fam-
ily dwellings, Group R-3 and R-4 congregate 1
residences and townhouses shall be permitted to be I
installed throughout in accordance with NFPA 13D.
[F] 903.3.2 Quick-response and residential sprinklers.
Where automatic sprinkler systems are required by this
code, quick-response or residential automatic sprinklers
shall be installed in the following areas in accordance with
Section 903.3.1 and their listings:

1. Throughout all spaces within a smoke compartment
containing care recipient sleeping. units in Group 1-2 |
in accordance with this code.

2. Throughout all spaces within a smoke compartment |
containing treatment rooms in ambulatory care facil- 1
ities. I

3. Dwelling units and sleeping units in Group 1-1 and R
occupancies.

4. Light-hazard occupancies as defined in NFPA 13.
[F] 903.3.3 Obstructed locations. Automatic sprinklers
shall be installed with due regard to obstructions that will
delay activation or obstruct the water distribution pattern.
Automatic sprinklers shall be installed in or under covered
kiosks, displays, booths, concession stands, or equipment

208

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS

that exceeds 4 feet (1219 mm) in width. Not less than a 3-
foot (914 mm) clearance shall be maintained between
automatic sprinklers and the top of piles of combustible
fibers.

Exception: Kitchen equipment under exhaust hoods
protected with a fire-extinguishing system in accor-
dance with Section 904.
[F] 903.3.4 Actuation. Automatic sprinkler systems shall
be automatically actuated unless specifically provided for
in this code.

[F] 903.3.5 Water supplies. Water supplies for automatic
sprinkler systems shall comply with this section and the
standards referenced in Section 903.3.1. The potable water
supply shall be protected against backflow in accordance
with the requirements of this section and the International
Plumbing Code.

[F] 903.3.5.1 Domestic services. Where the domestic
service provides the water supply for the automatic
sprinkler system, the supply shall be in accordance with
this section.

[F] 903.3.5.1.1 Limited area sprinkler systems.
Limited area sprinkler systems serving fewer than
20 sprinklers on any single connection are permitted
to be connected to the domestic service where a wet
automatic standpipe is not available. Limited area
sprinkler systems connected to domestic water sup-
plies shall comply with each of the following
requirements:

1. Valves shall not be installed between the
domestic water riser control valve and the
sprinklers.

Exception: An approved indicating control
valve supervised in the open position in
accordance with Section 903.4.

2. The domestic service shall be capable of sup-
plying the simultaneous domestic demand and
the sprinkler demand required to be hydrauli-
cally calculated by NFPA 13, NFPA 13D or
NFPA 13R.

[F] 903.3.5.1.2 Residential combination services.
A single combination water supply shall be allowed
provided that the domestic demand is added to the
sprinkler demand as required by NFPA 1 3R.

[F] 903.3.5.2 Secondary water supply. An automatic
secondary on-site water supply having a capacity not
less than the hydraulically calculated sprinkler demand,
including the hose stream requirement, shall be pro-
vided for high-rise buildings assigned to Seismic
Design Category C, D, E or F as determined by the
International Building Code. An additional fire pump
shall not be required for the secondary water supply
unless needed to provide the minimum design intake
pressure at the suction side of the fire pump supplying
the automatic sprinkler system. The secondary water
supply shall have a duration of not less than 30 minutes

as determined by the occupancy hazard classification in
accordance with NFPA 13.

Exception: Existing buildings.
[F] 903.3.6 Hose threads. Fire hose threads and fittings
used in connection with automatic sprinkler systems shall
be as prescribed by the fire code official.

[F] 903.4 Sprinkler system supervision and alarms. All
valves controlling the water supply for automatic sprinkler
systems, pumps, tanks, water levels and temperatures, critical
air pressures and waterflow switches on all sprinkler systems
shall be electrically supervised by a listed fire alarm control
unit.

Exceptions:

1. Automatic sprinkler systems protecting one- and
two-family dwellings.

2. Limited area systems serving fewer than 20 sprin-
klers.

3. Automatic sprinkler systems installed in accordance
with NFPA 13R where a common supply main is
used to supply both domestic water and the auto-
matic sprinkler system, and a separate shutoff valve
for the automatic sprinkler system is not provided.

4. Jockey pump control valves that are sealed or locked
in the open position.

5. Control valves to commercial kitchen hoods, paint
spray booths or dip tanks that are sealed or locked in
the open position.

6. Valves controlling the fuel supply to fire pump
engines that are sealed or locked in the open posi-
tion.

7. Trim valves to pressure switches in dry, preaction
and deluge sprinkler systems that are sealed or
locked in the open position.

[F] 903.4.1 Monitoring. Alarm, supervisory and trouble
signals shall be distinctly different and shall be automati-
cally transmitted to an approved supervising station or,
when approved by the fire code official, shall sound an
audible signal at a constantly attended location.

Exceptions:

1 . Underground key or hub valves in roadway boxes
provided by the municipality or public utility are
not required to be monitored.

2. Backflow prevention device test valves located in
limited area sprinkler system supply piping shall
be locked in the open position.In occupancies
required to be equipped with a fire alarm system,
the backflow preventer valves shall be electri-
cally supervised by a tamper switch installed in
accordance with NFPA 72 and separately annun-
ciated.

[F] 903.4.2 Alarms. An approved audible device, located
on the exterior of the building in an approved location,
shall be connected to each automatic sprinkler system.

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

209

FiRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS

Such sprinkler water-flow alarm devices shall be activated
by water flow equivalent to the flow of a single sprinkler
of the smallest orifice size installed in the system. Where a
fire alarm system is installed, actuation of the automatic
sprinkler system shall actuate the building fire alarm sys-
tem.

[F] 903.4.3 Floor control valves. Approved supervised
indicating control valves shall be provided at the point of
connection to the riser on each floor in high-rise buildings.

[F] 903.5 Testing and maintenance. Sprinkler systems shall
be tested and maintained in accordance with the International
Fire Code.

SECTION 904
ALTERNATIVE AUTOMATIC FIRE-EXTINGUISHING

SYSTEMS

[F] 904.1 General. Automatic fire-extinguishing systems,
other than automatic sprinkler systems, shall be designed,
installed, inspected, tested and maintained in accordance with
the provisions of this section and the applicable referenced
standards.

[F] 904.2 Where required. Automatic fire-extinguishing
systems installed as an alternative to the required automatic
sprinkler systems of Section 903 shall be approved by the fire
code official. Automatic fire-extinguishing systems shall not
be considered alternatives for the purposes of exceptions or
reductions allowed by other requirements of this code.

[F] 904.2.1 Commercial hood and duct systems. Each
required commercial kitchen exhaust hood and duct sys-
tem required by Section 609 of the International Fire
Code or Chapter 5 of the International Mechanical Code
to have a Type I hood shall be protected with an approved
automatic fire-extinguishing system installed in accor-
dance with this code.

[F] 904.3 Installation. Automatic fire-extinguishing systems
shall be installed in accordance with this section.

[F] 904,3.1 Electrical wiring. Electrical wiring shall be in
accordance with NFPA 70.

[F] 904.3.2 Actuation. Automatic fire-extinguishing sys-
tems shall be automatically actuated and provided with a
manual means of actuation in accordance with Section
904.11.1. Where more than one hazard could be simulta-
neously involved in fire due to their proximity, all hazards
shall be protected by a single system designed to protect
all hazards that could become involved.

Exception: Multiple systems shall be permitted to be
installed if they are designed to operate simultaneously.
[F] 904.3.3 System interlocking. Automatic equipment
interlocks with fuel shutoffs, ventilation controls, door
closers, window shutters, conveyor openings, smoke and
heat vents and other features necessary for proper opera-
tion of the fire-extinguishing system shall be provided as
required by the design and installation standard utilized for
the hazard.

[F] 904.3.4 Alarms and warning signs. Where alarms are
required to indicate the operation of automatic fire-extin-

guishing systems, distinctive audible and visible alarms
and warning signs shall be provided to warn of pending
agent discharge. Where exposure to automatic-extinguish-
ing agents poses a hazard to persons and a delay is
required to ensure the evacuation of occupants before
agent discharge, a separate warning signal shall be pro-
vided to alert occupants once agent discharge has begun.
Audible signals shall be in accordance with Section
907.5.2.

[F] 904.3.5 Monitoring. Where a building fire alarm sys-
tem is installed, automatic fire-extinguishing systems shall
be monitored by the building fire alarm system in accor-
dance with NFPA 72.

[F] 904.4 Inspection and testing. Automatic fire-extinguish-
ing systems shall be inspected and tested in accordance with
the provisions of this section prior to acceptance.

[F] 904.4.1 Inspection. Prior to conducting final accep-
tance tests, the following items shall be inspected:

1. Hazard specification for consistency with design
hazard.

2. Type, location and spacing of automatic- and man-
ual-initiating devices.

3. Size, placement and position of nozzles or discharge
orifices.

4. Location and identification of audible and visible
alarm devices.

5. Identification of devices with proper designations.

6. Operating instructions.

[F] 904.4.2 Alarm testing. Notification appliances, con-
nections to fire alarm systems and connections to
approved supervising stations shall be tested in accor-
dance with this section and Section 907 to verify proper
operation.

[Fj 904.4.2.1 Audible and visible signals. The audibil-
ity and visibility of notification appliances signaling
agent discharge or system operation, where required,
shall be verified.

[F] 904.4.3 Monitor testing. Connections to protected
premises and supervising station fire alarm systems shall
be tested to verify proper identification and retransmission
of alarms from automatic fire-extinguishing systems.

[F] 904.5 Wet-chemical systems. Wet-chemical extinguish-
ing systems shall be installed, maintained, periodically
inspected and tested in accordance with NFPA 17A and their
listing.

[F] 904.6 Dry-chemical systems. Dry-chemical extinguish-
ing systems shall be installed, maintained, periodically
inspected and tested in accordance with NFPA 17 and their
listing.

[F] 904.7 Foam systems. Foam-extinguishing systems shall
be installed, maintained, periodically inspected and tested in
accordance with NFPA 1 1 and NFPA 16 and their listing.

[F] 904.8 Carbon dioxide systems. Carbon dioxide extin-
guishing systems shall be installed, maintained, periodically

210

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS

inspected and tested in accordance with NFPA 1 2 and their
listing.

[F] 904.9 Halon systems. Halogenated extinguishing sys-
tems shall be installed, maintained, periodically inspected
and tested in accordance with NFPA 1 2A and their listing.

[F] 904.10 Clean-agent systems. Clean-agent fire-extin-
guishing systems shall be installed, maintained, periodically
inspected and tested in accordance with NFPA 2001 and their
listing.

[F] 904.11 Commercial cooking systems. The automatic
fire-extinguishing system for commercial cooking systems
shall be of a type recognized for protection of commercial
cooking equipment and exhaust systems of the type and
arrangement protected. Preengineered automatic dry- and
wet-chemical extinguishing systems shall be tested in accor-
dance with UL 300 and listed and labeled for the intended
application. Other types of automatic fire-extinguishing sys-
tems shall be listed and labeled for specific use as protection
for commercial cooking operations. The system shall be
installed in accordance with this code, its listing and the man-
ufacturer's installation instructions. Automatic fire-extin-
guishing systems of the following types shall be installed in
accordance with the referenced standard indicated, as fol-
lows:

1. Carbon dioxide extinguishing systems, NFPA 12.

2. Automatic sprinkler systems, NFPA 13.

3. Foam-water sprinkler system or foam-water spray sys-
tems, NFPA 16.

4. Dry-chemical extinguishing systems, NFPA 17.

5. Wet-chemical extinguishing systems, NFPA 17A.

Exception: Factory-built commercial cooking recirculat-
ing systems that are tested in accordance with UL 71 0B
and listed, labeled and installed in accordance with Sec-
tion 304. 1 of the International Mechanical Code.

[F] 904.11.1 Manual system operation. A manual actua-
tion device shall be located at or near a means of egress
from the cooking area a minimum of 10 feet (3048 mm)
and a maximum of 20 feet (6096 mm) from the kitchen
exhaust system. The manual actuation device shall be
installed not more than 48 inches (1200 mm) or less than
42 inches (1067 mm) above the floor and shall clearly
identify the hazard protected. The manual actuation shall
require a maximum force of 40 pounds (178 N) and a
maximum movement of 14 inches (356 mm) to actuate the
fire suppression system.

Exception: Automatic sprinkler systems shall not be
required to be equipped with manual actuation means.

[FJ 904.11.2 System interconnection. The actuation of
the fire suppression system shall automatically shut down
the fuel or electrical power supply to the cooking equip-
ment. The fuel and electrical supply reset shall be manual.

[F] 904.11.3 Carbon dioxide systems. When carbon
dioxide systems are used, there shall be a nozzle at the top
of the ventilating duct. Additional nozzles that are sym-
metrically arranged to give uniform distribution shall be
installed within vertical ducts exceeding 20 feet (6096

mm) and horizontal ducts exceeding 50 feet (15 240 mm).
Dampers shall be installed at either the top or the bottom
of the duct and shall be arranged to operate automatically
upon activation of the fire-extinguishing system. Where
the damper is installed at the top of the duct, the top nozzle
shall be immediately below the damper. Automatic carbon
dioxide fire-extinguishing systems shall be sufficiently
sized to protect against all hazards venting through a com-
mon duct simultaneously.

[F] 904.11.3.1 Ventilation system. Commercial-type
cooking equipment protected by an automatic carbon
dioxide-extinguishing system shall be arranged to shut
off the ventilation system upon activation.

[F] 904.11.4 Special provisions for automatic sprinkler
systems. Automatic sprinkler systems protecting commer-
cial-type cooking equipment shall be supplied from a sep-
arate, readily accessible, indicating-type control valve that
is identified.

[F] 904.11.4.1 Listed sprinklers. Sprinklers used for
the protection of fryers shall be tested in accordance
with UL 199E, listed for that application and installed
in accordance with their listing.

SECTION 905
STANDPIPE SYSTEMS

[F] 905.1 General. Standpipe systems shall be provided in
new buildings and structures in accordance with this section.
Fire hose threads used in connection with standpipe systems
shall be approved and shall be compatible with fire depart-
ment hose threads. The location of fire department hose con-
nections shall be approved. In buildings used for high-piled
combustible storage, fire protection shall be in accordance
with the International Fire Code.

[F] 905.2 Installation standard. Standpipe systems shall be
installed in accordance with this section and NFPA 14.

[F] 905.3 Required installations. Standpipe systems shall be
installed where required by Sections 905.3.1 through 905.3.8. 1
Standpipe systems are allowed to be combined with auto- |
matic sprinkler systems.

Exception: Standpipe systems are not required in Group
R-3 occupancies.

[F] 905.3.1 Height. Class III standpipe systems shall be
installed throughout buildings where the floor level of the
highest story is located more than 30 feet (9144 mm)
above the lowest level of fire department vehicle access,
or where the floor level of the lowest story is located more
than 30 feet (9144 mm) below the highest level of fire
department vehicle access.

Exceptions:

1. Class I standpipes are allowed in buildings
equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler
system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or
903.3.1.2.

2. Class I manual standpipes are allowed in open
parking garages where the highest floor is
located not more than 150 feet (45 720 mm)

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

211

FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS

above the lowest level of fire department vehicle
access.

3. Class I manual dry standpipes are allowed in
open parking garages that are subject to freezing
temperatures, provided that the hose connections
are located as required for Class II standpipes in
accordance with Section 905.5.

4. Class I standpipes are allowed in basements
equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler
system.

5. In determining the lowest level of fire department
vehicle access, it shall not be required to con-
sider:

5.1. Recessed loading docks for four vehicles
or less; and

5.2. Conditions where topography makes
access from the fire department vehicle to
the building impractical or impossible.

[F] 905.3.2 Group A. Class I automatic wet standpipes
shall be provided in nonsprinklered Group A buildings
having an occupant load exceeding 1,000 persons.

Exceptions:

1. Open-air-seating spaces without enclosed spaces.

2. Class I automatic dry and semiautomatic dry
standpipes or manual wet standpipes are allowed
in buildings that are not high-rise buildings.

[F] 905.3.3 Covered and open mall buildings. Covered
mall and open mall buildings shall be equipped throughout
with a standpipe system where required by Section
905.3.1. Mall buildings not required to be equipped with a
standpipe system by Section 905.3.1 shall be equipped
with Class I hose connections connected to the automatic
sprinkler system sized to deliver water at 250 gallons per
minute (946.4 L/min) at the most hydraulically remote
hose connection while concurrently supplying the auto-
matic sprinkler system demand. The standpipe system
shall be designed to not exceed a 50 pounds per square
inch (psi) (345 kPa) residual pressure loss with a flow of
250 gallons per minute (946.4 L/min) from the fire depart-
ment connection to the hydraulically most remote hose
connection. Hose connections shall be provided at each of
the following locations:

1. Within the mall at the entrance to each exit passage-
way or corridor.

2. At each floor-level landing within enclosed stair-
ways opening directly on the mall.

3. At exterior public entrances to the mall of a covered
mall building.

4. At public entrances at the perimeter line of an open
mall building.

5. At other locations as necessary so that the distance
to reach all portions of a tenant space does not
exceed 200 feet (60 960 mm) from a hose connec-
tion.

[F] 905.3.4 Stages. Stages greater than 1 ,000 square feet
in area (93 m 2 ) shall be equipped with a Class III wet
standpipe system with 1 7 2 -inch and 2'/ 2 -inch (38 mm and
64 mm) hose connections on each side of the stage.

Exception: Where the building or area is equipped
throughout with an automatic sprinkler system, a lV 2 -
inch (38 mm) hose connection shall be installed in
accordance with NFPA 13 or in accordance with NFPA
14 for Class II or III standpipes.

[F] 905.3.4.1 Hose and cabinet. The 1 7,-inch (38 mm)
hose connections shall be equipped with sufficient
lengths of l'/ 2 -inch (38 mm) hose to provide fire pro-
tection for the stage area. Hose connections shall be
equipped with an approved adjustable fog nozzle and
be mounted in a cabinet or on a rack.

[F] 905.3.5 Underground buildings. Underground build-
ings shall be equipped throughout with a Class I automatic
wet or manual wet standpipe system.

[F] 905.3.6 Helistops and heliports. Buildings with a
rooftop helistop or heliport shall be equipped with a Class
I or III standpipe system extended to the roof level on
which the helistop or heliport is located in accordance
with Section 2007.5 of the International Fire Code.

[F] 905.3.7 Marinas and boatyards. Standpipes in mari-
nas and boatyards shall comply with Chapter 36 of the
International Fire Code.

[F] 905.3.8 Rooftop gardens and landscaped roofs.
Buildings or structures that have rooftop gardens or land-
scaped roofs and that are equipped with a standpipe sys-
tem shall have the standpipe system extended to the roof
level on which the rooftop garden or landscaped roof is
located.

[F] 905.4 Location of Class I standpipe hose connections.

Class I standpipe hose connections shall be provided in all of
the following locations:

1. In every required stairway, a hose connection shall be
provided for each floor level above or below grade.
Hose connections shall be located at an intermediate
floor level landing between floors, unless otherwise
approved by the fire code official.

2. On each side of the wall adjacent to the exit opening of
a horizontal exit.

Exception: Where floor areas adjacent to a horizon-
tal exit are reachable from exit stairway hose con-
nections by a 30-foot (9144 mm) hose stream from a
nozzle attached to 100 feet (30 480 mm) of hose, a
hose connection shall not be required at the horizon-
tal exit.

212

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS

3. In every exit passageway, at the entrance from the exit
passageway to other areas of a building.

Exception: Where floor areas adjacent to an exit
passageway are reachable from exit stairway hose
connections by a 30-foot (9144 mm) hose stream
from a nozzle attached to 100 feet (30 480 mm) of
hose, a hose connection shall not be required at the
entrance from the exit passageway to other areas of
the building.

4. In covered mall buildings, adjacent to each exterior
public entrance to the mall and adjacent to each
entrance from an exit passageway or exit corridor to the
mall. In open mall buildings, adjacent to each public
entrance to the mall at the perimeter line and adjacent
to each entrance from an exit passageway or exit corri-
dor to the mall.

5. Where the roof has a slope less than four units vertical
in 12 units horizontal (33.3-percent slope), a hose con-
nection shall be located to serve the roof or at the high-
est landing of a stairway with stair access to the roof
provided in accordance with Section 1009.16.

6. Where the most remote portion of a nonsprinklered
floor or story is more than 150 feet (45 720 mm) from a
hose connection or the most remote portion of a sprin-
klered floor or story is more than 200 feet (60 960 mm)
from a hose connection, the fire code official is autho-
rized to require that additional hose connections be pro-
vided in approved locations.

[F] 905.4.1 Protection. Risers and laterals of Class I
standpipe systems not located within an enclosed stairway
or pressurized enclosure shall be protected by a degree of
fire resistance equal to that required for vertical enclosures
in the building in which they are located.

Exception: In buildings equipped throughout with an
approved automatic sprinkler system, laterals that are
not located within an enclosed stairway or pressurized
enclosure are not required to be enclosed within fire-
resistance-rated construction.
[F] 905.4.2 Interconnection. In buildings where more
than one standpipe is provided, the standpipes shall be
interconnected in accordance with NFPA 14.

[F] 905.5 Location of Class II standpipe hose connections.
Class II standpipe hose connections shall be accessible and
located so that all portions of the building are within 30 feet
(9144 mm) of a nozzle attached to 100 feet (30 480 mm) of
hose.

[F] 905.5.1 Groups A-l and A-2. In Group A-l and A-2
occupancies having occupant loads exceeding 1,000 per-
sons, hose connections shall be located on each side of any
stage, on each side of the rear of the auditorium, on each
side of the balcony and on each tier of dressing rooms.

[F] 905.5.2 Protection. Fire-resistance-rated protection of

risers and laterals of Class II standpipe systems is not

required.

[F] 905.5.3 Class II system 1-inch hose. A minimum 1-

inch (25 mm) hose shall be permitted to be used for hose

stations in light-hazard occupancies where investigated
and listed for this service and where approved by the fire
code official.
[F] 905.6 Location of Class III standpipe hose connec-
tions. Class III standpipe systems shall have hose connec-
tions located as required for Class I standpipes in Section
905.4 and shall have Class II hose connections as required in
Section 905.5.

[F] 905.6.1 Protection. Risers and laterals of Class III
standpipe systems shall be protected as required for Class I
systems in accordance with Section 905.4.1.

[F] 905.6.2 Interconnection. In buildings where more
than one Class III standpipe is provided, the standpipes
shall be interconnected in accordance with NFPA 14.

[F] 905.7 Cabinets. Cabinets containing fire-fighting equip-
ment such as standpipes, fire hoses, fire extinguishers or fire
department valves shall not be blocked from use or obscured
from view.

[F] 905.7.1 Cabinet equipment identification. Cabinets
shall be identified in an approved manner by a perma-
nently attached sign with letters not less than 2 inches (51
mm) high in a color that contrasts with the background
color, indicating the equipment contained therein.

Exceptions:

1 . Doors not large enough to accommodate a writ-
ten sign shall be marked with a permanently
attached pictogram of the equipment contained
therein.

2. Doors that have either an approved visual identi-
fication clear glass panel or a complete glass door
panel are not required to be marked.

[F] 905.7.2 Locking cabinet doors. Cabinets shall be
unlocked.
Exceptions:

1. Visual identification panels of glass or other
approved transparent frangible material that is
easily broken and allows access.

2. Approved locking arrangements.

3. Group 1-3.

[F] 905.8 Dry standpipes. Dry standpipes shall not be
installed.

Exception: Where subject to freezing and in accordance

with NFPA 14.
[F] 905.9 Valve supervision. Valves controlling water sup-
plies shall be supervised in the open position so that a change
in the normal position of the valve will generate a supervisory
signal at the supervising station required by Section 903.4.
Where a fire alarm system is provided, a signal shall also be
transmitted to the control unit.

Exceptions:

1. Valves to underground key or hub valves in road-
way boxes provided by the municipality or public
utility do not require supervision.

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE 18

213

FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS

2. Valves locked in the normal position and inspected
as provided in this code in buildings not equipped
with a fire alarm system.

[F] 905.10 During construction. Standpipe systems required
during construction and demolition operations shall be pro-
vided in accordance with Section 331 1.

SECTION 906
PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS

[F] 906.1 Where required. Portable fire extinguishers shall
be installed in the following locations.

1 . In Group A, B, E, F, H, I, M, R-l, R-2, R-4 and S occu-
pancies.

Exception: In Group R-2 occupancies, portable fire
extinguishers shall be required only in locations
specified in Items 2 through 6 where each dwelling
unit is provided with a portable fire extinguisher
having a minimum rating of 1-A:10-B:C.

2. Within 30 feet (9144 mm) of commercial cooking
equipment.

3. In areas where flammable or combustible liquids are
stored, used or dispensed.

4. On each floor of structures under construction, except
Group R-3 occupancies, in accordance with Section
3315.1 of the International Fire Code.

5. Where required by the International Fire Code sections
indicated in Table 906.1.

6. Special-hazard areas, including but not limited to labo-
ratories, computer rooms and generator rooms, where
required by the fire code official.

[F] 906.2 General requirements. Portable fire extinguishers
shall be selected and installed in accordance with this section
and NFPA 10.

Exceptions:

1. The travel distance to reach an extinguisher shall not
apply to the spectator seating portions of Group A-5
occupancies.

2. In Group 1-3, portable fire extinguishers shall be
permitted to be located at staff locations.

[F] 906.3 Size and distribution. The size and distribution of
portable fire extinguishers shall be in accordance with Sec-
tions 906.3.1 through 906.3.4.

[F] 906.3.1 Class A fire hazards. The minimum sizes and
distribution of portable fire extinguishers for occupancies
that involve primarily Class A fire hazards shall comply
with Table 906.3(1).

[F] TABLE 906.1

ADDITIONAL REQUIRED PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS IN

THE INTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE

IFC SECTION

303.5

Asphalt kettles

307.5

308. 1. 3

309.4

SUBJECT

Open burning

Open flames — torches

Powered industrial tracks

2005.2

2005.3

2005.4

2005.5

2005.6

2007.7

2108.4

2305.5

2310.6.4

2311.6

2404.4.

Aircraft towing vehicles

Aircraft welding apparatus

Aircraft fuel-servicing tank vehicles

Aircraft hydrant fuel-servicing vehicles

Aircraft fuel-dispensing stations

Heliports and helistops

Dry cleaning plants

Motor fuel-dispensing facilities

Marine motor fuel-dispensing facilities

Repair garages

Spray-finishing operations

2405.4.2 Dip-tank operations

2406.4.2 Powder-coating areas

2804.2

2808.8

2809.5

2903.5

3006.3

3104.12

3206.1

3315.

3317.3

3408.2

3504.2.6

3604.4

5203.6

5703.2.1

Lumberyards/woodworking facilities

Recycling facilities

Exterior lumber storage

Organic-coating areas

Industrial ovens

Tents and membrane structures

Rack storage

Buildings under construction or demolition

Roofing operations

Tire rebuilding/storage

Welding and other hot work

Marinas

Combustible fibers

Flammable and combustible liquids, general

5704.3.3.1

5704.3.7.5.2

5705.4.9

5706.2.7

5706.4.10.1

5706.5.4.5

5706.6.4

5906.5.7

6108.2

Indoor storage of flammable and combustible liquids

Liquid storage rooms for flammable and combustible
liquids

Solvent distillation units

Farms and construction sites — flammable and
combustible liquids storage

Bulk plants and terminals for flammable and
combustible liquids

Commercial, industrial, governmental or

manufacturing establishments — fuel dispensing

Tank vehicles for flammable and combustible liquids

Flammable solids

LP-gas

214

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS

[F]TABLE 906.3(1)
FIRE EXTINGUISHERS FOR CLASS A FIRE HAZARDS

LIGHT

(Low)

HAZARD

OCCUPANCY

ORDINARY

(Moderate)

HAZARD

OCCUPANCY

EXTRA

(High)

HAZARD

OCCUPANCY

Minimum Rated Sin-
gle Extinguisher

2-A c

2-A

4-A a

Maximum Floor Area
Per Unit of A

3,000
square feet

1,500
square feet

1,000
square feet

Maximum Floor Area
for Extinguisher b

11,250
square feet

Maximum Travel
Distance to Extin-
guisher

75 feet

For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 square foot = 0.0929m 2 , 1 gallon = 3.785 L.

a. Two 2'/,-gallon water-type extinguishers shall be deemed the equivalent
of one 4-A rated extinguisher.

b. Annex E.3.3 of NFPA 10 provides more details concerning application of
the maximum floor area criteria.

c. Two water-type extinguishers each with a I -A rating shall be deemed the
equivalent of one 2-A rated extinguisher for Light (Low) Hazard
Occupancies.

[F] 906.3.2 Class B fire hazards. Portable fire extinguish-
ers for occupancies involving flammable or combustible
liquids with depths less than or equal to 0.25-inch (6.35
mm) shall be selected and placed in accordance with Table
906.3(2).

Portable fire extinguishers for occupancies involving
flammable or combustible liquids with a depth of greater
than 0.25-inch (6.35 mm) shall be selected and placed in
accordance with NFPA 10.

[F] TABLE 906.3(2)

FIRE EXTINGUISHERS FOR FLAMMABLE OR COMBUSTIBLE

LIQUIDS WITH DEPTHS

LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO 0.25 INCH

TYPE OF HAZARD

BASIC MINIMUM
EXTINGUISHER RATING

MAXIMUM TRAVEL

DISTANCE TO

EXTINGUISHERS (feet)

Light (Low)

5-B
10-B

30
50

Ordinary (Moder-
ate)

10-B
20-B

30
50

Extra (High)

40-B
80-B

30
50

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm.

Note: For requirements on water-soluble flammable liquids and alternative
sizing criteria, see Section 5.5 of NFPA 10.

[F] 906.3.3 Class C fire hazards. Portable fire extin-
guishers for Class C fire hazards shall be selected and
placed on the basis of the anticipated Class A or B hazard.

[F] 906.3.4 Class D fire hazards. Portable fire extin-
guishers for occupancies involving combustible metals
shall be selected and placed in accordance with NFPA 10.

[F] 906.4 Cooking grease fires. Fire extinguishers provided
for the protection of cooking grease fires shall be of an
approved type compatible with the automatic fire-extinguish-
ing system agent and in accordance with Section 904.11.5 of
the International Fire Code.

[F] 906.5 Conspicuous location. Portable fire extinguishers
shall be located in conspicuous locations where they will be
readily accessible and immediately available for use. These
locations shall be along normal paths of travel, unless the fire
code official determines that the hazard posed indicates the
need for placement away from normal paths of travel.

[F] 906.6 Unobstructed and unobscured. Portable fire
extinguishers shall not be obstructed or obscured from view.
In rooms or areas in which visual obstruction cannot be com-
pletely avoided, means shall be provided to indicate the loca-
tions of extinguishers.

[F] 906.7 Hangers and brackets. Hand-held portable fire
extinguishers, not housed in cabinets, shall be installed on the
hangers or brackets supplied. Hangers or brackets shall be
securely anchored to the mounting surface in accordance with
the manufacturer's installation instructions.

[F] 906.8 Cabinets. Cabinets used to house portable fire
extinguishers shall not be locked.

Exceptions:

1. Where portable fire extinguishers subject to mali-
cious use or damage are provided with a means of
ready access.

2. In Group 1-3 occupancies and in mental health areas
in Group 1-2 occupancies, access to portable fire
extinguishers shall be permitted to be locked or to be
located in staff locations provided the staff has keys.

[F] 906.9 Extinguisher installation. The installation of por-
table fire extinguishers shall be in accordance with Sections
906.9.1 through 906.9.3.

[F] 906.9.1 Extinguishers weighing 40 pounds or less.
Portable fire extinguishers having a gross weight not
exceeding 40 pounds (18 kg) shall be installed so that their
tops are not more than 5 feet (1524 mm) above the floor.

[F] 906.9.2 Extinguishers weighing more than 40
pounds. Hand-held portable fire extinguishers having a
gross weight exceeding 40 pounds (18 kg) shall be
installed so that their tops are not more than 3.5 feet (1067
mm) above the floor.

[F] 906.9.3 Floor clearance. The clearance between the
floor and the bottom of installed hand-held portable fire
extinguishers shall not be less than 4 inches (102 mm).

[F] 906.10 Wheeled units. Wheeled fire extinguishers shall
be conspicuously located in a designated location.

SECTION 907
FIRE ALARM AND DETECTION SYSTEMS

[F] 907.1 General. This section covers the application,
installation, performance and maintenance of fire alarm sys-
tems and their components.

[F] 907.1.1 Construction documents. Construction docu-
ments for fire alarm systems shall be of sufficient clarity to
indicate the location, nature and extent of the work pro-
posed and show in detail that it will conform to the provi-
sions of this code, the International Fire Code, and

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

215

FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS

relevant laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, as deter-
mined by the fire code official.

[F] 907.1.2 Fire alarm shop drawings. Shop drawings
for fire alarm systems shall be submitted for review and
approval prior to system installation, and shall include, but
not be limited to, all of the following:

1 . A floor plan that indicates the use of all rooms.

2. Locations of alarm-initiating devices.

3. Locations of alarm notification appliances, includ-
ing candela ratings for visible alarm notification
appliances.

4. Location of fire alarm control unit, transponders
and notification power supplies.

5. Annunciators.

6. Power connection.

7. Battery calculations.

8. Conductor type and sizes.

9. Voltage drop calculations.

10. Manufacturers' data sheets indicating model num-
bers and listing information for equipment, devices
and materials.

1 1 . Details of ceiling height and construction.

12. The interface of fire safety control functions.

1 3. Classification of the supervising station.

[F] 907.1.3 Equipment. Systems and components shall be
listed and approved for the purpose for which they are
installed.

[F] 907.2 Where required — new buildings and structures.
An approved fire alarm system installed in accordance with
the provisions of this code and NFPA 72 shall be provided in
new buildings and structures in accordance with Sections
907.2.1 through 907.2.23 and provide occupant notification
in accordance with Section 907.5, unless other requirements
are provided by another section of this code.

A minimum of one manual fire alarm box shall be pro-
vided in an approved location to initiate a fire alarm signal
for fire alarm systems employing automatic fire detectors or
waterflow detection devices. Where other sections of this
code allow elimination of fire alarm boxes due to sprinklers, a
single fire alarm box shall be installed.

Exceptions:

1. The manual fire alarm box is not required for fire
alarm systems dedicated to elevator recall control
and supervisory service.

2. The manual fire alarm box is not required for Group
R-2 occupancies unless required by the fire code
official to provide a means for fire watch personnel
to initiate an alarm during a sprinkler system impair-
ment event. Where provided, the manual fire alarm
box shall not be located in an area that is accessible
to the public.

[F] 907.2.1 Group A. A manual fire alarm system that
activates the occupant notification system in accordance

with Section 907.5 shall be installed in Group A occupan-
cies where the occupant load due to the assembly occu-
pancy is 300 or more. Group A occupancies not separated
from one another in accordance with Section 707.3.9 shall
be considered as a single occupancy for the purposes of
applying this section. Portions of Group E occupancies
occupied for assembly purposes shall be provided with a
fire alarm system as required for the Group E occupancy.

Exception: Manual fire alarm boxes are not required
where the building is equipped throughout with an
automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with
Section 903.3.1.1 and the occupant notification appli-
ances will activate throughout the notification zones
upon sprinkler waterflow.

[F] 907.2.1.1 System initiation in Group A occupan-
cies with an occupant load of 1,000 or more. Activa-
tion of the fire alarm in Group A occupancies with an
occupant load of 1,000 or more shall initiate a signal
using an emergency voice/alarm communications sys-
tem in accordance with Section 907.5.2.2.

Exception: Where approved, the prerecorded
announcement is allowed to be manually deacti-
vated for a period of time, not to exceed 3 minutes,
for the sole purpose of allowing a live voice
announcement from an approved, constantly
attended location.

[F] 907.2.1.2 Emergency voice/alarm communica-
tion captions. Stadiums, arenas and grandstands
required to caption audible public announcements shall
be in accordance with Section 907.5.2.2.4.

[F] 907.2.2 Group B. A manual fire alarm system shall be
installed in Group B occupancies where one of the follow-
ing conditions exists:

1. The combined Group B occupant load of all floors
is 500 or more.

2. The Group B occupant load is more than 100 per-
sons above or below the lowest level of exit dis-
charge.

3. Tht fire area contains an ambulatory care facility. j

[F] 907.2.2.1 Ambulatory care facilities. Fire areas I
containing ambulatory care facilities shall be provided |
with an electronically supervised automatic smoke
detection system installed within the ambulatory care j
facility and in public use areas outside of tenant spaces,
including public corridors and elevator lobbies.

Exception: Buildings equipped throughout with an
automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Sec-
tion 903.3.1.1, provided the occupant notification
appliances will activate throughout the notification
zones upon sprinkler waterflow.

216

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS

[F] 907.2.3 Group E. A manual fire alarm system that ini-
tiates the occupant notification signal utilizing an emer-
gency voice/alarm communication system meeting the
requirements of Section 907.5.2.2 and installed in accor-
dance with Section 907.6 shall be installed in Group E
occupancies. When automatic sprinkler systems or smoke
detectors are installed, such systems or detectors shall be
connected to the building fire alarm system.

Exceptions:

1. A manual fire alarm system is not required in
Group E occupancies with an occupant load of
30 or less.

2. Manual fire alarm boxes are not required in
Group E occupancies where all of the following
apply:

2.1 . Interior corridors are protected by smoke
detectors.

2.2. Auditoriums, cafeterias, gymnasiums and
similar areas are protected by heat detec-
tors or other approved detection devices.

2.3. Shops and laboratories involving dusts or
vapors are protected by heat detectors or
other approved detection devices.

3. Manual fire alarm boxes shall not be required in
Group E occupancies where the building is
equipped throughout with an approved automatic
sprinkler system installed in accordance with
Section 903.3.1.1, the emergency voice/alarm
communication system will activate on sprinkler
water flow and manual activation is provided
from a normally occupied location.

[F] 907.2.4 Group F. A manual fire alarm system that
activates the occupant notification system in accordance
with Section 907.5 shall be installed in Group F occupan-
cies where both of the following conditions exist:

1. The Group F occupancy is two or more stories in
height; and

2. The Group F occupancy has a combined occupant
load of 500 or more above or below the lowest level
of exit discharge.

[F] 907.2.5 Group H. A manual fire alarm system that
activates the occupant notification system in accordance
with Section 907.5 shall be installed in Group H-5 occu-
pancies and in occupancies used for the manufacture of
organic coatings. An automatic smoke detection system
shall be installed for highly toxic gases, organic peroxides
and oxidizers in accordance with Chapters 60, 62 and 63,
respectively, of the International Fire Code.

[F] 907.2.6 Group I. A manual fire alarm system that acti-
vates the occupant notification system in accordance with 1
Section 907.5 shall be installed in Group I occupancies. |
An automatic smoke detection system that activates the
occupant notification system in accordance with Section I
907.5 shall be provided in accordance with Sections 1
907.2.6.1 , 907.2.6.2 and 907.2.6.3.3.

Exceptions:

1. Manual fire alarm boxes in sleeping units of I
Group 1-1 and 1-2 occupancies shall not be
required at exits if located at all care providers' |
control stations or other constantly attended staff
locations, provided such stations are visible and
continuously accessible and that travel distances
required in Section 907.4.2.1 are not exceeded.

2. Occupant notification systems are not required to
be activated where private mode signaling
installed in accordance with NFPA 72 is
approved by the fire code official.

[F] 907.2.6.1 Group 1-1. In Group 1-1 occupancies, an
automatic smoke detection system shall be installed in
corridors, waiting areas open to corridors and habit-
able spaces other than sleeping units and kitchens. The
system shall be activated in accordance with Section
907.5.

Exceptions:

1. Smoke detection in habitable spaces is not
required where the facility is equipped
throughout with an automatic sprinkler system
installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.

2. Smoke detection is not required for exterior
balconies.

[F] 907.2.6.1.1 Smoke alarms. Single- and multi-
ple-station smoke alarms shall be installed in accor-
dance with Section 907.2. 1 1 .

[F] 907.2.6.2 Group 1-2. An automatic smoke detec-
tion system shall be installed in corridors in nursing
homes, long-term care facilities, detoxification facili- j
ties and spaces permitted to be open to the corridors by
Section 407.2. The system shall be activated in accor-
dance with Section 907.5. Hospitals shall be equipped
with smoke detection as required in Section 407.

Exceptions:

1. Corridor smoke detection is not required in
smoke compartments that contain sleeping |
units where such units are provided with
smoke detectors that comply with UL 268.
Such detectors shall provide a visual display
on the corridor side of each sleeping unit and
shall provide an audible and visual alarm at
the care provider station attending each unit. |

2. Corridor smoke detection is not required in
smoke compartments that contain sleeping I
units where sleeping unit doors are equipped I

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

217

FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS

with automatic door-closing devices with inte-
gral smoke detectors on the unit sides installed
in accordance with their listing, provided that
the integral detectors perform the required
alerting function.

[F] 907.2.6.3 Group 1-3 occupancies. Group 1-3 occu-
pancies shall be equipped with a manual fire alarm sys-
tem and automatic smoke detection system installed for
alerting staff.

[F] 907.2.6.3.1 System initiation. Actuation of an
automatic fire-extinguishing system, automatic
sprinkler system, a manual fire alarm box or a fire
detector shall initiate an approved fire alarm signal
which automatically notifies staff.

[F] 907.2.6.3.2 Manual fire alarm boxes. Manual
fire alarm boxes are not required to be located in
accordance with Section 907.4.2 where the fire
alarm boxes are provided at staff- attended locations
having direct supervision over areas where manual
fire alarm boxes have been omitted.

[F] 907.2.6.3.2.1 Manual fire alarm boxes in
detainee areas. Manual fire alarm boxes are
allowed to be locked in areas occupied by detain-
ees, provided that staff members are present
within the subject area and have keys readily
available to operate the manual fire alarm boxes.

[F] 907.2.6.3.3 Automatic smoke detection sys-
tem. An automatic smoke detection system shall be
installed throughout resident housing areas, includ-
ing sleeping units and contiguous day rooms, group
activity spaces and other common spaces normally
accessible to residents.

Exceptions:

1. Other approved smoke detection arrange-
ments providing equivalent protection,
including, but not limited to, placing detec-
tors in exhaust ducts from cells or behind
protective guards listed for the purpose, are
allowed when necessary to prevent damage
or tampering.

2. Sleeping units in Use Conditions 2 and 3 as
described in Section 308.

3. Smoke detectors are not required in sleep-
ing units with four or fewer occupants in
smoke compartments that are equipped
throughout with an automatic sprinkler sys-
tem installed in accordance with Section
903.3.1.1.

[F] 907.2.7 Group M. A manual fire alarm system that
activates the occupant notification system in accordance
with Section 907.5 shall be installed in Group M occupan-
cies where one of the following conditions exists:

1 . The combined Group M occupant load of all floors
is 500 or more persons.

2. The Group M occupant load is more than 100 per-
sons above or below the lowest level of exit dis-
charge.

Exceptions:

1. A manual fire alarm system is not required in
covered or open mall buildings complying with
Section 402.

2. Manual fire alarm boxes are not required where
the building is equipped throughout with an auto-
matic sprinkler system installed in accordance
with Section 903.3.1.1 and the occupant notifica-
tion appliances will automatically activate
throughout the notification zones upon sprinkler
waterflow.

[F] 907.2.7.1 Occupant notification. During times that
the building is occupied, the initiation of a signal from
a manual fire alarm box or from a waterflow switch
shall not be required to activate the alarm notification
appliances when an alarm signal is activated at a con-
stantly attended location from which evacuation
instructions shall be initiated over an emergency voice/
alarm communication system installed in accordance
with Section 907.5.2.2.
[F] 907.2.8 Group R-l. Fire alarm systems and smoke
alarms shall be installed in Group R-l occupancies as
required in Sections 907.2.8.1 through 907.2.8.3.

[F] 907.2.8.1 Manual fire alarm system. A manual
fire alarm system that activates the occupant notifica-
tion system in accordance with Section 907.5 shall be
installed in Group R- 1 occupancies.

Exceptions:

1. A manual fire alarm system is not required in
buildings not more than two stories in height
where all individual sleeping units and contig-
uous attic and crawl spaces to those units are
separated from each other and public or com-
mon areas by at least 1-hour fire partitions and
each individual sleeping unit has an exit
directly to a public way, egress court or yard.

2. Manual fire alarm boxes are not required
throughout the building when all of the fol-
lowing conditions are met:

2.1. The building is equipped throughout
with an automatic sprinkler system
installed in accordance with Section
903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2;

2.2. The notification appliances will acti-
vate upon sprinkler waterflow; and

2.3. At least one manual fire alarm box is
installed at an approved location.

[F] 907.2.8.2 Automatic smoke detection system. An
automatic smoke detection system that activates the
occupant notification system in accordance with Sec-

218

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS

tion 907.5 shall be installed throughout all interior cor-
ridors serving sleeping units.

Exception: An automatic smoke detection system is
not required in buildings that do not have interior
corridors serving sleeping units and where each
sleeping unit has a means of egress door opening
directly to an exit or to an exterior exit access that
leads directly to an exit,

[F] 907.2.8.3 Smoke alarms. Single- and multiple-sta-
tion smoke alarms shall be installed in accordance with
Section 907.2.11.

[F] 907.2.9 Group R-2. Fire alarm systems and smoke
alarms shall be installed in Group R-2 occupancies as
required in Sections 907.2.9.1 through 907.2.9.3.

[F] 907.2.9.1 Manual fire alarm system. A manual
fire alarm system that activates the occupant notifica-
tion system in accordance with Section 907.5 shall be
installed in Group R-2 occupancies where:

1. Any dwelling unit or sleeping unit is located three
or more stories above the lowest level of exit dis-
charge;

2. Any dwelling unit or sleeping unit is located
more than one story below the highest level of
exit discharge of exits serving the dwelling unit
or sleeping unit; or

3. The building contains more than 16 dwelling
units or sleeping units.

Exceptions:

1. A fire alarm system is not required in build-
ings not more than two stories in height where
all dwelling units or sleeping units and contig-
uous attic and crawl spaces are separated from
each other and public or common areas by at
least 1-hour/iVe partitions and each dwelling
unit or sleeping unit has an exit directly to a
public way, egress court or yard.

2. Manual fire alarm boxes are not required
where the building is equipped throughout
with an automatic sprinkler system installed in
accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or
903.3.1.2 and the occupant notification appli-
ances will automatically activate throughout
the notification zones upon a sprinkler water-
flow.

3. A fire alarm system is not required in build-
ings that do not have interior corridors serving
dwelling units and are protected by an
approved automatic sprinkler system installed
in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or
903.3.1.2, provided that dwelling units either
have a means of egress door opening directly
to an exterior exit access that leads directly to
the exits or are served by open-ended corri-
dors designed in accordance with Section
1026.6, Exception 4.

[F] 907.2.9.2 Smoke alarms. Single- and multiple-sta-
tion smoke alarms shall be installed in accordance with
Section 907.2.11.

[F] 907.2.9.3 Group R-2 college and university
buildings. An automatic smoke detection system that
activates the occupant notification system in accor-
dance with Section 907.5 shall be installed in Group R-
2 college and university buildings in the following
locations:

1. Common spaces outside of dwelling units and
sleeping units.

2. Laundry rooms, mechanical equipment rooms,
and storage rooms.

3. All interior corridors serving sleeping units or
dwelling units.

Required smoke alarms in dwelling units and sleep-
ing units in Group R-2 college and university buildings
shall be interconnected with the fire alarm system in
accordance with NFPA 72.

Exception: An automatic smoke detection system is
not required in buildings that do not have interior
corridors serving sleeping units or dwelling units
and where each sleeping unit or dwelling unit either
has a means of egress door opening directly to an
exterior exit access that leads directly to an exit or a
means of egress door opening directly to an exit.

[F] 907.2.10 Group R-4. Fire alarm systems and smoke
alarms shall be installed in Group R-4 occupancies as
required in Sections 907.2.10.1 through 907.2.10.3.

[F] 907.2.10.1 Manual fire alarm system. A manual
fire alarm system that activates the occupant notifica-
tion system in accordance with Section 907.5 shall be
installed in Group R-4 occupancies.

Exceptions:

1 . A manual fire alarm system is not required in
buildings not more than two stories in height
where all individual sleeping units and contig-
uous attic and crawl spaces to those units are
separated from each other and public or com-
mon areas by at least 1 -hour fire partitions and
each individual sleeping unit has an exit
directly to a public way, egress court or yard.

2. Manual fire alarm boxes are not required
throughout the building when the following
conditions are met:

2. 1 . The building is equipped throughout
with an automatic sprinkler system
installed in accordance with Section
903.3.1.1 or 903.3. 1.2;

2.2. The notification appliances will acti-
vate upon sprinkler waterflow; and

2.3. At least one manual fire alarm box is
installed at an approved location.

3. Manual fire alarm boxes in resident or patient
sleeping areas shall not be required at exits

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

219

FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS

where located at all nurses' control stations or
other constantly attended staff locations, pro-
vided such stations are visible and continu-
ously accessible and that travel distances
required in Section 907.4.2.1 are not
exceeded.

[F] 907.2.10.2 Automatic smoke detection system.
An automatic smoke detection system that activates the
occupant notification system in accordance with Sec-
tion 907.5 shall be installed in corridors, waiting areas
open to corridors and habitable spaces other than
sleeping units and kitchens.

Exceptions:

1. Smoke detection in habitable spaces is not
required where the facility is equipped
throughout with an automatic sprinkler system
installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.

2. An automatic smoke detection system is not
required in buildings that do not have interior
corridors serving sleeping units and where
each sleeping unit has a means of egress door
opening directly to an exit or to an exterior exit
access that leads directly to an exit.

[F] 907.2.10.3 Smoke alarms. Single- and multiple-
station smoke alarms shall be installed in accordance
with Section 907.2.11.

[F] 907.2.1 1 Single- and multiple-station smoke alarms.
Listed single- and multiple-station smoke alarms comply-
ing with UL 217 shall be installed in accordance with Sec-
tions 907.2.11.1 through 907.2.11.4 and NFPA 72.

[F] 907.2.11.1 Group R-l. Single- or multiple-station
smoke alarms shall be installed in all of the following
locations in Group R-l:

1 . In sleeping areas.

2. In every room in the path of the means of egress
from the sleeping area to the door leading from
the sleeping unit.

3. In each story within the sleeping unit, including
basements. For sleeping units with split levels
and without an intervening door between the
adjacent levels, a smoke alarm installed on the
upper level shall suffice for the adjacent lower
level provided that the lower level is less than one
full story below the upper level.

[F] 907.2.11.2 Groups R-2, R-3, R-4 and 1-1. Single-
or multiple-station smoke alarms shall be installed and
maintained in Groups R-2, R-3, R-4 and 1-1 regardless
of occupant load at all of the following locations:

1. On the ceiling or wall outside of each separate
sleeping area in the immediate vicinity of bed-
rooms.

2. In each room used for sleeping purposes.

Exception: Single- or multiple-station smoke
alarms in Group 1-1 shall not be required
where smoke detectors are provided in the

sleeping rooms as part of an automatic smoke
detection system.

3. In each story within a dwelling unit, including
basements but not including crawl spaces and
uninhabitable attics. In dwellings or dwelling
units with split levels and without an intervening
door between the adjacent levels, a smoke alarm
installed on the upper level shall suffice for the
adjacent lower level provided that the lower level
is less than one full story below the upper level.

[F] 907.2.11.3 Interconnection. Where more than one
smoke alarm is required to be installed within an indi-
vidual dwelling unit or sleeping unit in Group R or 1-1
occupancies, the smoke alarms shall be interconnected
in such a manner that the activation of one alarm will
activate all of the alarms in the individual unit. Physi-
cal interconnection of smoke alarms shall not be
required where listed wireless alarms are installed and
all alarms sound upon activation of one alarm. The
alarm shall be clearly audible in all bedrooms over
background noise levels with all intervening doors
closed.

[F] 907.2.11.4 Power source. In new construction,
required smoke alarms shall receive their primary
power from the building wiring where such wiring is
served from a commercial source and shall be equipped
with a battery backup. Smoke alarms with integral
strobes that are not equipped with battery backup shall
be connected to an emergency electrical system. Smoke
alarms shall emit a signal when the batteries are low.
Wiring shall be permanent and without a disconnecting
switch other than as required for overcurrent protection.

Exception: Smoke alarms are not required to be
equipped with battery backup where they are con-
nected to an emergency electrical system.
[F] 907.2.12 Special amusement buildings. An auto-
matic smoke detection system shall be provided in special
amusement buildings in accordance with Sections
907.2.12.1 through 907.2.12.3.

[F] 907.2.12.1 Alarm. Activation of any single smoke
detector, the automatic sprinkler system or any other
automatic fire detection device shall immediately acti- |
vate an audible and visible alarm at the building at a |
constantly attended location from which emergency
action can be initiated, including the capability of man-
ual initiation of requirements in Section 907.2.12.2.

[F] 907.2.12.2 System response. The activation of two
or more smoke detectors, a single smoke detector
equipped with an alarm verification feature, the auto-
matic sprinkler system or other approved fire detection
device shall automatically:

1 . Cause illumination of the means of egress with
light of not less than 1 footcandle (11 lux) at the
walking surface level;

2. Stop any conflicting or confusing sounds and
visual distractions;

220

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

F[RE PROTECTION SYSTEMS

3. Activate an approved directional exit marking
that will become apparent in an emergency; and

4. Activate a prerecorded message, audible through-
out the special amusement building, instructing
patrons to proceed to the nearest exit. Alarm sig-
nals used in conjunction with the prerecorded
message shall produce a sound which is distinc-
tive from other sounds used during normal opera-
tion.

[F] 907.2.12.3 Emergency voice/alarm communica-
tion system. An emergency voice/alarm communica-
tion system, which is also allowed to serve as a public
address system, shall be installed in accordance with
Section 907.5.2.2 and be audible throughout the entire
special amusement building.

[F] 907.2.13 High-rise buildings. High-rise buildings
shall be provided with an automatic smoke detection sys-
tem in accordance with Section 907.2.13.1, a fire depart-
ment communication system in accordance with Section
907.2.13.2 and an emergency voice/alarm communication
system in accordance with Section 907.5.2.2.

Exceptions:

1 . Airport traffic control towers in accordance with
Sections 907.2.22 and 412.

2. Open parking garages in accordance with Sec-
tion 406.5.

3. Buildings with an occupancy in Group A-5 in
accordance with Section 303.1.

4. Low-hazard special occupancies in accordance
with Section 503.1.1.

5. Buildings with an occupancy in Group H-l, H-2
or H-3 in accordance with Section 415.

6. In Group 1-1 and 1-2 occupancies, the alarm shall
sound at a constantly attended location and occu-
pant notification shall be broadcast by the emer-
gency voice/alarm communication system.

[F] 907.2.13.1 Automatic smoke detection. Auto-
matic smoke detection in high-rise buildings shall be in
accordance with Sections 907.2.13.1.1 and
907.2.13.1.2.

[F] 907.2.13.1.1 Area smoke detection. Area
smoke detectors shall be provided in accordance
with this section. Smoke detectors shall be con-
nected to an automatic fire alarm system. The acti-
vation of any detector required by this section shall
activate the emergency voice/alarm communication
system in accordance with Section 907.5.2.2. In
addition to smoke detectors required by Sections
907.2.1 through 907.2.10, smoke detectors shall be
located as follows:

1. In each mechanical equipment, electrical,
transformer, telephone equipment or similar
room which is not provided with sprinkler
protection.

2. In each elevator machine room and in elevator
lobbies.

[M] 907.2.13.1.2 Duct smoke detection. Duct
smoke detectors complying with Section 907.3.1
shall be located as follows:

1. In the main return air and exhaust air plenum
of each air-conditioning system having a
capacity greater than 2,000 cubic feet per min-
ute (cfm) (0.94 m 3 /s). Such detectors shall be
located in a serviceable area downstream of
the last duct inlet.

2. At each connection to a vertical duct or riser
serving two or more stories from a return air
duct or plenum of an air-conditioning sys-
tem. In Group R-l and R-2 occupancies, a
smoke detector is allowed to be used in each
return air riser carrying not more than 5,000
cfm (2.4 m 3 /s) and serving not more than 10
air-inlet openings.

[F] 907.2.13.2 Fire department communication sys-
tem. Where a wired communication system is
approved in lieu of an emergency responder radio cov-
erage system in accordance with Section 510 of the
International Fire Code, the wired fire department
communication system shall be designed and installed
in accordance with NFPA 72 and shall operate between
a fire command center complying with Section 911,
elevators, elevator lobbies, emergency and standby
power rooms, fire pump rooms, areas of refuge and
inside enclosed exit stairways. The fire department
communication device shall be provided at each floor
level within the enclosed exit stairway.

[F] 907.2.14 Atriums connecting more than two stories.
A fire alarm system shall be installed in occupancies with
an atrium that connects more than two stories, with smoke
detection installed throughout the atrium. The system shall
be activated in accordance with Section 907.5. Such occu-
pancies in Group A, E or M shall be provided with an
emergency voice/alarm communication system complying
with the requirements of Section 907.5.2.2.

[F] 907.2.15 High-piled combustible storage areas. An
automatic smoke detection system shall be installed
throughout high-piled combustible storage areas where
required by Section 3206.5 of the International Fire Code.

[F| 907.2.16 Aerosol storage uses. Aerosol storage rooms
and general-purpose warehouses containing aerosols shall
be provided with an approved manual fire alarm system
where required by the International Fire Code.

[F] 907.2.17 Lumber, wood structural panel and

veneer mills. Lumber, wood structural panel and veneer
mills shall be provided with a manual fire alarm system.

[F] 907.2.18 Underground buildings with smoke con-
trol systems. Where a smoke control system is installed in
an underground building in accordance with this code,
automatic smoke detectors shall be provided in accordance
with Section 907.2.18.1.

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

221

FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS

[F] 907.2.18.1 Smoke detectors. A minimum of one
smoke detector listed for the intended purpose shall be
installed in the following areas:

1. Mechanical equipment, electrical, transformer,
telephone equipment, elevator machine or similar
rooms.

2. Elevator lobbies.

3. The main return and exhaust air plenum of each
air-conditioning system serving more than one
story and located in a serviceable area down-
stream of the last duct inlet.

4. Each connection to a vertical duct or riser serving
two or more floors from return air ducts or ple-
nums of heating, ventilating and air-conditioning
systems, except that in Group R occupancies, a
listed smoke detector is allowed to be used in
each return air riser carrying not more than 5,000
cfm (2.4 m 3 /s) and serving not more than 10 air-
inlet openings.

[F] 907.2.18.2 Alarm required. Activation of the
smoke control system shall activate an audible alarm at
a constantly attended location.

[F] 907.2.19 Deep underground buildings. Where the
lowest level of a structure is more than 60 feet (18 288
mm) below the finished floor of the lowest level of exit
discharge, the structure shall be equipped throughout with
a manual fire alarm system, including an emergency
voice/alarm communication system installed in accor-
dance with Section 907.5.2.2.

[F] 907.2.20 Covered and open mall buildings. Where
the total floor area exceeds 50,000 square feet (4645 m 2 )
within either a covered mall building or within the perime-
ter line of an open mall building, an emergency voice/
alarm communication system shall be provided. Emer-
gency voice/alarm communication systems serving a mall,
required or otherwise, shall be accessible to the fire
department. The system shall be provided in accordance
with Section 907.5.2.2.

[F] 907.2.21 Residential aircraft hangars. A minimum
of one single-station smoke alarm shall be installed within
a residential aircraft hangar as defined in Chapter 2 and
shall be interconnected into the residential smoke alarm or
other sounding device to provide an alarm which will be
audible in all sleeping areas of the dwelling.

[F] 907.2.22 Airport traffic control towers. An auto-
matic smoke detection system that activates the occupant
notification system in accordance with Section 907.5 shall
be provided in airport control towers in all occupiable and
equipment spaces.

Exception: Audible appliances shall not be installed
within the control tower cab.

[F] 907.2.23 Battery rooms. An automatic smoke detec-
tion system shall be installed in areas containing stationary
storage battery systems with a liquid capacity of more than
50 gallons (189 L).

[F] 907.3 Fire safety functions. Automatic fire detectors uti-
lized for the purpose of performing fire safety functions shall
be connected to the building's fire alarm control unit where a
fire alarm system is required by Section 907.2. Detectors
shall, upon actuation, perform the intended function and acti-
vate the alarm notification appliances or activate a visible and
audible supervisory signal at a constantly attended location.
In buildings not equipped with a fire alarm system, the auto-
matic fire detector shall be powered by normal electrical ser-
vice and, upon actuation, perform the intended function. The
detectors shall be located in accordance with NFPA 72.

[F] 907.3.1 Duct smoke detectors. Smoke detectors
installed in ducts shall be listed for the air velocity, tem-
perature and humidity present in the duct. Duct smoke
detectors shall be connected to the building's fire alarm
control unit when a fire alarm system is required by Sec-
tion 907.2. Activation of a duct smoke detector shall initi-
ate a visible and audible supervisory signal at a constantly
attended location and shall perform the intended fire
safety function in accordance with this code and the Inter-
national Mechanical Code. Duct smoke detectors shall not
be used as a substitute for required open area detection.

Exceptions:

1. The supervisory signal at a constantly attended
location is not required where duct smoke detec-
tors activate the building's alarm notification
appliances.

2. In occupancies not required to be equipped with a
fire alarm system, actuation of a smoke detector
shall activate a visible and an audible signal in an
approved location. Smoke detector trouble condi-
tions shall activate a visible or audible signal in
an approved location and shall be identified as air
duct detector trouble.

[F] 907.3.2 Delayed egress locks. Where delayed egress
locks are installed on means of egress doors in accordance
with Section 1008.1.9.7, an automatic smoke or heat
detection system shall be installed as required by that sec-
tion.

[F] 907.3.3 Elevator emergency operation. Automatic
fire detectors installed for elevator emergency operation
shall be installed in accordance with the provisions of
ASMEA17. land NFPA 72.

[F] 907.3.4 Wiring. The wiring to the auxiliary devices
and equipment used to accomplish the above fire safety
functions shall be monitored for integrity in accordance
with NFPA 72.

[F] 907.4 Initiating devices. Where manual or automatic
alarm initiation is required as part of a fire alarm system, the
initiating devices shall be installed in accordance with Sec-
tions 907.4.1 through 907.4.3.1.

[F] 907.4.1 Protection of fire alarm control unit. In
areas that are not continuously occupied, a single smoke
detector shall be provided at the location of each fire alarm

222

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS

control unit, notification appliance circuit power extend-
ers, and supervising station transmitting equipment.

Exception: Where ambient conditions prohibit instal-
lation of a smoke detector, a heat detector shall be per-
mitted.

[F] 907.4.2 Manual fire alarm boxes. Where a manual
fire alarm system is required by another section of this
code, it shall be activated by fire alarm boxes installed in
accordance with Sections 907.4.2.1 through 907.4.2.6.

[Fj 907.4.2.1 Location. Manual fire alarm boxes shall
be located not more than 5 feet (1524 mm) from the
entrance to each exit. Additional manual fire alarm
boxes shall be located so that travel distance to the
nearest box does not exceed 200 feet (60 960 mm).

[F] 907.4.2.2 Height. The height of the manual fire
alarm boxes shall be a minimum of 42 inches (1067
mm) and a maximum of 48 inches (1372 mm) mea-
sured vertically, from the floor level to the activating
handle or lever of the box.

[F] 907.4.2.3 Color. Manual fire alarm boxes shall be
red in color.

[F] 907.4.2.4 Signs. Where fire alarm systems are not
monitored by a supervising station, an approved perma-
nent sign shall be installed adjacent to each manual fire
alarm box that reads: WHEN ALARM SOUNDS
CALL FIRE DEPARTMENT.

Exception: Where the manufacturer has perma-
nently provided this information on the manual fire
alarm box.

[F] 907.4.2.5 Protective covers. The fire code official
is authorized to require the installation of listed manual
fire alarm box protective covers to prevent malicious
false alarms or to provide the manual fire alarm box
with protection from physical damage. The protective
cover shall be transparent or red in color with a trans-
parent face to permit visibility of the manual fire alarm
box. Each cover shall include proper operating instruc-
tions. A protective cover that emits a local alarm signal
shall not be installed unless approved. Protective cov-
ers shall not project more than that permitted by Sec-
tion 1003.3.3.

[F] 907.4.2.6 Unobstructed and unobscured. Manual
fire alarm boxes shall be accessible, unobstructed,
unobscured and visible at all times.

[F] 907.4.3 Automatic smoke detection. Where an auto-
matic smoke detection system is required it shall utilize
smoke detectors unless ambient conditions prohibit such
an installation. In spaces where smoke detectors cannot be
utilized due to ambient conditions, approved automatic
heat detectors shall be permitted.

[F] 907.4.3.1 Automatic sprinkler system. For condi-
tions other than specific fire safety functions noted in
Section 907.3, in areas where ambient conditions pro-
hibit the installation of smoke detectors, an automatic
sprinkler system installed in such areas in accordance
with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2 and that is con-

nected to the fire alarm system shall be approved as
automatic heat detection.

[F] 907.5 Occupant notification systems. A fire alarm sys-
tem shall annunciate at the fire alarm control unit and shall
initiate occupant notification upon activation, in accordance
with Sections 907.5.1 through 907.5.2.3.4. Where a fire alarm
system is required by another section of this code, it shall be
activated by:

1. Automatic fire detectors.

2. Automatic sprinkler system waterflow devices.

3. Manual fire alarm boxes.

4. Automatic fire-extinguishing systems.
Exception: Where notification systems are allowed else-

907 to annunciate at a constantly

where in Section
attended location.

[F] 907.5.1 Presignal feature. A presignal feature shall
not be installed unless approved by the fire code official
and the fire department. Where a presignal feature is pro-
vided, a signal shall be annunciated at a constantly
attended location approved by the fire department, in
order that occupant notification can be activated in the
event of fire or other emergency.

[F] 907.5.2 Alarm notification appliances. Alarm notifi-
cation appliances shall be provided and shall be listed for
their purpose.

[F] 907.5.2.1 Audible alarms. Audible alarm notifica-
tion appliances shall be provided and emit a distinctive
sound that is not to be used for any purpose other than
that of a fire alarm.

Exceptions:

1. Visible alarm notification appliances shall be
allowed in lieu of audible alarm notification
appliances in critical care areas of Group 1-2
occupancies.

2. Where provided, audible notification appli-
ances located in each occupant evacuation ele-
vator lobby in accordance with Section
3008.5.1 shall be connected to a separate noti-
fication zone for manual paging only.

[F] 907.5.2.1.1 Average sound pressure. The audi-
ble alarm notification appliances shall provide a
sound pressure level of 15 decibels (dBA) above the
average ambient sound level or 5 dBA above the
maximum sound level having a duration of at least
60 seconds, whichever is greater, in every occupi-
able space within the building.

[F] 907.5.2.1.2 Maximum sound pressure. The
maximum sound pressure level for audible alarm
notification appliances shall be 110 dBA at the min-
imum hearing distance from the audible appliance.
Where the average ambient noise is greater than 95
dBA, visible alarm notification appliances shall be
provided in accordance with NFPA 72 and audible
alarm notification appliances shall not be required.

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

223

FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS

[F] 907.5.2.2 Emergency voice/alarm communica-
tion systems. Emergency voice/alarm communication
systems required by this code shall be designed and
installed in accordance with NFPA 72. The operation
of any automatic fire detector, sprinkler waterflow
device or manual fire alarm box shall automatically
sound an alert tone followed by voice instructions giv-
ing approved information and directions for a general
or staged evacuation in accordance with the building's
fire safety and evacuation plans required by Section
404 of the International Fire Code. In high-rise build-
ings, the system shall operate on a minimum of the
alarming floor, the floor above and the floor below.
Speakers shall be provided throughout the building by
paging zones. At a minimum, paging zones shall be
provided as follows:

1. Elevator groups.

2. Exit stairways.

3. Each floor.

4. Areas of refuge as defined in Section 1002.1.

Exception: In Group 1-1 and 1-2 occupancies, the
alarm shall sound in a constantly attended area and a
general occupant notification shall be broadcast over
the overhead page.

[F] 907.5.2.2.1 Manual override. A manual over-
ride for emergency voice communication shall be
provided on a selective and all-call basis for all pag-
ing zones.

[F] 907.5.2.2.2 Live voice messages. The emer-
gency voice/alarm communication system shall also
have the capability to broadcast live voice messages
by paging zones on a selective and all-call basis.

[F] 907.5.2.2.3 Alternate uses. The emergency
voice/alarm communication system shall be allowed
to be used for other announcements, provided the
manual fire alarm use takes precedence over any
other use.

[F] 907.5.2.2.4 Emergency voice/alarm communi-
cation captions. Where stadiums, arenas and grand-
stands are required to caption audible public
announcements in accordance with Section
1108.2.7.2, the emergency/voice alarm communica-
tion system shall also be captioned. Prerecorded or
live emergency captions shall be from an approved
location constantly attended by personnel trained to
respond to an emergency.

[F] 907.5.2.2.5 Emergency power. Emergency
voice/alarm communications systems shall be pro-
vided with an approved emergency power source.

[F] 907.5.2.3 Visible alarms. Visible alarm notifica-
tion appliances shall be provided in accordance with
Sections 907.5.2.3.1 through 907.5.2.3.4.

Exceptions:

1. Visible alarm notification appliances are not
required in alterations, except where an exist-

ing fire alarm system is upgraded or replaced,
or a new fire alarm system is installed.

2. Visible alarm notification appliances shall not
be required in exits as defined in Section
1002.1.

3. Visible alarm notification appliances shall not
be required in elevator cars.

[F] 907.5.2.3.1 Public and common areas. Visible
alarm notification appliances shall be provided in
public areas and common areas.

[F] 907.5.2.3.2 Employee work areas. Where
employee work areas have audible alarm coverage,
the notification appliance circuits serving the
employee work areas shall be initially designed with
a minimum of 20-percent spare capacity to account
for the potential of adding visible notification appli-
ances in the future to accommodate hearing
impaired employ ee(s).

[F] 907.5.2.3.3 Groups 1-1 and R-l. Group 1-1 and
R-l dwelling units or sleeping units in accordance
with Table 907.5.2.3.3 shall be provided with a visi-
ble alarm notification appliance, activated by both
the in-room smoke alarm and the building fire alarm
system.

[F] TABLE 907.5.2.3.3
VISIBLE ALARMS

NUMBER OF SLEEP
UNITS

SLEEPING ACCOMMODATIONS WITH VISIBLE
ALARMS

6 to 25

26 to 50

51 to 75

76 to 100

101 to 150

151 to 200

201 to 300

301 to 400

401 to 500

501 to 1,000

5% of total

1,001 and over

50 plus 3 for each 100 over 1,000

[F] 907.5.2.3.4 Group R-2. In Group R-2 occupan-
cies required by Section 907 to have a fire alarm
system, all dwelling units and sleeping units shall be
provided with the capability to support visible alarm
notification appliances in accordance with Chapter
10 of ICC A117.1. Such capability shall be permit-
ted to include the potential for future interconnec-
tion of the building fire alarm system with the unit
smoke alarms, replacement of audible appliances
with combination audible/visible appliances, or
future extension of the existing wiring from the unit
smoke alarm locations to required locations for visi-
ble appliances.

[F] 907.6 Installation. A fire alarm system shall be installed
in accordance with this section and NFPA 72.

224

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS

[F] 907.6.1 Wiring. Wiring shall comply with the require-
ments of NFPA 70 and NFPA 72. Wireless protection sys-
tems utilizing radio-frequency transmitting devices shall
comply with the special requirements for supervision of
low-power wireless systems in NFPA 72.

[F] 907.6.2 Power supply. The primary and secondary
power supply for the fire alarm system shall be provided
in accordance with NFPA 72.

Exception: Back-up power for single-station and mul-
tiple-station smoke alarms as required in Section
907.2.11.4.

[F] 907.6.3 Zones. Each floor shall be zoned separately
and a zone shall not exceed 22,500 square feet (2090 m 2 ).
The length of any zone shall not exceed 300 feet (9 1 440
mm) in any direction.

Exception: Automatic sprinkler system, zones shall not
exceed the area permitted by NFPA 1 3.

[F] 907.6.3.1 Zoning indicator panel. A zoning indi-
cator panel and the associated controls shall be pro-
vided in an approved location. The visual zone
indication shall lock in until the system is reset and
shall not be canceled by the operation of an audible-
alarm silencing switch.

[F] 907.6.3.2 High-rise buildings. In high-rise build-
ings, a separate zone by floor shall be provided for each
of the following types of alarm-initiating devices where
provided:

1. Smoke detectors.

2. Sprinkler waterflow devices.

3. Manual fire alarm boxes.

4. Other approved types of automatic fire detection
devices or suppression systems.

[F] 907.6.4 Access. Access shall be provided to each fire
alarm device and notification appliance for periodic
inspection, maintenance and testing.

[F] 907.6.5 Monitoring. Fire alarm systems required by
this chapter or by the International Fire Code shall be
monitored by an approved supervising station in accor-
dance with NFPA 72.

Exception: Monitoring by a supervising station is not
required for:

1. Single- and multiple- station smoke alarms
required by Section 907.2.11.

2. Smoke detectors in Group 1-3 occupancies.

3. Automatic sprinkler systems in one- and two-
family dwellings.

[F] 907.6.5.1 Automatic telephone-dialing devices.
Automatic telephone-dialing devices used to transmit
an emergency alarm shall not be connected to any fire
department telephone number unless approved by the
fire chief.

[F] 907.6.5.2 Termination of monitoring service.
Termination of fire alarm monitoring services shall be

in accordance with Section 901.9 of the International
Fire Code.

[F] 907.7 Acceptance tests and completion. Upon comple-
tion of the installation, the fire alarm system and all fire alarm
components shall be tested in accordance with NFPA 72.

[F] 907.7.1 Single- and multiple-station alarm devices.
When the installation of the alarm devices is complete,
each device and interconnecting wiring for multiple-sta-
tion alarm devices shall be tested in accordance with the
smoke alarm provisions of NFPA 72.

[F] 907.7.2 Record of completion. A record of comple-
tion in accordance with NFPA 72 verifying that the system
has been installed and tested in accordance with the
approved plans and specifications shall be provided.

[F] 907.7.3 Instructions. Operating, testing and mainte-
nance instructions and record drawings ("as-builts") and
equipment specifications shall be provided at an approved
location.

[F] 907.8 Inspection, testing and maintenance. The mainte-
nance and testing schedules and procedures for fire alarm and
fire detection systems shall be in accordance with Section
907.8 of the International Fire Code.

SECTION 908
EMERGENCY ALARM SYSTEMS

[F] 908.1 Group H occupancies. Emergency alarms for the
detection and notification of an emergency condition in
Group H occupancies shall be provided in accordance with
Section 414.7.

[F] 908.2 Group H-5 occupancy. Emergency alarms for
notification of an emergency condition in an HPM facility
shall be provided as required in Section 415.10.3.5. A contin-
uous gas-detection system shall be provided for HPM gases
in accordance with Section 415.10.7.

[F] 908.3 Highly toxic and toxic materials. A gas detection
system shall be provided to detect the presence of highly toxic
or toxic gas at or below the permissible exposure limit (PEL)
or ceiling limit of the gas for which detection is provided. The
system shall be capable of monitoring the discharge from the
treatment system at or below one-half the immediately dan-
gerous to life and health (IDLH) limit.

Exception: A gas-detection system is not required for
toxic gases when the physiological warning threshold level
for the gas is at a level below the accepted PEL for the gas.

[F] 908.3.1 Alarms. The gas detection system shall initi-
ate a local alarm and transmit a signal to a constantly
attended control station when a short-term hazard condi-
tion is detected. The alarm shall be both visible and audi-
ble and shall provide warning both inside and outside the
area where gas is detected. The audible alarm shall be dis-
tinct from all other alarms.

Exception: Signal transmission to a constantly
attended control station is not required when not more
than one cylinder of highly toxic or toxic gas is stored.

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

225

FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS

[F] 908.3.2 Shutoff of gas supply. The gas detection sys-
tem shall automatically close the shutoff valve at the
source on gas supply piping and tubing related to the sys-
tem being monitored for whichever gas is detected.

Exception: Automatic shutdown is not required for
reactors utilized for the production of highly toxic or
toxic compressed gases where such reactors are:

1. Operated at pressures less than 15 pounds per
square inch gauge (psig) (103.4 kPa).

2. Constantly attended.

3. Provided with readily accessible emergency shut-
off valves.

[F] 908.3.3 Valve closure. The automatic closure of shut-
off valves shall be in accordance with the following:

1 . When the gas-detection sampling point initiating the
gas detection system alarm is within a gas cabinet or
exhausted enclosure, the shutoff valve in the gas
cabinet or exhausted enclosure for the specific gas
detected shall automatically close.

2. Where the gas-detection sampling point initiating
the gas detection system alarm is within a gas room
and compressed gas containers are not in gas cabi-
nets or exhausted enclosures, the shutoff valves on
all gas lines for the specific gas detected shall auto-
matically close.

3. Where the gas-detection sampling point initiating
the gas detection system alarm is within a piping
distribution manifold enclosure, the shutoff valve
for the compressed container of specific gas
detected supplying the manifold shall automatically
close.

Exception: When the gas-detection sampling point ini-
tiating the gas-detection system alarm is at a use loca-
tion or within a gas valve enclosure of a branch line
downstream of a piping distribution manifold, the shut-
off valve in the gas valve enclosure for the branch line
located in the piping distribution manifold enclosure
shall automatically close.

[F] 908.4 Ozone gas-generator rooms. Ozone gas-generator
rooms shall be equipped with a continuous gas-detection sys-
tem that will shut off the generator and sound a local alarm
when concentrations above the PEL occur.

[F] 908.5 Repair garages. A flammable-gas detection sys-
tem shall be provided in repair garages for vehicles fueled by
nonodorized gases in accordance with Section 406.8.5.

[F] 908.6 Refrigerant detector. Machinery rooms shall con-
tain a refrigerant detector with an audible and visual alarm.
The detector, or a sampling tube that draws air to the detector,
shall be located in an area where refrigerant from a leak will
concentrate. The alarm shall be actuated at a value not greater
than the corresponding TLV-TWA values for the refrigerant
classification indicated in the International Mechanical
Code. Detectors and alarms shall be placed in approved loca-
tions.

[FJ 908.7 Carbon monoxide alarms. Group I or R occupan-
cies located in a building containing a fuel-burning appliance

or in a building which has an attached garage shall be
equipped with single-station carbon monoxide alarms. The
carbon monoxide alarms shall be listed as complying with
UL 2034 and be installed and maintained in accordance with
NFPA 720 and the manufacturer's instructions. An open
parking garage, as defined in Chapter 2, or an enclosed park-
ing garage ventilated in accordance with Section 404 of the
International Mechanical Code shall not be considered an
attached garage.

Exception: Sleeping units or dwelling units which do not
themselves contain a fuel-burning appliance or have an
attached garage, but which are located in a building with a
fuel-burning appliance or an attached garage, need not be
equipped with single-station carbon monoxide alarms pro-
vided that:

1. The sleeping unit or dwelling unit is located more
than one story above or below any story which con-
tains a fuel-burning appliance or an attached garage;

2. The sleeping unit or dwelling unit is not connected
by duct work or ventilation shafts to any room con-
taining a fuel-burning appliance or to an attached
garage; and

3. The building is equipped with a common area car-
bon monoxide alarm system.

[F] 908.7.1 Carbon monoxide detection systems. Car-
bon monoxide detection systems, which include carbon
monoxide detectors and audible notification appliances,
installed and maintained in accordance with this section
for carbon monoxide alarms and NFPA 720 shall be per-
mitted. The carbon monoxide detectors shall be listed as
complying with UL 2075.

SECTION 909
SMOKE CONTROL SYSTEMS

[F] 909.1 Scope and purpose. This section applies to
mechanical or passive smoke control systems when they are
required by other provisions of this code. The purpose of this
section is to establish minimum requirements for the design,
installation and acceptance testing of smoke control systems
that are intended to provide a tenable environment for the
evacuation or relocation of occupants. These provisions are
not intended for the preservation of contents, the timely resto-
ration of operations or for assistance in fire suppression or
overhaul activities. Smoke control systems regulated by this
section serve a different purpose than the smoke- and heat-
venting provisions found in Section 910. Mechanical smoke
control systems shall not be considered exhaust systems
under Chapter 5 of the International Mechanical Code.

[F] 909.2 General design requirements. Buildings, struc-
tures or parts thereof required by this code to have a smoke
control system or systems shall have such systems designed
in accordance with the applicable requirements of Section
909 and the generally accepted and well-established princi-
ples of engineering relevant to the design. The construction
documents shall include sufficient information and detail to
adequately describe the elements of the design necessary for
the proper implementation of the smoke control systems.

226

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS

These documents shall be accompanied by sufficient infor-
mation and analysis to demonstrate compliance with these
provisions.

[F] 909.3 Special inspection and test requirements. In
addition to the ordinary inspection and test requirements
which buildings, structures and parts thereof are required to
undergo, smoke control systems subject to the provisions of
Section 909 shall undergo special inspections and tests suffi-
cient to verify the proper commissioning of the smoke control
design in its final installed condition. The design submission
accompanying the construction documents shall clearly detail
procedures and methods to be used and the items subject to
such inspections and tests. Such commissioning shall be in
accordance with generally accepted engineering practice and,
where possible, based on published standards for the particu-
lar testing involved. The special inspections and tests
required by this section shall be conducted under the same
terms in Section 1704.

[F] 909.4 Analysis. A rational analysis supporting the types
of smoke control systems to be employed, their methods of
operation, the systems supporting them and the methods of
construction to be utilized shall accompany the submitted
construction documents and shall include, but not be limited
to, the items indicated in Sections 909.4. 1 through 909.4.6.

[F] 909.4.1 Stack effect. The system shall be designed
such that the maximum probable normal or reverse stack
effect will not adversely interfere with the system's capa-
bilities. In determining the maximum probable stack
effect, altitude, elevation, weather history and interior
temperatures shall be used.

[F] 909.4.2 Temperature effect of fire. Buoyancy and
expansion caused by the design fire in accordance with
Section 909.9 shall be analyzed. The system shall be
designed such that these effects do not adversely interfere
with the system's capabilities.

[F] 909.4.3 Wind effect. The design shall consider the
adverse effects of wind. Such consideration shall be con-
sistent with the wind-loading provisions of Chapter 16.

[F] 909.4.4 HVAC systems. The design shall consider the
effects of the heating, ventilating and air-conditioning
(HVAC) systems on both smoke and fire transport. The
analysis shall include all permutations of systems status.
The design shall consider the effects of the fire on the
HVAC systems.

[F] 909.4.5 Climate. The design shall consider the effects
of low temperatures on systems, property and occupants.
Air inlets and exhausts shall be located so as to prevent
snow or ice blockage.

[F] 909.4.6 Duration of operation. All portions of active
or passive smoke control systems shall be capable of con-
tinued operation after detection of the fire event for a
period of not less than either 20 minutes or 1.5 times the
calculated egress time, whichever is less.

[F] 909.5 Smoke barrier construction. Smoke barriers shall
comply with Section 710, and shall be constructed and sealed
to limit leakage areas exclusive of protected openings. The

maximum allowable leakage area shall be the aggregate area
calculated using the following leakage area ratios:

1. Walls A/A w = 0.00100

2. Interior exit stairways and ramps and exit passageways:
A/A w = 0.00035

3. Enclosed exit access stairways and ramps and all other
shafts: A/A w = 0.00150

4. Floors and roofs: A/A v = 0.00050
where:

A = Total leakage area, square feet (m 2 ).

A F = Unit floor or roof area of barrier, square feet (m 2 ).

A w = Unit wall area of barrier, square feet (m 2 ).

The leakage area ratios shown do not include openings due
to doors, operable windows or similar gaps. These shall be
included in calculating the total leakage area.

[F] 909.5.1 Leakage area. The total leakage area of the
barrier is the product of the smoke barrier gross area mul-
tiplied by the allowable leakage area ratio, plus the area of
other openings such as gaps and operable windows. Com-
pliance shall be determined by achieving the minimum air
pressure difference across the barrier with the system in
the smoke control mode for mechanical smoke control
systems. Passive smoke control systems tested using other
approved means such as door fan testing shall be as
approved by the fire code official.

[F] 909.5.2 Opening protection. Openings in smoke bar-
riers shall be protected by automatic-closing devices actu-
ated by the required controls for the mechanical smoke
control system. Door openings shall be protected by fire
door assemblies complying with Section 716.5.3.

Exceptions:

1. Passive smoke control systems with automatic-
closing devices actuated by spot-type smoke
detectors listed for releasing service installed in
accordance with Section 907.3.

2. Fixed openings between smoke zones that are
protected utilizing the airflow method.

3. In Group 1-2, where such doors are installed
across corridors, a pair of opposite-swinging
doors without a center mullion shall be installed
having vision panels with fire protection-rated
glazing materials in fire protection-rated frames,
the area of which shall not exceed that tested.The
doors shall be close-fitting within operational tol-
erances and shall not have undercuts, louvers or
grilles. The doors shall have head and jamb stops,
astragals or rabbets at meeting edges and shall be
automatic-closing by smoke detection in accor-
dance with Section 716.5.9.3. Positive-latching
devices are not required.

4. Group 1-3.

5. Openings between smoke zones with clear ceil-
ing heights of 14 feet (4267 mm) or greater and

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

227

FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS

bank-down capacity of greater than 20 minutes as
determined by the design fire size.

[F] 909.5.2.1 Ducts and air transfer openings. Ducts
and air transfer openings are required to be protected
with a minimum Class II, 250°F (121°C) smoke
damper complying with Section 717.

[F] 909.6 Pressurization method. The primary mechanical
means of controlling smoke shall be by pressure differences
across smoke barriers. Maintenance of a tenable environment
is not required in the smoke control zone of fire origin.

[F] 909.6.1 Minimum pressure difference. The mini-
mum pressure difference across a smoke barrier shall be
0.05-inch water gage (0.0124 kPa) in fully sprinklered
buildings.

In buildings permitted to be other than fully sprin-
klered, the smoke control system shall be designed to
achieve pressure differences at least two times the maxi-
mum calculated pressure difference produced by the
design fire.

[F] 909.6.2 Maximum pressure difference. The maxi-
mum air pressure difference across a smoke barrier shall
be determined by required door-opening or closing forces.
The actual force required to open exit doors when the sys-
tem is in the smoke control mode shall be in accordance
with Section 1008.1.3. Opening and closing forces for
other doors shall be determined by standard engineering
methods for the resolution of forces and reactions. The
calculated force to set a side-hinged, swinging door in
motion shall be determined by:

F = F dc + K(WAAP)/2(W-d) (Equation 9-1 )

where:

A - Door area, square feet (m 2 ).

d - Distance from door handle to latch edge of door, feet

(m).
F - Total door opening force, pounds (N).
F d .= Force required to overcome closing device, pounds

(N)

K = Coefficient 5.2 (1.0).

W = Door width, feet (m).

AP= Design pressure difference, inches of water (Pa).

[F] 909.7 Airflow design method. When approved by the
fire code official, smoke migration through openings fixed in
a permanently open position, which are located between
smoke control zones by the use of the airflow method, shall
be permitted. The design airflow shall be in accordance with
this section. Airflow shall be directed to limit smoke migra-
tion from the fire zone. The geometry of openings shall be
considered to prevent flow reversal from turbulent effects.

[F] 909.7.1 Velocity. The minimum average velocity
through a fixed opening shall not be less than:

v = 217.2[h(T r T )l(T f + 460)]" 2 (Equation 9-2)

For SI: = 1 19.9 [h (T f - TJ/Tf 2

where:

h = Height of opening, feet (m).

T f = Temperature of smoke, °F (K).

T a = Temperature of ambient air, °F (K).

v - Air velocity, feet per minute (m/minute).

[F] 909.7.2 Prohibited conditions. This method shall not
be employed where either the quantity of air or the veloc-
ity of the airflow will adversely affect other portions of the
smoke control system, unduly intensify the fire, disrupt
plume dynamics or interfere with exiting. In no case shall
airflow toward the fire exceed 200 feet per minute (1.02
m/s). Where the formula in Section 909.7.1 requires air-
flow to exceed this limit, the airflow method shall not be
used.

[F] 909.8 Exhaust method. When approved by the fire code
official, mechanical smoke control for large enclosed vol-
umes, such as in atriums or malls, shall be permitted to utilize
the exhaust method. Smoke control systems using the exhaust
method shall be designed in accordance with NFPA 92B.

[F] 909.8.1 Smoke layer. The height of the lowest hori-
zontal surface of the smoke layer interface shall be main-
tained at least 6 feet (1829 mm) above any walking surface
that forms a portion of a required egress system within the
smoke zone.

[F] 909.9 Design fire. The design fire shall be based on a
rational analysis performed by the registered design profes-
sional and approved by the fire code official. The design fire
shall be based on the analysis in accordance with Section
909.4 and this section.

[F] 909.9.1 Factors considered. The engineering analysis
shall include the characteristics of the fuel, fuel load,
effects included by the fire and whether the fire is likely to
be steady or unsteady.

[F] 909.9.2 Design fire fuel. Determination of the design
fire shall include consideration of the type of fuel, fuel
spacing and configuration.

[F] 909.9.3 Heat-release assumptions. The analysis shall
make use of best available data from approved sources and
shall not be based on excessively stringent limitations of
combustible material.

[F] 909.9.4 Sprinkler effectiveness assumptions. A doc-
umented engineering analysis shall be provided for condi-
tions that assume fire growth is halted at the time of
sprinkler activation.

[F] 909.10 Equipment. Equipment including, but not limited
to, fans, ducts, automatic dampers and balance dampers, shall
be suitable for its intended use, suitable for the probable
exposure temperatures that the rational analysis indicates and
as approved by the fire code official.

[F] 909.10.1 Exhaust fans. Components of exhaust fans
shall be rated and certified by the manufacturer for the
probable temperature rise to which the components will be
exposed. This temperature rise shall be computed by:

T s = (QJmc) + (T a ) (Equation 9-3)

where:

c = Specific heat of smoke at smoke layer temperature,
Btu/lb°F (kJ/kg • K).

228

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE 8

FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS

m = Exhaust rate, pounds per second (kg/s).

Q c = Convective heat output of fire, Btu/s (kW).

T a = Ambient temperature, °F (K).

T s = Smoke temperature, °F (K).

Exception: Reduced T s as calculated based on the
assurance of adequate dilution air.

[F] 909.10.2 Ducts. Duct materials and joints shall be
capable of withstanding the probable temperatures and
pressures to which they are exposed as determined in
accordance with Section 909.10.1. Ducts shall be con-
structed and supported in accordance with the Interna-
tional Mechanical Code. Ducts shall be leak tested to 1.5
times the maximum design pressure in accordance with
nationally accepted practices. Measured leakage shall not
exceed 5 percent of design flow. Results of such testing
shall be a part of the documentation procedure. Ducts shall
be supported directly from fire-resistance-rated structural
elements of the building by substantial, noncombustible
supports.

Exception: Flexible connections (for the purpose of
vibration isolation) complying with the International
Mechanical Code, that are constructed of approved
fire-resistance-rated materials.

[F] 909.10.3 Equipment, inlets and outlets. Equipment
shall be located so as to not expose uninvolved portions of
the building to an additional fire hazard. Outside air inlets
shall be located so as to minimize the potential for intro-
ducing smoke or flame into the building. Exhaust outlets
shall be so located as to minimize reintroduction of smoke
into the building and to limit exposure of the building or
adjacent buildings to an additional fire hazard.

[F] 909.10.4 Automatic dampers. Automatic dampers,
regardless of the purpose for which they are installed
within the smoke control system, shall be listed and con-
form to the requirements of approved, recognized stan-
dards.

[F] 909.10.5 Fans. In addition to other requirements, belt-
driven fans shall have 1.5 times the number of belts
required for the design duty, with the minimum number of
belts being two. Fans shall be selected for stable perfor-
mance based on normal temperature and, where applica-
ble, elevated temperature. Calculations and manufacturer's
fan curves shall be part of the documentation procedures.
Fans shall be supported and restrained by noncombustible
devices in accordance with the requirements of Chapter
16. Motors driving fans shall not be operated beyond their
nameplate horsepower (kilowatts), as determined from
measurement of actual current draw, and shall have a min-
imum service factor of 1.15.

[F] 909.11 Power systems. The smoke control system shall
be supplied with two sources of power. Primary power shall
be from the normal building power systems. Secondary
power shall be from an approved standby source complying
with Chapter 27 of this code. The standby power source and
its transfer switches shall be in a room separate from the nor-
mal power transformers and switch gears and ventilated
directly to and from the exterior. The room shall be enclosed

with not less than 1-hour fire barriers constructed in accor-
dance with Section 707 or horizontal assemblies constructed
in accordance with Section 711, or both. The transfer to full
standby power shall be automatic and within 60 seconds of
failure of the primary power.

[F] 909.11.1 Power sources and power surges. Elements
of the smoke control system relying on volatile memories |
or the like shall be supplied with uninterruptable power
sources of sufficient duration to span 15-minute primary
power interruption. Elements of the smoke control system j
susceptible to power surges shall be suitably protected by
conditioners, suppressors or other approved means.

[F] 909.12 Detection and control systems. Fire detection
systems providing control input or output signals to mechani-
cal smoke control systems or elements thereof shall comply
with the requirements of Section 907. Such systems shall be
equipped with a control unit complying with UL 864 and
listed as smoke control equipment.

Control systems for mechanical smoke control systems
shall include provisions for verification. Verification shall
include positive confirmation of actuation, testing, manual
override, the presence of power downstream of all discon-
nects and, through a preprogrammed weekly test sequence,
report abnormal conditions audibly, visually and by printed
report.

[F] 909.12.1 Wiring. In addition to meeting requirements
of NFPA 70, all wiring, regardless of voltage, shall be
fully enclosed within continuous raceways.

[F] 909.12.2 Activation. Smoke control systems shall be
activated in accordance with this section.

|'F] 909.12.2.1 Pressurization, airflow or exhaust
method. Mechanical smoke control systems using the
pressurization, airflow or exhaust method shall have
completely automatic control.

[F] 909.12.2.2 Passive method. Passive smoke control
systems actuated by approved spot-type detectors listed
for releasing service shall be permitted.

[F] 909.12.3 Automatic control. Where completely auto-
matic control is required or used, the automatic-control
sequences shall be initiated from an appropriately zoned
automatic sprinkler system complying with Section
903.3.1.1, manual controls that are readily accessible to
the fire department and any smoke detectors required by
engineering analysis.

[F] 909.13 Control air tubing. Control air tubing shall be of
sufficient size to meet the required response times. Tubing
shall be flushed clean and dry prior to final connections and
shall be adequately supported and protected from damage.
Tubing passing through concrete or masonry shall be sleeved
and protected from abrasion and electrolytic action.

[F] 909.13.1 Materials. Control-air tubing shall be hard-
drawn copper, Type L, ACR in accordance with ASTM B
42, ASTM B 43, ASTM B 68, ASTM B 88, ASTM B 251
and ASTM B 280. Fittings shall be wrought copper or
brass, solder type in accordance with ASME B 16.18 or
ASME B 16.22. Changes in direction shall be made with
appropriate tool bends. Brass compression-type fittings

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

229

FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS

shall be used at final connection to devices; other joints
shall be brazed using a BCuP-5 brazing alloy with solidus
above 1,100°F (593°C) and liquids below 1,500°F
(816°C). Brazing flux shall be used on copper-to-brass
joints only.

Exception: Nonmetallic tubing used within control
panels and at the final connection to devices provided
all of the following conditions are met:

1. Tubing shall comply with the requirements of
Section 602.2.1.3 of the International Mechani-
cal Code.

2. Tubing and connected devices shall be com-
pletely enclosed within a galvanized or paint-
grade steel enclosure having a minimum thick-
ness of 0.0296 inch (0.7534 mm) (No.22 gage).
Entry to the enclosure shall be by copper tubing
with a protective grommet of neoprene or teflon
or by suitable brass compression to male barbed
adapter.

3. Tubing shall be identified by appropriately docu-
mented coding.

4. Tubing shall be neatly tied and supported within
the enclosure.Tubing bridging cabinets and doors
or moveable devices shall be of sufficient length
to avoid tension and excessive stress. Tubing
shall be protected against abrasion. Tubing serv-
ing devices on doors shall be fastened along
hinges.

[F] 909.13.2 Isolation from other functions. Control tub-
ing serving other than smoke control functions shall be
isolated by automatic isolation valves or shall be an inde-
pendent system.

[F] 909.13.3 Testing. Control air tubing shall be tested at
three times the operating pressure for not less than 30 min-
utes without any noticeable loss in gauge pressure prior to
final connection to devices.

[F] 909.14 Marking and identification. The detection and
control systems shall be clearly marked at all junctions,
accesses and terminations.

[F] 909.15 Control diagrams. Identical control diagrams
showing all devices in the system and identifying their loca-
tion and function shall be maintained current and kept on file
with the fire code official, the fire department and in the fire
command center in a format and manner approved by the fire
chief.

[F] 909.16 Fire-fighter's smoke control panel. A fire-
fighter's smoke control panel for fire department emergency
response purposes only shall be provided and shall include
manual control or override of automatic control for mechani-
cal smoke control systems. The panel shall be located in a fire
command center complying with Section 911 in high-rise
buildings or buildings with smoke-protected assembly seat-
ing. In all other buildings, the fire-fighter's smoke control
panel shall be installed in an approved location adjacent to
the fire alarm control panel. The fire-fighter's smoke control
panel shall comply with Sections 909.16.1 through 909.16.3.

[F] 909.16.1 Smoke control systems. Fans within the
building shall be shown on the fire-fighter's control panel.
A clear indication of the direction of airflow and the rela-
tionship of components shall be displayed. Status indica-
tors shall be provided for all smoke control equipment,
annunciated by fan and zone, and by pilot-lamp-type indi-
cators as follows:

1. Fans, dampers and other operating equipment in
their normal status — WHITE.

2. Fans, dampers and other operating equipment in
their off or closed status — RED.

3. Fans, dampers and other operating equipment in
their on or open status — GREEN.

4. Fans, dampers and other operating equipment in a
fault status— YELLOW/AMBER.

[F] 909.16.2 Smoke control panel. The fire-fighter's con-
trol panel shall provide control capability over the com-
plete smoke-control system equipment within the building
as follows:

1 . ON-AUTO-OFF control over each individual piece
of operating smoke control equipment that can also
be controlled from other sources within the building.
This includes stairway pressurization fans; smoke
exhaust fans; supply, return and exhaust fans; eleva-
tor shaft fans and other operating equipment used or
intended for smoke control purposes.

2. OPEN-AUTO-CLOSE control over individual
dampers relating to smoke control and that are also
controlled from other sources within the building.

3. ON-OFF or OPEN-CLOSE control over smoke con-
trol and other critical equipment associated with a
fire or smoke emergency and that can only be con-
trolled from the fire-fighter's control panel.

Exceptions:

1. Complex systems, where approved, where the
controls and indicators are combined to control
and indicate all elements of a single smoke zone
as a unit.

2. Complex systems, where approved, where the
control is accomplished by computer interface
using approved, plain English commands.

[F] 909.16.3 Control action and priorities. The fire-
fighter's control panel actions shall be as follows:

1. ON-OFF and OPEN-CLOSE control actions shall
have the highest priority of any control point within
the building. Once issued from the fire-fighter's
control panel, no automatic or manual control from
any other control point within the building shall con-
tradict the control action. Where automatic means
are provided to interrupt normal, nonemergency
equipment operation or produce a specific result to
safeguard the building or equipment (i.e., duct freez-
estats, duct smoke detectors, high-temperature cut-
outs, temperature-actuated linkage and similar
devices), such means shall be capable of being over-
ridden by the fire-fighter's control panel. The last

230

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE 8

FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS

control action as indicated by each fire-fighter's
control panel switch position shall prevail. In no
case shall control actions require the smoke control
system to assume more than one configuration at
any one time.

Exception: Power disconnects required by

NFPA 70.

2. Only the AUTO position of each three-position fire-
fighter's control panel switch shall allow automatic
or manual control action from other control points
within the building. The AUTO position shall be the
NORMAL, nonemergency, building control posi-
tion. Where a fire-fighter's control panel is in the
AUTO position, the actual status of the device (on,
off, open, closed) shall continue to be indicated by
the status indicator described above. When directed
by an automatic signal to assume an emergency con-
dition, the NORMAL position shall become the
emergency condition for that device or group of
devices within the zone. In no case shall control
actions require the smoke control system to assume
more than one configuration at any one time.

[F] 909.17 System response time. Smoke-control system
activation shall be initiated immediately after receipt of an
appropriate automatic or manual activation command. Smoke
control systems shall activate individual components (such as
dampers and fans) in the sequence necessary to prevent phys-
ical damage to the fans, dampers, ducts and other equipment.
For purposes of smoke control, the fire-fighter's control panel
response time shall be the same for automatic or manual
smoke control action initiated from any other building control
point. The total response time, including that necessary for
detection, shutdown of operating equipment and smoke con-
trol system startup, shall allow for full operational mode to be
achieved before the conditions in the space exceed the design
smoke condition. The system response time for each compo-
nent and their sequential relationships shall be detailed in the
required rational analysis and verification of their installed
condition reported in the required final report.

[F] 909.18 Acceptance testing. Devices, equipment, compo-
nents and sequences shall be individually tested. These tests,
in addition to those required by other provisions of this code,
shall consist of determination of function, sequence and,
where applicable, capacity of their installed condition.

[F] 909.18.1 Detection devices. Smoke or fire detectors
that are a part of a smoke control system shall be tested in
accordance with Chapter 9 in their installed condition.
When applicable, this testing shall include verification of
airflow in both minimum and maximum conditions.

[F] 909.18.2 Ducts. Ducts that are part of a smoke control
system shall be traversed using generally accepted prac-
tices to determine actual air quantities.

[F] 909.18.3 Dampers. Dampers shall be tested for func-
tion in their installed condition.

[F] 909.18.4 Inlets and outlets. Inlets and outlets shall be
read using generally accepted practices to determine air
quantities.

[F] 909.18.5 Fans. Fans shall be examined for correct
rotation. Measurements of voltage, amperage, revolutions
per minute (rpm) and belt tension shall be made.

[F] 909.18.6 Smoke barriers. Measurements using
inclined manometers or other approved calibrated measur-
ing devices shall be made of the pressure differences
across smoke barriers. Such measurements shall be con-
ducted for each possible smoke control condition.

[F] 909.18.7 Controls. Each smoke zone equipped with
an automatic-initiation device shall be put into operation
by the actuation of one such device. Each additional
device within the zone shall be verified to cause the same
sequence without requiring the operation of fan motors in
order to prevent damage. Control sequences shall be veri-
fied throughout the system, including verification of over-
ride from the fire-fighter's control panel and simulation of
standby power conditions.

[F] 909.18.8 Special inspections for smoke control.
Smoke control systems shall be tested by a special inspec-
tor.

[F] 909.18.8.1 Scope of testing. Special inspections
shall be conducted in accordance with the following:

1 . During erection of ductwork and prior to conceal-
ment for the purposes of leakage testing and
recording of device location.

2. Prior to occupancy and after sufficient comple-
tion for the purposes of pressure-difference test-
ing, flow measurements, and detection and
control verification.

[F] 909.18.8.2 Qualifications. Special inspection agen-
cies for smoke control shall have expertise in fire pro-
tection engineering, mechanical engineering and
certification as air balancers.

[F] 909.18.8.3 Reports. A complete report of testing
shall be prepared by the special inspector or special
inspection agency. The report shall include identifica-
tion of all devices by manufacturer, nameplate data,
design values, measured values and identification tag or
mart The report shall be reviewed by the responsible
registered design professional and, when satisfied that
the design intent has been achieved, the responsible
registered design professional shall seal, sign and date
the report.

[F] 909.18.8.3.1 Report filing. A copy of the final
report shall be filed with the fire code official and an
identical copy shall be maintained in an approved
location at the building.
[F] 909.18.9 Identification and documentation. Charts,
drawings and other documents identifying and locating
each component of the smoke control system, and describ-
ing its proper function and maintenance requirements,
shall be maintained on file at the building as an attachment
to the report required by Section 909.18.8.3. Devices shall
have an approved identifying tag or mark on them consis-
tent with the other required documentation and shall be
dated indicating the last time they were successfully tested
and by whom.

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE 8

231

FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS

[F] 909.19 System acceptance. Buildings, or portions
thereof, required by this code to comply with this section
shall not be issued a certificate of occupancy until such time
that the fire code official determines that the provisions of
this section have been fully complied with and that the fire
department has received satisfactory instruction on the opera-
tion, both automatic and manual, of the system and a written
maintenance program complying with the requirements of
Section 909.20.1 of the International Fire Code has been
submitted and approved by the fire code official.

Exception: In buildings of phased construction, a tempo-
rary certificate of occupancy, as approved by the fire code
official, shall be allowed provided that those portions of
the building to be occupied meet the requirements of this
section and that the remainder does not pose a significant
hazard to the safety of the proposed occupants or adjacent
buildings.

909.20 Smokeproof enclosures. Where required by Section
1022.10, a smokeproof enclosure shall be constructed in
accordance with this section. A smokeproof enclosure shall
consist of an enclosed interior exit stairway that conforms to
Section 1022.2 and an open exterior balcony or ventilated
vestibule meeting the requirements of this section. Where
access to the roof is required by the International Fire Code,
such access shall be from the smokeproof enclosure where a
smokeproof enclosure is required.

909.20.1 Access. Access to the stair shall be by way of a
vestibule or an open exterior balcony. The minimum
dimension of the vestibule shall not be less than the
required width of the corridor leading to the vestibule but
shall not have a width of less than 44 inches (1118 mm)
and shall not have a length of less than 72 inches (1829
mm) in the direction of egress travel.

909.20.2 Construction. The smokeproof enclosure shall
be separated from the remainder of the building by not less
than 2-hour fire barriers constructed in accordance with
Section 707 or horizontal assemblies constructed in accor-
dance with Section 7 1 1 , or both. Openings are not permit-
ted other than the required means of egress doors. The
vestibule shall be separated from the stairway by not less
than 2-hour fire barriers constructed in accordance with
Section 707 or horizontal assemblies constructed in accor-
dance with Section 711, or both. The open exterior bal-
cony shall be constructed in accordance with the fire-
resistance rating requirements for floor assemblies.

909.20.2.1 Door closers. Doors in a smokeproof enclo-
sure shall be self- or automatic closing by actuation of a
smoke detector in accordance with Section 716.5.9.3
and shall be installed at the floor-side entrance to the
smokeproof enclosure. The actuation of the smoke
detector on any door shall activate the closing devices
on all doors in the smokeproof enclosure at all levels.
Smoke detectors shall be installed in accordance with
Section 907.3.

909.20.3 Natural ventilation alternative. The provisions
of Sections 909.20.3.1 through 909.20.3.3 shall apply to
ventilation of smokeproof enclosures by natural means.

909.20.3.1 Balcony doors. Where access to the stair-
way is by way of an open exterior balcony, the door
assembly into the enclosure shall be a fire door assem-
bly in accordance with Section 716.5.

909.20.3.2 Vestibule doors. Where access to the stair-
way is by way of a vestibule, the door assembly into the
vestibule shall be afire door assembly complying with
Section 715.4. The door assembly from the vestibule to
the stairway shall have not less than a 20-minute fire
protection rating complying with Section 716.5.

909.20.3.3 Vestibule ventilation. Each vestibule shall
have a minimum net area of 16 square feet (1.5 m 2 ) of
opening in a wall facing an outer court, yard or public
way that is at least 20 feet (6096 mm) in width.

909.20.4 Mechanical ventilation alternative. The provi-
sions of Sections 909.20.4.1 through 909.20.4.4 shall
apply to ventilation of smokeproof enclosures by mechan-
ical means.

909.20.4.1 Vestibule doors. The door assembly from
the building into the vestibule shall be a fire door
assembly complying with Section 716.5.3. The door
assembly from the vestibule to the stairway shall not
have less than a 20-minute fire protection rating and
meet the requirements for a smoke door assembly in
accordance with Section 716.5.3. The door shall be
installed in accordance with NFPA 105.

909.20.4.2 Vestibule ventilation. The vestibule shall
be supplied with not less than one air change per min-
ute and the exhaust shall not be less than 150 percent of
supply. Supply air shall enter and exhaust air shall dis-
charge from the vestibule through separate, tightly con-
structed ducts used only for that purpose. Supply air
shall enter the vestibule within 6 inches (152 mm) of
the floor level. The top of the exhaust register shall be
located at the top of the smoke trap but not more than 6
inches (152 mm) down from the top of the trap, and
shall be entirely within the smoke trap area. Doors in
the open position shall not obstruct duct openings. Duct
openings with controlling dampers are permitted where
necessary to meet the design requirements, but dampers
are not otherwise required.

909.20.4.2.1 Engineered ventilation system.
Where a specially engineered system is used, the
system shall exhaust a quantity of air equal to not
less than 90 air changes per hour from any vestibule
in the emergency operation mode and shall be sized
to handle three vestibules simultaneously. Smoke
detectors shall be located at the floor-side entrance
to each vestibule and shall activate the system for
the affected vestibule. Smoke detectors shall be
installed in accordance with Section 907.3.

909.20.4.3 Smoke trap. The vestibule ceiling shall be
at least 20 inches (508 mm) higher than the door open-
ing into the vestibule to serve as a smoke and heat trap
and to provide an upward-moving air column. The
height shall not be decreased unless approved and justi-
fied by design and test.

232

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS

909.20.4.4 Stair shaft air movement system. The
stair shaft shall be provided with a dampered relief
opening and supplied with sufficient air to maintain a
minimum positive pressure of 0.10 inch of water (25
Pa) in the shaft relative to the vestibule with all doors
closed.

909.20.5 Stair pressurization alternative. Where the
building is equipped throughout with an automatic sprin-
kler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1, the ves-
tibule is not required, provided that interior exit stairways
are pressurized to a minimum of 0.10 inches of water (25
Pa) and a maximum of 0.35 inches of water (87 Pa) in the
shaft relative to the building measured with all stairway
doors closed under maximum anticipated conditions of
stack effect and wind effect.

909.20.6 Ventilating equipment. The activation of venti-
lating equipment required by the alternatives in Sections
909.20.4 and 909.20.5 shall be by smoke detectors
installed at each floor level at an approved location at the
entrance to the smokeproof enclosure. When the closing
device for the stair shaft and vestibule doors is activated
by smoke detection or power failure, the mechanical
equipment shall activate and operate at the required per-
formance levels. Smoke detectors shall be installed in
accordance with Section 907.3.

909.20.6.1 Ventilation systems. Smokeproof enclo-
sure ventilation systems shall be independent of other
building ventilation systems. The equipment, control
wiring, power wiring and ductwork shall comply with
one of the following:

1. Equipment, control wiring, power wiring and
ductwork shall be located exterior to the building
and directly connected to the smokeproof enclo-
sure or connected to the smokeproof enclosure by
ductwork enclosed by not less than 2-hour fire
barriers constructed in accordance with Section
707 or horizontal assemblies constructed in
accordance with Section 71 1, or both.

2. Equipment, control wiring, power wiring and
ductwork shall be located within the smokeproof
enclosure with intake or exhaust directly from
and to the outside or through ductwork enclosed
by not less than 2-hour fire barriers constructed
in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal
assemblies constructed in accordance with Sec-
tion 711, or both.

3. Equipment, control wiring, power wiring and
ductwork shall be located within the building if
separated from the remainder of the building,
including other mechanical equipment, by not
less than 2-hour fire barriers constructed in
accordance with Section 707 or horizontal
assemblies constructed in accordance with Sec-
tion 711, or both.

Exceptions:

1 . Control wiring and power wiring utilizing a 2-
hour rated cable or cable system.

2. Where encased with not less than 2 inches (5 1
mm) of concrete.

909.20.6.2 Standby power. Mechanical vestibule and
stair shaft ventilation systems and automatic fire detec-
tion systems shall be powered by an approved standby
power system conforming to Section 403.4.8 and Chap-
ter 27.

909.20.6.3 Acceptance and testing. Before the
mechanical equipment is approved, the system shall be
tested in the presence of the building official to confirm
that the system is operating in compliance with these
requirements.

909.21 Elevator hoistway pressurization alternative.
Where elevator hoistway pressurization is provided in lieu of
required enclosed elevator lobbies, the pressurization system
shall comply with Sections 909.21.1 through 909.21.1 1 .

909.21.1 Pressurization requirements. Elevator hoist-
ways shall be pressurized to maintain a minimum positive
pressure of 0.10 inches of water (25 Pa) and a maximum
positive pressure of 0.25 inches of water (67 Pa) with
respect to adjacent occupied space on all floors. This pres-
sure shall be measured at the midpoint of each hoistway
door, with all elevator cars at the floor of recall and all
hoistway doors on the floor of recall open and all other
hoistway doors closed. The opening and closing of hoist-
way doors at each level must be demonstrated during this
test. The supply air intake shall be from an outside, uncon-
taminated source located a minimum distance of 20 feet
(6096 mm) from any air exhaust system or outlet.

909.21.2 Rational analysis. A rational analysis comply-
ing with Section 909.4 shall be submitted with the con-
struction documents.

909.21.3 Ducts for system. Any duct system that is part of
the pressurization system shall be protected with the same
fire-resistance rating as required for the elevator shaft
enclosure.

909.21.4 Fan system. The fan system provided for the
pressurization system shall be as required by Sections
909.21.4.1 through 909.21.4.4.

909.21.4.1 Fire resistance. When located within the
building, the fan system that provides the pressuriza-
tion shall be protected with the same fire-resistance
rating required for the elevator shaft enclosure.

909.21.4.2 Smoke detection. The fan system shall be
equipped with a smoke detector that will automatically
shut down the fan system when smoke is detected
within the system.

909.21.4.3 Separate systems. A separate fan system
shall be used for each elevator hoistway.

909.21.4.4 Fan capacity. The supply fan shall either be
adjustable with a capacity of at least 1,000 cfm (0.4719
m 3 /s) per door, or that specified by a registered design
professional to meet the requirements of a designed
pressurization system.

909.21.5 Standby power. The pressurization system shall
be provided with standby power from the same source as
other required emergency systems for the building.

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

233

FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS

909.21.6 Activation of pressurization system. The eleva-
tor pressurization system shall be activated upon activa-
tion of the building fire alarm system or upon activation of
the elevator lobby smoke detectors. Where both a building
fire alarm system and elevator lobby smoke detectors are
present, each shall be independently capable of activating
the pressurization system.

909.21.7 Special inspection. Special inspection for per-
formance shall be required in accordance with Section
909.18.8. System acceptance shall be in accordance with
Section 909.19.

909.21.8 Marking and identification. Detection and con-
trol systems shall be marked in accordance with Section
909.14.

909.21.9 Control diagrams. Control diagrams shall be
provided in accordance with Section 909.15.

909.21.10 Control panel. A control panel complying with
Section 909.16 shall be provided.

909.21.11 System response time. Hoistway pressuriza-
tion systems shall comply with the requirements for smoke
control system response time in Section 909.17.

SECTION 910
SMOKE AND HEAT REMOVAL

[F] 910.1 General. Where required by this code or otherwise
installed, smoke and heat vents, or mechanical smoke exhaust
systems, and draft curtains shall conform to the requirements
of this section.

Exceptions:

1 . Frozen food warehouses used solely for storage of
Class I and II commodities where protected by an
approved automatic sprinkler system.

2. Where areas of buildings are equipped with early
suppression fast-response (ESFR) sprinklers, auto-
matic smoke and heat vents shall not be required
within these areas.

[F] 910.2 Where required. Smoke and heat vents shall be
installed in the roofs of buildings or portions thereof occupied
for the uses set forth in Sections 910.2.1 and 910.2.2.

Exception: In occupied portions of a building where the
upper surface of the story is not a roof assembly, mechani-
cal smoke exhaust in accordance with Section 910.4 shall
be an acceptable alternative.

[F] 910.2.1 Group F-l or S-l. Buildings and portions
thereof used as a Group F-l or S-l occupancy having more
than 50,000 square feet (4645 m 2 ) in undivided area.

Exception: Group S-l aircraft repair hangars.

[F] 910.2.2 High-piled combustible storage. Buildings
and portions thereof containing high-piled combustible
stock or rack storage in any occupancy group in accor-
dance with Section 413 and the International Fire Code.

[F] 910.3 Design and installation. The design and installa-
tion of smoke and heat vents and draft curtains shall be as

specified in Sections 910.3.1 through 910.3.5.2 and Table
910.3.

[F] 910.3.1 Design. Smoke and heat vents shall be listed
and labeled to indicate compliance with UL 793.

[F] 910.3.2 Vent operation. Smoke and heat vents shall
be capable of being operated by approved automatic and
manual means. Automatic operation of smoke and heat
vents shall conform to the provisions of Sections 910.3.2.1
through 910.3.2.3.

[F] 910.3.2.1 Gravity-operated drop-out vents. Auto-
matic smoke and heat vents containing heat-sensitive
glazing designed to shrink and drop out of the vent
opening when exposed to fire shall fully open within 5
minutes after the vent cavity is exposed to a simulated
fire, represented by a time-temperature gradient that
reaches an air temperature of 500°F (260°C) within 5
minutes.

[F] 910.3.2.2 Sprinklered buildings. Where installed
in buildings provided with an approved automatic
sprinkler system, smoke and heat vents shall be
designed to operate automatically.

[F] 910.3.2.3 Nonsprinklered buildings. Where
installed in buildings not provided with an approved
automatic sprinkler system, smoke and heat vents shall
operate automatically by actuation of a heat-responsive
device rated at between 100°F (38°C) and 220°F
(104°C) above ambient.

Exception: Gravity-operated drop-out vents com-
plying with Section 910.3.2.1.

[F] 910.3.3 Vent dimensions. The effective venting area
shall not be less than 16 square feet (1.5 m 2 ) with no
dimension less than 4 feet (1219 mm), excluding ribs or
gutters having a total width not exceeding 6 inches (152
mm).

[F] 910.3.4 Vent locations. Smoke and heat vents shall be
located 20 feet (6096 mm) or more from adjacent lot lines
and fire walls and 10 feet (3048 mm) or more from fire
barriers. Vents shall be uniformly located within the roof
in the areas of the building where the vents are required to
be installed by Section 910.2 with consideration given to
roof pitch, draft curtain location, sprinkler location and
structural members.

[F] 910.3.5 Draft curtains. Where required by Table
910.3, draft curtains shall be installed on the underside of
the roof in accordance with this section.

Exception: Where areas of buildings are equipped with
ESFR sprinklers, draft curtains shall not be provided
within these areas. Draft curtains shall only be provided
at the separation between the ESFR sprinklers and the
non-ESFR sprinklers.

[F] 910.3.5.1 Construction. Draft curtains shall be
constructed of sheet metal, lath and plaster, gypsum
board or other approved materials which provide
equivalent performance to resist the passage of smoke.
Joints and connections shall be smoke tight.

234

2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®

[F] 910.3.5.2 Location and depth. The location and
minimum depth of draft curtains shall be in accordance
with Table 910.3.

[F] 910.4 Mechanical smoke exhaust. Where approved by
the fire code official, engineered mechanical smoke exhaust
shall be an acceptable alternate to smoke and heat vents.

[F] 910.4.1 Location. Exhaust fans shall be uniformly
spaced within each draft-curtained area and the maximum
distance between fans shall not be greater than 100 feet
(30 480 mm).

[F] 910.4.2 Size. Fans shall have a maximum individual
capacity of 30,000 cfm (14.2 mVs). The aggregate capac-
ity of smoke exhaust fans shall be determined by the equa-
tion:

C = Ax300 (Equation 9-4)

where:

C = Capacity of mechanical ventilation required, in
cubic feet per minute (mVs).

A = Area of roof vents provided in square feet (m 2 ) in
accordance with Table 910.3.

[F] 910.4.3 Operation. Mechanical smoke exhaust fans
shall be automatically activated by the automatic sprinkler
system or by heat detectors having operating characteris-
tics equivalent to those described in Section 910.3.2. Indi-
vidual manual controls of each fan unit shall also be
provided.

[F] 910.4.4 Wiring and control. Wiring for operation and
control of smoke exhaust fans shall be connected ahead of
the main disconnect and protected against exposure to
temperatures in excess of 1,000°F (538°C) for a period of
not less than 15 minutes. Controls shall be located so as to
be immediately accessible to the fire service from the exte-

FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS

rior of the building and protected against interior fire
exposure by not less than 1-hour fire barriers constructed
in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal assemblies
constructed in accordance with Section 71 1 , or both.

[F] 910.4.5 Supply air. Supply air for exhaust fans shall
be provided at or near the floor level and shall be sized to
provide a minimum of 50 percent of required exhaust.
Openings for supply air shall be uniformly distributed
around the periphery of the area served.

[F] 910.4.6 Interlocks. In combination comfort air-han-
dling/smoke removal systems or independent comfort air-
handling systems, fans shall be controlled to shut down in
accordance with the approved smoke control sequence.

SECTION 911
FIRE COMMAND CENTER

[F] 911.1 General. Where required by other sections of this
code and in all buildings classified as high-rise buildings by
this code, a fire command center for fire department opera-
tions shall be provided and shall comply with Sections
911.1.1 through 91 1.1.5.

[F] 911.1.1 Location and access. The location and acces-
sibility of the fire command center shall be approved by
the fire chief.

[F] 911.1.2 Separation. The fire command center shall be
separated from the remainder of the building by not less
than a 1 -hour fire barrier constructed in accordance with
Section 707 or horizontal assembly constructed in accor-
dance with Section 711 , or both.

[F] 911.1.3 Size. The room shall be a minimum of 200
square feet (19 m 2 ) with a minimum dimension of 10 feet
(3048 mm).

[F] TABLE 910.3
REQUIREMENTS FOR DRAFT CURTAINS AND SMOKE AND HEAT VENTS 3

OCCUPANCY GROUP AND
COMMODITY CLASSIFICATION

DESIGNATED

STORAGE

HEIGHT

(feet)

MINIMUM DRAFT

CURTAIN DEPTH

(feet)

MAXIMUM AREA
FORMED BY

DRAFT

CURTAINS

(square feet)

VENT-AREA-TO-
FLOOR-AREA
RATIO

MAXIMUM SPACING

OF VENT CENTERS

(feet)

MAXIMUM DISTANCE

FROM VENTS TO

WALL OR DRAFT

CURTAIN"

(feet)

Group F-l and S-l

—

0.2xH d but>4

50,000

1:100

120

High-piled Storage (see Sec-
tion 910.2.2) Class I-IV com-
modities (Option 1)

<20

10,000

1:100

100

> 20 < 40

8,000